Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF
ELECTRO IC
CIRCUITS
VOLUME 1
RUDOLF F. GRAF
l"'
I ...
,..
:'
....
~I j..li ~~~I - ~J
4;.J-lj.l
f .t
-.,;JJS:h ...,. ~JiJ _r.; - -.,;Jy.S:l1' ..:..1~1 J &il' t '.fi a\S" ~jiJ ~'Jl"-'1'
1,1.\all ..:,\S"_r.ll j..Ati 4.Y' t. lj~ I ~_r. i i _,..:.y ~ J.r-J ~
DAMASCUS - SYRIA
TEL:+963-11 -22211 61
E-Mail: nazir@matni.com
www .matni.com
Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Common Schematic Symbols
Alarms
Amateur Radio
Amplifiers
Analog-to-Digital Converters
Attenuators
Audio Mixers
Audio Oscillators
Audio Power Amplifiers
Audio Signal Amplifiers
Automotive
Battery Chargers
Battery Monitors
Buffers
Capacitance (Touch) Operated Circuits
Carrier Current Circuits
Comparators
Converters
Crossover Networks
Crystal Oscillators
Current Measuring Circuits
Current Sources and Sinks
vi
vii
viii
1
14
26
43
51
54
61
71
83
93
110
119
125
129
139
147
158
171
174
200
204
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
207
212
216
221
236
245
249
256
260
267
272
277
298
309
312
315
319
323
331
334
3ll0
345
356
368
381
385
392
396
407
410
414
424
429
432
441
444
459
466
470
475
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
~8
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
478
486
490
504
514
519
528
533
538
541
548
553
569
573
578
584
591
594
597
607
611
617
620
624
637
645
659
669
678
682
686
693
700
705
709
717
727
730
749
Introduction
This volume of timely and practical circuits highlights the creative work of many people.
Featured here are many circuits that appeared only briefly in some of our finer periodicals or limited-circulation publications. Also included are other useful and unique circuits
from more readily available sources.
The source for each circuit is given in the sources section at the back of the book.
The bold figure number that appears inside the box oi each circuit is the key to the
source. For example, the High Stability Voltage Reference circuit shown below is Fig.
93-10. If you tum to the Sources section and look for Fig. 93-10 you will find that
.Precision Monolithics supplied this circuit from p. 6-142 of their Full Line Catalog.
HIGH STABILITY
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
t
oo
..
~~,
..
v .,
..... ~ c
~. i:~
~'- ,-'~-;ov_)
RJ
----'!.L_
1 ... '
Ave "
Fig. 93-10
_r
Many circuits are accompanied by a brief explanatory text. Those that do not have
textcan be readily understood from similar circuits in that chapter, or else they may be
too complex to be explained briefly. The sparseness oftext is deliberate so as to allow for
more circuits which, after all, is what this book is all about.
The Index and Contents will be a time saver for the reader who knows exactly what
he is looking for. The first page of each chapter lists the circuits in the order that they
appear. The browser will surely discover many ideas and circuits that may well tum out
to be most rewarding and great fun to put together.
The Common Schematic Symbols chart will help you identify circuit components.
vii
+ +
NO tONNECTHIN
TO VOLTAGE
SOURCE OR SIGNAL
FUSE
SOURCE
4>-MALE FEMAlE
-.__,
_r-
BOARD
CONNECTORS
PfiONE
PLUG
JACK
.,.
BIPOLAR
INDUCTOR
!AIR COREl
SOCKET
"PLUG
SHIELDED
CABU
-.
"
Q:
__.::,____
~'
-@I
"
PliO NO
o-
JACK
BANANA
JACK
:=Jl
PHONE
r- r-
l'tiONO
PLUG
...
N-CHMIINEL
I
N-CHANNEL
E-%82"
P-CHANNH
P-CHANNEL
UNIJUNCTION
'
~I
INDUCTOR
""
TRIAC
TRANSFORMER
SOURCE
N CHANNEl ENHANCEMENT/
DEPlETION MQSFET
P-CHAN~~\::rHANCEMENT
~SUB
---'.!..9'1;
P-CiiANNEL EJrlliANCEMENT/
DEPLETION MOSFET
CAPACITOR
---<1'---
--ll'--
CAPACITOR
(ElECTROLYTIC)
BATTERY
(SINGLE CElli
--JE-
POHNTiaMETER
(TRIMMER)
--'*'-
0
0
SPOT
SWITCH
BATTERY
(MULTI CELL)
LIGiiTOEPENOENT
RESISTOR
CAPACITOR
ITRIMMERI
-[>-
...
INVERTING
AMPLI~IEAIBUFFEA
SPOT
SliDE
SWITCH
~.
GATE
1
G
IIDT.t.AY
SWITCH
..J:..
0 0
PUSHBUTTON
SWITCH
~011""
GATE
""NOA''
GATE
1C PACKAGl
vii
VARISTOR
--tl----1!
CAPACITOR
(VARIABLEI
-[>SWITCH
THERMISTOR
CAPACITOR
INON-POLARIZEOI
AMPLIFIEAIBUFFEA
''"
PHOT:OTf'IANSISTDA
-*-
RESISTOR
::s
""'
fi1r-.lO SUB
G~
~SUB
RELAY
./~
NEON
INCANDESCENT
lAMP
POTENTIOMETER
CONSTANT
CURRENT
___.l:_
]~[
--{][>-
HEADPHONES
1/ARACTOR
~ SUB
60
MHER
~~ I ------.L
'"""'"'' I
INDUCTOR
URON COREl
AliTENNA
r#
-'
PHOTO DIODE
SPEAKER
17
PIN DIODE
"'
-:
o-@:: E--@=82"
JUNCTIIJN FET
ZENER
MICROPHONE
@-
DIODE
N CHANNEL fNHANCEMEIH
MDSfET
oo@:'s
~
--4
CRYSTAL
QJ
VOLTAGE OR
SIGNAL IN
GROUND
-iOf-
VOLTAGE
OM SIGNAL
CONNECTION
"EXCLUSIVE~A"
GATE
1
Alarms
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Computalarm
Automotive Burglar Alarm
Security Alarm
Vehicle Security ~system
Home Security Monitor System
Antitheft Device
Auto Burglar Alarm
Tamper-Proof Burglar Alarm
Latching Burglar Alarm
Motion-Activated Motorcycle or Car Alarm
Boat Alarm
COMPUTALARM
"'
~~~~~----77-------.
18~~:~-1
I"""
SWITCH
TO SENSING
SWITCHtS - ~UNK
USE AS MANY ~SWITCH
AS REQUIRED
HOOO
'iWITCH
'.
"
TO +12 V
AT BATTER 'I'
"
Cl
C1
,,,
,,,
110
1W
SCR I
..
"
"
"'
"
HK
01
I
01
01
R4
-}_ 91(
. 1K
3.6V
ZHR 010[1{
10-V
ZUER 0100(
RS
. 7l
Fig. 1-1
R9
1 11(
Rl
'"
. . . __j
SWITCH.,
...",
C3
50pF
Circuit Notes
The circuit has a built-in, self-arming feature. The driver turns off the ignition, presses
the arm button on the.Computalarm, and leaves
the car. Within 20 seconds, the a>arm arms
itself-all automatically! The circuit will then
detect the opening of any monitored door, the
trunk lid, or the hood on the car. Once activated, the circuit remains dormant for 10 seconds. When the 10-second time delay has run
out, the circuit will close the car's hom relay
and sound the horn in periodic blasts (approxi-
TO DOME LIGHT
SWITCH
tBk
Rl
680
02
ro
TO 51
10k
Q.\
'"
'!'RIG.
TIMER
51
Q2
"'
CON-T.
VOLT.
-GNO
+12V~~
ON
,lc'
C2
2t..l2222
47k
TtiFISI"ID.
DISCH
51
Ul
550
OISCH
TRIG.
THRSHO.
"'TIMER
U2
5Mi
Ul AND U2,
R2
VIEWED FROM
TO 51
4
OUT Vee
THE TOP
--~
3
R3
01
tN4003
[)
8.
r.:-,8
cl._/
(BOTTOM VIEW)
STYLE
Fig. 1-2
Circuit Notes
Alarm triggers on after a 13 second delay and stays on for 1111! minutes. Then it
resets automatically. It can also be turned off and reset by opening and reclosing SL
...
SECURITY ALARM
CLOSEb-LOOP
INPUT !FROM
TERp,o\INAl)
"'If
R2
470n
"'
D4
...J:_
o
10K
IN914
CLOSED-LOOP
Sl
'N.
--1+-
S26oN
,---
0.,.
')
1
TEST
R7
1 MEG
is-SECOND
GUlCH DELAY
ARMED LATCH
R13
R15
lK
4./K
R17
lK
Cl
.Dl
R18
02
01
IN914
47Q
R8
--
lOOK
R29
410!l
+..Lc3
IN914
:J;lDO"F
f-:-~
y,f."
uI ,:~
:
R12 C10 ':"
lOOK 100~Jf
12_
03
ZN5060
11
R24
470n
lQ'
lOOK
ARMED
GATE
Fig. 1-3
12
_Cll
15-SECONO
TRIGGER
DELAY
OPfN-LOOP
INPUT
iTO TERMINAL4)
OPEi\1-LOOP INPUT
CONDITIONER &
SCR DRIVER
- -
ALARM-ON
SWITCH
...
R28!
2H!
1-15 MINUTE
TURN-OFF
I+
C1J
33}-IF
Circuit Notes
This alarrll features open- and closed-loop detector and automatic alarm shutoff.
Offers 15 second exit/entrance delay. Alarm on time can be adjusted from 1 to 15
minutes.
"'
'"
"
2N2222A
DOME
LIGHT
Fig. 1-4
Circuit Notes
This alarm gives a 15-20 second exit and entrance delay. After being triggered. the
alarm sounds for five minutes and then shuts off. Once triggered, the sequence 1s
automatic and is not affected by subsequent opening or closing of doors.
3M
N/0 DELAY
100K
100K
+
+
100K
.01p,F
02
100K
1M
+
N/C
S4
1M
10K
+o--.-l
Alarm
relay
06
For siren, horn, etc.
Fig. 1-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts Sl, S2,
and S3 to tum on the alarm after a 30 second delay. S4 and S5 operate instantly. The
CANCEL switch resets the alarm.
ANTITHEFT DEVICE
.,
cz.. ~+
6..
']
VIBRATION
SEN$0!=1
IC1a
-~
'
'
.,
'""
~
(",,
Do
ci+
~~
"";;J;,
ICtc.}ro
-------,
'"'
o1 ~
~
~-ICtb).
COD<'
------'
,J;;'v
"
11
IICtdy
13-,-
~~
10M
'""
R6
'" Y
IC2b
--2201o;
-=-= v
"
------''
.'
AELAY :
:------'
+15V
'
'
'
-BUZZER
Oo
NOTE:
IC1,2 ARE 4011
C3
470n
01 IS 11\14148
D21S 1N4001
Fig. 1-6
"
Circuit Notes
Any momentary break in the protective loop or tripping of the normally closed
vibration sensor, causes alarm to sound for 20 seconds. If the circuit is open all the time,
the alarm will sound continuously.
1000!-<F
35V
+
+
To door
switch
r- -,
Auto
dome
light
I
Reed
switch
I
I
I
L..
1Shaker
1 switch
~I
To horn wire in
steering wheel
'--------1+
III----.
9V battery
Fig. 1-7
Hidden
reset switch
,~-----,
611
1W
To auto ground
Circuit Notes
Dome light current.through L1 closes reed switch and sounds alarm. Shaker switch
also activates alarm.
---,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OPTOOUPLER _.,..
R2
10k
RELAY
CONTACTS
+12V
ALARM
BELL
ETC.
"' 10k
10k
N.C.
Fig. 1-8
Q1
10k
RS
N.O.
I
I
I
I
I
__ _j
01
'""
R3
Bk2
10k
ov
NOTE:
IC1,2 ARE 741
01 IS TIP122
01,2 ARE GENERAL PURPOSE DIODES
Circuit Notes
If R2 is opened or shorted, the alarm sounds.
-6V
--l-,
R2J
Ct
b
01
N.C. Door
SWITCHES
TO PROTECTIVE
CIRCUIT
Fig. 1-9
At
WINDOW FOIL
Circuit Notes
When the protective circuit is interrupted (opened), the alarm sounds. To set the
circuit, adjust R2 (with protective circuit open) for 1 V across Rl.
01
..,
R1
"""'
IC1~to7400
01 i!o BCY71
Rtolay to suit
...
I
Fig. 1-10
C1
:I'"'
Circuit Notes
Trembler (motion activated) switch sounds the alarm for 5 seconds. Then it goes
off. Circuit is timed out for 10 seconds to allow the trembler switch to settle.
BOAT ALARM
2M
3+
+12V
+12V
14
2 324
100K
150K
10K
-1N4148-
Horn
33K
R1'
1N4148
+12V
Fig. l-11
1N4148
R2'
10K
100K
100K
33K
Notes:
See text for details
Alarm
-relay
Circuit Notes
Removing Rl or R2 from the circuit (i.e., the potential thief breaks a hidden wire
that connects Rl to + 12 V and R2 to ground) activates the alarm for about five minutes.
BWWN-FUSE ALARM
+l~v.o---------~----------------------.-----------------~
NPN
lOOK
PNP
lOK
NPN
2.5M
FLASH
RATE
Rl
s-1m
lK
lK
'::1 LED
-lV.v.o---------~-----------4----------------~-------J
Fig. 1-12
Circuit Notes
lmegn
lmegil
300
9
2
6
112 NE556
5 L__fYYY"L_....J
HORN
RELAY
Fig. 1-13
10
112 NE556
OOOR
SWITCHES
CONTINUOUS-TONE 2 kHzJlUZZER
WITH BRIDGE DRIVE, GATED ON BY A LOGIC 0
.----;0 t - - - - ,
C1
4n7
PB1
(PRESS Jcr
FOR ON) 1
I
IC1a
GATE
Tx
PB-2720
fC1b
R1
100k
NOTE:
IC1 is4011 B
-Fig. 1-14
PULSED-TONE ALARM,
-GATED BY A HIGH INPUT,
WITH DIRECT-DRIVE OUTPUT
+3V TO 18V
,----~'-o
'I
C1
100n
C2
4n7
PB1
:
(PRESSio
FOR
o
ON)
:
I
I
IC1c
IC1a
GAT~E~rt_.....,,..._.
R1
100k_
NOTE:
IC1 IS4011B
Fig. 1-15
11
BURGLAR ALARM
PIEZOELECTRIC ALARM
IV
""
IV
'"
XTA!..
FREQ
4.7K
...
ov=k,
Lo~----__.
(""
IV
Fig. 1-18
Fig. 1-16
'I
---/o--...--.----,
+6V
S1
C1
(PRESS~
R2
68k
FOR ON)1
-SV
4n7
-:J_
AI
Cl
I
I
IC1a
GATf'EE:fi__-r_./
R1
100k
Tx
PB-2720
NOTE:
IC11S4011B
({
ToN.O.
PROTECTIVE
CIRCUIT
Fig. 1-19
Fig. 1-17
12
Circuit Notes
Closing the protective circuit (i.e., Rl to
R2) applies positive voltage to the gate of
SCRl and sounds the alann. It can only be
turned off with Sl.
SUN-POWERED ALARM
+
2N3906
Fig. l-20
1J=:
Photocell
PNP
Photocell
Circuit -Notes
Circuit turns on when light (sunlight) strikes photocell. PotentiometeLR sets light
level at which the alarm sounds. Painted tube (black on inside) may be used on photocell
to aim at the sun.
+9V
c
2N2222~
Spo""rrJ
33KH
" "
+Supply
J.at<n
''
!Oh9
12~~1
Fig. l-21
4011
'
,r<----',
,fi.-J
'"'
Aatum
7
3.5MO
+9V
.....
Reed SWitch
3.3MO
;I?
Circuit Notes
The meltdown is a magnet held to a small stand by ice. A reed switch is below the
magnet. When the ice melts, the magnet falls on the switch, closing it, and completing the
alarm circuit.
13
2
Amateur Radio
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Code Practice Oscillator Produces Automatic
Dits and Dahs
Rf Power Meter
In-Line Wattmeter
CW Signal Processor
Two-Meter Preamplifier for Handitalkies
Repeater Beeper
Electronic Keyer
Code Practice Oscillator
Automatic Tape Recording
14
Self-Powered CW Monitor
Remote Rf Current Readout
Code Practice Oscillator
SWR Waming Indicator
Subaudible Tone Encoder
Audio Mixers
Rf Powered Sidetone Oscillator
Harmonic Generator
Automatic TTL Morse-Code Keyer
Remote Rf Current Readout
CODEPRACTICE OSCILLATOR
PRODUCES AUTOMATIC DITS AND DAHS
SpraJ
.,
J.JK.n
1000.{'1;
IODK.n
100KS1
,---'<Nv-----,r----r--'VV'.-'---- <=f'="""
o+9v.
10KH
IN4148
1N414B
'"'
IOOO.n
'"'
3.3Kf2
l,uf
.ot,uf
Fig. 2-1
4.7Krt
500KS1
SOOK.n
4.7KS1
1N4148
1N4148
,'
1o Pin
14 nf
ToPin7of
4Dt1 and 4081
------""'1I
I
I
"OAH"
""
I
I
"DIT'
I
I
L _!A~~!!:::_J
Circuit Notes
The circuit consists of a basic oscillator (above dashed line) and an automatic keyer
(below dashed line). The unit can be used with a straight hand key or a paddle key for
automatic operation.
15
RF POWER METER
IN
--~!"!~5_!E.El~~o~~H_!~o~-
>-"""1~---t-l~------------------------------_-_-++-......,,__-.
OUT
~T1
.,. RS
1k
SKT1
R2
C1
10p
SKT2
'13
150R
150R
03
OA95
RFC 1
r40r,:
C2
....
C3
02
OA95
01
OA95
R4
10k
10k
R7
lOOk
POWER
04& 05
'1N914
+ SO,. A F.S
2k
Circuit Notes
Reflectometer (SWR Power Meter) covers three decades-from 100 kHz to 100
MHz. It can be constructed for rf powers as low as 500 mW or up to 500 watts.
16
IN-LINE WATTMETER
r; ;,Qie7a;;:-- -------1
c,
II
R,
56f!
CR,
1N34A/
1N60 or
similar
Fo'o~"'
I
I
FOR
REF
p~--+
I
I
I
I
1N34A/
1N60 or
~--<
II
I
I
L--------------J
similar
,,-.~~~V~'--o~--()()_'1____-+---~
390pf
lSM
...
l1 = 2 turn link
L:;> T-502 toroid,
wound full core
1K
Rs
5K ~-----<:"'
windings to allow
IOK
for L, space.
c, - c2
I
I
-a space between
Po
See
text.
Fig. 2-3
Circuit Notes
17
--------------------
CW SIGNAL PROCESSOR
z.;u
"
'"
J.U
"
//;' 14/J
'
~
'"
'
;:i.::::
~
It
'f'
~'
"
o.oz
~0\f---+-_j
0
L,-,__;,;,_.,:"~I
-ri--o"'
'
r-------tc )
Fig. 2-4
I.
ZN2!il06
'
Cucu1t Notes
This circuit provides interferenced rejection for the CW operator. The 567 phaselocked loop is configured to respond to tones
from 500 to 1100 Hz. The Schmitt trigger reduces the weighting effect caused by the output
of the PLL remaining low after removal of the
audio-signal. Ten to 15 millivolts of audio acti-
18
R5
Transceiver
-..,
+ 15V 4>---_,-'\f\7110,.....,~
10 mA.
cs
- -
:io
Too1
rt7
-Circuit Notes
II
fl}:~
I~
R4
OUT'
II
.oo1
4.7k
II
II
II
Fig. 2-5
REPEATER BEEPER
+:1-I~V
BEEP
DELII.Y
"
IN914
'"
FROt.l
'"'
J,
~~OOK
oo
"''"
xro
'f"'
...
~001(
'"
'"
" "
"~ j;ro
"'
,__!.
-J
BEEP
LENGTH
'
'
""
"'
"
"
"
II.UOIO
INPUT
IN914
!01( 1
"'
l~ER
' o
.o,
TRII.NSMITTE-R
"'
IN914
>--;),
!OK
RESET
~
BEEP
DEVIATION
'"
Fig. 2-6
5-ISV
BEEP
FREOUEtlrCY ?.2K
'"'
1001(
1..
---'-
"'
-~
'
"'"'
"
"'
fg:
"'
'"
Circuit Notes
OELII.Y RII.NGE
0 I~ tO 5 SECO'NOS
0 IS TO~ SECONDS
TONE RII.NGE
500 TO 1400-Hl
19
ELECTRONIC KEYER
Kl
Cl
DDT
Dl
PADDLE
R2
DASH
01
HEP-253
R3
12VOC
C2
Fig. 2-7
capacitor
D1-1N60 diode
K1-12-VDC relay
Circuit Notes
This circuit automatically produces Morse code dots and dashes set by time
constants involving Cl and C2. Rl sets dot/dash ratio and R2 sets the speed. R5 sets the
relay drop-out point.
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
Fig. 2-8
VOLTAGE DIVIDER
lOll
(PIN 14)
= ~v
T
son
(P-IN
Circuit Notes
7lf--4_______j
Vee
7.404
GND
20
MICROPHONE
lNPUT
TO
~CASSETTE
RECOROER
"'
300K!l
"
ICI SK3688 OR LM3900 OP AMP
IC2 SK4049 INVERTING- HEX SUFFER
Fig. 2-9
Circuit Notes
Amateurs don't have to miss the action while away from the rig. This circuit turns on
a tape recorder whenever the receiver's squelch is broken. After signal loss, the
recorder will shut off following a slight delay.
SELF-POWERED CW MONITOR
a
iiO
Magnetic
headphones
Fig. 2-10
Circuit Notes
Position L near the transmitter output tank to hear the key-down tone. Then tape
the coil in place. C = .047 /'-F. R = 8.2 K, Q = HEP 253 (or equal), T = 500: 500 ohm
center tapped transformer. L = 2 to 6 turns on W' coil form.
21
E",
.. ~
CELl
L---vyv--.-'
200 OHM
SHUNT
Fig. 2-11
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
Cl
Circuit Notes
Rl
range.
Fig. 2-12
SWR WARNING INDICATOR
LED
+6
3900
TO ANTENNA
Circuit Notes
FROM
TRANSMITIER
Fig. 2-13
22
!LC I
Rl
6 .,
T\~<rF
:t
+8 TO l5VDC
C2
02~<F
L - - - - 1 - - - - - - GND
RZ
lOOK
QI
C3
.Q!)p.F
~4~1~~--~~----r-------~r---
"',.,
.00!5
POINT ON TRANSMITTER
AUDIO BOARD. INSERTION
POINT WILL REQUIRE A LOADING RESISTOR. {VALUE DEPENDING ON RIG USED. IOK TO
.5 MEG FOUND EXPERIMEN-
TALLY)
R5
lOOK 1%
C6
'T'.047
C7
ffl MYLAR CS
022 MYLAR
.022 MYLAR
Fig. 2-14
SW2
TONE SEL SWITCH
Circuit Notes
This twin-T oscillator produces six preset subaudible tones from 93 to 170Hz in
three ranges.
AUDIO MIXER
AI
~)
IN I
~)
IN 2
R2
~)
IN 3
R3
~)
IN 4
R4
~)
IN 5
R5
IO~ STATION
>-<'--~~TRANS
+
MITTER
12K
+12-ISV
12K
Fig. 2-15
Circuit Notes
The 741 op amp is used as a summing amplifier to combine several audio inputs.
Overall gain is set by Rt.
23
SHOAT TELESCOPING
WHIP*
ANTENNA
R2
SOK
R1
3.9K
~~~~
J1
C4
001
01
1N60
2
4
t-t>\--<r-~-''-i
RST
IC1
555
----~
R3
1DK
R4
15K
Fig. 2-16
VOL.
Circuit Notes
A sidetone oscillator is a special audio astable multivibrator. Keying is accompl>shed
oscillator that is turned on and off with the by applying a positive de potentia!, developed
transmitter. The oscillator is rf-driven and bat- from the rf signal, to the reset terminal of the
tery operated. It uses a 555 IC timer ~as an 555.
HARMONIC GENERATOR
r------------1,....-----.....- - - - < l
TD251
10k
INPUT FROM
XTALOSC
-1.5V
470
~01
50JJ-V HARMONIC
OUTPUT
1k
Fig. 2-17
Circuit Notes
This circuit will produce 50 JL V harmonics through 1296 MHz with an input of0.15-1
V from a 100 or 1000kHz crystal oscillator. With a germanium diode insteadnf a tunnel
diode, harmonics can be heard up to about 147 MHz.
24
?;;;--r---;:::J:r:;TO
IC2-6
PIN14
MECCANO
BRACKETS
SW2
ov
"'"
1\otiCROSWITCHES
RULERS
l6il15)
..,
-DOT
IC2.6-AAE 7471
IC3, f> ARE 7400
IC4 IS 7402"
DASH
DASH
-~~~======t:==~[c~~~---1-------
ov
Fig. 2-18
Circuit Notes
Automatically generated dits and dabs are produced over a speed range of 11 to 39
wpm. The upper limit can be raised by decreasing R2. SWl and SW2 can be a "homebrew" paddle operated key.
25
3
Amplifiers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
High Impedance Differential Amplifier
Unity Gain Follower
Voltage Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier
Power Booster
Logarithmic Amplifier
Voltage Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier
Discrete Current Booster
Precision Process Control Interface
Voltage Controlled Amplifier
Absolute Value Amplifier
Programmable Gain NoninvertingAmplifier
with Selectable Inputs
x 1000 Amplifier Circuit
Inverting Amplifier with Balancing Circuit
Switching Power Amplifier
Precision Power Booster
Noninverting Voltage Follower
Color Video Amplifier
Fast Voltage Follower
Isolation Amplifier for Capacitive Loads
Cable Bootstrapping
Current Booster
Wideband Unity Gain Inverting Amplifier
in a 75 Ohm System
High-Speed Current to Voltage Output
Amplifier
Logarithmic
26
Gated Amplifier
Reference Voltage Amplifier
Fast Summing Amplifier
Adjustment-Free Precision Summing Amplifier
Summing Amplifier with Low Input Current
x 10 Operational Amplifier Using Ll61
x 100 Operational Amplifier Using Ll61
Precision Absolute Value Circuit
Ultra-Low-Leakage Preamp
De to Video Log Amplifier
100 V Common Mode Range Differential
Amplifier
Wide Bandwidth, Low Noise, Low Drift
Amplifier
Signal Distribution Amplifier
Audio Distribution Amplifier
High Input Impedance, High Output Current
Voltage Follower
Precision Amplifier
Preamplifier and High-to-Low Impedance
Converter
Noninverting Amplifier
High Impedance, High Gain, High Frequency Inverting Amp
Log-Ratio Amplifier
Inverting Amplifier
Amplifier
R2
R1
R3
R4
R2
AS
R7
R6
R1 = R4
R2 =AS
R6
Gan =
R2 ( 1 +
2R1
RJ ) = C ( 1 + a + b)
Fig. 3-l
UNITY GAIN FOLLOWER
+15V
O.Ot.uF
+------.----r-'lf--J_
Fig. 3-2
27
or
U1897E
2N4091
Of
2N4091
VIDEO
INPUT
U1897E or
-lovo-....---,
Fig. 3-3
2N.t091
'I
I
1IM~.,..---..J
I
I
-.l-o
Circuit Notes
The tee attenuator provides for optimum dynamic linear range attenuation up to 100
dB, even at f = 10.7 MHz with proper layout.
POWER BOOSTER
r------------1~------ov
Rl
+-----------lr"
2N3638
109K
lOK
.1
Circuit Notes
Power booster is capable of driving moderate loads. The circuit as shown uses a
NE5535 device. Other amplifiers may be substituted only if Rl values are changed because
of the Icc current required by the amplifier. Rl
should be calculated from the following expression:
Rl
lOK
,.
5.1K
2N697
Rl
L-~----~~-o-v
Fig. 3-4
28
600 mW
Icc
LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER
"
411 pF
-uv
"
.,.....
"'
s_n
'"
"
'"
.,,.
-
s.m
""
"
i-+--"tt'v'.,._.._...,,.,.,_
;~n
UIM
"'
""
"
."
-'"
Fig. 3-5
.,.
1Ut
11,A-1 .. A
....
...,.
Circuit Notes
>--+-.()OUTPUT
"
Circuit Notes
The 2N5457 acts as a voltage variable
resistor with an Rls<on) of 800 ohms max. Since
the differential voltage on the LMlOl is in the
low mV range, the 2N5457 JFET will have
linear resistance over several decades of resistance providing an excellent electronic gain
control.
Fig. 3-6
29
130 k
C3
~ .....r-----~-----..-o~vs = 24V
.J,.. 01
Cz
VtN
R7
10k
R6
o--j t--'W.,...,.----<~---1
4
10k
R11
Rg
15 k
R5
33
15k
t------+-ovour
R10
33
0103 MPS6560
02
MPS6562
Rs
10 k
Fig. 3-7
PRECISION PROCESS CONTROL INTERFACE
IFIQ',O]o\ll{f
40 100
!Ro\'t.~','I!IH~
"'v
SI','IAFIIQ.1t>~OG4~
o 1 Ir
'
t
HOOJO
.,....
......1... 0 01
4 20 ,,A
11\iPUT
"
~
1000
Lz
90
249k
24 H
2 RO
'
' '
~~
g~
VouT
'IV
r"'
'"
--:
50~
SPA N
"'
Fig. 3-8
30
""""
lOV fOR 20 mA
0VfOR4mA
,"'
v;nc
Ql
2N3905
-OV TO .. SV
VinC
-12V
vou
Fig. 3-9
Circuit Notes
~nal
o,
o,
10K
10K
lOK
101(
llC
Fig. 3-10
Circuit Notes
31
PROGRAMMABLE GAINNONINVERTING
AMPLIFIER WITH SELECT ABLE INPUTS
+16\1 -16V
Vour
+ISV
+TSV
"
Vo
.... ,~ 1
SW-201
'"
v,N 2
"
'" "
v,N l
,., "
18Ku
..
"
GAIN2
8.9K!!
TOOK!!
'"
"
"
v,~
"
GAINt
"
""
GAIN 3
4
-1000)(
'"
GAtN 4
""
2Kn
~
Fig. 3-11
x 1000 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
01
+1SV IN757A
+15V
"'
500
:>:-...--'>~>IV-""1-- """
A7
75k0
A4
son
C1
R8
5tlF
1.5k0
A6
50k0
All. RESISTORS 1%
Fig. 3-12
32
""
~
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
WITH BALANCING CIRCUIT
+15V
240[1
INPUT
Rz
0---'\N'v--.--'V\/'r--,
lOki!
15kfl
10kfl
6 100fl
20kfl
IC
L.M101
c,
30pF
2400
Fig. 3-13
Fig. 3-15
Circuit Notes
-15V
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE:
SLEW
AATE--------""1SV/~EC
0.1% SETIUNG-------4J..tSEC
(f\ = 500)
NONINVERTING
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
,,
L
,,
-~
0. lllf
Ch1rMIIli$1it1
IV -V, 1 11}2-L.,----+--.;_c_~
C1
O.i p
Fig. 3-14
u.zo" m-41!,1<20H'
Ill lpiO J0 Mlfohrn~. f < 20 H1
IV. lOS~ 200 mAIIt
'"
Fig. 3-16
33
ISOLATION AMPLIFIER
FOR CAPACITIVE LOADS
R2
15d-k
Vout
---LOS8-1
CL
Zo"' 15\l
75!!
I0.5$<1F
tO~ott
t1
1
AVout_. out
At
CL-
IC: NE55S9
Fig. 3-17
Vee
Ovrshoot -&"
!i!
~
0.5
t it determinld by CL
Fig. 3-19
CABLE BOOTSTRAPPING
......
6
>--+-VouT
-C2
300 pF
Fig. 3-18
R1
10K
34
Fig. 3'20
Circuit Notes
Bootstrapping input shield for a follower
reduces cable capacitance, leakage, and spurious voltages from cable flexing. Instability can
be avoided with small capacitor on input.
HIGH-SPEED CURRENT TO
VOLTAGE OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
CURRENT BOOSTER
"
INPUTS
''"
''"'
"
l.~fl
OIGITI!.l
~"
"''"
"'
""
lOV
~n
RREF
,,
"'
,,
.. 20QI;
1REF
B5 _ 96
""
'o
DAC-OBE
VRHI-1
"'""
GAIN~ 1~
MAXIMUM L-oAD CUAIII!NT riOrloA UOV-;. 200111
~
-15V
Fig. 3-23
Fig. 3-21
LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER
Al = 1K!!
... ---1:------
cO;ST
100 k
--L-
71511
IC = NE/SE5539
zo "'751l
>--o--_...-.. VQ
""
OfFSET
ADlUST
Fig. 3-22
Fig. 3-24
35
C2
>--o_.._.
INPUT
.----:--~:~
OUTPUT
30K
-----<o-<>---1
-15 v
'"
'"
5.6k
C1
150 pF
Power Bandwidth: 250 kHz
Smali Signal Bandwidth: 3.5 MHz
Slew Rate: 10V/JA-S
Fig. 3-25
Fig. 3-27
ADJUSTMENT-FREE
PRECISION SUMMING AMPLIFIER
10.ll
RS
FEATURES
MINIMUM BIAS CURRENT IN REFERENCE CELL
:2 SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
IC = HA-OP07
Fig. 3-26
36
2.5kn
-15V
Fig. 3-28
-Circuit Notes
x 100 OPERATIONAL
AMPLIFIER USING L16l
SUMMING AMPLIFIER
WITH LOW INPUT CURRENT
+15 v
C5(2)
Rs
INPUT
"~
Rl
150 k
LM108,A
Series
'"'
R3
1.2MEG
v,.
R2
FisET
16
150
pF
0.002 ,uF
16Kn
13
OUT
OUTPUT
Fig. 3-3I
LM101A(3)
or equiv
1M
"'
"'
Slew Rate:
10V/~s
220Kn
IccOMP
0.001
2.2Kn
Circuit Notes
(2)CS=6X 10-8
"'
Fig. 3-29
x 10 OPERATIONAL
PRECISION ABSOLUTE
VALUE CIRCUIT
v
I SUPPl-Y= 120 uA
16
Rsn
..
"'
"'""
'"'"
.,,.,
"'
1.2M !I
......
lOOK !I
IN
13
>--1>--0vour
@OI!TtVIIIII'UT
1.
Y,t,O,D20PP.010N
Fig. 3-30
.,
f..
910K !l
100K !I
Y(lllfl..,.. tHCI.UOiiO,
lo ltN 4 IVoa
CCQMP
0.003
fO
EtN
.1.
Eov(~+~)
f..
WITHA:IR4A5: EoUVA
&. -Eo
I.
NIQATIVil! IWI,IT
1,
D10f,,DION
~~-a~
1.
CII21~~~;2 ~4~~~~~~~:N
WITHA1R2R~R4.
t.
EO-En'l
lo -EIN
+ I.IY0$2 - 0.5YOS1
Circuit Notes
Amplifier is 3 dB down at 100kHz and has
a slew rate of 0.02VI I" sec.
Fig. 3-32
37
ULTRA-LOW-LEAKAGE PREAMP
UOil
r---,-------------,-.Y~--o"'
__ R1
R3
so kn
5k0
OUTPUT h1001
39
lOOK
5k0
;ro.,
n
R4
5 kO
INPUTS
RS
50 kO
OUTPUT
39
Fig. 3-33
Circuit Notes
Pin numbers are_shown for metal package only.
Input leakage-2 pA at 75 C.
Fig. 3-35
C2
A2
"'
:;
-10 v
s,
~otoOnll
Fig. 3-34
38
cFig. 3-36
Fig. 3-37
"
,,
Q.l ... f
O.I11F
1Mn
Vee+
100 len
100kn
100kn
t--+--'11\f---ovcc+
100k0
Fig. 3-38
39
r---------------~---------,~vcc
v,
v,
1,
~250M~!
:::r: 470 pF
OFFSET
ADJUST
z0 - 100 .. ~2
IQ = 100 rnA (rna)
~~~------------~------~--.VEE
Fig. 3-39
PRECISION AMPLIFIER
10 kn
SO M!!
oo kn
500 kJI
ON
500 k!l
50 M!!
r'
470 "
Fig. 3-40
40
eour
Characteristics
Av = 1000 = 60 dB
DC Gain Error = 0.05%
Bandwidth = 1 kHz for -0.05% error
Dill. Input Res. = 1 M!l
Typical amplifying capability
gf2 d 2N5459
\t::;,
~;---o
TO
CERAMIC
CARTRIDGE
INPUTS
Fig. 3-41
2M2
lk
OUTPUT
ov
Circuit
This circuit matches the very high impedance of ceramic cartridges, unity gain, and low
impedance output. By "loading'' the cartridge
with a 2M2 input resistance, the cartridge
Notes
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER
Fig. 3-42
".
~L
"'
Rl
*"
G~,
-Em
BW= 100KHz
Av = too
?1;--vw-+''-1~ 12
lK
V'
f-"1!--
8~
>'0--oEo
14
O.lJ.I.F
Fig. 3-43
~1
-l!iV
Zi 0 =2x109n
+15V
IC = HA2650/2655
41
LOG-RATIO AMPLIFIER
+15V
GAIN
'(
Vour-
1VL0Gto It lz
OR -lV LOG10 Vt 1 V 2
1k
R1
r----------------------_.154k
Fig. 3-44
15 4k
"""
"
Arc
TELLABS
35<J9ppm
081
15V
NOTES
CIRCUIT SHOWN FOR NEGATIVE V OR I1N
fOR POSJTIVE INPUTS-01 PNP AND VA
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
C2
D . . . . . . . .
Vcr:
12
R2
C1
cr-1~JVR~~~~----~~RV2~--~
Fig. 3-45
42
R1
15V
4
Analog-to-Digital Converters
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
8-Bit MD Converter
Successive Approximation AID Converter
8-Bit AID Converter
8-Bit Tracking AID Converter
8"Bit Successive Approximation AID Converter
Four Channel Digitally Multiplexed Ramp
AID Converter
Three Decade Logarithmic AID Converter
Tracking (Servo Type) AID Converter
!3'12 Digit AID Converter with LCD Display
Fast Precision AID Converter
High Speed 3-Bit AID Converter
Three IC Low Cost AID Converter
43
-- cCET......,.Po
9316 IP
r- J
TC
CP Oo .01 02 03
COUN fER
1/2 9024
P1 P2 P3
BINAR y
'--
.._
JR
1/2 9024
Of--
CP
CP
K AQ
K B Q
DA,A.,A,
9334
.
8-BIT'ADDRESSABLE LATC
C01234567
Hh
1
114 9002
I
FULL SCALE ADJ
PARALLEL
DATA
.} OUTPUT
'7
MSB
I ,.A7281
312.
+5
v8
+
!""->
~~F
L
-
F
-==-
'- LSB
10V
8k
I'A77?.
VREF
5k
SERIAL DATA
OUTPUT
I>
w
) (9002
4
"'l ~
,.---,
DC
1~4:9002
1/4 l002
/
SERIAL DATA
CLOCK OUTPUT
CONVERSION
COMPLETE
r-
"""""
101
I"F
-15
~~
""
10
-15\t-'-
,.A734
OOk
1000
220 k
OUAD2DIV1n
'.~
_;_
+];- v
1~~
2 . 1
4
3
16
,A9650
6
3C
7
10 I-'12
5
15 14 13 11
"' "'
""0 ~"'
~~ >~ :5
"'
"' ..."'>"'
d
0
0
00
10 K;.
11
4
3 2
16
6
,A9650
~
3C
7
101-- - ,.--. 12
9
5
81514 13 11
'-
~FD777
'-
!15. k
5k
ANALOG
INPUT
2k
1k
__:~..._
-L-
-15
Fig. 4-1
~>
/f ~ 5 v
22
18
~2
CS OGND V~l
>T,
>-"-
Ao
'2i
lm
.,
<>.-
,f -.:r.;r
20
19
PROG
VRM AGNOs
R1NV
v,.
WR
Loo1 HP2800
....
.,...-, HP2800
23
251
21
V ._ AGNDF RFa
r
~
LSB
5 4 3
~
'
louT
ICL7134B
MSB
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
;.::,
-15V
LSBL -
-~
+5V
5v
6600
OUT_ -+ LM311
1N 827A
-15V
t-
r'
~
1MO
I
I
>-----
1300
f- ---<>~
>-O.MSB
-15V
+5V~
15 13 12 11
2k0
-~-
tOOOpF
_..
.!:':'.
- HP2800
6 4
07 a,
AM25L03
CP
s
10
cc
.....
~+SV
SHORT
I CYCLE
LINE
1~1~8
.....
H;.'oo
~"
r~
-;;;
71
I...J
D CP
10
B(N+1)
14 13 12 11
AM25L03
r;; 74LS132111
HOLDIAU'N
07 Oe Oocc
"""
5 4
STATUS
Fig. 4-2
Circuit Notes
A bipolar input, high speed AID converter uses two AM25L03s to form a 14-bit
successive approximation register. The comparator -is a two-stage circuit with an
HA2605 front -end amplifier used to reduce settling time problems at the summing nude.
Careful offset-nulling of this amplifier is needed.
45
Analog
Input
kll
"
0-~~F
1 8
16-
~.
15f-
14
13
12
F.S.A.
SetiZern
.
3~6
!
1N914
15~ -SV
11
101--
....-
e
33
15kO
7
ZN7400E
f-
8
ZN425E
8 Bit Digital
47pF
I
Output
ov
14
13
:1
\J l
11
12
4765/4
Fig. 4-3
'Statu
'
---u-
Convert
Command
Clock
,1,
.-----2H
t!?1 "" '. I'lo
7
127474
0
2
FLIPfLOP
wol
6
9 " r
..
~
,
UPIDOWN
COUNTER
100
~ -15V
"
us
IN
&
2
OUT
CARRY 3
8284
UP/QQW!Ij
COUNTER
10 9
fDor:
T
t-
48k::
Fig. 4-4
46
t!-N41~
..
"'
9 9 7 6 5
OAC lOOCCOJ
10-BIT f) A CONVERTER
"'
"
rf7
r
J0.02
I"
J002
POWER
~~--
-~'
0.02
_,
.l
':- GROUND
"'ly..N4148
-f-
488k"
1+15
r
1007
lAC
/MSB
3
V1N 0 TO lOV
5 4
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
1312
'"
+SV TRACK
HOLD
., '4 1400
240:/
4NALOG I-NPUT
CLOCK IN
= l.OMHz
MAXIMUM CLOCK RA TE
- 15V
ANALOG
GROUND
+ "V
ANALOG
INIPUT
... .''".,
"''
..."''"' '
-11lV
-ISV
.
..., .I""
.-
"'.:--.-...
! I --1~.:
~
I I
""
+ ISV
. .lilT I
-iiiiil"'lin
1l 12 11
'
..
--1~.-.--.-:t;~.-.~
-ISV
OOipf
'"'
IOV
]5\1
+ I!V
ANALOG
-GROUND
-15\1
Fig. 4-5
FOUR CHANNEL DIGITALLY MULTIPLEXED RAMP AID CONVERTER
OAC-01
""AD
LATCH
:..
D.
-
~tp_.,
~
~
..... H1CLOCX~C
IIIIULT!"-IXIfl
A
--
::n"'--
~
...,,
......
""""''" '
....
'
f-
IINAIIIV
COUNTE:II
} ~"'
OUT~U'!'
I
I
"
I
I
........
L.
.....'
.......
....,..
r=~.
~""
DliNTIFIIIII
fliRT
Fig. 4-6
47
...
f-U mV TO -~:~~C>--'\M.-<0-j
....
..
;v
Fig. 4-'7
;:-~o-.-v'~',..,_i
'"
':'
,.
".""
,
OUTPUT
v..
01'0 +10V
""""' 4 .. 0
+11V
..,
+tSV
+11V
1
1
1
1
Io.OJ,.F
lD.O:lpF _J, 0.02 "F J,0.02j!F
"
Fig. 4-8
48
-15V
.......
GROUND
.J,
'""'""
GROUND
C/
C/
_7
_7
.:..J
,.,
ll "10
'"
TELEDYNE B750CMOS
Fig. 4-9
FAST PRECISION A/D CONVERTER
Fig. 4-I{}
.... .
!Hf'VT RANGE$
~
Bopoloo
Con-t
INPUTTOA
'"
"'
INPUl'TOA
1-{l
OT0+\0
oro+~
0 TO
zo
INP\Il TO II
:t.lllll<il
II TOD ... COUT
49
...
2
,.,~.,.'----""c''-'-1
1"-. 1 o" 1
s:~!
IP-2 3
R2
0.2511
~~2
80P2
~"
t----f'0'"'"l'"'~''so~c-ctt---'r-"").--~'nf!'!'""::
,LJ
I lo>-'io
l ! '""L
_I
L
..
1 2 3
USY
liD
IOP21
l5CHII_j
~-""".~.""""'
"
IP1 2
1/4 I 9002
.
.
us y ,'-'-'-', _,-;_[ :
100
1.75
I )>--
IP1 2
lfl'2 3
7 OP1
"""11!1>
114 I 1002
112 "101M
1!!-.f.
0''1
: I,.../ aau
100 !l
IP1 2
....
Fig. 4-11
-~
,.
"'''
114. 9002
l)o-
-::-
+5 ..
Fig. 4-12
STAAT
CONII.A'I'ON
COMPLETE
Q----
~Jiv~LO<:K ~-----'
~1$MH1
50
=AM 2502
Attenuators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Digitally Selectable Precision Attenuator
Variable Attenuator
51
I .
"
'"
_,,
...."
...."
14lk
...
I
II
AI
.A2
Al
0
0
0
0
0
0
vo
ATTENUATION
'
-1 dB
-2 dB
-3 dB
0
0
"
"
'
"
ll.!k
..
':"
'
_,,
Fig. 5-l
sv-n- Off
- - ov-J L-o111
-4 dB
-5 dB
-6 dB
I
I
-7 dB
VARIABLE ATTENUATOR
I
_.__
Circuit Notes
-1ovo-~-,
':'
'\
JO.OOlpF
\ 1M,~t,----.J
I.... _
\
-.l.....o
Fig. 5-2
52
lSI
AI A2 113 A4
A~
Ill 111 AI
~~~
A1D
'"
:>'-1 ....~OIIouT
Al
A2
-+- +
'
4
A10
+ 1024
.--m
1023-N)
or VQUT" VREF ( - - N - -
1024wbere
0 5. N ~ 1023
N 0 for AN -. all zeros
N1 forA10 .. 1,A1-A9=0
Fig. 5-3
1.11M
'
101k
"
. ...
,
n
~+
2,7,10.11
M-&1FQ
~-
'
\7
l ,,.
10
SlUCT SlLECT SlU:CT SELECT
(+1 ATTENUATION WHEN ALL SWITCHES.OFFl
Fig. 54
53
Audio Mixers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Four Input Stereo Mixer
High-Level Four-Channel Mixer
Two Channel Panning Circuit
CMOS Mixer
Mixer Pfeamplifier with Tone Control
54
Passive Mixer
One Transistor Audio Mixer
Silent Audio Switching/Mixing
Hybrid Mixer
Four Channel Mixer
GAIN
'
~yoo.
-.~-~....
lEVHl
''""
rul
INPUT 2
100~
E~
..
..,
..,
~I
''""
- ,...
,.,.
,.,.
I ,.. --o
LEFT
OUTPUT
"'
~
,.,.
..,
LEVEl 2
"'
"
"~
n.'n
GAIN ;\f-1APf>ROXI
,.,.
:' RX
~
~
""
..., [
n '
,,.,
,.,.
"
,.,.
,.,.
.. I
,.,.
RIGHT
OUTPUT.
"" --o
,. . c -
""
"
"
,,.
,.
....
+
"
+12V
'"
... ...'"
Fig. 6-1
,,..
...'""'
"
--12V
Circuit Notes
Four (or more) inputs can be mixed and
produce stereo output. Gain of each stage can
be boosted by adding RX, but it should be kept
below 50 (RX above 2.2 K) to avoid poor frequency, response. If more than four stages are
55
C2
200~F
R3 ~-'V'VIr----1~-o
IOK
R4
OUTPUT
IOK
Rl
100
NOTCH
~16
15 14 13
12 II
10 9
I ~:::::::1
2345678
ICI
TOP VIEW
+ 12VDC
ICI-RCA CA 3052
Rl-100-ohms, ~-watt resistor
R2-47-ohms, ~-watt resistor
R3-Potentiometer, 10,000-ohms
audio taper
R4-10,000-ohms, ~-watt resistor
Fig. 6-2
Circuit Notes
56
...
,,
'"
... "'
INPUT
,, ,,
...
'"
CHANNEll OUTPUT
,,
,,,,
0.7D7Rt
Fig. 6-3
,,
...
,,
,, ,,
...
'"
CHANNEl 2 OUTPUT
J.41Rt
...
Circuit Notes
soles. Panning is how recording engineers
This panning circuit (short for panoramic
manage
to pick up your favorite pianist and
control circuit) provides the ability to move the
"float"
the
sound over to the other side of the
apparent position of one microphone's input
stage
and
back
again.
between two output channels. This effect is
often required in recording studio mixing conCMOS MIXER
----c
0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - -......
""""
.....""',
Fig. 6-4
f.
..
,'
"'"'
in 2
,..,
"''
+4-l!iV
"
""'"
!l.l
i""
,,..
"
"
'"'
.
"'
OUTPUT
NOTES:
IC1 IS 4011
01
1$ BC14!l
02 IS BC147
~
L-----~----~---------4---J-------------------------------L--o.,
Circuit Notes
57
""
'~'
...
410!1
>.-,--"AfV'---<>
~t
..
.w
~
~
T11f1U
t~
"'
'"
O.OZZ)<f
"'
"'
,0,
~
~
MU
on~F
"''"
.. r
~
VOU.IIIiE-
l.lK
r
~
"
o.ou~'T
"
OUTI'UT
CH
Fig. 6-5
Circuit Notes
General purpose preamplifier/mixer accepts up to four inputs, has a gain of 1600,
and provides bass and treble controls that can be varied 10 dB at 100Hz and 10kHz
respectively. !Cl and IC2
LM301A.
PASSIVE MIXER
+ H output
Fig. 6-6
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit can be used to combine stereo signals to produce a monaural
output. Rl and R2 isolate both circuits and R3 controls the level of the combined output
signal.
58
P_.1r~kV\.fVV""'I
10
INPUT 1
9V
~22k
1!1
1M
.
'""' 'I}IO-kV\/Iul\r-t-lif--+-ta-1-L.
OUTPUT
Fig. 6-7
BC 109
Circuit Notes
Three or more inputs with individual level controls feed into the base of Ql that
provides a voltage gain of 20.
47k
47k
01
V IN 1
VOUT
1M
47k
V IN 2
1M
SWITCH TIME CONSTANT 47mS
ON =OV
OFF= -15V
;;J;j7n
Fig. 6-8
Circuit Notes
Two or more signals can be switched and/or mixed without annoying clicks by using
FETs and a low input'impedance op amp circuit.
59
HYBRID MIXER
A9
A7
,'
AS
2201<
+6-15 v
2201<
HlOk~
1711
(6)2
t"
13(9)
2
....- 12(10)
4
Fig. 6-9
NOTE:
IC1 IS 4011A
IG2 IS 747
AO
100k
.1T;s
47u
OV
A6
220k
17.
71
Circuit Notes
!Cla and b are biased into the linear regions by R3 and R4. (!Cl must be 4011A).
Outputs from gates are combined by op amp IC2, which provides low impedance output.
Output
0
nl~-~,..------'-'-'_,
Ao-!.j f--1,_..::;~~>.:.:1
1~1
so-!.j
5001<0
co-!.j
1~1
o-!.j
Fig. 6-10
8200
1~1
~J
500KO
1~1
Circuit Notes
High gain op amp combines up to four individually controlled input signals. The de
power source should be well filtered (battery is ideal), and the circuit should be well
shielded to prevent hum pickup.
60
7
Audio Oscillators
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlate;;~to the source entry in the Sources section.
Wien Bridge Oscillator
Wien Bridge Oscillator
Wien Bridge Oscillator
Very Low Frequency Generator
Audio Oscillator
Sine Wave Oscillator
Easily Tuned Sine/Square Wave Oscillators
Wien Bridge Sine Wave Oscillator
Phase Shift Oscillator
Tone Encoder
Feedback Oscillator
Phase Shift Oscillator
800 Hz Oscillator
Tunable Single Comparator Oscillator
Wide Range Oscillator (Frequency Range
of 500 to 1)
Wien Bridge Oscillator
Wien Bridge Sine Wave Oscillator
61
+15
R
470 kn
330p~l
1%
f=URC
f=1.0kHz
1%
470 k{l
R2
1%
47 kQ
1%
15 v
-=-
R4
22 kO
R5
lM\1
1%
R3
R1
Fig. 7-l
01
1 kU
F0600
Circuit Notes
62
rI
1211
"''
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
""
I
-..
,
1.2M
+12V
Ct
Fig. 7-2
fZk
-!IV
......
"
FENWAL
RANGE
SWfrt:H
OUTPUT
"
oo
OHMS
Circuit Notes
Wien bridge sine-wave oscillator using two RCA CA3140 op amps covers 30Hz to
100kHz with less than 0.5 percent total harmonic distortion. The IOk pot-is adjusted for
the best waveform. Capacitor Cl and C2 are a two-gang, 450-pF variable with its frame
isolated from ground. Maximum output into a 600-ohm load is about 1 volt rms.
WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR
;oo
.,
Fig. 7-3
100.
c,
0 OOl&,..F
C:"'-Ktlt'lltiCI
fo - --
2 oCo
!rom
0 01 Hi tO l!J kHI
63
"'
-~
AS
m4
A3
SK
OUTPUT
o--+
3V
!'
.,_
1
53
.01
MULT
001
3 '
A10
lOOK
1MEG
All
S2B
A13
1K
VAA
-R99100
10 11
12
clcJcJ~4 J.llclclGlJ
( b
~~.GlfT
Tl!t TT
4 '
111 111111}"
~fffTOTTT
TTT
-t
A6
1MEG
~ 'S2
S2A 1
lOOK
FREQ
10
11 12
117
4
5
6
CR2
1N914
8
9
10
lOOK
11
Fig. 7-4
Circuit Notes
~
S2
POS
1
2
3
-..-..-..-..-NNN
CA1
IN914
12
J1
OUTPUT
FRED
Hz
CAPACITOR
1
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
-
C1-C12-
C2-C13C3-C14=
C4-C15cs=C16=
C6-C17-
C7-C 18-
VALUE
"F
+1
.15 + J5
.5
.15
1
.066 + 0068
.05 + 01
.05
cs....:c19-
033 +.01
C9-C20-
0.33 +.0047
C10-C21C11::o-C22-
.033
.015+.015
AUDIO OSCILLATOR
AI
5K-150K
02
2N3638
Circuit Notes
=.9V
4-811
Fig. 7-5
64
"
0 01 J'f
"
"
""
"
Fig. 7-6
"
JOpf
,..,
'""
"
"
'"
6.311
"
-Circuit Notes
The oscillator delivers a high-purity sinusoid with a stable frequency and amplitude.
EASILY TUNED SINE/SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATORS
R2
59K
R1
330K
C2~
Clt
+ 15>-<t-~---, R8"
1K
R7
1K
R9
200K
LM1 01 A
SQUAAE
>--~-OUTPUT
Fig. 7-7
:>''-t-j f--~--'-\
6
C3
150pF
02
1N914
SINE
OUTPUT
-15
AS
+C1""C2
10M
~Frequency Adjust
* Amplitude AdJUSt
Fo =
1
21rC 1 ~
Circuit Notes
This circuit will provide both a sine and square wave output for frequencies from
below 20Hz to above 20kHz. The frequency of oscillation is easily tuned by varying a
single resistor.
65
JOOk
10k
0.0&1 JJF
>4-ovou.rt..-IOHz
Circuit Notes
Using the 2N5457 JFET as a voltage variable resistor in the amplifier feedback loop,
produces a low distortion, constant amplitude
sine wave getting the amplifier loop gain just
right. The LM103 zener diode provides the
voltage reference for the peak sine wave
amplitude.
LMIOJ
500k
1M
Fig. 7-8
PHASE-SHIFT OSCILLATOR
.1
Vs
TK
.~o~F
hTK
TK
rt
rl
rt
- -
Fig. 7-9
66
--
f, 4kHz
Circuit Notes
CircuiLuses a simple RC network to produce an exceptionally shrill tone from a miniature speaker. With the parts values shown, the
circuit oscillates at a frequency of 3.6 kHz and
drives a miniature 2'h'' speaker with earpiercing volume. The output waveform is a
square wave with a width of 150 p.s, sloping
rise and fall times, and a peak-to-peak
amplitude of 4.2 volts (when powered by 9
volts). Current drain of the oscillator is 90 rnA
at 9 volts, and total power dissipation at this
voltage is 0.81 watt, which is well below the
1.25 watts the 14-pin version will absorb (at
room temperature) before shutting down.
TONE ENCODER
POWEA
SWITCH
18K
9V6ATTEAV
~~~~
IOK
.005~J.f
,.---~-----1---J f-(---<(
IOK
IOK
~n-,~::-~K...----t-1
~~~~214
AUDIO
OUTPUT
lOOK
IN9t4010DE
I
\
MOMENTAAYSPSTSWITCHES
(
Fig. 7-10
Circuit Notes
A basic twin-T circuit uses resistors for accurately setting the frequency of the
output tones, selected by pushbutton. Momentary switches produce a tone only when the
button is depressed.
FEEDBACK OSCILLATOR
c
r---11 OUT~UT
_1_
C2
C3
C1
Circuit Notes
Circuit oscillates because the transistor
shifts the phase of the signall80 from the base
to the collector. Each of the RC networks in the
circuit is designed to shift the phase 60 at the
frequency of oscillation for a total of 180. The
appropriate values of R and C for each network
is found from f = ll2v'31TRC); that equation
allows for the 60 phase shift required by the
design.
Fig. 7-11
67
H1
II
R2
470k
47n
f?
01~
2N2925
>
c2
47n
R3
> 4.7k
Jt>
Fig. 7-12
47n
~R4
. -4.7k
NV
250Hz
Circuit Notes
800Hz OSCILLATOR
HEP
.::;;:4.L----<~l-4_:_"F---r
r
OUTPUT
Fig. 7-13
01 .uF
\L
/I
471(
~6A
IO.n.
IO.n.
IO.n.
Circuit-Notes
68
v,
v,
R,
10kn
R,
R,
2Dkn
1ookn
Circuit Notes
R,
10 kU
..,.
c,I
Fig- 7-14
..
- -lOV
02
BC108
El
Circuit Notes
Timing resistor R may be adjusted to any
value between 10 K and 50 M to obtain a frequency range from 400kHz to 100Hz. Returning the timing resistor to the collector of Q1
ensures that Q1 draws its base current only
from the timing capacitor Ct. The timing
capacitor recharges when the transistors are
off, to a voltage.equal to the base emitter voltage of Q2 plus the base emitter drops of Q1 and
Q2:The transistors then start into conduction.
Capacitor Cs is used to speed up the transition.
A suitable value would be in the region of 100
pF.
Fig. 7-15
69
50k
10 k
v,
vo
1
I0 -2 1f AC
-v,.f 2 Vee
Fo
f 0 1 kHz
R 1e kn
C 0.01 ~F
Fig. 7-16
""
~-.....-OUTPUT
...
Cl
1100 pF
"""'
1%
f-'2rr R2 C1
Fig. 7-17
70
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning onpage 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Low Cost 20 W Audio Amplifier
75 Watt Audio Amplifier with Load Line
Protection
Bridge Amplifier
Noninverting Amplifier Using Single Supply
Noninverting Amplifier Using Split Supply
6 W, 8 Ohm Output Transformerless Amplifier
12 W Low-Distortion Power Amplifier
10 W Power Amplifier
Stereo Amplifier with Av = 200
AM Radio Power Amplifier
470 mW Complementary-Symmetry
Audio Amplifier
16 W Bridge Amplifier
71
R7
4.7K
40V
-------------
I
I
.-----------~_.
-,I
I
I
01
I
I
02
I
I
I
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SE9301
+-----.---_,________________________________
+iR4
"" cs
_.~ 1500~F
150K
03
R6
47
R3
120K
R1
INPU~
Q1
2N5961
10K
G1
10~F'25V
SE9401
R2
15K
RS
150
+G4
200~F .SV
01-03=1N4148
Fig. 8-1
Circuit
This simple inexpensive audio amplifier
can be constructed using a couple of T0-220
monolithic Darlington transistors for the
push-pull output stage. Frequency response is
flat within 1 dB from 30Hz to 200kHz with
typical harmonic distortion below 0.2%. The
amplifier requires only 1.2 Vrm, for a full 20W
output into an 8 ohm load. Only one other
transistor is needed, the T0-92 low-noise
high-gain 2N5961 (Ql), to provide voltage gain
for driving the output Darlingtons. Its base
72
Notes
73
BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
'
"'
'"
lls6V llc4!!
V$1lll Acll!
Fig. 8-3
P0 1.DW
P,UW
Circuit Notes
This circuit is for low voltage applications de levels will. be within a few tenths of a volt of
requiring high power outputs. Output power each other. Where critical matching is required
levels of 1.0 W into 4 ohm from 6 V and 3.5 V the 500 K potentiometer is added and adjusted
into 8 ohm from 12 V are typical. Coupling for zero de current flow through the load.
capacitors are not necessary since the output
"
'
VL
o--j
..
'f''
2.7
''"'v,
~-
r--.J.--~
.. '
'
on
Vol D.1
~
""'
1---l'
v,
...,..+.....,
..J
0.1
1.1
o--j
.
'
(LM1117 ONLY)
Fig.
74
8~4
~'
.,.
'
L------.J
,...
I- REStSTORS
I- CAf'ACITORJ
2.7
~-
"
2.7"
lOOk
O.I,.F"
r--.J---.
~'"
14
-=-
VOL
'
'1
I
'..J
D. I
L ______ ...J
"
:.1.
2.7"
lOOk
JlM1817 ONLY)
0.1JJF"
b..
4-=RESISTDRS
4- CAPACITORS
"::"
Fig. 8-5
180K
I fi'~
180
47K
62
120K
'--,
L--1~=--'~"If-'
~..
~-
rgur
""''
'':'
~OJ
24V
'"'
...
-
01
lt)()(k.F
lti-~---.J.--l:~lo'Qv;-'~>-'M"I-"-'1>--t--t-i--::":'i_,.~ 21~v~---.
"
0'1
,..._ 01
.
: ~ ,..,
,.
II
3~
-..
l20
02
0.5
...
~Lt.j~02~~.,__._____._~as
470
'
2.2
TO.l
Ql
Q2
.,~;.;
~(1
QJ
Q4
as
NB021EY
N8211YY
NfiOOIE
NA41U
tjA42U
-~
Fig. 8-6
75
N.C.
+13V
"
"
"
"' "
'"' "
"
~
.
~'f
<
0
:i,
FREQUENCY li4z)
"
,h
C3
FRQUEN&V IKI
~UV UJ~F
MYLAR
Fig. 8-7
10 W POWER AMPLIFIER
JOOiJF
~~---,
0.471-Jf
+26\i
35
MYLAR
lOOk
1000pf
~:
13
lOOk
"T''
Fig. 8-8
76
10
2l
;;
"'c>
H
15
II
I
" '"'
" FREOUENCY1Hl)
Frequoncy R -
vso-.t--.
T~_,.,F
""
+1
"'''
2.1n
"'
In
T '''' ':"
1...... -
INPUT Z
-~
o---i 1--+"T-'i
0.1 uf
_J;ABGNO
IOO"F
+~
f'
\
TI.II'F2.1n '
Fig. 8-9
"'
""
,,,
FERRlTE
BEAD
4.1
+)
Z50"'F
*0.1f.'F
In
SPEAKER
":"
Fig. 8-10
77
16 OR 32
OHMS
820
02
01 2N2429
02- 2N2706
03- 2N2430
39
250
~-tF
Fig. 8-11
Circuit Notes
This circuit has less than 2%~distortion and isJlat within 3 dB from 15Hz to 130kHz.
+18V
C2
10001'
C1
10001'
OV
Fig. 8-12
78
The ground side of the speaker is connected to the junction of two equal high value
capacitors (1000 J.tF is typical) across the supply. The amplifier output voltage will be V,/2,
and so will the voltage across C1 (if C1 andC2
are equal); so as the supply voltage builds up,
the de voltage across the speaker will remain
zero, eliminating the switch-on surge. C1 and
C2 will also provide supply smoothing. The
circuit is shown with the LM380, but could be
applied to any amplifier circuit, providing that
the de voltage at the output is half the supply
voltage.
vee 3D v
0.'
lo'F
r-~--~--~-------,
..
-=-
'-'
2rt3904
or tquio.
2 j.lf+
V;n
l.Ok
RA + Re
II ',
I.Av~~2o
~'
IV lOS 200 mA
It _IQS 200 mA
Fig. 8-13
Fig. 8-15
4 W BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
,.
...
II. lo"
_,n
RA+Ra,
0 "
--RA
Fig. 8-14
"
IV. IDS" 200 mA
Fig. 8-16
79
PHONO AMPLIFIER
WITH "COMMON MODE"
VOLUME AND TONE CONTROL
PHONOGRAPH AMPLIFIER
(CERAMIC CARTRIDGE)
,2 v
1.0 k
f--~
a.on
100 pF
Toni Control
1.0 Megfl
!10"' Of R, AT
~0'11
Control
ROT AT ION)
Fig. 8-19
Fig. B-17
v,
~
CRYSTAL
CAATAIOGl
O.IJ,If
o-1
""
"'
luFT
.:!:L
Fig. 8-18
Fig. 8-20
80
1.0
~
"'
+11V
--0.1
i5
u
R1
C>
0.01
CAS
C>
~
6
FREOUENCY (Hz)
RB
OUTPUT
INPUT
R9
CAS
5
0.15Q 2W
5kQ
15kQ
10kQ
41 .,f 25 HLECTROLYTIC
10-F 25V TANTALUM
0.1 ~F 25V CERAMIC
RIO
L...-+-+1BV
R6
Fig. 8-2.1
PHONO AMPLIFIER
I IV
Circuit Notes
Fig. 8-22
81
30 I!
-t-18
0.47 ~J.F
+------i:-2N379010 pf
VouT
5.1 k
"n(MAX)(O !l) - 11 W
5.1 k
+------'["
2N3055
30 H
-13
Fig. 8-23
~0.47 JJ.F
Features
High Slew Rate 9 V lp.s
~High 3 dB Power Bandwidth 85 kHz
18 Watts Output Power Into an 8 !l Load.
~ Low Distortion - .. 2%, 10 VRMS, 1 kHz Into 8 !l
16 W BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
thf
SIGNAL .........
1M
INPUT ........
2ZO
I aGio
C70~>~f
Fig. 8-24
82
2..Z
9
Audio Signal Amplifiers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
General Purpose Preamplifier
Basic Transistor Amplifier Circuits
Microphone Amplifier
Transducer Amplifier
Ultra-High Gain Audio Amplifier
Transformerless Microphone Preamp (Balanced Inputs)
Transformerless Microphone Preamp (Unbalanced Inputs)
Magnetic Pickup Phone Preamplifier
Disc/Tape Phase Modulated Readback Systems
83
POWER SL'Pf'L V
~10V TO 40V de:
C2
"'"
~IGHT It---;
""'"
Cl2'
~~----;
Cll
INPUT
LEFT
.'"rOUTPUT
.,
_ lOOk
FUNCTION
Phono preamp
(RIAA)
Tape preamp
.,
C3 4
330n
C5 6
I011F
C7 8
1011F
C9,10
1n5
R1 2
1k
68n
1011F
1011F
1011F
10jlF
I011F
10jtF
~{NAB)
Fig. 9-1
Circuit Notes
Not much can be said about how the LM382 works as most of the circuitry is
contained within the !C. Most of the frequency-determining components are on the
chip-only the capacitors are mounted externally. The LM382 has the convenient
characteristic of rejecting ripple on the supply line by about 100 dB. thus greatly reducing
the quality requirment for the power supply.
84
RIGHT
~.'""Toun>uT
INPUT
lOOk
Circuit Notes
""'F-+-+---+-+-1
o-)
~
+9V
COMMON EMITTER
""'
o-) r:-....----.-+-{
-4700
INPUT
OUTPUT
,..+::;'>
COMMON
~COLLECTOR +gv
Fig. 9-2
Vcr
Circuit Notes
It is possible to simulate the balanced performance of a transformer electronically with a
different amplifier. By adjusting the presets,
the resistor ratio can be balanced so that the
best CMRR is obtained. It is possible to get a
better CMRR than from a transformer. Use~a
RC4136 which is a quad low noise op amp.
"
8ALA.NCl
C'-4RR
Fig. 9-3
TRANSDUCER AMPLIFIER
XI
c::::J
Rl
11M
C1
0.1
R5
~
11M
Fig. 9-4
R2
RJ
R4
510
182k
,.,,
,.,,
19.6k
AIN-= R1
1 ..-
R2) A 11 ::: R2 RJ
RJ
R4
R2 R3
Circuit Notes
86
.------1>----ov
10M
Circuit Notes
10M
0.1
~F
500 typical
Fig. 9-5
MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER
r---------~~~-~v
,."
,."'
R1
UM
"
0.02 ~F
Circuit Notes
,."
,.
RO
GAIN
............ triln
..
UM
Fig. 9-6
87
,, .
+1511
...,,.
Fig. 9-7
...
0.1~
'"
:~J,
,,
-n_u
-1&11
Ay' 0 !;4dB
*''
,,
"
+24V
,,
,,.
220k
560
,,
2fk
I'"
Av 52d8
- METAl FilM
NOISE -69d8 BELOW
2mV
lHO
11.1''
Fig. 9-8
88
--Av o 52dB
- METAL FILM
NOISE -67d8 BELOW
2mV
THO
01%
(b) LM387A
..
r--'lliVv--o '"
..
l~llh
t"'
0.01 ~F
,..
~'"'"
0.1104 !'F
':'
2N54SI !P55l
,.
""'liT
.,.
.,.
..
.,.
.,.
Fig. 9-9
+
"'
mT
I"'
JZOh
SO,.,F
lJOh
"
-av
Circuit -Notes
Fig. 9-10
AMPLITUDE
FREQUENCY:
47 pFd
READ HEAD
DIFFERENTIA TOR/AMPLIFIER
89
+12V
24V
(4, 51
120pF
II
680k
2201<
2k
220k
2k
-24k
IM
0.0015"F
1k
Fig. 9-13
F.ig. 9-ll
TAPE PREAMPLIFIER
(NAB EQUALIZATION)
Vee
I I
I
3,
~~ 11Md
12
_1_
Jo
n"F
"
nopFJ
TO BIAS
OSCillATOR
Fig. 9-12
90
Fig. 9-14
REMOTE AMPLIFIER
30V
(4. 5)
"
""
lOOk
0.001JJF
lOOk
I20pF
Fig. 9-15
Fig. 9-17
vs
Vee
6,9
2. 13
7,8
R1
e1
PINS 3. 5. 6. 9, 10. 12
All NO CONNECTION
lO"F
...L
I eAPAeiT_O_R-+-G_A_I_N--1
Cl Only
nly
e2
GAIN ~ 1 + 267 k
R1
40dB
SSdB
80dB
--'----'
Fig. 9-16
Ic1
10
Fig. 9-18
91
vs
>------.,--oour~ur
-1SV
r~~
I
....L
l8K
,,
Co~
0.003
1
- 2duR1
>> CG R1l
Fig. 9-21
INPUT IMPEDANCE = Rt
PINS 3. 5_ 16,.12 NOT USED
Fig. 9-19
Vee
24V
.lpFo
0.1"F ( 1 8 )
7, 8
(4, 5)
(2, 7)
II
47k
2.2M
800"V
AT
1kHz
62k
180
Fig. 9-20
92
Fig. 9-22
1500pF
0.5Vrms
10
Automotive Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Gasoline Engine Tachometer
Speed Alarm
Speed Warning Device
Universal Wiper Delay
Courtesy Light Extender
Bargraph Car Voltmeter
Tachometer
High Speed Warning Device
Breaker Point Dwell Meter
Tachometer
Capacitor Discharge Ignition System
Windshield Wiper Control
93
11-NV
PROlE en ON
...
"
470
. ~"\~
lo:f~ETEP.
FSDIICIIIRI'IIII
"'I' -f---+--j
.... 1--t-+-+--i-+--+----j
1.010
..---,--,.---,--,~~~~
fREQUENCY = ZDD
uos
1.004
1.002
t -* t~r~T..
r-~~~t--+
~C1
!:--,_._._____...., ..
":"
..... 1-+-j,.""'t~~f.-..:.:b:l
.... 1---++!----+--lr-..~~~o;o~"!!i'
1/
!'..
..... 1----E.:;:~=+-+~--i
..... 1--+'="="i""c:'
'
=
i"",='
+
--+-+"--"'
I
.... f--+-1-,+-++-+--1
0.110
L--...L-L---'-L.L-L_J
-35 -15
IPAIIII:COU
DIST. TEIIItllfAL
1--t-+-+--i-+--+----j
f---i""'+...d-+-+-+--1
~~4 CY(L
LINK TO
SlLECT
NO. OF
CYLIMDEM
I CVl
I CVL
25
15
15
15
TEMPERATURE ('C)
Fig. 10-l
Circuit Notes
94
SPEED ALARM
+12V
.,
"
"'
2N390j.;,
o;c
02
c.a.
POINTS
01 ~
tV ~
ov
.,
,.,
.....
I
03
~~
06
.,
l()h!
"
08
~"
IN91lo
.. !
I
07~
INI14
_ R,V;:u---v
09
INti
,..
RVI
......
.,.
"
lOOn
CD4011AE
""~
.,
UOR
LSI
22K
r.-
.'f
TIP3055
C4
10"
Fig. 102
Circuit Notes
Pulses from the distributor points are passed through a current limiting resistor, rectified, and clipped at 4. 7 volts. Via Ql and the
diode pump, a de voltage proportional to engine
rpm is presented to RVl; the sharp transfer
characteristic of a CMOS gate, assisted by
95
A15-
J
-
,,_
tJ
-::.;"
'"
I
'
L,
v'"
Rbufflll"
.......
'
/I
'
"
'h~SS6
'
'
-.....
'
OM+
01uf :
10K
/I
"'' ;~
"
"
'
"
"
v~,
%-
'
556
"
OM+
OPERATINGWAVEFORMS
OPERATING WAVEFORMS
V,N
PIN6
evPIN lllo 2
PIN 5
---7l1T!T!T!l?1t7L-
PIN B
~-
Pllllll & 13
-nr
;--
----J
2'1----- / /_/I
ou
PIN 9
I
I
I
:
Fig. 10-3
96
VA
2501<
POSITIVE
T1
~;;.
:>
VA 2
25
'
~J
R1
1ki
R2
4. 7k12
C3
O.l.uF
.?
'~
<;.
':>
8
01
NE555
2
L..ol
IC1
5
::;,03
1
I
C1
::;~
~ ~021N4003
l RLAj
1110jtF
150!1
v7J
tt
TO WIPER
CIRCUITRY
SW1
OVERRIDE
.lC2
-~0.1"F
T2
NEGATIVE
Fig. 10-4
Circuit Notes
about 1 second to 20 seconds. SW1 is an override switch to hold RLA permanently on (for
normal wiper operation). The relay should
have a resistance of at least 150 ohms and have
heavy duty contacts. The suppression circuit
may be needed for the protection of ICl.
97
+VE
R1
15k
01
1N4001
02
2N3065
C1
47 J.LF
16V
-VE
Fig. 105
Circuit Notes
98
R0 LE05
GREEN LEOs
REO tEDS
TfO'''I--o-~-0-___,1~
10V5
11V
12V
13V
,
-
14V
15V
TO BATTERY +Ve
VIA IGNITION SWITCH
18
r~
,~,
17
,~
16
,~,
"'.~.
15
14
13
12
11
10
IC1
LM3914
~
<
R1
4k7
~
R2
1k2
<
<
~
~ 5k0
RV2
<
-
RV1
;>, 5k0
rr;In
SETLOWE R
UMfT (10.5 VI
<
SET UPPER
LIMIT (15V)
nfn
OV
ov
Fig. 10-6
Circuit
The LM3914 acts as a LED-driving voltometer that has its basic maximum and
minimum readings determined by the values of
R2 and RV2. When correctly adjusted, the unit
actually covers the 2.5 volt to 3.6 volt range,
but it is made to read a supply voltage span of
10-10.5 volts to 15 volts by interposing patential divider R1-RV1 between the supply line
Notes
and the pin-5 input terminal ofthe !C. TheJC is
configured to give a 'dot' display, in which only
one of the ten LEDs is illuminated at any given
time. If the supply voltage is below 10.5 volts
none ofthe LEDs illuminate. If the supply
equals or exceeds 15 volts, LED 10 illuminates.
99
TACHOMETER
R2
10k
RV2
50k
ZD1
C1
1n0
R3
10k
+12V
Rl
180
Circuit di11gr11m
of the tllcho,
8.2V
R5
C3
100,.
l5ldl
IC1
555
1
J1V
C2
(GROUNDI
5n8
Fig. 10-7
Circuit Notes
100
OPTIOII/Al
TACHGMEHR
IO.F
TANTAlUM
lOOk
I~PUI f~OM
SPARK 1;011
U2f
J_
'"'
AI A1
l '.11900
100lf
IC == Lfvt2900 or
LM2907 or LM2917
Fig. 10-8
Circuit Notes
Al amplifies and regulates the signal from
the spark coil. A2 converts frequency to voltage so that its output is a voltage proportional
to engine rpm. A3 compares the tachometer
101
8+~------------~-------------------e-----,
10k
470
Sk
--
11
12
Sk
10
CHARGE
POINTS~-----...
GROUNIJc~
PUMP
10k
--
T0.02~F
--
lOOk TIOOOpF
--
-- T
Fig. 10-9
TACHOMETER
vee +11-V
MAGNETIC l'tCKUf'
HVSTERISIIAMPLIFIIEA
100
"'
MONOSTA8LE-MUl TIVIBAA.T8A
PULSE AVERAGING
Cl
1
MUKI~lr.~~~r--------r~~-------r--------~~----------------~====~~
~''~
or-..~rw
l.tV
r~~
lOOk
,,.
Rl
'"
.._.... Voltlltlor
s..itctl.._
"
0.01 11-F
Fig. 10-10
102
VPP
'!!.
!YQ-0 6J AI I
l!:yCI
TOROID UANSfOAM[A
_;
"
: 1_,.----- -
1
'
"
'it
=?o.ot ~
'.
::J"
02
''
'"'
_, +
.....
J
~?
"' : '"-
'"
UK; ~ "'
~ 1'
~..
; ~
:
t ..
'jL
"
"
~OISTIIIBIITOR
'
IGNITfD
COil
II
'"
0.,31
l.;;?.u
I''
II
"
Ql
01 NA81W
02 NA&1W
03 NB111EY
POINT
Fig. lO-ll
WINDSHIELD WIPERCONTROL
+ 12V
TAB SCR
POLYPAKS
WIPER LOW
SPEED LINE
92CUI730
t_
OR SIMILAR
' '
5601(
A K G
""'
'K
a ,,"
Q-:
22/35V
TA-NTALUM
;~
SN4871
UN! JUNCTION
TRANSISTOR
.. ~
E 82
;f:: o
oOO
Fig. 1012
Circuit Notes
Here's a good way to set windshield wipers on an interval circuit. Only two
connections to the car's wiper control, plus ground, are required. Variable control can be
accomplished by substituting a 500 K pot in series with a 100 K fixed resistor in place of
the 560 K.
103
To Pin 7 +1.5v.
ToPin4-1.v.
~"'
I &;i~~~;
~
1
>'_;,1;;:,00;;"~a.
lM
Polarity
reversing
switch
1.5M
5K
Fig. 10-13
Circuit Notes
when current flows. To calibrate the unit, measure the current flow somewhere in the car
with an accurate ammeter, then adjust the
analyzer for that current reading.
SPEED SWITCH
l"----.-~5~k~~~5k~~----~~::[g~j:ji-ovcc
B 1 6 5
'
LOAO
Circuit Notes
1
2RC
-104
Fig. 10-14
01
R1 ~---~-+!hr-----,
RJ
Rl
'''
12 V SOURCE
,.------<>!THROUGH CAR'S
''
''
''
WIPER SWITCH!
I
I
)i(BREAK WIRE
S1
Fig. 10-15
I
I
Cf
WI PER MOTa!
R4
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides complete speed control over car's windshield wipers. They can be
slowed down to any rate even down to four
sweeps per minute. The controller has two
'2V------,!
GROUND~
00
sov
TCEAAMIC
,,
CAO
1N914
TIMER
CA>
1N914
-MOTOR
t - - , SWITCH
Fig.l0-16
1N914
1-<-t+.,---j
1N914
1V 12000
CDE 603-13
OR EQUIVALENT
co
-r:::'
rf,
TANTALUM
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses the 555 timer in the astable or oscillatory mode. The length of time the
timer is off is a function of the values of Cl, R2,
and R3. The potentiometer which controls the
105
REED
SWITCH
R4
470R
VR1
1M
LIN
Fig. 10-17
THERMISTOR
NTC
"'
.,
Q2
3k3
01-4
BC10&
BUZZER
3k3
---
-LDR
ORP 12
ov
Circuit Notes
+12v.-from car
1K!l
Circuit Notes
1K!l
NPN
2N3904
Fig. 10-18
106
Warning light (LED) indicates when battery voltage falls below level set by 10 K pot.
Can indicate that battery is defective or needs
charging jf cranking drops battery voltage
below preset "safe" limit.
s
5
Fig. 10-19
R2
lk
Circuit Notes
IGNITiON SWITCH
51
RS
300-QHM TWIN-LEAD
Fig, 10-20
SILENCE
SONAL..ERT
sc"
"'
WINDSHIELD WASHER
RESERVOIR
Circuit Notes
This circuit relies upon the minute current between two conductive probes suspended in a washer fluid reservoir. When the level is below the probes, Ql turns on and
the Sonolert sounds.
107
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses an LED and 4081 CMOS
integrated circuit. The variable resistor sets
the voltage at which the LED turns on. Set the
control so that the LED lights when the voltage
from the car's ignition switch drops below 13.8
volts. The LED normally will light every now
and then for a short period of time. But, if it
stays on for very long, your electrical system is
in trouble.
Fig. 10-21
CAR FRAME
OVERSPEED INDICATOR
14V
43011
68H
150!1
Circuit Notes
An op-arnp comparator is used to compare
the converter output with a de threshold voltage. The .circuit flashes the LED when the
input frequency exceeds 100 Hz. Increases in
frequency raise the average current out of terminal 3 so that frequencies above 100 Hz reduce the charge time of C2, increasing the LED
flashing rate .. IC =LM2907 or LM2917
108
Fig. 10-22
OFF
NO. I
TIMER
NO.2
~~0~~~~----~=====;~======~~--~==============~
+12V
MECHANICAL
FLASHER
{LOAD
DEPENDENT,
IOK
IMn
-3 LAMPS)
o,
a,
2N6027
2N6027
c,
LAMP
NO. I
lOOK
-51-'F
lOOK
Circuit Notes
When the tum signal switch Sl is closed,
lamp #1 will be activated and capacitor Cl will
charge to the triggered voltage of Ql. As soon
as the auode voltage on Ql exceeds its gate
voltage by 0.5 V, Ql will switch into the low
resistance mode, thereby triggering SCRl to
activate lamp #2 and the second timing circuit.
Fig. 10-23
AUTO LIGHTS-ON REMINDER
+12VDC
+12VDC
41GHT SWITCH
BUZZER
IGIIIITION
SWITCH\
15.25il
SOP IV
lA
Fig. 10-24
IGNITION
LOAD
I
Circuit Notes
The alarm is composed of a diode, buzzer, aud limiting resistor. The diode serves as
a switch which allows the buzzer to sound off only when the light switch is closed aud the
ignition is turned off.
109
11
Battery Chargers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
12 V Battery Charger
Simple Ni-Cad Battery Charger
12 V Battery Charger Control (20 Amps Rms
Max.)
Battery Charger
Automatic Shutoff Battery Charger
200 rnA-Hour, 12 V Ni-Cad Battery Charger
Ni-Cad Charger with Current and Voltage
Limiting
110
12 V BATTERY CHARGER
500
~~
R&
0.2
LM350
LED
c~
:
01
:!NZ90&
~~
;. 15
RJ
230
R&
1k
R4
15k
....
-,..,1N4&J
=;:o.1"F
R1
Jk
~ R2
JV+
~
TO 1ZV
~M301A
H~~-
_.,!
"'"1"F
~BAnERV
lDOO pF
START-1
. ....
Fig. 11-1
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a high performance charger overcharge. When the start switch is pushed,
for gelled electrolyte lead-acid batteries. the outputofthe charger goes to 14.5 V. As the
Charger quickly recharges battery and shuts off battery approaches full charge, the charging
at full charge. Initially, charging current is current decreases and the output voltage is
limited to 2A. As the battery voltage rises, reduced from 14.5 V to about 12.5 V terminatcurrent to the battery decreases, and when the ing the charging. Transistor Q1 then lights the
current has decreased to 150 rnA, the charger LED as a visual indication nf full charge.
switches to a lower float voltage preventing
111
01
01
T1
capacitor
117 vac -~~
01-1-A, 400 PIV-silicon rectifier 50/60 Hz:
01-40-W, pnp power transistor
:
R1-2000,ohm potentiometer
T1-24-Vac, 117-Vac primary
filament transformer
24 Vac
C1
R12'..>---...J
....---
0 -25 Vdc
500 mA max.
Fig. ll-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides an adjustable output voltage up to 35 Vdc and maximum output
current of 50 rnA. Transistor Ql dissipates quite a bit of heat and must be mountea on a
heats ink.
'
MR 1121
(4)
A,
6.8 k
BATTERY
50 V RMS
12
MAX
(60Hz)
Z1
1N4735
c,
0.1 p. F
Fig. ll-3
112
BATTERY CHARGER
M1
de AMMETER
0-15A
CA1
FW BRIDGE RECTIFIER
25A 100 PIV
POLY PAKS 92CU1234
TAl
TRIAC
6A 200 PAV
R.S. 276-101
Fig. 11-4
T1
TRANSFORMER
D1
B1-DIRECTIONAL DIODE
R.S. 276-1050
120-Vac
R4
1
1on
'hW
A1
330 n
1f2 w
C1
._---"V"Y'v--.--f-1:1--+--/
0.1JLF
200-V
C3
0.1 1-LF
200
Circuit Notes
I iI
30ll
~~
30ll
A,./G
TRIAC
OR SCR
'
~ IOO~F
TRIAC OR
Kf\.CR
47ll
ww
8 2
ZENER
25V
IK
'
" r
5oon
ww
C~ARGE
STOP
Fig. 11-5
Circuit Notes
Adjust by setting the 500 ohm resistor while-attached to a fully charged battery.
113
IN4001
r-
)1---'W.,._T___t---o+
,.
BATTEffY
TO 8
CHARGED
IN7S2
Fig. 11-6
2N2222
Circuit- Notes
This circuit charges the battery at 75 rnA
battery can be left in the chargerindefinitely.
until the battery is charged, then it reduces the
To set the shut-off point, connect a 270-ohm,
current to a trickle rate. It will completely
2'watt resistor across the charge terminals and
adjust the pot for 15.5 volts across the resistor.
recharge a dead battery in four hours and the
6 OR 12V
LAMP
D=LJII
I'
LED
12-ISVDC
"'CI=470~F
OR
~GREATE:_:R_,.----,
Zl
Dl
Fig. 11-7
Circuit Notes
114
.,._____/
720HM
REGULAR
1WATI
CHARGE
'~~r-~~--~--~--~~
TO AUTO
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
PLUG
RAPID
1200HM
CHARGE L E 0
!WATT
SIUCONOIOOES
50PI.V.AT200mA
.--SUFFICIENT. LAAGER
~VALUES ACCEPTABLE .
. . - - - SEE TEXT
470HM
1WATT
Fig. 11-8
Circuit Notes
The number of silicon diodes across the output is determined by the voltage of the
battery pack. Figure each diode at 0. 7 volt. For example, a 10.9- volt pack would require
10.9/0.7 = 15.57, or 16 diodes.
CONSTANT-VOLTAGE, CURRENT-LIMITED CHARGER
JC LM723C VOLTAGE REGULATOR (FOR 12V de
OUTPUT 0.42A MAX.)
"'
Dl
AC
Circuit Notes
For 12 V sealed lead-acid batteries.
r1
Dl.
('I
[)~
50V,410>~1
~.LH'TROLYTI('CONDENSER
VI<
C''
Fig. 11-9
115
NI-CAD CHARGER
SW1a
12V
FS1
TR1
'"'' .;.<>(.,:,
.!!.
(.o'
+V
.!!. /o-1
(.D~
PARALLEL
CELLS
~W3
'l='
SIN GLE
!0
SW1b
~ov
Fig. 11-10
CELL~
CE LL
'T
I
~J Jr r r
Circuit Notes
rB-1
0-10A
10A
r-----~~~
~~B--~
+
1000 ILF
16V
Fig. 11-11
Circuit Notes
This circuit is used to clear internal shorts in nickel cadmium batteries. To operate,
connect ni-cad to output and press the pushbutton ior three seconds.
116
VOLTS
AC
CR4
GE A40F
<R>
GE A40FG
Tl
UTC#FTl.O
(117/12.6)
~SCRI
GE C220F
Rl
OR GE CI22F
CRI
GEAI4A
47 OHMS(2W)
4700HMS
ow
= {
GE A40F
R2
-470HMS
/.
47 OHMS
(2W)
2~0HMS
(5W)
12 VOLT -::-
BATTERY
CR2
IW
-tV;
GE
11Vf::\
"'
750
c; ~501'1
\_0
OHMS
(IW)
-
~ 25V
ell!::
G
l-; ~
Fig. ll-12
~ ~
1
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of charging a 12volt component selection. When the battery voltage
battery at up to a six ampere rate. Other volt- reaches its fully charged level, the charging
ages and currents, from 6 to 600 volts and up to SCR shuts off, and a trickle charge as deter300 amperes, can be accommodated by suitable mined by the value of R4 continues to flow.
117 Vac
- II~
IJJlll
15-35
+
de output to battery
Fig. 11-13
Circuit Notes
117
! ~STAAT
15V
IOto
IOk
IOk
r; ~
~~
01 1
LM335
\
20k
'~ ~02
~ LM335
\
~
IOk
200
5k
""'"
~1
INPUT
;;i
......
,...,.
ADJ
THERMAllY COUPLE'--~----
lM311
I.
OUT
1.2
IOk
.....
.....
50k
I
I
--=--
&V -12V
-!-
Fig. ll-14
CURRENT LIMITED 6 V CHARGER
LMJT/L
v,N
9V TO lOV
Vour
v,N
AOJ
: 240
1000 ,uf**
_...!_
-,....-
100
2N2222
.,A
--= --
1 1k
.A A
> R1
>w
*Sets-peak current, I PEAK= 0 6V/A1
* 1000 1,F
1s recommended to filter
out any 1nput transients
118
Fig. ll-15
12
Battery Monitors
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Solid-State Battery Voltage Indicator
Ni-Cad Discharge Limiter
Battery Condition Indicator
Equipment on Reminder
~Battery Charge/Discharge Indicator
Precision Battery Voltage Monitor for HTs
119
+ v (tip)
R4
L1
L2
L3
Z1
R2
R1
R3
R1, R2, R3 = 47 l1
R4=39l1
Z1 = 9.8 volt zener diode
Z2 = 11.1 volt zener diode
Z3 = 11.5 volt zener diode
L1 - L3 = light emitting diodes
Two lights on - OK (L 1 + L2)
One light on - low voltage (L 1 only)
Three lights on - overvoltage (L 1 + L2
L3)
-V (ring)
Fig. 12-l
NI-CAD DISCHARGE LIMITER
_r
T~,c.o
I ~2-24V
~
Fig. 12-2
120
C1 \611-F
01 TIP32
Circuit Notes
The circuit disconnects the battery from
the load when output voltage falls below a preset level. Cl charges through Rl and turns on
Q2. Collector current flows through R2 turning
Ql on and battery is connected to the load.
When the outputvoltage falls below a point set
by RVl, Q2 turns off, Ql turns off and further
discharge of the battery is prevented.
r----....----.--....
...
R1
8.2k
R4
6801\
Fig. 12-3
R3
470k
Circuit Notes
fractionally below the 10.2V level, the IC inverting input will be slightly negative of the
noninverting input, and the output will swing
fully positive. The LED will light, indicating
that the supply voltage has fallen to the preset
threshold level. The LED can be made to light
at other voltages by adjusting R2.
EQUIPMENT ON REMINDER
+9
X,Y
FIG. 3
~--
"LED
IK
18K
Fig. 12-4
2N4870*
+
220
2N2222
*RADIO SHACK
RS 276-2029
OR ANY TYPE UJT
150
Circuit Notes
Due to the low duty cycle offlashing LED. the average current drain is 1 rnA or less.
121
,.,
,
~ GREEN
.,; 'S. CHARGE
"'
"'
,
~
"-...
Fig. 12-5
YELLOW
NOIIIII!NAI,.
"'
...
DISCHARGE
Circuit Notes
HT
~~~~+_RT-
rh
~-~--o
/'
r-:---------<'
1....-
HT
B + L I NE
1/\ITERSIL
R2
';:B~R
JCL8211CPA
NICq;c,,;i,~~a1;----~
l ~J==:::=~z3
.50~~
Rl
10- TURN
POT
Ul 7
NIC
6 N/C
4
5 )--
(ANY
, . SMALL
LED}
The precision voltage-monitor chip contains a temperature-compensated voltage reference. R1 divides down the battery voltage to
match the built-in reference voltage of !Cl
(1.15 volts). When the voltage at pin 3 falls
below 1.15 volts, pin 4 supplies a constant
current of 7 rnA to drive a small LED. About 0.2
volt of hysteresis is added with R2. Without
hysteresis, the LED could flicker on and off
when the monitored voltage varies around the
set point, as might be the case on voice peaks
during receive.
Fig. 12-6
122
WW-VOLTAGE MONITOR
+ 12-VOLT
--=-BATTERY
R4
1k!1
R3
100 kn
R1
100 k!1
V+
R2
100 k!1
sv':l
TIL209A-
1'--
..
,-1
LM239
r:;J
r...
Fig. 12-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit monitors the voltage of a battery and warns the operator when the
battery voltage is below a preset level by turningon an LED. The values are set for a 12V
automobile battery. The preset value is 10 volts.
"''"
r"!., -'-
VOLTAGE
MONITORED
(1!5V)
,---7-
-r-001
oo
Circuit Notes
Due to the low duty cycle of flashing LED,
the average current drain is 1 rnA or less. The
NE555 will trigger the LED on when the monitored voltage falls to 12 volts. The ratio ofR1 to
R2 only needs to be changed if it is desired to
change the voltage point at which the LED is
triggered.
Fig. 12-8
123
v
I SUPPLY~ 101'A
16
Rl
1 MEGn
Rsn
"'
22 MEG
5 MEG n
TRiP ADJUST
-=
2N4274
-=
"'
]',,,
400Kn
-=
"
..-- ----,a,
200
I MPSA12
Circuit Notes
The indicator flashes an LED when the
battery voltage drops below a certain
threshold. 2N4274 emitter-base junction
serves as a zener which establishes about 6V
on the L161's positive input. As the battery
drops, the L161 output goes high. This turns on
the Darlington, which discharges Cl through
the LED. The interval between flashes is
roughly two seconds and gives a low battery
warning with only 10 11-A average power drain.
I
L
Fig. 12-9
-=
BATTERY-LEVEL INDICATOR
BATTERY-THRESHOLD INDICATOR
r-----....------- +
r--------.-----1~--+
R2
290k
VrH "'6V
101 :5mA
01
R2
12k
Fig. 12-10
124
Fig. 12-ll
RJ
R1
111k
4.7
13
Buffers
sources of the following circuits are ~contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
The
Wideband Buffer
High Resolution ADC Input Buffer
100 x Buffer Amplifier
10 x Buffer Amplifier
Stable High Impedance Buffer
125
~----~r-----~r---------~--~v+
RA
RB
Circuit Notes
AMPLITUDE
ICL8038
.,.
4.7k
11
L-------------<r---------+---~"
Fig. 13-1
Vee= 12.ov
0.0~1 ~F:
INPUT
~F
I
\
~-r:51
"""'1 11
IM
LHOOJJ
1M~
-:..!:-
Fig. 13-2
126
[J
-: !:":'
circuit Notes
The input is de biased to mid-operating
point and is ac coupled. Its input impedance is
OUTPIIT approximately 500Kat low frequencies. For de
loads referenced to ground, the quiescent current is increased by the load current set at the
input de bias voltage.
SINGLE SUPPLY AC
BUFFER (HIGH SPEED)
100
1k
vour
2N5485 {P50)
~HOED
fDA LOW
IMI'EDA~C(_.!r,T
+----+-ovour
HIGH
fllfOUE~IES
1--
10M
1k
Fig.H-3
Fig. 13-5
Circuit Notes
HIGH RESOLUTION
ADC INPUT BUFFER
.,ov
VREF
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
14-BIT AOC
...b
Fig.H-4
Fig. 13-6
127
IIIPUT
---"'4~ l2
L~
"
'"''"
~v~
0.2SV/~10<
SR
~------~vo-~~--+-----~
'"
ZJN 200G!1
200 ~ 109
IN* 'l.OnA
BANDWIDTH 1.2MHz
v-
100
.}
TYP. BW3d8 = 5 MHz
Fig. 13-9
Fifl'. 13-7
HIGH-SPEED
SINGLE-SUPPLY AC BUFFER
10 x BUFFER AMPLIFIER
r1IFF,''
INPUT---,~
.
+20V
,,",1. ,
LH0032
...--!,- /
~":........-- OUTPUT
o.:n11 F
V IN
tMn
o------if---.--4---1 BUF-02
1M!!
"
r---
l.-1v-
~'i=-
I +~F
"
"
\}*NEEDED FOR LOW
FREQUENCIES
"
,-
TYP.BW3dB=10MHz
Fig. 13-8
128
-3dB
Fig. 13-10
VQUT
2k!!
IMPED:~CE
AT HIGH
14
Capacitance
(Touch) Operated Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
c;apacitance Relay
Capacitance Operated, Battery Powered Light
Touch Sensitive Switch
Low Current Touch Switch
Capacitance Switched Light
Momentary Operation Touch Switch
Touch Triggered Bistable
Capacitance Operated Alarm to Foil Purse
Snatchers
129
CAPACITANCE RELAY
117 v
60Hz
~.---.,
C2
i TOUCH
GND
G-E
Cl
I0-20pF
Circuit Notes
130
the line voltage appears across Cl. This voltage fires the neon lamp, Cl and C2 discharge
through the SCR gate, causing it to trigger and
pass current through the load. The sensitivity
of the circuit depends on the area of the touch
plate. When the area is large enough, the circuit responds to the proximity of an object
rather than to touch. Cl may be made variable
so sensitivity can he adjusted.
l
0
6V
TWO METAL STRIPS ABOUT 1/16" APART
BRIDGING THE GAP WITH YOUR
FINGER ACTIVATING THE SWITCH
1
4011
5
+6V
Fig. 14-2
12,-----....
4
13l-----'
Circuit _Notes
TOUCH-SENSITIVE SWITCH
R2 4 7l<Jl
Fi1 4 7k!l
12{(_
Circuit Notes
A high impedance input is provided by Ql,
a general purpose field effect transistor. 741 op
amp is used as a sensitive voltage level switch
which in turn operates the current Q2, a
medium current PNP bipolar transistor,
thereby energizing the relay which can be used
to control equipment, alarms, etc.
Fig.H-3
131
+5V-15V
Fig. 14-4
TOUCH
CONTACTS
NOTE'
01,2 ARE BC108
IC11S 4011
.-
lt
:LOAD
OV
Circuit Notes
Touching the on contacts with a finger brings pin 3 high, turning on tbe Darlington
pair and supplying power to the load (transistor radio etc). Ql must be a high gain
transistor. and Q2 is chosen for the current required by the load circuit.
~c
E B
.
B
33kO
TWO METAL
STRIPS
c;:JABOUT
1/16" APART
117
Fig. 14-5
132
2N3906
Fig. 14-6
12 Vdc
TOUCH ON
o: ~ ~
TIL209.
4
T1
6
.--
555
R1
3:3Mn
D~~
TIL209.
1C1
T01~F
T2
R4
470!l
Fig. 14-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a 555 timer in the bistable mode. Touching T2 causes the output to go
high; D2 conducts and Dl extinguishes.
Touching Tl causes the output to go low; Dl
conducts and D2 is cut off. The output from pin
3 can also be used to operate other circuits
133
---,
~---
I
DISABLE
SWITCH
:~:
I
NOTE 1
~---NOTE~
10M!l
10M!l
100K!l
+9V
3.3K!l
B
2N3904
NOTES:
1. ON STRAP-HAND MUST TOUCH BOTH
PLATES OR ALARM SOUNDS.
2. HIDDEN RESET1"0UCHPLATETURNS ALARM OFF WHEN TOUCHED.
Fig. 14-8
Circuit Notes
As long as touch plates (1) are touched together, the alarm is off. If not held for about
30 seconds, the alarm goes off. The circuit can be disabled with switch or by touching the
plates (2). The alarm is battery operated by a bicycle hom.
134
JOKn
47 pF
62Kn
ELECTRIC FIELD
DETECTOR PLATE
6
22Kil
!OPT)
~1 MEGill
L __
Vour 10 or 5 VI
JOKn
-TlOO/TJOO
0.16pF
MYLAR
10Kn
SCHMITT TRIGGER
Fig. 14-9
TOUCH SWITCH OR PROXIMITY DETECTOR
47K
10M
LOAD
IM
60Hz
SCR
GE
TO
SENSING
115 VOLTS
CI06B
IM
GE
DIAC
GE
ST2
2N6027
ELECTRODE
Fig. 14-W
IK
Circuit
This circuit is actuated by an increase in
capacitance between a sensing electrode and
the ground side of the line. The sensitivity can
be adjusted to switch when a human body is
within inches of the insulated plate used as the
Notes
sensing electrode. Thus, sensitivity is adjusted
with the 1 megohm potentiometer which determines the anode voltage level prior to
clamping. This sensitivity will be proportional
to the area of the surface opposing each other.
135
CONTACT
'LATE
Fig. 14-11
PROXIMITY DETECTOR
"'"'
r:
NOTE
IC1 ISCA3240
01 IS 2N3819
02.4 ARE BC194L
03 IS 80140
"'
01 IS PHOTOOIODE
00 IS 1"1114148
ZDI IS 2V7 4(l(l mW ZENER
LED! IS 3mm REO lED
LED2 IS IS INFRA-RED LED
-{~,
Fl7 lOOk
OUTPUT
As
Fll 22k
R2 22F!
~ "'"' ~~
r(r
a~o
"j
'"""
"
r."i
'"
470k
co
~~
12k ov
ICl/ "'
'
"=
.~
"'
'
r
'"'
AA'~
CS 47n
INFRA-RED TRANSMITTER
+5 TO 35V
Aa 12k
'"
""
'~
'
RIO 470k
"st;E TEXT
PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER
COMPARAT0>-1
Fig. 14-12
Circuit
The proximity sensor works on the principle of transmitting a beam of modulated
infra-red light from the emitter diode LED2,
and receiving reflections from objects passing
jn front of the beam with a photodiode detector
136
Notes
Dl. Tbe circuit can be split into three distinct
stages; the infra-red transmitter, the photodiode amplifier, and a variable threshold comparator.
TOUCH CIRCUIT
200
470K
51K
6.2:<
3.9K
1.5V
LM3909
Fig. 14-13
4
3.9M
ALL CAPACITORS 1 !J F
Touch here
IC2a
J
IC1
4069
7413
2Dn
25k(:--c.!
SENSITIVITY
C1
470p
R1
2.2M
Fig. 14-14
Circuit
This touch switch does not rely on mains
hum for switching. It can be used with battery
powered circuits. Schmitt trigger IC 1 forms a
100kHz oscillator andiC2a which is biased into
the linear region, amplifies the output and
Notes
charges C1 via the diode. IC2b acts as a level
detector. When the sensor is touched, the oscillator signal is severely attenuated which
causes C1 to discharge and IC2b to change
state.
137
La
~T
. . . - - - - - - - - 4 COUPLING
12 Vdc
TOUCH ON
TOUCH OFF
Fig. 14-15
138
~/
15
Carrier Current Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
figure nurnher contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
FM Carrier Current Remote Speaker
System
200 kHz Line Carrier Transmitter with
On/Off Carrier Modulation
Carrier Current Receiver
Carrier Current Transmitter
139
,,
.,
lCIVCT
1N4DII2
H'r--r~
11~VAC
ln
LFT
''"IllS
,,
,,
'" n
a!,&~ Fa
"'"
RIGHT
i!.i!jfl"
...
,,
t.Z..f
'
jLIN)
"'"'
,,
~ '
'"
tM5155tN
-- Slllll
'
,,
TOKO
YAN800l1N
,,
11ft1(
>H
..'
'"
~
... 1011.
U.rAtlTOR VAlliE$ IN pf
IIUISTQR VAlUES IN !l
C4
12
ltiQ
C7
1000
3111)11
140
,,
"
ZUVCT
~
I
'
ZIDUiz
-1-ktb
cz
1-
llll
cu
-
llO
Fig. 15-1
The receiver amplifies, limits, and demodulates the received FM signal. It provides
141
it'>
S.lk
T2
-.&
~
'.1
I"
111
,.
'.1
)
16
,.
~
'----"]-,
'
CHA ... El
AID lOGIC
..
OJ
... "
""
~
14
GUT
...
an
liAS
"'
'"'
. l>- >---
RJ
"'
CJ
'ouT
ECIIDIA
'\i
'----
ClOCO
AEUI
'
~rc;!
~
J
''
.....
-""-
I .~:~: I
c~~~ll
oo
:::~
"'
lOGIC I
'
vv
.,
.,
"i7
"="
""
C6
101111JF
25V
'-7
r.:
6
/I
bl bl fl
I
18k
1
tel
LM5i5CN
:r"
-
UpF
)f ,:: :::':~
'
ZZOO -
R5
s1oo
1\
C8
0.1~-'F
ZOOV
CJ
cs -...:.1 1
~I
115 VAC
LINE
I'~
T-19)-<f
16V
...
'
LM71
LJZCZ
-1.:-
10
11
AEGUf~TOA
.I I I
'F l~
l'~::'f~
'"
1Z
lO VCT
o:1
.......222.
OKO
VAN -ICIOZJN
~~Dt
~ ~'""'
-==
--,
~'
Capacitor yatues io pF
Resistor values in D
tsetect for carrier treq
fc.
200 kHz
100 kHz
Fig. 15-2
C4
82
160
C}
1000
3900
'"
117
t:"r
. . ;;J II
luf
"'"'
"
"
""'
t-~"'"----<-18'.'
"
"'"'
[]11
r;::::==t--~
1N4001
,-,-i)l...---.... +18V
000
-18V
'"""''
'"
SYSTEM GIIID
-1BV
Fig. 15-3
-circuit Notes
143
560.\\WATT
OOSuF
J.W. MILUA NO. 90';6
SUBMINITUAE RF COil
650uH- 1 3mH
l560.l\WATT
(lllluf
"'"
-10\1
'"
mO 0>
A4Colg o
OM
luF
'MO
1.
6V ZENER
STANCOR
~---l~"'-.--!1---_l ~~~G::
-16\1
Fig. 154
CARRIER CURRENT
TRANSMITTE~
II
"'"
144
220K
.,.
TO TONE GENERATOR
Fig. 15-5
tcl
C1-0.1 pf
C2- 0.01 "'
C3-250pr
C.-0.1"
ICt- 555
L t 32mh ADJUSTABLE COIL
Rt-1000V.WATT
R2-0-100KOV.WATTf'OTENTIOMETER
R3 -75KO V2 WATT
A4-1K011hWATT
Ot-SK-3122(RCA)
02-SK-3122(RCA)
"'
A
9VOC-=-
.__,r--5
6
IC
INPUT FROM
TONE GENERATOR
O<fT1'\JT TO
LINE COUPlER
Fig. 15-6
SINGLE TRANSISTOR CARRIER CURRENT RECEIVER
r T O LINE COUPLER
0.11-Lf
0.15p.f
10000
.-----/1\----1
E-----
TO AMPLIFIER
100~
SK3088
FERRITE
-=-gvncr
+
LOOPSTICK
730pf
Fig. 15-7
145
IC CARRIER-CURRENT RECEIVER
C5
'f
t-<>OUTPUT
\ TO DECODERS
R3
INPUT
C1
C2,C5
C3
<>-----1 f--f---f---'
C4
Cl
AI
C2T 'J::'C3
R2
R3
+9VDC
1C1
Fig. 15-8
i
60Hz ac LINE
+51o15V
? 50-200Vrms
LOAO
0
C4 27pF
567
5
500pF
f0 ~100KHz
IC = NE/SE567
Fig. 15-9
146
R1
2.5Kll
C1
0.004mi
8f----'
2
ci
.005
-----------<>
AUDIO OUT
C3
.02
__.__
(IF INPUT IS
FREQUENCY
MODULATED)
16
Comparators
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Null Detector
Comparator with Variable Hysteresis
Diode Feedback Comparator
Undervoltage/Overvoltage Indicator
Dual Limit Comparator
High/Low Limit Alarm
Window Comparator
Window Comparator Driving High/Low Lamps
ComJ>arator with Time Out
Noninverting Comparator with Hysteresis
Inverting Comparator with Hysteresis
Window Comparator
Micropower Double-Ended Limit Detector
Opposite Polarity Input Voltage Comparator
Limit Comparator
Comparator Clock Circuit
Double-Ended Limit Comparator
Limit Comparator
Precision, Dual Limit Go/No Go Tester
Comparator with Hysteresis
High Impedance Comparator
Comparator
147
NULL DETECTOR
CX>
9V
470U
GAIN
5V
RREF
5 k!l
'.
250 kU
~
~BALANCE
J.B kQ
3
>"'--_.__ ___.
c
ABOVE RREF
A
R
..,.
\+1~
~CENTER
1.8 kU
Rx
RAce~
100
A
Rx
'f D,
RAce \
Rx
Rm +A
NUll-DETECTOR RESPONSE
~j
f.:\ B
a,
~2N3646
< 470
5v
~ o,
..,.
Fig. 16-1
Circuit Notes
Vzl--.----.----,
t+---I'N ----1..1
L--~====~==========----Jo-e;
Fig. 16-2
Circuit Notes
centered about the initial trip point or reference point. The voltage difference, !!. V, between the trip points can be adjusted by varying
resistor R2. When the output voltage is taken
from the zener diode, as shown, it switches
between zero and Vz, the zener voltage.
149
1M!l<R3<10M!l
VJN
COMPARATOR
1M!l<R2<10M!l
VREF
J,.
'l
01
LED
02
1N914
R1
100!1
.10ITIA
.,..
Parts nst
le1-LM3900
-01-LED Latayelle 32P06331V
D2-IN914
All resistors 1/4W
R1-100!l
-R2-(See circuit) 1Mn to 10Mn
R3-(See circuit) 1MO to 10MO
Fig. 163
Circuit Notes
This circuit can drive an LED display with
constant current independently of wide power
supply voltage changes. It can operate with a
power supply range of at least4V to 30V. With
10M resistances for R2 and R3 and the invert
UNDERVOLTAGBOVERVOLTAGEINDICATOR
Fig. 16-4
OVER VOLTAGE
TRANSISTORS
MP$3704
-Circuit Notes
150
R1 15 k
R2
33k
diodes 1 N914's
j_
Fig.16-5
-15V
Circuit Notes
""
""
"
vee
'"
"
""
"'
Amo1
"'
2.0
..
Ocllator
oo
""
'
VIL
o...fl..JL
"'
Hollow
Limo! Oete~tor
~; +-AJ
Oscillator
If R4
~ AS~
R6
I 0.72/AtC
CrOOl I'F
.,
Comp 2
At +
3
VIH Vee At/:2A+ A3
Op Amp 2
""
~Vee
As Shown. f
2.2 kHz
IC "'MC340S
Fig. 16-6
151
WINDOW COMPARATOR
Vret-lUPPER)
V OUT
---.
+
/'.
VIN
+
'
01. 02
'-V
Vcef
= 1N914
LOWER-
Vref
UPPER
Fig. 16-7
Circuit
This circuit gives an output (which in this
case is OV) when an input voltage lies in between two specified voltages. When it is outside this window, the output is positive. The
two op amps are used as voltage comparators.
When Vin is more positive than Vref (upper)
the output of !Cl is positive and Dl is forward
Notes
TRUTH TABLE
YtN
< 1/4
114
Low
Off
Off
On
Off
v+
v+ to
> 314 v+
2k
High
3/4
v+
10
"
Fig. 168
152
On
Off
9
Comparator
Input
Vee 5;0 v
14 v
-r-Cl
~6
MC1422
2.0 I'F
Rl
V ref)~-o--1 +
L--,----------~
27
,~~
270 k
>R2
,,.. CAl
1N4001
Output
Vr-ef -----------"'"\
Compar-ator Input---.---_:~=====:...
Comparator Outpu-t 0
Fig. 16-9
Circuit Notes
AREF-
VAEF
10 k
10 k
v,N
"'
-=-
"'
10 k
L r"-,>---+-<>
Vo
Fig. 16-10
R3
1M
A2"" A1//AREF
IC = LM358
Amount of Hysteresis VM
153
-----------
+Vee
FIREF
1':--.'-,
bf
10 k
Vo
A2
VAEF
1M
10 k
"'
VREF""
Vee R1
RFIEF -t-R1
Fig. 16-11
VH
R1//RREF
=-:'7+.:'-'"'-'"':::-:::
Rt//AREF + R2
(Vomx -Vominl
WINDOW COMPARATOR
Vee
!lV
Adjust
3 k
vo
13--
j__
Comp
"in
vo
-13
v,
"c Adjust
Op Amp 2
IC = MC3405
Fig. 16-12
154
"in
V+ = 10 V
A1
1MU
A2
1 MO
v,.
CD4011
A3
1 MO
R4
1 Mn
f? 0
= 290 !J.W
V- = -10V
Eig. 16-13
Circuit Notes
The detector uses three sections of an Ll44 and a DC4011 type CMOS NAND gate
to make a very low power voltage monitor. If the input voltage, VIN,js above VHIGH or
below Vww, the output will be a logical high. if (and only it) the input is between the limits
will the output be low. The 1 megohm resistors Rl, R2, R3, and R4translate the bipolar
lOV swing of the op amps to a 0 to lOV swing acceptable to the ground-referenced
CMOS logic.
1o01< n
1001<
&.1k n
Fig. 16-14
155
LIMIT COMPARATOR
RsET
.,
IOMn
LED
1 Mn
vtov
"'
!Mn
"'
1 Mn
1 Mn
VouT "LOW'' WHEN:
VHIGH > VtN > VLQW
Fig. 16-15
Fig. 16-17
LIMIT COMPARATOR
v+ (12Yoc>
16 k!!
,j
56kn
Vour
390 pF
Fig. 16-16
156
Fig. 16-18
~RECISION, DUAL
LIMIT, GO/NO GO TESTER
116V
, IL
+I&.OV
32V
75mA
LAMP
Qt)TPUT
WIRED-OR OUTPUT IS LOW:
WHEN ElTHEA LIMIT IS EXCEEDED.
OUTPUT IS HIGH WHEN IN- PUT IS WITHIN LIMITS.
IC .. HA-2620
Harris Semiconductor
Analog Data Book- 1984
-lSV
Fig. 16-19
Fig. 16-21
COMPARATOR
.,
+15V
v
Vo
HYSTIEPUESIS
L_Ef-
Cl>---+-o vou T
'
'
Vo
Voc
.,.,
R1
YtNiLI"' R 1-+ R (VoL- YAt:F)+ VAEF
2
"INjHf *
Fig. 16-20
Vn,.(LI : VtH(H)
VIII!F
+---H
IN916
VREFERENCE
-15V
'--14-_,
IN916
4 7KD
12KD
270Q
157
17
Converters
sources of the following circuits are contained in the ~Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
The
Picoampere-to-Frequency Converter
BCD-to-Analog Converter
Resistance-to-Voltage Converter
Low Cost, JLP Interfaced, Temperatureto-Digital Converter
~Hi-Lo Resistance-to-Voltage Converter
Current-to-Voltage Converter
Calculator-to-Stopwatch Converter
~Power Voltage-to-Current Converter
High Impedance Precision Rectifier for
Ac/Dc Converter
Wide Range Current-to-Frequency Converter
Ac-to-De Converter
Current-to'Voltage Converter with 1% Ac-
curacy
158
Polarity Converter
Voltage-to-Current Converter
Wideband, High-Crest Factor, RMS-to-Dc
Converter
,...
1...
t5V
'ji"'
At
GAIN, ~ ..
~"
ADJUST - "':"
2k/ 6.11k 1:1% 2
IN PUT
ERD
JUST
'
'
~.7
,.
1.1111:
"'
:r~lllpf
LM331
lour
IDIIdb:
,.
""
,.,....!
"
.J. l(;l
- - - - ---,
.;,b.
'-:}
-=1-'-
,,..
CURRUIT
Ql
"' ,..
,,.
" ,.
"'
1011
*-
v-
IN
"'
1%
"'
1011:1/2W
QS
I r.!: ~
I
I
,.
,.
I
,,."' I
,_,,
-tlivl
- - - -
'i'l
I I
v OFFSEI!.
AD.IUST
yo
,.A,.
LM334
V-1ZOmV
Q2
-- -
FULL
SCALE
C.7k
ATTEN"UATOA
I
I
I
I
FUllSCALE
OUTPUT
t5V
,.
"'
1-'--.
.~- ...,
':!I
,....,
Fig. 17-l
159
BCD-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER
+lO
v--.
POSITIVE
SUPPLY
~ ~ BZV831 ov
10K
~~
3y
741
'0' 16
/7, ll
OUTP
UT
1.1K
15
'1'
t.4K
'2'
1.9K
'3'
6
BCD INPUT
9
2.3K
'4' 13
74141
3.3K
'5'
14
5K
'6' 11
S.SK
'7' tO
16.5K
'8'
1
50K
'9'
Fig. 17-2
Circuit
This circuit will convert four-bit BCD into
a variable voltage from 0-9 V in 1 V steps. The
SN74141 is a Nixie driver, and has ten opencollector outputs. These are used to ground a
selected point in the divider chain determined
by the BCD code at the input, and so produce a
160
Notes
RESISTANCE-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
VREF
+12V
Rsn
'
"""
_____!!_'-...,!
[RANGE RESISTOR!
'>-''-,.....1-0TOVtNIL0111)
I~
1/l L,....
=c~~~~~
StK-~
12.001'1 v SCALE)
12
All
~=~E
AA~~=.:~SISTOR
2 Kn
20 Kn
200 K~!
2Mn
-20Mil
Fig. 17-3
B.51Mn
113MO
,,
+12 v
51Kll
X (UNKNOWN)
a.t92Kn
8U2Kn
830 KO
RSET
3 Mil
14
t/JLI.&4
:~~
~;'>,0;;;--
.....-0VAEf
10
'----+
TOVREFINPUT
(L01111
Rt4
STK!l -12V
-~
-Circuit Notes
Circuit will measure accurately to 20M when associated with a buffer amplifier(Al)
~having a low input bias current (11N) < 30 nA). The circuit uses two ofthe three amplifiers
contained in the Siliconix Ll44 micropower triple op amp.
IS Vocl
Fig. 17-4
A.'O
sv 0 c
'"f:-
TAMIN
ADJ -
...
VtNI I
V R f f l l i - - -.... ~TAMA)(
'"
161
TO
r-->-~----~--,---------~~----~~----------------~~~~T
ltaot
OH~~~
RANGE
"""
,,
VIN lwtt Ax
I"HI'
log!!.
ii;,-;;g,
,,
&UECTOA
TO DVM
GAIN
SWITCH
~-c~+---------------~._--.0~~~~
"1" WHEN
2.000V
Fig. 17-5
"1" WHEN
200.0mV
CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
+uv
.,
.,
''IN
INI14 IN814
.,
1200 mV RANGE)
I'F
CURRENT
RANGE
,,..
"""
200nA
2DOpA
2mA
20mA
200mA
162
TO VIN ILD1111
c,.t
...
2A
.,
.,
.,
sooKn
SOOKU
sod"!
50K!l
"
..n
..n
sodl
soldl
50KU
so ~en
-12\1
5KU
0
0
0
0
0
.,
0
0
Converter features eight decades of current range. The circuit is intended to be used
with the 200.0 mV range of a DVM.
5.0 K
to.o-n
S.OK
1.o n
S.OK
S.OK
Circuit Notes
,n
.o1n
Fig. 17-6
CALCULATOR-TO-STOPWAT~H
CONVERTER
.-------~-----c~~----~0
+Ve EXISTING SIJPPL V
470k
"'
Fig. 17-7
I
- 22n
10n -
Circuit Notes
.,
Circuit Notes
''
..
,,
-Rt sAt
R3 R4Rs
5U,2W
I'~'
,,
LOAD
11l
Fig. 17-8
163
T300
~-
0.0025J.J.F
o----11-+-.+(=
AC INPUT
0 to 200 mV (RMS)
I
I
L.::-_.
1N914
470Kn
'
..
1DKn
1DK n
100Kn
1Mn
200Kn
-12V
510n
--a
DC OUT
200Kn40Hz to 15KHz
Fig. 17-9
WIDE-RANGE CURRENT-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
CURRENT
OFFSET
ADJUST
IM
v+
v+
v-
.,
"
GAIN
tOOk
&.an t%
ADJUST
r---'-'---,
FREQUENCY
"'
~....;;...-<~~~0u:=~T
FUll-SCALE
'"
2Da 11-A
FULL
SCALE
01
03
1N41302
164
Fig. 17-10
AC-TO-DC CONVERTER
.,
24K
'"
ZERO
ADJUST
-12V
.,
.,
..
'"'
a,
JN164
~f~
...
UK
12 K 1%
o,
. ""
c,
172
..;f-1N914
1N914
24 K 1%
B <!2
.,
GAIN ADJUST
24 K 1%
""
c,
3.9K
o-2-l~
24 K 1%
~~
2~
,.!! ,/
~V"
I
A1
Al
1/3 L 144
"
2K
'"'
V"
1.SK
ACIN
RsET
3""
......
1/3 L144
Vt-1-12\1
Fig. 17-11
11
TOVIN
ILD111)
V2-12V
.,.
T12V
Circuit Notes
This circuit includes a PMOS enhancement-mode FET input buffer amplifier,
coupled to a classical absolute value circuit which essentially eliminates the effect of the
forward voltage drop across diodes Dl and D2.
1MEG Ol'!o
FILM
META~
Fig. 17-12
101<1!
r? ?-: _0
t1 r~
-15V +HiV
IC "" NE/SE55/-1
(Sensitivity: 1 Volt per Mlcroamp)
Circuit Notes
A filter removes the de component of the rectified ac, which is then scaled to RMS.
The output is linear from 40 Hz to 10 kHz or higher.
165
POLARITY CONVERTER
+10V
15K
VoN
SK
INV
CA
.....
.,,
IN916
N.l.
VREF
..
co
__.1
Rr
~:
cr
CL+
osc.
CL-
SK
~:
SK
~;.
,......,
201Jf
II
"
-sv
20mA
Fig. 17-13
IN9-1~
~
so~<~
!,
SH.DN. COMP.
GNO
GNO
GNO
'Circuit Notes
output transistors are current limited, no addiThe capacitor-diode output circuit is used
tional protection is necessary. Also, the lack of
here as a polarity converter to generate a - 5
an inductor allows the circuit to be stabilized
volt supply from + 15 volts. This circuit is usefuLfor an output current of up to 20 rnA with no
with only the output capacitor.
additional boost transistors required. Since the
VOLTAGE-TO-CURRENT CONVERTER
()
~~
-~ """
I= VIN
'>
R
-=~
Fig. 17-14
166
Circuit Notes
The current out is loUT=v,N/R. For negative currents, a PNP can be used and, for better
accuracy,-a Darlington pair can be substituted
for the transistor. With careful design, this circuit can be used to control currents of many
amps. Unity gain compensation is necessary .
...
...
_,
1\1 R. . f'S
j1fYI'IAIIo
x,
...,
...
"""'"._..
MATCHED TO O.G2St.
.. ,.
OUT"-'T
OTO"'V
'
...
....
-v,l--..---.:..\-----o+15V
l!IIO
"''
CALIIAATK>N I'ROCEDURIE:
IN 'RMS +DC' POSIT~N .,L v-AN INf'UT OF +1.00YDC. ADJUST
ZERO UNTIL OUTPUT READS lAME AIINI'UT. CHECK FOR INilUTSOF !-lOY; OUTPUT
SHOULD IE WITHIN tO.Gn IIMVI.
-ACCURACY II MAINTAINED FROM totfr to 101:1cHa, AND IS TYPICALLY HIGH BY
Oft AT 1M!ob: FOR YIN CV AMI (SINE, SOUAAE OR TRIANGULAR WAVE I.
HliOVIDEO THAT THE PEAK lfWUT IS NOT EXCEEDED, CREST -FACTOFIS UP TO AT
UAST TEN HAVE NO APHIECIAILE EFFECT ON ACCURACY.
IM"UT IMP'EDANCE IS ABOUT 10k0; FOR HIGH 110M0) IWI!:OANCI!, REMOVE MODE
MITCH AND INI'UT COUPt.ING COMPONENTS.
-FOR GUARANTEED-8f'ECIFICATIONS THE AD631A AND ADUltS OFFERED
AI A SINGLE PACKAGE AMS-TO.OC CONVERTER.
WIT~'MODE'SWI-TCH
Fig. 17-15
....
,
.. ,
...................
I
LM331
l.llk-Rt
Fig. 17-16
LIGHT ......
ur
167
OHMS-TO-VOLTS CONVERTER
...
-...
,,
'"
'"
Your .. ,y
..
FULL SCALE
..
-=-
-UV
Fig. 17-17
...
'"'
..
'---i--o-1sv
"
Vo"'
1V
x Ax
RLADDER
lNII&
1.35k
-ISV
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
+UV TO t2DV
D.1 ,.A/ k
V
LMI34/
LM334
v-
''' : F
L!
1n t
U211
1%
). ~
Ul~t1%Rt
IDHrfK
!'"
-168
four a TMP
l-Mlll
---2.
--!.
"'
,,
: FD.OI11F
Fig. 17-18
,,
1/G 7411
}"""
ltll$0)
Circuit Notes
Converter consists of four quad bistable
latches activated in the proper sequence by the
digit strobe output of the LDllO. The complemented outputs (Q) of the quad latch set
reflects the state of the bit outputs when the
digit strobe goes high. It will maintain this
state when the digit strobe goes low.
1/G 1411
1167404
1--11-"-"--o:::: ) """
h----oarn
H~"'---OBIT 2
,I
ILSDI
Fig. 17-19
' "]" [ ,, ]
VouTio 11 -
1~.
-lnVo - -
VAuA 1
Trans1ent response.
'"
'
-logV 1 R 1 1H
3~tS
lor .l..
IV/decadesl
~decades
Fig. 17-20
169
SINE WAVE-TO-SQUARE
WAVE CONVERTER
svoc
r 1.4Vocl
-12Voc
Fig. 17-21
Fig. 17-23
Circuit Notes
SELF OSCILLATING
FLYBACK CONVERTER
PICOAMPERE-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER WITH GAIN
., .,
+7T0+18V
1N414fl
j~
)o--+-VN.J101l::;:S
1.5K u
10'
.,
15 K !!
r.,,.
_i.1N4148.110~<F
-=-
'":"
-=-
Eo - -lmV/pA x 11 + '!J I
SV
-=-
Fig. 17-22
Fig. 17-24
Circuit Notes
A low-power converter suitable for deriving a higher voltage from a main systemxail
in an on-board application. With the transformer shown, the operating frequency is 250
kHz. Zl serves as a dissipative voltage regulator for the output and also clips the drain
voltage to a level below the rated VMOS
breakdown voltage.
170
.,
t-I<J--..--.-o -5 V OUTPUT
18
Crossover Networks
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
~Active
Crossover Network
Asymmetrical Third Order Butterworth
Active Crossover Network
171
_C/2
"'
0.008211
3pF
0.015JJ
0.015t-~
0.015.u
R4
9.53k
R2
8.06k
150
100k
-P.in
c,
2 R-"
R
fc = 500Hz
GAIN
1Ok
OdBV
10k
C2
T0.082"
...J....
o~~~ffil~~~~
-5
-10
-15
~ -20
-25
-30
-'35
-40
10
100
lk
Fig. 18-l
172
FREQUENCY (Hz)
100~
20k
R
I
-
10k
C4
0.068"
ol
"
'"'
""
lOOk
-20
_,.
.,.
~o
127k
'"
Fig. 18-2
THIRD ORDER BUTTERWORTH CROSSOVER NETWORK
.,
''"
eoH
-Sl
e1N
Sl+2s2+2S+1
IQH =
I
2nC~Rzfl4R7
lin
0 0.107. Av -1
Fig. 18-3
,,
'"
rr
C
Uii3
z:httaR
c -
2.101t
-hfQLR
c, ...!!!!!...
'
2wfQLR
9.4074
2 hiQHC
R4-~
hiQHC
R7
...!:!.!!!.._
hfQHC
"'
_,
IOL
'"
fol "
s3+Zs2+2S+I
I
hii~Czi:4C7
n 0.111.
Aw -1
173
19
Crystal Oscillators
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the bux of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
High Frequency Crystal Oscillator
Overtone Crystal Oscillator
Overtone Crystal Oscillator
TTL Oscillator for 1 MHz-10 MHz
Crystal Checker
96 MHz Crystal Oscillator
Simple TTL Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator
Overtone Crystal Oscillator
Schmitt Trigger Crystal Oscillator
50 MHz-150 MHz Overtone Oscillator
Fifth Overtone Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Butler Oscillator
Overtone Oscillator with Crystal Switching
Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator/Doubler
Low Frequency Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator
100 kHz Crystal Calibrator
Third Overtone Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Checker
CMOS Crystal Oscillator
Temperature-Compensated rrystal Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Transistor
Oscillator
174
II
'I'
1111
Rp
1/4
MC1010y~
7-36 pF ~
114
. 15
MC10101
(
~tH
Rp
../
Rp
Rp
.001
~tF
1/4
MC1662
Rp
Rp
~1/4
C1662
200 MHZ
.....
1/4
MC1662 ---< E
Rp
1/4
MC10101 - - <
A
B
c
~
1/4
MC1662
1/4
MC10101
Rp
Rp
Rp typicol 510
to Vee or 50
to -2.0 Vdc ..
Fig. 19-l
Circuit Notes
175
FREQUENCY RANGE:
c,
.-----~0~----~----.
10
'
c,
9-315
pF
Rp
Rp
f2
f6l
Gte va 8 Supply
)o--+-ov 89
"0.33 J.<H for !S0-100 MHz
1.0 J.!H for 20-50 MHz
Ap "'510 !1 to Vee or 50 n to VTT
r "'
Rp
Fig. 19-2
Circuit
This circuit employs an adjustable resonant tank circuit which insures operation at the
desired crystal overtone. Cl and L1 form the
resonant tank circuit, which with the values
specified as a resonant frequency adjustable
from approximately 50 MHz to 100 MHz. Overtone operation is accomplished by adjusting the
176
Notes
C3
10pF
L1
-~OUTPUT
01
C1 t----11--o + 12VDC
5pF
C4
.01
ILF
d;'
R1
120 !1
Fig. 19-3
Circuit
The crystal element in this circuit is connected directly between the base and ground.
Capacitor Cl is used to improve the feedback
due to the internal capacitances of the trans istor. This capacitor should be mounted as close
as possible to the case of the transistor. The LC
tank circuit in the collector of the transistor is
tuned to the overtone frequency of the crystal.
The emitter resistor capacitor must have a
c-apacitive reactance of approximately 90 ohms
Notes
at the frequency of operation. The tap on inductor Ll is used to match the impedance of the
collector of the transistor. In most cases, the
optimum placement of this tap is approximately
one-third from the cold end of the coil. The
placement of this tap is a trade-off between
stability and maximum power output. The output signal is taken from a link coupling coil, L2,
and operates by transformer action.
177
CRYSTAL CHECKER
PUSH BUTTON
..L
BC107'89
2N3653:4
2N5770
2N706, etc.
39k
"'!""
I
I
3-9V
BATTERY
-L-
OA91
fN34
0.0047p F
Fig.19-4
Circuit Notes
0.1
Y1
IH
OUTPUT
45
2.2k
Fig. 19-5
178
NOTES:
1. C2 = 1/f x 10-, (f IS IN HZ)
PREVENTS SPURIOUS FREQUENCY
2. ICs ARE 7400/7404
l1, 4 mm tormer,
Fig. 19-6
Circuit Notes
By using a crystal between 27.5 and 33 MHz, the 3rd harmonic will deliver between
82.5 and 99 MHz.
R4
560R
1k8
RJ
OU
220R
UT
~--------~lr-----------~
cRYSTAL
ho suit)
Fig. 19-7
Circuit Notes
179
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
J901t
Ll
b'o
1629~H
100
OJ
fJ/10
2700
Fig. 19-8
RFCI
2.5mH
OUTPUT
J90
9 VOLTS
Circuit Notes
Stable VXO using 6- or8-MHz crystals uses a capacitor and an inductor to achieve
frequency pulling on either side of series resonance.
OVERTONE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Fig. 19-9
Circuit- Notes
This design is for high reliability over a wide temperature range using fifth and
seventh overtone crystals. The inductor in parallel with the crystal causes antiresonance
of crystal Co to minimize loading. This technique is commonly used with overtone
crystals.
180
2 k
2 k
7414
Y1
0.1
l5k lC2
NOTE C2 = 1!1 x 10
TI_
I
1.5 k
LOUTPUT
Fig. 19-10
Circuit Notes
A Schmitt trigger provides good squaring of the output, sometimes eliminating the
need for an extra output stage.
+5 TO 12 Vdc
C2
.01
Xc = 100
4.7 k
2N918
Fig. 19-11
l01
4.7k
~----~--------_.
330
__________________________--oOVOLTS
NOTES
1. Y1 IS AT CUT OVERTONE CRYSTAL.
2 TUNE l1 AND C2 TO OPERATING FREQUENCY
3. L2 AND SHUNT CAPACITANCE, CO. OF CRYSTAL (APPROXIMATELY 6pF)
SHOULD RESONATE TO OSCILLATOR OUTPUT FREQUENCY (L2 = .5 ~H AT 90
MHZ). THIS IS NECESSARY TO TUNE OUT EFFECT OF CO.
4 C3 IS VARIED TO MATCH OUTPUT.
181
FIFTH-OVERTONE OSCILLATOR
57.6 MHZ
r--__.~=;~--j
f------<> OUTPUT
22
36
L1
180
10k
2200
AFC2
4.7 ;tH
+12Vo---...1
Fig.19-12
Circuit Notes
This circuit isolates the crystal from the de base supply with an rf choke for better
starting characteristics.
;;;''
560
f---.<>
OUTPUT
10
10k
2k
11--1--___.
1M
1.3 k
2_4 k
Fig. 19-13
Circuit Notes
A typical Butler oscillator (20-100 MHz) uses an FET in the second stage; the
circuit is not reliable with two bipolars. Sometimes two FETs are used. Frequency is
determined by LC values.
162
,,
L1 ~ 1~1URNS
NO :>_40NJt'6
PHENOLIC FORM
3t8' LG
TAP 1 - 2 TURNS
FROM LOW END
TAP 2- 4 TURNS
FROM LOW END
C1 4 40
TAP 2
Circuit Notes
The large inductive phase shift of L1 is
compensated for by Cl. Overtone crystals have
very narrow bandwidth; therefore, the trimmer
has a smaller effect than for fundamental-mode
operation.
CRYSTAL
SWITCH
Fig. 19-14
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
r---~--------~~
100
1k
7--45
+12 Vdc
15 k
.01
8200
.01
680
Circuit Notes
The crystal is in a feedback circuit from
collector to base. A trimmer capacitor in series
shifts the point on the reactance curve where
the crystal operates, thus providing a frequency trim. The capacitor has a negative reactance so the crystal is shifted to operate in the
positive reactance r~gion.
2-20 MHZ
Fig. 19-15
183
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/DOUBLER
f-::o
AFOUT
+12 Vo---:-;::-:1,
L,---o----.---J
L2 15 TURNS
1o
0.4 mm (NO. 26)
36 MHZ
2N918
C1 17- 24
C325-45
Fig. 19-16
FUNDAMENTAL-18 MHZ
AUDIO
220
43
C2
MV2104
Circuit Notes
The crystal operates into a complex load at series resonance. Ll, Cl, and C2
balance the crystal at zero reactance. Capacitor Cl fine-tunes the center frequency. Tank
circuit L2, C3 doubles the output frequency the circuit operates as an-FM oscillatordoubler.
.---..------..----'v..";.....____,.,,voc
..... I
.,
2.5 mH ltF.
455-tHz
e"''''
100
lf---+----r--'lf----o ""''"'
"""
""
Fig. 19-17
184
Circuit Notes
....
'Do IIDI
flo,~ll
1111/rfet
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
9.V.
+
5.6k
33k
VR1
Fig. 19-18
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides reliable oscillation and an outpuLclose to one volt peak-topeak. Power consumption is around l rnA from a nine volt supply.
100kHz CRYSTAL CALIBRATOR
(-) 912 (+)
J,voc"
Circuit Notes
~~K
75 pF
Fig. 19-19
185
...
'"
...u ..
'"
14SOO
Fig. 19-20
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a 74500 Schottky TTL gate; no inductors are required.
CRYSTAL CHECKER
+12v;
2.5mH
Crysul
3.3Kn
.001111
470Kn
8
LED
Circuit Notes
::
120Kfl
1N4148
Fig. 19-21
186
:0--o OUTPUT
At
22MO
R2
Yt
~____,oil---+
22KO
Ct
C2
40pF
22pF
(max)
Fig. 19-22
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a frequency range of 0.5 MHz to 2.0 MHz. Frequency can be
adjusted to a precise value with trimmer capacitor C2. The second NOR gate serves as an
output buffer.
TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
r---~~----~-----~------~------o+5V
!05
DC
470
33K
...-----~OUTPUT
IOK
CRYSTAL
.----~~~~r--~--H
470pF SM
C2
Cl
C3
IOK
680
C4
Parts for a 5
MHz AT-cut crystal
C = 3-8 pF NPO
(fine-frequency trimmer)
C2=4-24 pF NSOO (temperature
compensatin-g)
C3=8'48 pF N1500 (temperature
compensating)
C4=120 pF silver mica
L---_.--~~----~------~----~----._--~GNO
Fig.l9-23
Circuit Notes
Two different negative-coefficient capacitors are blended to produce the desired
change in capacitance to counteract or compensate for the decrease in frequency of the
"'normal" AT .cut characteristics.
187
C3
L1
100
pF
R1
C2
10K
Y1C
Fig. 19-24
rl
470
R3 ~0.01_
100
R4
9 TO 12V
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (20 MHz)
~ ,,.
L,
c
O.IYpp
2p~: TL____~_I_
pF
-4141
IN
t:E
o.3v,.
'(NHN
..L
hr----::.r.,vr---f---{
,.
...
MTM3180
Buller
3tK
"
.1
D,- D2
_....._~---1
Fig. 19-25
Circuit Notes
This circuit has excellent short term frequency stability because the external load
tied across the crystal is mostly capacitive rather than resistive, giving the crystal a high
in-circuit Q.
188
+SV
390
1.2VDC
+SV
IN4148
100
t---o~E,=
L,
06.V pp
3.2J.<h
Buffer
Fig. 19-26
Circuit
LlCl .are selected to lJe resonant at a
frequency below the desired crystal harmonic
but above the crystal's next lower odd harmonic. C2 should have a value of 30-70 pF,
independent of the oscillation frequency.
There is no requirement for any specific ratio
Notes
of Cl/C2, but practical harmonic circuits seem
to work best when Cl is approximately 1-3
times the value ofC2. Diodes Dl-D3 provide a
simple regulated bias supply.The resistance of
Rl should be .as high as possible, as it affects
the crystal's in-circuit Q.
?;01
47 k
t---lf---o
OUTPUT
001
C3 30
-pFI
C1
FREQ.
2-15 MHz
4-22 MHz
C2
C1
C2
470 pF 470 pF
220 pF 220_ pF
680
Fig. l9-27
Circuit Notes
IN5711
06
+5V
R1 1K
1K
+5V
01
C1
8.15 pF
02
IN
4148
XTAL
100 MHZ (5H)
.1
03
R, = 40
C2
33 pF
04
-1.9 Vdc
z,
= 25
100
100
E, = 0.6Vpp
Buffer
Fig. 19-28
Circuit Notes
C2
0XTAL
"'
190
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates 30-200 ppm above
series resonance. Physically simple, but
analytically complex. It is inexpensive with fair
frequency stability.
Fig. 19-29
+V
+V
L1
C1
=2C1
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates at or near series
XTAL
resonance. It is a good circuit design with no
parasitics. It is easy to tune with good fre..._--1 l--4~-._... quency stability.
c.
Fig. 19-30
BUTLER COMMON BASE OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
+V
+V
=3C1
C1
Circuit Notes
c.
Fig. 19-31
191
+V
+V
XTAL
.----;0 t---......----f
Circuit Notes
C2
c~
Fig. 19-32
TUBE-TYPE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
t::1 XTAL
60mA.
PILOT
LAMP
100
R.F.C.
Circuit Notes
pF
10.000
0
.002
-B
+B
Fig. 19-33
192
output 1
V+
~------------< 10MHZ
r-------------------ioscour
F=-10MHZ
'011
+---il
-;1"-'
6-36pF
20pF.
output 2
~--------_..;.- 125 MHZ
ICM7209
t---~----iosc IN
V-
---r--
(DISABLE
j_
--
Fig. 19-34
Circuit Notes
The CMOS IC directly drives 5 TTL loads from either of 2 buffered outputs. The
device operates to 10 MHz and is bipolar, MOS, and CMOS compatible.
MILLER OSCILLATOR (CRYSTAL CONTROLLED)
H
{+)
~:-01 JJ.F
l1
100 ~H
..J::
<---.,.--_3;"-'
Circuit Notes
-~1J.(f
C:3
390 pF
OUTPUT
r----r--""~>(:~~Fi02
"'
10Mfi
i6o,Io
""'
"'
2.21<: !c-""
"'r .o2""F
Fig. 19-35
I
193
+5V
IN5711
1K
R1 1K
+5V
8
C1 82 pF
IN 4148
01 - 04
1.9
Vdc
t---~
.1
C3 15;40 pf
R,
14
-'\/'VV-1
100
68
C2 470 pF
E,
~ 0.6
Vpp
Buffer
Fig. 19-36
COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
(+)
(-)
12
vorf77
Rf
220K
C5
O. 1
Circuit Notes
,----_____::v.~-4-----"l" ~
01
2N2222
C2
82pF
+-----+---if--<>
f~
~F
OUTPUT
~
Fig. 19-37
194
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL
3.00 MHZ
.---If----
G3
C1 47
OUTPUTo--~
Fig. 19-38
Circuit Notes
This circuit oscillates without the crystaL With the crystal in the circuit, the
frequency will be that of the crystaL The circuit has good starting characteristics even
with the poorest crystals.
PIERCE OSCILLATOR
R1
680
R4
R2
i.5K
1SOK
_J_ C2
Fig. 19-39
122
C4
10pF
pF
Circuit Notes
The oscillator transistor is Ql, and the crystal is placed between the collector and
base. Feedback is improved by the use of the collector-emitter capacitor C2. Transistor
Q2 is used as an output buffer.
195
"'
"'
OUTPUT
'"f
3 CIK
01 02 1N914
Fig. 19-40
Circuit-Notes
Rl
R3
IMn
IK
"'
OOt1-1F
+--r--?~TPUT
,r"
R2
lOOK
L--__,Ot-------'
VI
Circuit
The crystal is placed between the collector of the output stage and the base of the input
stage. The frequency of oscillation can be set to
a precise value with trimmer capacitor Cl. The
196
Fig. 19-41
Notes
range of operation for this circuit is 500kHz to
10 MHz. Extend the range downward (100
kHz) by increasing the value of Cl to 75 pF and
increasing the value of C2 to 22pF.
100
.001
t----1E-----o OUTPUT
C/
FREQ.
Cl
cz
18-ZS MH1
28 -60 MHz
220 pF
100 pF
47pF
18 pF
Z.Zii
.,o
cz
Fig. I9-42
Circuit Notes
International Crystal OF-1 HI oscillator circuit for third-overtone crystals. The
circuit does not require inductors.
TTL-COMPATIBLE
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
STANDARD CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR FOR I MHz
-3 VOLT
470
22 k
470
lOOKHz
6.8 k
50
TO
50MHz
CRYSTAL
Cl
HEP1
12k
t---701
J'o
30 pF PARALLEL RESONANCE
l6BpF
Rl
20 TO
lOOK
Fig. I9-44
Circuit Notes
197
STABLE LOW
FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED
SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
+21V
11k
12V
0.1 "'F
560
'"
>!--+-'I,M.....-o Vo
'"
V 0 =500mVp~p
L----101---......1
1=9.1 MHz
9:1 MHz
(FUNDAMENT All
TH0<2.5%
Fig. 19-45
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
27 pF
Fig. 19-47
Circuit Notes
This Colpitts-crystal oscillator is ideal for
low frequency crystal oscillator circuits. Excellent stability is~ assured because the 2N3823
JFET circuit loading does not vary with temperature.
JFET PIERCECRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
v
v
R2
RFC
R4
100 k
2k
~''1"_'_.t--o ourrur
.---HOH.
C2
II
10pF
CRYSTAL__c::]
2N5415 (PSI)
R2
100 k
C<
10M
--0.1iiF
Fig. 19-48
CircUit Notes
Fig. 19-46
198
r---------------~~lrl~
NOTES:
I.
Rl
~2.
-IOUS FREQUENCIES
RZ
l.
-;t; cz
Fig. 19-49
IJI.ctfiC'5M
SeLECT liZ
AND CZ TO
PREVENT SI'VIt
OUTPUT
Buller
c,
3343
pF
IN
4148
.1
(2)
Fig. 19-50
Circuit
The output resistance of the transistor's
collector, together with the effective value of
C1, provides an RC phase lag of 30-50. The
crystal normally oscillates slightly above
series resonance, where it is both resistive and
inductive. Above series resonance, the crystal's internal impedance (resistive and induetive) together with C2 provides an RLC phase
Notes
lag of 130-150. The transistor inverts the signal, providing a total of 360 of phase shift
around the loop. Inductor L1 is selected to
resonate with C1 at a frequency between the
crystal's desired harmonic and its next lower
odd harmonic. Inductor L1 offsets part of the
negative reactance of C1 at the oscillation frequency.
199
20
Current Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Ammeter
Pico Ammeter
Nano Ammeter
200
AMMETER
"'
3.J2k
ll.n
33.2k
"
"'
,.
3.32k
"'
"
LM315
1.2V
'""
'"
f14
RS
IM
IG
,.
..."
'""
'"
...
SC~H
o''
6.65k
,.
f\\11
2.1k
t 1 x scale calibrate
IDDi<A
* 3x scale calibrate
i includes reversing swUctl
"'
"
"
IN45J
"'
1N457
Fig. 20-1
Circuit Notes
Current meter ranges from 100 pA to 3 rnA full scale. Voltage across input is 100 J.L V
at lower ranges rising to 3 mV at 3 mA. The buffers on the op amp are to remove
ambiguity with high-current overload. The output can also drive a DVM or a DPM.
201
PICO AMMETER
+15
A"' 102n
OUTPUT
6
V0
I
I
Circuit
A very sensitive pica ammeter (-1 V/pA)
employs the amplifier in the inverting or current summing mode. Care must be taken to
eliminate stray currents from flowing into the
current summingmode. It takes approximately
5 for the circuit to stabilize to within 1% ofits
:;:
Fig. 20-2
liN X 10 1 ~(1
-1 VOLT/pA
Notes
NANO AMMETER
-.-
UV
'
1- FUll SCALE
Rtlnl
100 nA
1.5M
1.5M
-sao nA
300k
300k
SOk
30k
Bk
3k
300k
0
0
0
0
0
1MI14
1"A
s"A
'
10~A
SO"A
100~-tA
uvea--l.,
II~UV
r-:i
":'
12..:.. UY
i
i
The complete meter amplifier is a differential current-to-voltage converter with input protection, zeroing and full scale adjust provisions,
and input resistor balancing for minimum offset
voltage.
-1.5Vo---J
Fig. 20-3
202
Rf(nl
r
28
R2
100
MEG
IK
VOLTS
IN3604
Rl
25K
R3
150
390K
.01~1
150
/.-I
,1-t--\h"t-'
6
(]___ 2N494C
TC2
j .01
-2N491
~t--='=~---+--_____JI
=i= .05
27
SCR
(C9F, CI2F,
ORX40F)
-~-~-~-~~-~--~--+---~
NANOAMPERE SENSING CIRCUIT WITH
100 MEGOHM INPUT IMPEDANCE
Fig. 20-4
Circuit Notes
CURRENT MONITOR
.
"''
POSITIVE
1%
VOlTAGE
'--~'
"'
"'"
LM301A
+------1+
PN36841PS21
MONtTOi'l
OUTPUT
V/A
-f\2--
_,
Q--
Rl RJ
VQUT"
Circuit Notes
..
ll
Rl
;,.
"
Fig. 20-5
203
21
Current Sources and Sinks
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Current source
204
CURRENT SOURCE
ON/Off
REVERSE
ERRO.RJ
Rl
Jlllo
llTTERY
OK
f--
'l
BATTERY
TUT
_J """'
11 "'":"'
IV
(>UV!_I_
"
9.lk
~"
"
""
"
"
ZNUSO
..
"'
,""
"
J.Sk
Fig. 21-1
'
..
*calibrate range
lUnA
tselect lor
lceos: 100 pA
Circuit Notes
This precision current source has 10 p.A to 10 rnA ranges with output compliance of
30V to - 5 V. Output current is fully adjustable on each range with a calibrated, ten-tum
potentiometer. Error light indicates saturation.
PRECISION CURRENT SOURCE
Rl
Circuit Notes
30 ,,
lo=
V1N
R1
vV1N~OV
Fig. 21-2
205
lMJB5-Z.5
C1
150 11F
-30V
*loUT"' 2.5V
R2
Fig. 21-3
__ ,.
.-----<I,_Ov'
Circuit Notes
..__ _---1 "'"''""'
30 pf
"'
v,N
1o~R1
v 1N>OV
Fig. 21-4
206
-=-
22
De/De and
De/Ae Converters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained inothe Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
De-to-DelAc Inverter
De-to-De SMPS Using NE5561 Variable 18
V to 30 V Out at 0.2 A
Mini Power Inverter as High Voltage, Low
Current Source
Regulated De-to-De Converter
400 V, 60 W Push-Pull De/De Converter
De/De Regulating Converter
Flyback Converter
207
DC-TO-DC/AC INVERTER
-12V
RJ
220ll
OJ
2N3055
T1
OlD FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
240V ac
!ORIGINAL
PRIMARY)
12.6V CT
!ORIGINAL
SECONDARY)
+12V
TO
RECTIFIER
04
2N3055
~
Fig. 22-l
Circuit Notes
208
50Y
.:~
INPUT
+15Y
C1 ~
0.47,~~F~
L1
D1
2813 364
BYW2t
FI!AAOXCUBE
Vz
1----,
....
TO R2(C)
...
'
1270"
2N""
"' I
I
I -..tC1 .:;- I
8.2K I
I TJ,IIF
TANT.
I
I
____ ,
SLOW IT:ART
..
.I
'
N.....
. C... .,.,.
,... 02
TIP30A
"'
OUTPUT
...L.ca F
POTTIIO\'
R2,
r'o
i~
TONE...
PIN 3
..... IU407
1200
I--
zw
''"
'4o- ~ ""'
"HIGH CUAREN T
COMMON
0.20
f~'
... '""
"'
--
.,
111<
J~''
- Cl
T... """''
R11
Otmax =f R10+R11
(Vz)+VeE
Fig. 22-2
1k0
100ft
555
"'
"'
"'
"'
,...
"'
0/P
Fig. 22-3
""'
C3
10u - 1Dn
L-----~-4-----4------0GND
Circuit Notes
209
"'
16
300Kn
Rser
R4
lOOKn
100Kn
c,
13
470pFI
"2
300K n
10:<
Fig. 22-4
-"3
560Kn
-12V4HmA
Circuit Notes
Fig. 22-5
'
101lU
NOTES
UNLESS OTHEAWIS NOTED,
Circuit Notes
The TL494 switching regulator governs the operating frequency and regulates
output voltage. Switching frequency approximately 100 kHz for the values shown.
Output regulation is typically 1.25% from no-load to full 60 W.
210
. ." .'M'
"'
..
,;
"
"'
Fig. 22-6
Circuit Notes
FLYBACK CONVERTER
..._,
IN916
+SV
~51(
100 ' ~
5I(
300
VM
5I(
INV
c.
N.l.
SK
'--" YREF
ca
2K
~:
cr
CL+
osc.
c,-
Sh.Dn. COMP.
1M
.
1:
00
20T
o.'ii=-
~1II
SOT
SOT
.
'
_-::!:-
L4
,:.;:
_s01iF
-18Y
_.)
........
- ....
GNO
+18V
ro
620
IN9U5
.... 510
~
=F
Too~, :/
2N2222
1!1
GROUND
Fig. 22-7
Circuit Notes
23
Decoders
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Tone Alert Decoder
Tone Decoder with Relay Output
SCA Decoder
212
TONE-ALERT DECODER
.,
210
J09M
+12
voc
-Llo...........o
"T'Il"
1111010 70 SPEAKER
m''
"'
"'
'"...'"'P
"RI
""
..
-Schematic diagram of the tone-alert decoder, designed for
the call-up of amateur radio volunteers during emergencies.
Fig. 23-1
Circuit Notes
,.
,.
213
12V
,..----r------r----.,..-1--r----r-<>
t24V
=.Ole
l.Bk
lOk
4.7k
NE565
.047
=r ma
r-~~4.7~k-t3~9~----~]~5:J
4.7k
Fig. 23-3
4.7k
+.001
Circuit Notes
Aresistive voltage divider is used toestablish a bias voltage for the input (pins 2 and
3). The demodulated (multiplex) FM signal is
fed to the input through a two-stage high-pass
filter, both to effect capacitive coupling and to
attenuate the strong signal of the regular channel. A total signal amplitude, between 80 mV
and 300m V, is required at the input. Its source
should have an impedance of less than 10,000
ohms. The Phase Locked Loop is tuned to 67
kHz with a 5000 ohm potentiometer; only approximate tuning is required, since the loop
will seek the signal. The demodulated output
(pin 7) passes through a three-stage low-pass
filter to provide de-emphasis and attenuate the
high-frequency noise which often accompanies
SCA transmission. The demodulated output
signal is in !herder of 50m Vand the frequency
response extends to 7 kHz.
~.cc,_ ,--l,
::~, o---1 ~
~~.
214
INPUT ..SIGNAL
I>UIOmVrlllfl
r--
617
.1
o--ltFig. 23-5
.,
_, .., Hf--1-.......J
2
DUAL-TONE DECODER
V
...
.v
J-
1/<t--
Fig. 23-6
l.
215
24
Delays
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Long Time Delay
Time Delay Generator
Door Chimes Delay
Time Delay-Generator
216
Tl~
COuNTER
15KI
"
t--
15Mill
"
"'"'f[:
"
112- !l5fi
"
""
9 - - - ( ) I I HOUR)
I +.
>---<>
:~{JOMIN,)
NIU81
'
-r
'
"
I
I I I I I I I
3
4
10
11
ll
"
<>
---e
_____..., 1
~ 12 H<lURS)
'-----;''-------'
:(4 HOURSI
CLOCK lO NEXT
..I
_,
"
9~u
112- S56
INPUT FROM
N8281 C{lUtHER
o-i
N~281
m"
'
1" I
OUTPUTPUlSEWIOTH
T~11RC
Fig. 24-1
Circuit
In the 556 timer, the timing is a function of
the charging rate of the external capacitor. For
long time delays, expensive capacitors with
extremely low leakage are required. The practicality of the components involved limits the
timebetween pulses to something in the
neighborhood of 10 minutes. To achieve longer
time periods, both halves of a dual timer may be
Notes
connected in tandem with a "Divide-by"' network in between the first iimer section operates in an oscillatory mode with a period of
1/fo. This signal is then applied to a "Divideby-N" network to give an output with the
periodofN/fo. Thiscanthenbeusedtotrigger
the second half of the 556. The total time delay
is now a function of N and fa.
vee
---
vee
T
'
"ON''Ioll~to*::t
......
v,..
'lilfiCin~
;l~
.. n H
.. 3__hL_
O---,
II
__ ' ____ ;_
.... .
"~!_:
,g
L---------<.._.V11t
'
~ .L.-
,'
---
Fig. 24-2
217
01
R1 4.7k
BELL PUSH
.-..
-.-:sv
R3470
Fig. 24-3
..L.
+
R2720
Circuit Notes
,,
,.
SikH
IOM1l
.. I
.,
!Okn
\1+
----------,-.----
,,
1
"'
Slk!l
" _,
IOMU
__
IIIII!!
218
.,
Fig. 24-4
,.
"'"
":'"
L
J
51kU
0.001-"F
~
,,
.=r
."
~o-~~---------.----,
IOM
15K
IOOOM
IM
02
2N6027
IM
200
~ 30~
Ql
2N6027
100
IN4443
PULSE
OUTPUT
Fig. 24-5
Circuit Notes
The PUT is used as both a timing element and sampling oscillator. A low leakage
film capacitor is required for C2 due to the low current supplied to it.
......:;:;v:;=~ +28-v
,--~--~--.,----,---1!50
OHMS
R2
150
GE AI4A
OHMS
OUTPUT
02 GE
C3
2N.2646
.OOipf
Ql GE
SCRI
2N494C
GE CI22F, CI!5F
OR GE CIIF
C4
.0!5)Jf
Fig. 24-6
Circuit Notes
without resorting to a large value electrolytictype timing capacitor. Instead, a stable low
+ 25
l
l
-~
RJ
l k
%10Mrl
R3
22 krl
R4
lkrl
Fig. 24-7
I~B
R2
lk
2N4853
Q3
27>1
~~
RELAY~
COlL ~
8
2~ lN41
555
Fig. 24-8
I--
6
1
220
4.7K
~.~
..
- '-
25
Detectors
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Air-Motion Detector
Half-Wave Rectifier
Product Detector
Tone Detector
Low Voltage Detector
FM Tuner with a Single-Tuned Detector
Positive Peak Detector
Coil
Negative Peak Detector
Missing Pulse Detector
Precision Peak Voltage Detector With
High Speed Peak Detector
Along Memory Time
Detector for Magnetic Transducer
Edge Detector
Double-Ended Limit Detector
Ultra-Low Drift Peak Detector
FM Demodulator at 5 V
Pulse Width Discriminator
FM Demodulator at 12 V
True RMS Detector
Precision Full-Wave Rectifier
Fast Half Wave Rectifier
Negative Peak Detector
Telemetry Demodulator
Level Detector withHysteresis
Full-Wave Rectifier and Averaging Filter
Window Detector
Double-Ended Limit Detector
Air Flow Detector
Positive Peak Detector
221
AIR-MOTION DETECTOR
5
12 Vdc
R2 100 K
Voo
c\;22
2~.
R1 1 K
OUTPUT
LM324
......-(,
"-'
TAl
273-060
__l
IC1
A3
1 MEG
1"""
-'-
As
LED1
LOAD
SCA1
A4 330
A4-330
FROM
DETECTOR
n
01 TIP29
*220 U FOR
5 VOLTS
560 n FOR 12 VOLTS
Fig. 25-l
Circuit Notes
222
PRODUCT DETECTOR
vee
1k
, J:_o.1 "F
-=
CARRIE R
INPUT
4 +12Vdc
Uk
820
51
~
0.1 "F
lOU
3k
6'"'
>--
1/
'"'8
:~
0. i~F
MC1S96G
MC 1496G
U.OOST
"F
:::: 0 1
1k
I-
10
pF
10 k
~=-
AF
1k
1k
3k
t::;
-- -
t-:e
005 "F
Fig. 25-2
.Circuit Notes
The MC1596/MC1496 makes an excellent SSB product detector. This product detector has a sensitivity of 3.0 microvolts and a
dynamic range of 90 dB when operating at an
intermediate frequency of9 MHz. The detector
is broadband for the entire high frequency
range. For operation at very low .intermediate
frequencies down to 50 kHz the 0.1 1-<-F
capacitors on pins 7 and 8 should be increased
to 1.0 1-<-F. Also, the output filter at pin 9 can be
tailored to a specific intermediate frequency
and audio amplifier input impedance. The emitter resistance between pins 2 and 3 may be
223
B1~4~------;-----------,
R2
470 fl
+J
01
APPLIED
VOLTAGE
2N2646
B1
D1
5V
Fig. 253
Circuit Notes
224
DEi'
,,
,,
,,
v,N
RESET
VOLTAGE
"'
Fig. 25-4
NEGATIVE PEAK DETECTOR
RESET
VOLTAGE
Fig. 25-5
225
MAXV
V OUT
2.5V[/
IN
A 10M
10k
~C1"
+--
01 =-1N914
117
Fig. 25-6
Circuit Notes
EDGE DETECTOR
--t
:::J
voo
@ v,
v,
vssVoo-
I I
I
I
I
_j
I
I
I
Vss
I
Circuit Notes
~~~
This circuit provides a short negativegoing output pulse for every positive-going
edge at the input. The input waveform is
coupled to the input by capacitor C; the pulse
length depends, as before, on R and C. If a
negative going edge detector is required, the
circuit in B should be used.
voo
1/4 C040938
Fig. 25-7
226
]n
...
>~.:'+-o Vour
.
-
-'=
RECOVERY TIME
ADJUST
Fig. 25-8
1[
7.0Y
-- 0.2 y
v~
30 pF
v~
Vour
Whenever T
3
VOUl
y,
.,.
> -R- C
V2
v,
10
Pulse-Appears
Y2
;>
y, ..-' 0
v-
y,
v-
.,.
Fig. 25-9
227
"'
'*
lMll~
"'
"
"
'"~UT
..."'
."
"
"
-LIV
Fig. 25-10
Circuit Notes
C2 3pF
E. OUT
D1
1N914
D2
1N914
Fig. 25-11
228
Circuit Notes
Precision half wave rectifier using an op
erational amplifier will have a rectification accuracy of 1% from de to 100 kHz.
TELEMETRY DEMODULATOR
+12Vdc:
R2
15K
-R3
82K
C2
220 pF
>''~----1
AUDIO
INPUT
(.:> 200 mV)
"'08K
12K
+12VIX
Rl2
RS
20K
""
2<lK
OFFSET
Fig. 25-12
INTEGRATOR
NULL.
-12Vdc
R9
.)
101<
R8
IOK
OIJTPUT
Circuit Notes
The circuit recovers an FM audio signal that variesJrom less than 1kHz to about 10
kHz.
FULL-WAVE RECTIFIER AND AVERAGING FILTER
4.7 pF
AC
INPUT
,--------------'~f~~:~------------~_j~p%~~~~~~~DC
CAL
-'-iHif'-'-+---'V'oA--.----"fv
.....- - - ,
20 k
4.7 pF
t%
OUTPUT
4.7pF
10 k
1%
02
FD 6668
6.1 k
10 k
Fig. 25-13
229
.,
Rsn
Circuit Notes
10m!!
1Mll
.,
v+ ~ 1ov
1M!!
.,
1M!l
'""
v-- -tov
Po= 2901iW
Fig. 25 .. 14
HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER
fOK
10K
Fig. 25-15
6.1K
Circuit -Notes
230
TONE DETECTOR
C4 .05 p.F
R8 3001<
"'
v.
~J~r
C3
.05 pF
"'
""
I
f~n
j_
-
+f5V
R71601<
lv
-15\'
_L
--
R, lOOK
I
II
If ?'"
""
'""
~-
"
f\; 10K
R9 30K
v~,
~1-
~~
~
...,,
"'
Fig. 25-16
Circuit Notes
12V
NOTES
.Ol"F*
*.OS,..F
7AkHz.
-3dB liMiting aanailivily
2QdB quieting tantillvity
30dB quieting "ntltlvily
Fig. 25-17
231
IN~2V~
r- r-
'
I
'
OUTf'UT
NE/SE 555
I
OUTPUT VOLTAGE 5V/CM
' ,
'
:;(
~,_
'
I
.J...
I"''
'
v v v v
..,
INPUT
./
./
RA = 1-Kn,C: .091JF
lr -
Fig. 25-18
-circuit Notes
,.
~~~
,.
~~
L ~~~
+lSV
1Ne1 ..
"'
1k
0.1"f...
-15V
y:,
14
DH0034
SAMPLE!
HOCD
RESET
L' J
L"" J
,J
0.001pf
POL YSTYREN~
,.1z~
2f'U3t1
~+15V
-15V
1-J_
~
21e~ ~T
!i ADLH0033G
d"'"""
OUTPUT
~~~f
-15V
+ ~"
232
.,
2'N4381 1NI14
.. ~"
t'"
- h
i'.J
h-+
Fig. 25-19
I
FM DEMODULATOR AT 5 V
DETECTOR FOR
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER
+5
o.o1.,F
~
FM ll!lPUT
4.5kn
----,
0.471lf
2k!1
_,--~~-4~0UTPUT
TO TTL
I
1 k!1
I
.....J
,.
MAGNETIC
TRANSDUCER
"
Fig. 25-20
Fig. 25-22
FM DEMODULATOR AT 12 V
V+
Rsn
15Mn
UPPER LIMIT
~ LOOPfllTEII
r--
ANAlOG "OUT
1kHz
For V = 5 V
LOWER LIMIT
"'
60 ,uW
V-
Fig. 25-21
Fig. 25-23
233
...,
o-~~--~'ov~---;~>-4-~~D:+-:~
Fig. 25-24
10K
10K
Circuit Notes
R2
1 M
-~ ~
'1
"'3 RJ
110
10 k 2 +
111 >.:4.--">,fl/'yo.:(,;,
+~
4t-__.
-15
'Solid tantalum
234
~6+-0UTPUT
Fig. 25-25
.---.-"'
1.2k
18k
"'
V
OUTPUT HIGH
A1
INPUT
>'---<>--.a OUTPUT
R2
o--..:..'I'YL--_2j
~\2
V-
POI~~~t-...!,i("LM335
":"'
TRIP
ADJUST
Fig. 25-26
Fig. 25-28
WINDOW DETECTOR
500
+15 y
1 M
-15 V-4>---'
Solid tantalum
Vour
Vour
Fig. 25-27
Fig. 25-29
235
26
Digital-to-Analog Converters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure numbeLcontained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
14-Bit Binary D/ A Converter (Unipolar)
10-Bit D/A Converter
Fast Voltage Output D/A Converter
Resistor Terminated DAC (0 to -5 V Output)
Three-Digit BCD D/A Converter
8-Bit D/A Converter
High-Speed 8-Bit D/A Converter
10-Bit, 4 Quadrant Multiplexing D/ A
236
21<
!"
,.
,.
,.
' '
ll
I
I
'
" "
~HI ! 1~ 11
1
J I
'
.
' . .,
"
~
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
"
'"
"
'"
"
"
"
"
'
'
'
11 11 11 I 1 !1 !1 11
,.
r>
;\
"'
."
~j'
"
.
I
"
i. ~ i. ~
"
,.
"
DG51B
~ r"
," .,
'
' ..
.." .."
.,"
';\ i.;\ i.
"
-Btll
.,"
Ftgur 7
81JilAIIY INPUT
b[ft
,.
"OO
II
..... i
" .,"
'"
,.
!1 11 "
I
~ i. ~
~k
VM
...'
NOTE:
A.Op-Amp characteristics effect 0/A accuracy and settling time. The following Op-Amps, listed in order of increasing speed, are
suggested:
1. LM101A
2. LF156A
3. LM118
ANALOG OUTPUT
1 1 1 I 1 1 I I
~vREF (1 -r14l
-VREF 11/2 + r 1"1
'''
'''
I000000000COOI
Fig. 26-l
I 0000000000000
-VREF/2
0 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1
-VAEF (1/2-T14l
0000000000-0001
-VREF rr14l
00000000000000
237
"
(~
"
'"
"
"
"
2K
Vo F
.,.
"
23
'
"
'"
00&18
"
.,
"
"
'"
"
"
"
"
f'"
'"
'"
'
'
'"
~~
";"
.
.,
-IMUI
~lli
~ 1 J 1~I 1 ~ 1~ 1~ 1~i 1~ , ~ 1 J
I
J. ~
~ :1.
J. ~
~ ~
~~
~ :1.
~~
~~
. " .."
.."
17
.,
..
.. . .
11
14
.,"
'"
22
.,
ILSB)
vou T
-V
"TYPICALLY 25K ll
""TEMPERATURE COMPENSATI ON
FOR CHANGE IN ROSion)
WITH TtMI'EAATURE
TY"CALFEEOTHROUGHE~ROR
BINARY IM'UT
OF 10mVHFOR)'4'1EF'"10VH.
Unipolar_Binary Operation
DIGITAL INPUT
,.
ANALOG OUTPUT
1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1
-VREF (1 -:r101
100000000"1
-VREFl1/2+ r1Dj
1000000000
-VREF/ 2
0 1 1 1 ,_, 1 1 1 1
0000000001
-VAEF (2-10)
0000000000
NOTE:
Op--Amp characteristics effect D/A accuracy and settling time. The following Op-Amps, listed in order of increasing speed, are
suggested:
1,
LM101A
2. LF166A
3. -LM118
Fig. 26-2
FAST VOLTAGE OUTPUT D/A CONVERTER
BIT 1
0-10V
Fig. 26-3
!CLSO,F
TYPICAL SETTLING
TIME"' .8~$EC
238
+5V TO
MSB
+1~"--- ~.'V ~ 8~
It
2
[24 !2J
BJ 86 86
lzz lzt
8~
)20 j,g
LSB
86
Ita
~ ~
]11 hs
]13
11
""
o--'r-
RH-01
I'
6 +lOY REF S
"
Skfl:
1REF
zokn
DAC-12
"1
'o
TO
"
vo
.<b
tOkn
GAIN
ADJ.
tokn
7
WILUJIVE
COM~LEMENTARY
LOGIC.
Fig. 26-4
THREE-DIGIT BCD D/A CONVERTER
HUNDRED'S OIQIT
~~
1REF2
,,"'
.t~i
"
+1SV
2
RREF
-REF-
02C
'-r;-
'
12 11 1
t 361( 14
"
VCL
" 1
';1~" ~"~
.01"F
-tSV
'"
"'
13"
+15V
'
~----------------------+----~~~-~~_,
)
1,------+-------"l'
"' "
VCL I'
"' '--r~.,--,1~::-110-r::-,-T.-,J
V'J
.OAC-20
';
r1-
~,..__
II -
l'"'F
-16V
+16V
\J
t---+
\.
TRIMI'OT~1C.2:
BOURNSMFTMOOEL 712tiC279.B03
PACKAGE: 14PIN DUAL
INl~NE
'-~~
1I
\7
.1,,
-15V
Fig. 26-5
239
's,rJ-,
8112- 2
131---Bit i..
Bt1- J
12t----- BitS
r-
G6n.
51
Zero
1Lf.-
11
'~ 1;,~
'
10r-Bit7
9~Bit8
sf-- N.C.
An.:~ log
ZNi.2t..P
,__!_ -
Ovtput
6-Sk fO.
\OOpV
'.,. R 1
/
ZN 1.26
01fr
"
,.,
1\.F".S.R.
16,
ov
J,
sao 0
..::ljiJ
Tig. 26-6
HIGH-SPEED 8-BIT D/A CONVERTER
'FS s set to 51.000 mA witi'I-R1
_so.o n
'='
Tr-ansmission Lir'!e
o-..---+.....,2
o-..-=-+-
Typically 10 ns
-:;-
o----+-
I"F
0.1
Bradley
4
3
2
Type AT
Cermet Tr-impot
o-...--::-o--+-1 7
o--.--.,:-:--+--1 8 MSB
or Equ<valent
MC1.t04U10
10 Volt Reference
R2 and R3 are
<50 ppm/C.
240
+ 15 v
( 12.5 to -40.0 V mul
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
2'!1
2R
tOMn
ANALOG OUTPUT
1 I I 1 1-1 1 1 I I
-VREF 0 - 2-91
I 00000000 I
-VAEF j2"Y)
10-00000000
01 1 1 1 1 I I I I
VREF (r91
0000000001
VREF 11-2-)
000-0000000
VREF
Fig. 26-8
Fig. 26-9
"
15k
2k
241
,,
,
Y
lOOkfl
GAIN
ADJ.
2oon
BIPOLAR
OFFSET
-16V
C. TRANSFER CURVE
B. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
+1DV
, .r
ANALOG
R1 ESTABLISHES
ALL BITS. 0
DIGITAL
INPUT
-J12 ESTABLISHES
THIS OFFSET
OV
Fig. 26-10
10V
+6/+16V
11-----------.
+15V
+lOV
AD584
OUTPUT
VooT
A0562
COMMON
l.OM
,
I
UNIPOLAR
-ISV
100.!!, 1ST
BIPOLAR OFFSET AOJ.
Fig. 26-11
242
-15V
OFFSET ADJ
~--
_,'
A : ANALOG GROUND
MSB
R14
14
f-'-:.0--~w~r-----...---~ Vref
A1
A2
~-----'
15
f-:.0--~1/VIr----, A 14 :
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
AS
R15
MC1508L-8
~s
16
Fig. 26-12
3
LF156
I'
[ ~.~.~.~.~.~..~]
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
256
Adjust Vref R14 or Ro so that Vo w1th aU digital inputs at high
1
1
1 __
1
-+----
-1 __
1k
- 10
256
[2551
= 9.961
16
32
64
128
256
AD6f6A
J0
IOV SI'II.N
llff IN
OUTPUT
O<O IOV
1152>-V lSBI
1NPUf81TS1-12
Vee t5V
DAC
Fig. 26-13
""'"
louT"
l~u COOE
243
"
!ik!l
'o
20kn
,,
CURRENT
SWITCHES
lOOk!/:
GAIN
ADJ.
(1/l SHOWN)
"""
OAC-12
4R
'"
'"
-15V
'"
'"
C. TRANSFER CURVE
+10V
B. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
1. ALL BITS TO "1" STATE ("0" STATE IF PINS
9 AND 12 INTERCHANGED)
2. ADJUST R1 UNTIL OUTPUT IS +9.9975
4095
X 10V
T
-----1"----l
--..
ANALOG
OUT
SV
R1 ESTABLISHES
THIS SLOPE
OIGITAL
INPUT
SV
4096
Fig. 26-14
-10V
vour
81 82 83 64 85 66 87 88
100nsec
244
Fig. 26-15
27
Dip Meters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Dip Meter Using Dual-Gate IGFET (MOSFET)
Varicap-Tuned FET DIP Meter with 1 kHz
Modulator
Dip Meter Using N-Channel !GFET (MOSFET) and Separate Diode Detector
245
PL.IJG-IN
COIL
SfNSITIIIITY
ooo
10---?)>----l)l--+---+--l f--r->"'-1r--')~
Fig. 27-3
1000
T1,
IOQO
l..
),
l
f~n,.IDI
indiUI.cl',
-~~
1,1100
1M 1,DII!D,DOO
,,.
"'l!IGIN
COIL
Circuit Notes
f-j,
Fig. 27-4
fc-.1 '""'ur..r, dKI,..t
-.11ueo
ol
flll'~
M 1,000,000
Fig. 27-5
_"""""_,_
......
,..,...IH,_
...........
,..... ,.,J __
-~~,~-"'"'_
11.-
h .......
1-
-=- ,,_, ..
'(
1 1,000
.,.,,,~
-...
Mel,--
247
."
j_+
-=-
rl
uf-~>-------1---..J
9V
Coil data.
coil
frequency
range
(MHz)
1.8. 3.8
3.6. 7.3
7.3. 14.4
14.4. 32
29.64
no.
turns
wire size
AWG
82
29
18
7
26
26
22
22
enamel
enamel
enamel
enamel
Jlh
18 tinned
(mml
winding length
(mm)
inches
tap*
(0.4)
(0.4)
(0.6)
(0.6)
( 1.0)
1 9!16
9/16
3/4
1/2
3/4
(40.0)
(1<1.5)
(19.0)
(12.5)
(T9.0)
12
5
3
2
3/4
--diameter
inches (mm)
(32)
(32)
(25)
(25)
(25)
11/4
IV
1
1
!518" U6101ml
Fig. 27-6
DIP METER USING SILICON JUNCTION FET
MPF/02
500t
1-mH
SENSITIVITY
248
M l,OOO,OOO
Fig. 27-7
28
Displays
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
LED Brightness Control
LED Bar/Dot Level Meter
60 dB Dot Mode Display
Bar Display with Alarm Flasher
12-Hour Clock with Gas Discharge Displays
249
R,
5{10 kl1
/:...---CdS
PHOTOCELL
15kn
NE/SE 555
1N914
01
15 kn
0.001JJF
STROBE
DIGITAL
SIGNALS
LED
Fig. 28-1
Circuit Notes
250
GAIN
0DOT
CONTROL
TANT.
"
"
Fig. 28-2
Circuit Notes
251
_.,
uo~
10. I_;
,.
-u
~. '(
' F-
Ill
"
"
,.
m-31
r -
...
"
Ill
Ill
"
"
"
(IJVTOZQVI
Ill
1Z~11
-Ji
Ill
_,.
N
'(
~ED
_,,
_,
'(
"
"
Ill ~
~-
"
"
"
'
N0.1!
"
"
,~
L-.J'
' '"
-
LMll15
'"
""' '"
'"
'"I!..-'
100~
'
"'.
~;:
Optional. Shunts
MOoi
11;
'" '"'
...
_,
Ill
...
r .."""
Ill
"
"
'"
"'
""' '"
".
I!,__'
"
MODE
I'
,.,
"
3.141.
-rJ
.~
auKiliary
'
..
,"
,-
,.
_,
Ill
LMJIIt
,.
_,
_,.
.'
...
,ur
Fig. 28-3
,~
.
LE;
II/
II/
II/
~ ;..F
NO.I
18
11
'-
16
II/
II/
II/
-~
-~
-....F -F
15
;..
14
17:1
~ '-F
13
II/
~~
12
,-
II/
II/
~~
....
LED
NO. 10
10
11
_o;t.
LMJ914
11
v'
"to
.J;
SIG
.... !"
RHI
MODE
470
Fig. 28-4
252
Rt
1k
~ 1.2k
-...
.,----;
'"
'
"
'"
"
'"
'
!!!i 31012
"
,,
'"
.,,
6
112 -7
MP07042_1
3 1
fj
lnpUII
'"ll'"
~~
GM
MC3<t9<1
v,.
Outputs
~~1eOV
~.
+180
06 Ot! P030201
MKII021i0
11 MC16001
AM/I"M
A8COEF0
I
I
p-
.M
380k
-~
~C1001
....
'
<
CD 60733 CM
Colon
G
~11
2.2 k Typ
''"'
MP07CM2
~-
[,
.......
MP~~~2
~
'' "'
o:
c'
390 k
D
Outputs
' '
~k
'"
MC>403
'"
om
"
~k
MC3481
" e .....,,
Fg. 28-5
~:~"
'
G
..."'
-~lon
' '
'"
!UJ:EH1 88
'
AM
100 k
'"
r
,ll,no- 8 8
o,:~
From MK&02!i0
~
Qt
...
COMMOM-AioiOOl
LID DISPLAY
Fig. 28-6
253
'"
IV
'"
L.....!!:.!
IV
-"
"
"
IV
IV
IV
~IV
-" ~ ~ -" ~ ~
~ ~ ~~
IV
- f-
"'
10.11
~L-.1'
..
"
"
"
..;
...
"'
"
... .....
LM311C
'" '"'
' - I!..._'"'
"
..
,.
..
:::n.
~
"
'
IIG 1
1 kHz pu t r111
IV
IV
"
,.
MODE
Fig. 28-7
'"
Tou,,
.,..
"="
"
Circuit Notes
All 741
ALL TIL209
LEOS
Fig. 28-8
254
INPUT A
INPUT 8
Lr.-~
..~J ?~~
'
I
I
FREQUENCY
FAEOU~NCV
PER100
RATIO
TIME INTERVAL
UNIT COUNTER
l De
~ ~
~.....
~ ~
io_
;t-o
1111111 OJ 0 2 1--o4 -
~-
""
zs
l4-
6
7
2J
U
-~
o
r---+------t'
07
ICM
7Z188 ll
20
IN914"S
~
r-..____
I
O.P
G
E
<>--j'i;']i===~=c=i1
'
lOki!
~~~~ f ~
,, "' CYCLU_I
..
r---~N'<------ -~03 ,,
' "'
""
INPUi
0.01
'" I
0 ,,,, .. ~~~0
''lr=r-~t----------~==:1~~=~~-~---o
r--
IG.O
OSC!llATOR FRED. -
lO
,,
18
0---+--f--.. 13
lmrTI
8
14
18
16
1--
l
I
~'I'"' ~C~"::::~!r-~~j--......L--_g:~~~~L
___l
r f--
+-,--+----<5
-::1
;:'"
''
o,-~
SEGMENT DRIVERS
r---~~--------~
'
Baa BETa a a 1~
L___._1'_'_ ____....l_'-~1._'__...1''__
_____.l_'_ _l._'__...
l''__ _____.l_''_ _"'__._::!~_;j
~~~:\~
Fig. 28-9
Circuit Notes
This is a minimum component complete
Universal Counter. It can use input frequencies
up to 10 MHz at INPUT A and 2 MHz at INPUT
B. If the signal at INPUT A has a very low duty
255
29
Dividers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
CMOS Programmable Divide-by-N Counter
Frequency Divider Chain
Frequency Divider with Transient
256
Free Output
Binary Divider Chain
Decade Frequency Divider
22k
+V
Circuit Notes
A single connection change permits division by anyinteger between 2 and 10. The RCA
CD4017A Johnson decade counter is shown
connected as a divide by 7 counter. The resistor is used to hold the reset line low. When the
appropriate number is reached, that output and
the reset line are driven high, resetting the
munter. To divide by other integers, pin 15
should be connected to the desired output. For
example, pin 1 for a divide by 5, or pin Hor a
divide by 3. The output of the divider appears
on the 0 line.
INPlfT
CD4017A
Fig. 29-1
+20V
680.n.
IOOk.n.
IOOk.Jl
IOOk.Jl
2N2647
.OipF
ro.n.
IO.!l.
4kHz
10!\.
2kHz
I kHz
8kHz OSCILLATOR
SUS-2N4989
Fig. 29-2
Circuit Notes
Sawtooth output from each stage is one half frequency of preceding stage.
257
4kHz
OSCILLATOR
IZK
680
2kHz
+ZOV
I
lOOk:
;;;::: '!
1001<.
50k
.01
JZN2.647
'u
If
50k
~us
I
.~2{/-::::..
4~
pF. /~OI,uF
lOll.
lOA
I kHz
~s
'~
If
50k
.047/r:
~us
'u
Fig. 29-3
,uF
If
!~o
IOil.
lOOk
pF
IO.n
~~0
pF
SUS-2N4989
Circuit Notes
Spikes in the center of a sawtooth wave are eliminated in this circuit by triggering at
gate.
,,
Cr
5.6k
IOl<
.0033
-~~~-----------,
2.7k
2.7'k
sus's -
I'
-H-
''
2N4987
Fig. 29-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses fewer components than transistor flip flops. Output at "B" gives a
transient-free waveform.
258
OUTPUT (2.5KHz)
OUTPUT
(250Hz)
Cl
In the next stage, the product of R2 and C2 should be 10 x that of the preceding stage
(2%). R2 should be between 27K and 10 M.
259
----------------------------
30
Drivers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in tbe Sources section.
Driver Circuits
50 0 hrn Driver
Line Driver
High Speed Laser Diode Driver
Capacitive Load Driver
Relay Driver
Relay Driver
BIFET Cable Driver
260
DRIVER CIRCUITS
INl
-----,
I
I
I
I
I OUT
"-...;_r-'-.,
'"<>-~i-,..-
I
I
I
L . . - - -1~M~OI~7~1-
---
__J
Relay Drive..
-----,
I
I
I
I
I
IN1-~o-~r""'l
IN2<>--0.....-'
i
I
L-- -
~r-4~D!;!M~1~ -
Fig. 301
_J
Lamp Driver
r----Jtr..n..
I
I
I
I
I
-----,
I
I
I
I
I
L . - - - ~M~90~!!!1~
_J
Spohr Driver
Circuit Notes
CMOS drivers for relays, lamps, speakers, etc., offers extremely low standby
power. At Vee = 15 V, power dissipation per package is typically 750 nW when the
outputs are not drawing current. Thus, the drivers can be sitting out on line (a telephone
line, for example) drawing essentially zero current until activated.
261
50 OHM DRIVER
....
Q2
INPUT
Circuit Notes
To buffer a test generator to the outside
world requires an amplifier with sufficient
bandwidth and power handling capability. The
circuit is a very simple unity gain buffer. It has a
fairly high input impedance, a 50 ohm output
impedance, a wide bandwidth, and high slew
rate. The circuit is simply two pairs of emitter
followers. The base emitter voltages of Ql and
Q2 cancel out, and so ~do those of Q3 and Q4.
The preset is used to zero out any small de
offsets rlue to mismatching in the transistors.
,.,
,.
DC
OFFSET
tJR
......
Q3
.,
-1SV
Fig. 30-2
LINE DRIVER
VooCr---------.--~-----------------------------,
,---t--uvcc
~V
150fi
150fi
TWISTED
PAIR LINE
,----t--i
t-----'
Zo. 130
65fi
OUTPUT
1J
Vss -----;J.-.
112HCCIHCF40107 B
DATA
INPUT
Fig. 30-3
262
II
I~
LASER OlOOF.
100pF
RCA SG2002
Fig. 30-4
Circuit Notes
A faster driver can supply higher peak gate current to switch the VN64GA very
quickly. The circuit uses a VMOS totempole stage to drive the high power switch.
Circuit Notes
4.an
11_
4.tlkn
- u-INf'UT
.,
OUTPUT
Zltfilo
TYPICAL CAPACITANCE
LIMIT FQA YAFUOUS
l"OA"O PIESISTOAS
~
2kS1
~
10kil -
201o.n -
~UPTO
1500pi'
IIOOpF
500pF
""'"
Fig. 305
263
RELAY DRIVER
SV
28V
CABLE
LOAD
II
30V
NOTE
Fig. 30-8
Fig. 306
RELAY DRIVER
VccUV
0
0
0
MUX-08
Vo<rr
MUX
~:'
J1..---4
.&"
PIIOTl1:
NOTE 2:
Fig. 30-7
264
Fig. 30-9
I... PUT
2.311
ROAIIP
10011
'COIL CURRENT IL-IIEIISUREOWITH
TEKTRONIX CURRENT PROBE MODEL PIIM2
Fig. 30-10
Fig. 30-12
Circuit Notes
A 500 mV peak-to-peak triangular waveform about ground is input to the amplifier,
giving rise to a 100 rnA peak current to the
inductor.
SOLENOID DRIVER
JDOO pf
22!l
OHlfCTION YOU
HAMMER
SOLENOID
,.
''
CONTROL
INPUTS
"
loh111
Fig. 30-11
s -3397
Fig. 30-13
265
r-
V
-Al,lM
0.1.,F
100U 1W
+""
2
INPUTS
INPUT
V-
V-
Fig. 30-14
Fig. 30-16
V+
OUTPUT
IUNTEAMtNATEO)
+svcr-.----------.
120fi
INPUT
1
1/2 HCCIHCF40107:8
'sscr------------------~--~,-_,~,~,,~-c"
V-
Fig. !10-15
266
Fig. 30-17
31
Fiber Optic Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Fiber-Optics Half Duplex Information Link
Fiber-Optic Receiver, Very High Sensitivity, Low Speed, 3 nW
Fiber-Optic Link
267
H11F1 J;V
I -\
47 K
'
~F
'I
5V
::
- 47
"'
D39C~
-' '
6-
1BK
4.7K
1K
10 K
v v
:I-
~ES5374
D38S~
1 ~F
5V
v
,. - - - 11
TRANS MITIED
10"" V;n ~ 1000mvf -dc"H11F1
SIGNAL INPUT \. ____
AGC
+ 5V
GES53~ 27~
2.4M
1K
1.2M
5v
22
TRANSMITTER
PORTION
"=
+5 v
= ~ --
-"-... H11F1
100
>
4.7 K
330 I
>
'
' ~ '
' ''
unJ>
--
AGC
I
i --f:::--.-. 1M
jA1 -._
H11F1
1Y
;:voo
'
Ht1F1
II
''
' '
'
''
i+SV
>
10K ~
'
--
36K
==
F oo5
~
>
~ 10 K
sv
~8L1
>4.7
200 >'K
4 7K >
DZSOO
A1. A2 ~ CA3031
WITH SUPPLY BYPASS
AND STABILIZATION
CAPACITORS AS REQUIRED
Fig. 31-l
268
r:
1~~~ ~10 K
27K
==
fl 1 Kv
d\ -
20~~
150~
5V
330K
GFOE
1A1
EM IllER
DElE CTOR
------
>.r
'
12
/
RECEIVE
SWITCH _ - - - ,. """
240 K
Qvox
\ CONTROL LOGIC
I
35 ~
=r: sv
'\
15 K \
~ES5828
2.2 K
-......
(2)
RECEIVER PORTION
...
RECEIVED
Sl GNAL
0 UTPUT
UQ
+----...,-...----t-------.---<>
. -----.,
h
r-------
'lcc=5V
~D.DI-,.F
'
1
I
I
I
'I
I
O.Dtl'f'
,. ,...
""
Fig. 31-2
FIBER-OPTIC LINK
+15V
1.24k
1k
0.1,..F
VoUT
Fig. 31-3
0.1,.,.
"="
""'
":" 'lrW
-15V
Circuit Notes
269
,----
~~------------------.---------~r-------~----------------~-----7+5
---,
I
~
I
LH0012
"
~-
......
0.01~
50
1k
Fig. 31-4
FIBER-OPTIC RECEIVER, HIGH SENSITIVITY, 30nW
0.01J.tf
~+
-2.20
*0"'""
3.3,.F
i'-...
'4'
O.IH,F:
'"".!!!l"". ~
1kQ
1kQ
r-
tOOkQ
t>-
OPTICAL..,-
1 vee=
I -: -. .
~""(8
300kQ
'r
1MQ
1kQ
VREF _
1)
FOR1001
i
Fig. 31-5
270
-~ASE
.....
OUT
~W
0.01 ,.F
~-~
2.211
~
vcc+5V
3.3,.F
.14\.
!'....
OPTICiL'V'
INPIJT'V' A
o.o1F:
~!~
~;~~
100 kll
--
-::....
1kll
1MII
VREF
'3\ "'\
-:t;:-
FOR1000
"
]n-
--
DATA
OUT
j
f
J;se
Fig. 31-6
271
32
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sourcessection.
Low Cost Microwave Field Strength Meter
Sensitive Field-Strength Meter
Adjustable Sensitivity Field-Strength
Indicator
272
tOoKn
-Range switch
tOKn
tKn
+14V
I
I
JLA 741C
1 (IN238)
sensitivity
-,
1 Crystal
: detector
Increasing
... - - - -
1,../
-..J
~o-!.
4
IOK.tl
+------J
Meter
zero
-14V
Fig. 32-1
Circuit Notes
273
D
R
Fig. 32-2
RFC
sw
_L
- B
Circuit Notes
Increased sensitivity gives field strength
reading from low power transmitters. Operating range 3-30 MHz. To operate, adjust R for '13
to Y, scale reading. RFC = 2.5 mH choke, C =
Antenn.t
3K
LED
4711
NPN
1N34
1N34
.01
3K
lllf
Circuit Notes
lOOK
+4Y,-6v.
lOOK
L--<SENSITIVITV ADIUST
LINEAR TAPER
Fig. 32-3
274
D
Fig. 32-4
C1
C2
Circuit Notes
est. Cl
ANTENNA
10- 30 in.
Circuit Notes
+
.Fig. 32-5
275
I-------------------,
25
I
mi-l
I
I
RFC
o~
I
I
L _________
Circuit Notes
I
I
----j
Fig. 32-6
ANT
Circuit Notes
Fig. 32-7
SHORT
WHIP
4 - - -.....1---...---..
RFC
REO+
TO
VOM
r4--------~---.BLACK(OHMITE 250)
250pF
Fig. 32-8
276
33
Filters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Five-Pole Active Filter
Digitally Tuned Low Power Active Filter
10 kHz Sallen-Key Low-Pass Filter
Fourth Order High-Pass Butterworth Filter
Tunable Notch Filter to Suppress Hum
Three Amplifier Notch Filter (or Elliptical
Filter Building Block)
Selectable Bandwidth Notch Filter
4.5 MHz Notch Filter
High Q Notch Filter
Rejection Filter
Notch Filter Using the p,A 4136 as a Gyrator
1 kHz Bandpass Active Filter
Bandpass Active Filter with 60 dB Gain
Multiple Feedback Bandpass Filter
Biquad RC Active Bandpass Filter
400Hz Low-Pass Butterworth Active Filter
Variable Bandwidth Bandpass Active Filter
Low-Pass Filter
High Q Bandpass Filter
MFB Bandpass Filter for Multichannel
Tone Decoder
Sallen-Key Second Order Low-Pass Filter
Three Amplifier Active Filter
Bandpass State Variable Filter
12
61~1!
"'
lllloH
!Ole!!
!Okll
2.7~!1
INPUT
44lk!l
O.Ol~F
101<1!
31.731<!!
:Jil_tl<!l
4.42k!l
!Ok!l
"
!Okll
~
J.l611!l
!Ole!!
OUTPUT
The above realization of -a type 03 receive filter -is accomplished using eight OP.Q8's. As can be seen from the
...
-53.1<1B
'-----------"-----------'
!kHz
Fig. 33-1
278
IOkH
lkHtl
IOOicHt
response curve, the >30dB attenuation In the stop band requirement has been met. In addition, the noise performance
of <OdBRn has been measured.-One of the-unique features
of the -op.QS is Its low supply current of 600pA maximum.
Thus the total supply drain for all eight op amps is only
4.8mA .
10.000pF
HI PASS
8ANOPASS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
LO PASS
OUTPUT
68k!!
Fig. 33-2
Circuit
Constant gain, constant Q, variable frequency filter which provides simultaneous
low-pass, bandpass, and high-pass outputs.
With the component values shown, center fre-
Notes
21rRC
Fig. 33-3
279
~~------------------------
,...
AI'
>-""'4-0vour
,...
Rl
Rl'
200l
}-==
1
:-::>r
21f
2"
R1R2C2
Fig. 33-4
TUNABLE NOTCH FILTER TO SUPPRESS HUM
820kfl
75kn
B8n
Fig. 33-5
OUTPUT
(SIGNAL
WITHOUT HUM}
INPUT
(SIGNAL
2.2 kn
PLUS HUMI
Circuit Notes
280
....
..
Ho(BRI
Ho(BRI
-
I1 >> fnotch .
c
Fig. 33-6
V;
'""
k(V 0 f
-2 V; + l kV 0
R~
Fig. 33-7
c:
Se-
\
\
\
\
~ )01c
P,
'--o
O.;;ko;;l
-uNITY GAIN
AMPLIFIER
-7
'f
'
~R
Circuit Notes
281
Fig. 33-8
Circuit
Component value sensitivity is extremely
critical, as are temperature coefficients and
matching ofthe components. Best performance
is attained when perfectly matched camponents are used and when the gain of the
Notes
amplifier is unity. To illustrate, the quality lactor Q is very high as amplifier gain approaches
1 with all components matched (in fact,
theoretically it approaches"') but decreases to
about 12.5 with the amplifier gain at 0.98.
e
.,
10MEG
II MEG
ii
..
C3
"'
A3
!iMEG
:.
filfiCf
"'
IK
R1 R2 2 Rl
Cl
nt,F
cz
C1 .. tz~
FREQUENCY IHzl
Z11 ,f
Q Notch Filter
Fig. 33-9
Circuit Notes
282
REJECTION FILTER
+5 TO >18V
6
R2
Rl
-5 TO -18V
OUTPUT
INPUT
C2
Fig. 33-10
Circuit Notes
This narrowband filter using the 741 operational amplifier can provide up to 60 dB of
rejection. With resistors equal to 100 K and
capacitors equal to 320 pF, the circuit will reject 50 Hz. Frequencies within the range 1 Hz
to 10kHz may be rejected by selecting compo-
INPUT
>--4--oUTPUT
TRIM R, SUCH THAT
R1
R3
r---------~
-~--
R2
2R4
'
....
!
ri
'
0.0001
7.5 k
R4
R4
-C2
0.001
0.01
e1 - CAPACITOR -
0.1
l'f
Fig. 3.3-11
283
V+
0.01 pf
390k
V+
120 k
390 k
39 k
100 k
100 k
620k
V+
Fig. 33-12
BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER WLTH60 dB GAIN
"' ( oc)('
C4
..
R4
I
I
RS
6
"
.,
200 !!
eour
C2
"
R3
~-c.)(
R1
..
R3
. "'_, )
As
l:.l:,.toCJ
'
I~'"
2.~A.C.~
,,.}JC;iC.
I
II \
''I
..
T,
DC GAIN
Av,OC
~
!,
1,.
TO
NORMALIZED FAEQUEHCY
284
Fig. 33-13
25'C
t,.
10
a= -aw <to
C1C2""3
+
VAEF
,o,.F
R1R21}
-R3 =
2_
1
90
1 kHz
Let R1 = A2 = IOkU
then R3 9(5)2 - 10
A3 = 215kU
5
C = 3 = 1.6 nF
Fig. 33-14
'""'""
C1
330pf
"'
470k
Rl
lOOk
C2
330 pF
Rl
1000
~-------1~------------t-JV~--ov
10 1 kHr
Q. 5G
"'
1D0k
1Mr
Cl
Fig. 33-15
285
,. '
20~
111200
620(}
INPUT-<1--tr-''-=w;:._l_____~"--------~----..::.;;:v:.:.---.,.-'OUTPUT
0.33uF
0.33/lf
,.
"
~-r-2
I
I
I/JA4136
~~,
, ~1-'-'_.__~/ ,. ~1-"'_._.,...,"-1'
~~
~~
--+- +-.-.-.-.,- --- -+----- --+- ~
I
I
-:-:F____ _j
---
1.&2 k
1.62 k
"
"
0.33pF
13.2
Fig. 33-16
VARIABLE BANDWIDTH BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER
27K
3
;: [:;
01
27K
IN
,---1,
27K
TOI
IOK TO 22K
Fig. 33-17
IOK
POT
OUTPUT
33K
J,
r.?
n?
b6
68K
Circuit Notes
This circuit has adjustable bandwidth with values for a center frequency of about 800
Hz. The lO.K pot adjusts bandwidth from approximately 350Hz to 140Hz at 3 dB
down points.
286
LOW-PASS FILTER
IN
C2-2.21'F
R1-10k!l, 1/2W
Circuit Notes
This nonlinear, passive filter circuit rejects ripple (or unwanted butJairly steady
voltage) without appreciably affecting the rise
time of a.signal. The circuit works best when
the signal level is considerably lower than the
"
"'
0.101/'f
0.1!#
~ ....
..."
a increases to 40
fep"" 100 kHz
Vour lo.Jil
"
""
VtN
Clean layout recommar.ded
Response to a 1 Vp-p tone burst:
300,us
-15\'
Fig. 33-19
287
.047j.i
r-.-1
c,
--
....
ooo!l
.047~J
4.7k0
.,
47!1
c,
ca
I' I
500K
T.047JA.
~.04711.
....
-n
-n
517
[770HtJ
I
I
I
Ia
[ll:tHz]
.047.u
288
I'
0
-
Fig. 33-20
..7
(H7Hz)
I'
.04711.
38!1
I'" I
-=-
.041u.
I
I
I
I
I,
+IV
.....
'
"='
Ia
...L.
ni
f:;;;-:L
NOTES:
II
1\
IN
n.
R1
1. MakeR1=R2
R2
" v
2. fc =
OUT
2 R1jfiC2
3.
r--
nYc:
c,
Fig. 33-21
THREE AMPLIFIER ACTIVE FILTER
"
ZOKn
...
.,
"""
20Kn
00
"
.....
I
IIHf
20Kn
''"'
HIGH
,AIS
..
"""
,...
":'
lt:z-
r~~
:.42
.... ""
v++IIV
LOW
'"~3>-~
*:~-IIV
"::"
...
.,
Ho2t
a-<~
c1 C2
1'11 RaR 7
"
i'l,c, :r.t
11
11
J. i
20
0
~20
1-+-HcJ.I-Fftt-'\..>.,.t:-+HtlfH BAND-PASS
h--.;.
1-
I I
...
~40
'
1ll:rC:r 21 0
11
0
40
Po7.1111W
..
f-++f-H~f-'-""'H+Htti HIGH-PASS
~"'
~
J, ...,
~3H 0 -11o-Ho<<~
10 IK Mz
20
~20
~40
"'
IK
1
IOK
FREQUENCY (Hzl
Fig. 33-22
Circuit Notes
The active filter is a state variable filter with bandpass, high-pass and low-pass
outputs. It is a classical analog computer method of implementing a filter using three
amplifiers and only two capacitors.
289
"'
100kll
Fig. 33-23
f 0 =CENTER FREQUENCY= 1/2 rr Rc
0 0 "QUALITY FACTOR=
R2~~
R3
R, "'1o'/f0
,..
,..
0.001
flf
.0.001 uf
,
-15V
...
,...
...
10k
BANDPASS
OUTPiJT
HIGH PASS
OUTPUT
= 9.5 kHz
0=3.4
Passband gain:
Highpass - 0.1
:Bandpass - 1
Lowpass- 1
Notch- 10
Fig. 33-24
290
,...
0.02~,.
I.
...
0
,.
.h
-o.m..F
lk
I'
VA
I
I
30
20
.....
10
11
"c
'!:I
II
.n '\
/v
'
if
ill
I
-10
"'
'I'
-20
-30
250
...
tli
"
2.5k
~I
S.Ok
FREQUENCY (kHzl
Fig. 33-25
FILTER NETWORKS
2o
v,
~}
'
'
v,
1.4 X 11)4
Vo (SJ
"
Z(s)
+ 2re
1.4 X 104
"
Zlsl
TYPE
+ 32
BASIC CONFIGURATION
...,.
'
Vo !s! TRANSFER
Vt Is) FUNCTION
1.4 X 104
'
LOW PASS
---
'
11---o
HIGH PASS
---
-
-V1 (sl
FILTER
Z NETWORK
'
~I--<>
'
'
[;
.'R/~J
1.4 X 104
BAND PASS
'
BAND REJECT
.4X.~G
[,+:/RCJ
. J
1.4X1~~ o2+1/LC
--R-_l s2 + 1/I;,.C + s/RC
NOTE
In the n1tworks above. the A value used is
assumed to include 2r or approximately 320.
Fig. 33-26
2~1
12-a) H ,k
"
0
~
"""'
1.8k
'in
, ..
.,
,.
11:
_,.
,_,
Q. 2.5
'I
K 1.87
Q . 0.71
-20
'
"'
-30
--<0
-60
,.
..
100
FREQUENCY (kHz)
Fig. 33-27
BIQUADFILTER
,,
Circuit Notes
~imilar
'In
Ag
EACH
AMPLIFIER~
1/4 OP-09E
Fig. 33-28
292
= 10)
LO
PASS
L.--.,.11,/1/'---j----------4----c
r---- ----
BANO PASS
-----l
I
I
49.9K
49.9K
I
I
:
BAND
REJECT
NOTES:
49.9K
24.9K
1. MAKE R 1c 1 = RzCz
1
z.fc = znR1C1
I
I
3 O='h(1+~)
"
"
'
.., 2 ..-Ac
oo
Fl1 QFI
"'
A2-
To
v,.t
i Vee
A3"TNfii12
Cl,. 10C
'"'
f 0 1 kHl
1C
Tap .. 1
TN 1
c
Notch
Out~ut
A 110k0
0.00~
_,.F
IH1.6M0
WM
1'12t.eMn
Al- 1.8 MO
Fig. 33-30
293
tOOK
0 001
10
LO-PASS
OUT
14 0_1
NOTCH
r-oour
U4
lOOk
Fig. 33-31
11
-circuit Notes
The high-pass and low-pass outputs covering the range of 300Hz to 3000Hz have been
summed in the fourth op amp to provide a notch
output. The potentiometers must have a reverse log taper. Fixed-frequency active filter
center .frequency is 1 kHz, with a Q of 50.
,,
'
'
,,
'
r --------
1
I
I
I
I
~11
I
I,
I
I
'
I
I
TAAIIO
L---------------~g--------------~
A= 10kO
Thi& frequency ~nge can be eJCtended to 200kHz ita feed forward capacitor is connected
betwftn pin ~ and B
Frequency
v.
Supply voltage
Filter performance
aiTAz:25"C
a
a
v,
v,
..,.
SIN
"'
at T,.,
2;'Rc'
40 to 55
35 to 55
=..ao to +65"C
Input volt.ge
Output volt.ge
Di&tortlon at Vo "' 350mV
SIN ratio at Vo
lnputreei!ltor
=400mV
NOTE
v,
294
Fig. 33-32
""'
""''
50
mv
mv
"'
kO
JOK
100pf
!OK
!OK
1'22
10k
: :.056
lKH1
0032
t'-.
I
-5
\..,...- 60118/DECADE
m
~
-10
\
\
z -15
:::>
w
>-
-
>-
-20
I\
-25
\,.
,.
300
100
FREQUENCY -
Fig. 33-33
10K
Hz
"
,,
IIJNo-j
&IIOpF
2M
"
MOpf
,,.. ,,,...
'"
,,
y'o\pF
""
c,
''"
>; ,_, ""
I .r~
-=
i.\1
lltM311
"'
}-;t'I
~
-=
'"
,,..
!oiiOpfi
'"'
'II
150pf
'
'"~ -~ ~II
. . I x:v
.
002
47k
*~l
y, lMlU
'
-~
OUT
A -1
_,.
-20
_,.
TIIQ - 0.07%
,. ... tim
,..
~ 1r::~~
10
lOG
FREQlJENCYlHzl
Fig. 33-34
295
Fig. 33-35
HIGH-PASS FILTER
(HIGH FREQUENCY)
"
111111.
C1
C2
>---,---o vour
v,. o------11-;---11-----1~--l
,,
IIIIPUT
Cl"
C1
002~F
OOI~f
,,
~: 1-+-i 1---.-'IM...i-1
"
no~
"' 0 "- (
"Vtl"t<tl~~t!OOII>ul~fl
"'""'''",.o~.,_n
U1t
..,..._,.,,
lar .. MI-IIOIII!olo~oty
R1R~1C2) 1!.
IF Ct "C2 C.
Q"
THE~
(R17R2)"1
'
"''" ,,' "
'
220
Fig. 33-36
''
2.0SK
"f.02K
a
0.71
Fig. 33-38
SECOND ORDER
HIGH-PASS ACTIVE FILTER
lOOK
OZ"f"
"
'"
.,,.,
tl
271(
R2
"'
1
Fig. 33-3 7
296
VALUESAREFORUIIIHECUTOPP.U$1
METALIZED ~t.YCAIIIIONATE CAPACITORS
POIII GOOD TEMI'ERATUR STABILITY.
_. ~J>A 741
OP-AMP
Fig. 33-39
,,
MULTIPLE FEEDBACK
BANDPASS FILTER (1.0 kHz)
~oou
Az
'"
,,
+15
C1
C3
v,o-iH'"'if-+-...--:f
II.Dt33 0.1013
OUTPUT
AJ 160 k
Rz820
Rs300k
>;---.._0 vour
:1o
:1Dit
I; 50Hr
-15V
SLOPE
c. 0.01 jiF
-1Zd8/0tTAYE
Ao " -1
THO.;;: 0:1%
Fig. 33-40
Fig. 33-42
,,
8 Opf
.,
ZOOk
v,.
820pf
-::-
'"
,,
'"
1'24V
,, "
""
,, ...
"'
"
VtN~
0.1
,,
...
VQUT
,,
.l
511'f!
-::-
,,
-::-
>;--<~vour
,"..
SlOPE
-=-
"':"
..... _,
-lUI/OCTAVE
A 0 -1
10 ZOkH1
Q
10
THO- .. 0.1%
Fig. 33-41
Fig. 33-43
297
34
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Auto, Boat, or Barricade Flasher
Flip-Flop Flasher
Flashlight Finder
Low Frequency Lamp Flasher/Relay Driver
Low Cost -Ring Counter
Ring Counter for Incandescent Lamps
Dual LED CMOS Flasher
Automatic Safety Flasher
Neon Blinker
Transistorized Flasher
Flasher/Light Control
Neon Tube Flasher
De Flasher with Adjustable On and Off Time
298
+ 12V
3.3K
R3
250K
GE
R2
2.2K
220
100
100
fLF/25V fLF/25V
l.
Ql
C2A
.1
C2B
SCR2
CIOSY TYPE I
{ON HEATSINK)
SCRI
CIOSY
Cl
4 JLF/15V T
C3
.01 fLF
Rl
10
NOTE:
ALL
Fig. 34-1
#1073
LAMP
IK
RESISTORS
1/2 WATT
Circuit Notes
Because of its al:iility to withstand the heavy inrush currents, this incandescent lamp
flasher uses the Cl06 SCR. With the components shown, the flashrate is adjustable by
potentiometer R3 within the range of 36 flashes per minute to 160 flashes per minute.
FLIP-FLOP FLASHER
-VE
LAMP
LAMP12V6W
A3
1k
A4
+12V
12V6W
LAMP
12V6W
1k
LAMP
A1
1.5k
-R2 12V 6W
+
CENTRE
CONTACT
~:004
'
01(?'2:,.
'
Fig. 34-2
Circuit Notes
299
FLASHLIGHT FINDER
200~
JV
0
"NGCONTACTf.
BULB ASSEMBLY
o~
LM3909
'---''
Note: LM3909, Capacitor, and LED are Installed in a White Trans-
lucent Cap on the Flashlight's Back End. Only One Contact Strip
On Addition to the Case Connection) is NHded for Flasher Power.
-Drawing Current -Through the Bulb Simplifies Wiring and "Causes
Nlfligible Loss Since Bulb Resistance Cold is Typically Lass than 2 U
TRANSLUCENT
~----------~~~~
1-----=lill[]=---.l-"1~z_
' '-.
Fig. 34-3
,..
...
,..
lOY
,.
,..
-,...
o) Split Supplies
...
1
1--0.38 RC
,..
f - - - 1.4 RC
b) Single Supply
Fig. 34-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a low frequency warning device. The output of the oscillator is a
square wave that is used to drive lamps or small relays. The circuit alternately flashes
two incandescent lamps.
300
Fig. 34-5
2N3415
Circuit Notes
This ring counter makes an efficient, low cost circuit featuring automatic resetting
via the first stage 3N84. As many stages ~as desired may be cascaded.
3.3k
22k
2N5354
22k
22k
~390
330
IOk
"CLEAR
AND SET
SUS -2N4990
SUS-2N4986
Fig. 34-6
301
Inverters ICl-a and ICl-b form a multivibrator and ICl-c is a buffer. Inverter !Cl-d is
connected so that its output is opposite that of
ICl-c; when pin 6 is high, then pin 8 is low and
vice versa. Because pins 6 and 8 are constantly
changing state, first one LED and then the
other is on since they are connected in reverse.
The light seems to jump back and forth between the LED's. The 470-ohrn resistor limits
LED current. Depending upon the supply val- .
tage used, the value of the resistor may have to
be changed to obtain maximum light output. To
change the switching rate, change the value of
the capacitor.
tO MEG
411&9
OR
74C04
470n
Fig. 34-7
022N404
01 2N366
30mfd
COlLECTOR
OlLECTOR
BASE
R2
BASE
L1
470(1
PC 1
Fig. 34-8
R1~ 53K
= 2N464
SW1
Bt
___/~tl+
m-
6.VOLTS
Circuit Notes
comes up. The photocell must be mounted on
This flasher only comes on at night. It
top of the uriit in such a way as to detect the
furnishes a bright nighttime illumination, and
greatest amount of available light.
shuts itself off automatically as soon as the sun
302
NEON BLINKER
OJ
COLLECTOR
BASE
R1
21<
C1
Fig. 34-9
EMITTER
10mfd
+II 6VOLTS
R2330K
Circuit Notes
The universal output transformer andthe transistor form a low-frequency oscillator. The rate of flashing ohhe neon bulb is determined by potentiometer Rl.
TRANSISTORIZED.FLASHER
01
2N2904
Circuit Notes
Ll
6V
2W
R1
2.2k
R3
100!!
02
2N1613
Fig. 34-10
303
FLASHER/LIGHT CONTROL
Parts List
Rl
100 K
C 1 - 2V-mfd, 6-uolt
electrolytic_ capacitor
11- 6-uolt, GE No. 1850
lamp and socket
Ql- GE-XB transistor
Q2- GE-X9 transistor
Rl- lOOK-ohm, 2-watt
1.2 K
Q2
GE-X9
R2
5.6 K
6V
potentiometer
R3
5.6 K
~sistor
Fig. 34-ll
Circuit Notes
!See telCt)
01 .__,;;.
IN4001
8'1'126
Fig. 34-12
Rl
330il
+ Cl
'""'
03
BC108
Circuit
The voltage required to ignite the neon
tube is obtained by using an ordinary filament
transformer (240-6.3 V) in reverse. Battery
drain is quite low, around 1 to 2 milliamps for a
nine volt battery. The pulses from Q1, unijunction transistor, operated as a relaxation
oscillator and are applied to Q2 which in tum
304
.,
G'
2N2646
Notes
r
I
I
"
"J'' r----' '
15o~
"ofF" ~
LOAD
"
50
s6K
i";'ON"
,.,
GE A14F
,.I
GE AI4F
OT230F
6 TO
~( ~
12V
2N6027
~~~;:
"
,.
*IO"F,151J
~ D:"~
01
Cl0602
"
~ ~:""'
GE
GE
100
"
*
Fig. 34-13
?;'
"
"
CI06Q2
GE
A14F
NON POLARIZED
Circuit Notes
This circuit utilizes a power flip-flop and programmable unijunction (PUT) to obtain
adjustable on and off times.
r "Om~@
I
. ~v
DC
.I
@3.2V
6.8:<
47K
2200
'
sc~G
CI06Q
R.,
IK
cl * scl(
"'
6~
25~F
CI3Y
.,
Fig. 34-14
OK
IOO,..F
Circuit
Applying voltage to the circuit triggers
SCRl. With SCRl on, the voltage on the anode
of SCR2 rises until SCR2 triggers to commutate SCRl. The voltage on thegate of SCRl
will swing negative at this time, and only after a
Notes
305
l A LAMP FLASHER
3 V FLASHER
--.--------------------,
12V
~R4
10k
Rt
02
LMIIS
510k
RZ
150k
RS
_1_
LM3909
tOOk
01
-=-Jv
2NZZ22
+ C1
RJ
111413
tQ.,F
BUtl
47k
+
300~F
3V
Fig. 34-15
Fig. 34-17
FAST BLINKER
6V
6
8
LM3909
...1!.. 1.5 v
3
LM3909
.__.......J
4
2
=47
400,~.~F
JOOp.F
1K
306
Fig. 34-18
39
"tO\
39
43K
1W
'CI
85-200
"10\
'CI
39
'CiiA\
39
10\
'" ?..,_
,,
r- 8
:!-1.5-V
r;-
'CI
200
Is
17
;F!~~F
LMJ909
'
LM3909
I'
L_j
I'
I'
. l'
7VOLTLIM1T
,,oo ~F
760
I'
JV
Fig.
Fig. 34-19
3~21
LED BOOSTER
ALTERNATING FLASHER
"
.0: ~if
8
'Q ~
17
+10-15
VDC
300
""-ta\
, '"' l
510
6V
LM3909
60 )Jf;;
I'
- .;.,_sv
I
100
L
L1'- t'CI
4.3K
I'
'=
_tL;;:.,"-
j7
'
400,.F
"
ov
Fig. 3420
Fig.
3~22
307
HIGH EFFICIENCY
PARALLEL CIRCUIT FLASHER
~/8-.
"
\!Y
VARIABLE FLASHER
~tO:;\
39
\!Y
~~
c~~
,---
I'
~~v
'
LM3909
I
!'
350 1~f
"
\!:9
"
I'
'"
E,::sK
I
I
II
~tO:;\
:j<'"?
3;- I
+
'
l'
Is
I'
'
LM3909
'
"
"
"
5000 ~F
JV
"'
.1'
'"
Fig. 34-23
Note: Nominal- Flash Rate:
1.5 Hz. Average loRAIN= 1.5 mA
Fig. 34-25
EMERGENCY LANTERN/FLASHER
"
200p.F
'"
D
.G
Is
PR13
~,v
8
J,
HP 5082
--~
46\0>8~ ~~
r-8
I,
. 6
::::::: 6V
LM3909
I'
I,
I'
. ""~
LM3909
~'
t-KNSDUOl
75
FLASH
Fig. 34-24
308
I'
- ~15V
!'
'
lOOp.F
Fig. 34-26
35
Frequency Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Inexpensive ~Frequency Counter/
Tachometer
Audio
Meter
309
, _ _ _ _ _ __ j
!li..,PIT-O::DU>OU
..... -,~
"""-L__jr------,_...r---Fig. 351
Circuit
This circuit uses the low power ICM7555
(CMOS 555) to generate the gating, STORE
and RESET signals. To provide the gating signal, the timer is configured as an astable mul-
Notes
tivibrator. The system is calibrated by using a 5
M potentiometer for RA as a coarse control and
a 1 jk potentiometer for R. as a fine control.
CD40106B's are used as a monostable multivibrator and reset time delay.
....r-u-li"j
.~,-r I
IL ____
_. ..JI
Fig. 35-2
Circuit Notes
The 555 is used in a monostable multivibrator circuit that puts out a fixed timewidth
pulse, which is triggered by the unknown input frequency.
310
022f'F
IN914
/1
r-~2~W~--~---~\,i~--~--~---.-------,
-l-' IN3829A
110 TO 240VAC
10 TO 100Hz
~~-
G 8V
......( IOOmA
IN914
rw
Fig. 35-3
5K
CAL
Circuit Notes
c1
r-------~--------~--~~R~1~~-~:ro;h
R2
1K
AF
INPUT
~
IC1 '-..... 7
Fig. 35-4
R3
1K
6-;]
II
~~
r.
01
IN4148
c~
560pF
2
4
R4
IC2
[a
56K
555
C4
R5
1
-~
R1:
(Hz)
c1: POLYSTYRENE OR SILVEAMICA
::!:
"'- 2001< 6
""
Circuit Notes
The meter uses time averaging to produce a direct current that is proportional to the
frequency of the input signal.
311
36
Frequency Multipliers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
~figure
number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
312
Low'Frequency Doubler
Oscillator with Double Frequency
Output
V~c
"
"
51
"
2(21
.._
3131
R,
7(1)
51
Jcl(
,~f--1
-"''
1(101
1Ul
'"
'"
Fig. 36-1
51
A.,._-111112 "''
1(12)
-Av._ giJI2wt
_LM1511B
4141 10114)
"'
8(1)
5(5)
"
UK
-.,..
... ,..
.,..
Circuit Notes
FREQUENCY DOUBLER
..
5.11<
CIIITPUT
Fig. 36-2
...
"'
L-----J===~=~~==~====~J
-fr~uon<yflntt:
ln~ut
313
"
O.OOI"f.f:
-= Y2
0.001 "f
'='
"
'"
18 nH
,,.,
'
1~0 MHI
INPUT
y3o.sa~H
<'>'-
'"Vdc
.:f18pF
.xo.OG1 "F'='
'"
Fig. 36-3
v'
"
300 MHt
OUTPUT
I :IE
MC1~!16G
MC1496G
,--,!
I-;<>
"" "
1-lOpF
'
6.8k
L1 1 TURN AWG
NO 18WIRE,7132''10
VEE _
-8 Vdc-
BALANCE
LOW-FREQUENCY DOUBLER
'"
. ~r
''12 VOc
,--
"
':::k
-~ 10V~c
"
,,
"
"
100"~
INPIJT -: I~ Vdc
15mVIO'I$I MAX 1
'"'
Fig. 36-4
l(l)"f
'
'
MCI09G
Mt1(96
, IQO"f
''"
''"
'"'
OUTPUT
'
'
15 Vdc
'"'
.~
'
'"
'
f
"'
BALANC~
-8
ll~c
68k
''l
RL
II-
517
I
R1
10K
Fig. 36-5
314
c2 ~~c,
.nrw ...
~~
37
Frequency-toVoltage Converters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
DC-10 kHz Frequency/Voltage Converter
Frequency-to-Voltage Converter
Zener Regulated Frequency-to-Voltage
Converter
Simple Frequency-to-Voltage Converter
315
I
I
----,
I
I
-sv~~'+v~'~'~'--------------------------------------~ ~~P---'-''Tou~T~s~-,
I
I
I
12 pF
I
I
CINT
I
I
5V
lOOOpF
-<~~~~oo~~~'tl0~,~~~'-----------------------1 +
1
2.2K
'BIAS
~-------
----
Vss
4 ---------------~
lOOK
"OPTIONAL IF BUFFER IS NEEDED
~-""'
-5Vo-~~--------------------~--------"
Fig. 37-l
Circuit Notes
The converter generates an output voltage which is linearly proportional to the input
frequency waveform. Each zero crossing at the
comparator's input causes a precise amount of
change to be dispensed into the op amp's summing junction. This charge in turn flows
316
through the feedback resistor generating voltage pulses at the output of the op amp.
Capacitor (CINT) across RmT averages these
pulses into a de voltage which is linearly propottional ~to the input frequency.
FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
(DIGITAL FREQUENCY METER)
12
..
"
GAIN AOJ(JST"
+12V
RANGE
,,
I K
2kHz
20kHz
200kHz
2MHz
ZERO
ADJUST
20MHz
Fig. 37-2
Cy
.0821'1'
.00821'1'
820pF
82pF
8.2-pF
Circuit Notes
Fig. 37-3
L---t+VouT
1110k
317
SIMPLE FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER (10kHz FULL-SCALE,
0.006% NON-LINEARITY)
FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER WITH 2-POLE
BUTTERWORTH FILTER TO
REDUCE RIPPLE
... T.
'
.fl ~
.~-~
Ulttl""
,,
!O.Ol~F
LM3.11
Jour
'
,........!
,, r~-
!..--:
~~ l~f
,,
vour
IDDtu
b-
'
0.707
2wRC
fpot.e - -
'
2.67
Fig. 37-4
I.IISpFr IOOl':'
'
"
Fig. 37-6
PRECISION FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER (10kHz FULIJSCALE
WITH 2-POLE FILTER, 0.01%
NON-LINEARITY MAXIMUM)
GAIN ADJUST
J.j """'
Hf}:
~~"~"
HS:~~~
OJUSTl
.. -t~-'='---'1
---
CI.Uhf
1511
.........
(
ADVFC32
."
..
U.UCl ~ ~~,-:.:I
Fig. 37-5
318
Fig. 37-7
38
Fuzz Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Fuzz Box 1
Fuzz Box 2
Fuzz Box 3
Fuzz Box 4
Fuzz Box 5
Guitar Fuzz
319
FUZZ BOX I
2k1
r----------.--------------------------.-~~----~v
,.,.,.
10k
47k
4.7JJF
lM
0.1pf
lM
1M
4.
F
OUTPUT
ANY SILICON
DIODES-CAN BE
USED
ie. 1N4148,-1N914
0.1~JF
INTENSITY
___________________ _ J
L-------~~~-----------~~1M
~~r-----O
Fig. 3B-l
INPUT
Circuit Notes
The input signal is amplified by the transistors. The distorted output is then clipped by
the two diodes and the high frequency noise is
filtered from the circuit via the 500 pF
1I
FUZZ BOX 2
r-:
81
~~~1-oc_,__ _ _ _ _,
R5
R4
R7
Cl
C2
>o.....,w.,..+--n::..,
8.1-1.5-V AA battery
C1, C3-0.l-uF, 50-VDC .capacitor
C2-4,7-uF, 10-VDC electrolytic
capacitor
Q1, Q2-pnp transistor-HEP,632
R1, RB-22,000-ohm, \>-watt
resistor
R2-18,000-ohm, !>-watt resistor
R3-l-megohm pot
R4-100,000-ohm, \>-watt resistor
R5, R7-10,000-ohm, \>-watt
resistor
Rl-50,000-ohm pot
51-Spst switch
Fig. 38-2
Circuit Notes
Potentiometer R3 sets the degree of fuzz, and R8 sets the output level. Since the
fuzz effect cannot be completely eliminated by R3, fuzz-free sound requires a bypass
switch from the input to output terminals.
320
I
..
FUZZ BOX 3
R3
390n
A4
8.2k
33k
O.D15
02
BC108
100k
RV2
250k
C2
25
0/P
~F
Fig. 38-3
Circuit Notes
FUZZ BOX4
..v
- 22k
10k UN.
I
_m
2201<
INPUT
"'"'
4.7pF
,.
,A
fV
'..::!:;
"'
-4.7.uf
BC109,
ETC
4.7JJF
'"'
Fig. 38-4
....
"'
"' "
100.uF
'"'
"f---o
Ul
OUTPUT
0/P~Ol.
50kf! LOG.
Circuit Notes
None of the components are particularly critical in value or quality, as distortion is
the sole object! The transistor could be BC107-8-9, 2N2926, etc.
321
FUZZ BOX 5
9V
if
I"'
01
C1 2N2222-
\'11'. &
.,
.. l"'b
'
''
1NPUTl
'"
OM'
SK 1
'
''
'I'
'
'
"',.,.
C3
58R
:1
...
"
~~"
RV2
1""
lEVEL
IC
02
'C
2N2222
:,..
RV1
1k
FUZZ/.
~~--,
'I
:sw1a
.-,,.
~1~
~fss t
''
''
fUZZ
:y
L-
'
''
~:01',.,
''
,..;.:_)
I
I
'
R3
'
,
'
'''
''
I'
'
'
'
OUT PI JT
TO
SK:!
:~
ov
COtHACTS~SE
TEXT)
Circuit Diagram
Fig. 38-5
Circuit Notes
Transistors Ql and Q2 amplify the incoming signal, and the gain is such that the
input will overload when used with an electric
guitar. RVl adjusts the amount of feedback
GUITAR FUZZ
+9V
2k2
2k2
OUTPUT
2M7
~o--~~~~--+--r--
o.1JJF
3 +
I O.t.F
47k
2k2
Fig. 38-6
Circuit Notes
322
39
Games
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the hox of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Ready, Set, Go!
Electronic Dice
Game Roller or Chase Circuit
Toss-A-Coin Binary Box
Electronic Coin Tosser
Heads or Tails
Pot Shot
Low Cost Heads or Tails
Who Is First
Windicator
323
~
+oo----~~~-*--~------~~~-----r--~f.K~~--~~1*"'~~~S~OO~K~-o+
.01
LEDl
lOOK
lOOK
.01
JOK
-Spe.aker
Fig. 39-1
10K
05
PLAY
~LR
06
PLAY
Circuit Notes
324
ELECTRONIC DICE
..,,
p1n14
2
3
1"'
pin 14
I:
1C2
+6V
Ic2
11
,QitC1d
2.
390R
3 ) ICJ01\J
9
10
39.0R
gJ-ICJb 10
1,_,___.._._
,.\.,13 .!20R
12
ICJc
.~
470R
1'!,-
~~ IC1c )!---
"
:)1C3d
_e--
at
It' t '"
Pin 7
NOTE
LEDt-7 are TIL209 or equivOJient
ICT is7400
IC2 ,s 7493
IC3 it. 7402
01 !ill'fi-Purp.PNP lcmax > !!>OmA
P-B 1 is normally clOsed
1--
~3
~ ~l
"""'!
J90R
:::3 '
.,:. ' ~
1
2
.'
:::~ ~
-~
~,
--: ~
~~
LEOT-7
IC2
pin 7
ov
0 CD
000
CD 0
l:ED ARRANGEMENT
Fig. 39-2
Circuit Notes
Six LEDs are arranged to produce a disIC2 counts from zero and resets on seven.
playthesameasthedotsonadice. WhenPBiis
When PBI is released, the display is enabled
depressed, the display is blanked and the osand a decoding system (IC3) produces the corcillator (!Cl a, b, c) clocks IC2 at about lMHz.
rect output on the LEDs.
325
-------------------------------------
+5V
+5V
+5V
24
LED 1
4
R1
4.7K
12
7
6 PULSE
GEN
1~C1
-=- .068
23
ft'
3300
+5V
3
555
TIMER/
R2
10K
(1)
R3
14
7493
..;-2
(2) 22
&
+8
8 (4) 21
74154
4-LINE
TO
- 11 (8) 20 16 -LINE
DECODER
.,..
2 3 10
17
Fig. 39-3
Circuit Notes
326
.001
MFD.
1N4148
10K
+9V.
O--'\,V\~-<11
+9V.~
TOUCHPOINTS
LOOK
I'/
-woK
1N4148
~:~I
1234567
1=
9'9V.
14
13
12
11
10
p~~l
1234567
-!--
Fig. 39-4
Circuit Notes
327
'I
::r
01
"
"'
PB 1-Pushbut on.
La!aye\le 34 Pil2047V
150k!l
.I
R00 52
C2........047 F
AI, R2. R3-1 50kfl, IV.'
A4-1 5MII. 1w
PB1
I
j_
"'
15M!!
C1
'10.221-'F
R2
150k!l
Fig. 39-5
"'
150k!l
1.'
1\ C2
LP1
ME-22
0471-'F
LP2
NE-2
i
Circuit Notes
The circuit shown simulates the flipping of a coin by merely pushing switch PBl.
HEADS OR TAILS
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 r - - - - - - - < : v00!3-t8vl
P81
PUSH TO_
NOTE,
JC1 154077
LED1,2 ARE ANY LEO
''"
"
"'
"
,, '
LED2
Fig. 39-6
"
'"
L----JVV~----~--~-------oov
Circuit Notes
328
POTSHOT
"
470R
AV1100k lin
"
"
voo
INHIBIT
Fig. 39-7
NOTE
tCl IS 4022
IC<' 154011
LE01~8 ARE Ttl209
t,---o9V
P81
C2 <=)_+
L-----------...J
,.
2u2
-RZ
Circuit Notes
This is a circuit for a game of the shooting
gallery variety. IC2a and b form an astable
multivibrator clocking IC 1 which causes LEDs
1-8 to flash in turn LED 5 is the target LED and
the object of the game is to depress PBljust as
LED 5 comes on. If this is done, the whole
1800
22K
HEADS OR TAILS-
1 I Cia
2 .~F
1800
IC lb
~Hf':Lt
Tll209
"
Fig. 39-8
circuit Notes
51 must be a push-to-make, release-to-break, switch.
329
WHO IS FIRST
.--------1
I
220K
115Vac~
etc.
0.47 p.F
Fig. 39-9
Circuit Notes
Here is a circuit for any question-andanswer party game. The first button pushed
ionizes the neon bulb dropping the de voltage
WINDICATOR
+&V
r-"8
>---08
lk ;
lk
.. '
lk
...
5
2 a,
a, 16
3 a,
"' 15
~N/0
PUSH
n'7
BUTTONS
'/
~eso
"'
a,
7 CLOCKS
... '"""
... .'/'
...
.,tO
.,.
~ nYJ
l:( R
'/
"
7475
1--08
~.;.
1- -
y,...
Fig. 39-10
1k
ro
RESET
PUSHBUTTON
Circuit Notes
Two TTL !Cs and a handful of other components are all that is needed for a circuinhat
will indicate which of four buttons was pressed
first, as well as lock out all other entries. A
330
logic 0 at one of the Q outputs. lights the appropriate LED and locks out other entries by
taking the clock input low.
40
Gas/Vapor Detectors
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source.,ntry in the Sources section.
Gas and Smoke Detector
331
o------...---
o--oi'l
1
I
I
I
I
120Vcc
1 .2 Voc
100 K
Fig. 40-1
I
I
16V
100~-'f
Circuit
This cir~cuit can detect smoke and a
number of gases (CO, C02, methane, coal gas
and others) with a 10 ppm sensitivity. It uses a
heated surface semiconductor sensor. Detec-
Notes
tion occurs when the ~gas concentration increase causes a decrease ofthe sensor element
internal resistance. The switch in series with
the SCR is used for resetting the alarm.
v
LOW-BATTERY CIRCUIT
"" ,.
""
03
1N5853A
8.2 v 5%
UM
H2.5V
+12.5
',,
C2
H2.5V
Fig. 40-2
MC14572
""
"
"'
""300 kM
"'
270 k
"""
""
220 k
0.1 ~F
C3
H: DELTA 12 VDC
16002933
0.11-'f
Circuit Notes
332
LOW-BATTERY CIRCUIT
R11
680 k
l _1s
C3
R17
470 k
0.1
"F
01
R12
1.5 M
09
2N5087 +- C4
1N914
as
MPSA70
2.2 M
R16
R15 1M
1.2 M
2N5088
R14
2.7 M
0.1
C2
R19
25 J,IF
"F
0.331Jf
R18
470 k
R20
6.8 M
11<
.----~-f----1r--;----1>---.._-'IIV'Nv--,.------o +12.5 V
R7
100 k
R4
47k
IONIZATION
CHAMBER
03
.~, ~
MPS8598
"F
R3
270 k
RB
100 k
AS
01
500 k
MFE824
DELTA 12 VDC
16002933
C6
0.01
'\
\ 04
J MPSA14
THRESHOLD
R1
~
300 kM
2N5088
R2
270 k
COUNTER
I
/
R6
R9
100 k
150 k
Fig. 40-3
Circuit Notes
Ifthe smoke alarm signal must be a continuous one rather than pulsating, then the
slightly less expensive, all discrete transistor version of the MC14572 may be used.
333
41
Indicators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Ten-Step Voltage-Level Indicator
Beat Frequency Indicator
Three-Step 'Level Indicator
Indicator and Alann
334
Vee
V+
(31
AN ALOG
TL490C
NPUT
01
(81
02
(91
03
(101
R1t
,,,,
.
.~'
,_,.
.: .~
(111
05
(121
'h
.~
06
(141
07
(151
08
(161
09
(11
010
(21
7,
(41 ANALOG
INPUT
R2
100 kn
'oF
(61
l!
04
CASCADE
,,,,
'h
,:..
,:..
,:,..
....
.,....~'
(131
!,.
Fig. 41-1
Circuit Notes
This ten-step adjustable analog level de.tector is capable 1>f sinking up to 40 milliamperes at each output. The voltage range at the
input pin should range from 0 to 2 volts. Circuits of this type are useful as liquid-level indi-
335
74155
-COUNTER
DEC DOER
COUNT
"'
"
"
"
COUNT
DOWN
EXCLUSIVE OR
GATES: 7486
CLE.4!1
120n
'"
"'
"'
'"
~
~
Fig. 41-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses LEDs to display the beat
frequencyoftwo-tone oscillators. Only one
LED is on at a time, and the apparent rotation of
the dot is an exact indication of the best fre-
Fig. 41-3
Circuit Notes
336
LED
N0.10
LEO
110.1
"
11
15
11
14
LM3914
I'
- ov!.:v
Lo
12
13
11
10
,___
...
01
, , 01
2N290~
DOT-BAR*
SWITCH
..,
""
REf
OUT
AOJ
II
Circuit Notes
Full-Scale changes display from dot to bar.
120
"'
'"
p
"
"BRIGHTNESS"
MODE
19
...
2lk
;l:'
Fig. 41-4
mA
+-ANALOG
INPUT
r
Tl488C
01
"''
"'
'"
"' "'
'"
"' "'
03
06
'"
,,
.,,!!"
t!
..
OND
Fig. 41-5
Circuit Notes
337
svoc
...
Fig. 41-6
100
....
Fig. 41-8
FROM DETECTOR
~----'10;;0:;:''--'>-----!'--..J
741
70
:>_.~~~'-~,._
BIPOLAR -LEO
Fig. 41-7
Circuit Notes
To adjust, tune in a station and adjust the rM pot for a null. Then ask the station to
modulate anMine adjust so modulation peaks don't light the LEDs. Stations are properly
tuned when neither LED is lit.
338
(YzW)
AUDIO IN
(1 3 v pkpk)
Circuit Notes
l'!ll1
( ~~ ( ~'l
Fig. 41-9
339
42
Infrared Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
IR Type Data Link
IR Remote Control Transmitter/Receiver
Compact IR Receiver
340
IR Transmitter
Remote Loudspeaker Via IR Link
Proximity Detector
..."
r-
~~
t
LM181l
':'
~"*I
~.
'
I~
DRI\IIft
"
lOADS
_j'
"
XTAL
MIX OIIT
IF IN
T3
:~r
'
'
"'
lfll-
v~~.~s
-:!:-~
1'0(1~f
..r:;
'
T''
DIGITAl
OUTPUTS
,,
MIX IN
'
"'
"'
"'
ICDttECTOR)
(EMITTER I
ICOlLECTQRI
"'
IEMlTURI
"
"'
"
"
Il
LMI872
"
"
l.~l
T1
:~J
- '-"
TO.Ol
Rl
"'
"
'""
If OUT
"
"
J- ___...,~r-u....
T" ,
- -"
T"
...
lOOk
- PhotodiOOG-decoupllng
Cl
- Photodfode decoupUng
ANALOG
llUTPUa
80TTOM VIEW
vactec
0.7 C6
R5
r r
Photodlod, 01
t
R2 -Synctlmer;R2::: _ _ A20!:470k
- Preamp decoupUng
"'
'="
--Load decoupUng
R3
nNe
"'
Vacte~:;
UOT
UOT
Siemens
0.18
0.52
0.20
2.0
0.20
VTS 5068
VTS 6089
PIN 60 or 6 OP
PIN 220 OP
BPY 12
* Toko Am(Hica, Inc
C2 - VBIAS bypa.n
C3 - v+ bypass
C4 - Load d&eoupllng
_p"N---.,..,..,."'
D.81
~~~
---'o
C6 - AGC
T1
T2
T3
01
=110
=110
rf
Input Stage Where the Cese of 01 Js
Connected to the Anode
Fig. 42-l
341
~16V
7SPST
MOMENTARY
+15V
lOOK
4.7K
150K
.OJ
~F
.0022 uF
10K
4 SEIMENS
BPH)4
IR PHOTO
nt-----'
DET.ECTORS
41RLEDS
-MONSANTO
MV5000SERIES
OR EQUIVALENT
Fig. 42-2
Circuit
The circuit is designed to operate at 25
kHz. The data stream turns the 2N4401 hard on
or off depending upon the coded state. This in
turn switches the series infrared LEDs on and
Notes
off. The receiver circuit consists of a three
stage amplifier with photo diodes arrayed ~for
maximum coverage of the reception area. The
range ofthis set-up~should be about 10 meters.
COMPACT IR RECEIVER
.~
'"
342
'
...
Fig. 42-3
l
'
l1.4ol0
~~-..
. .t =l~
. .,.
..
'
:I
TTH
=-
"'
~
-f6
Circuit Notes
.......
-.....
PHOTO
DIODE
Rsc
-..... +-....;5:.t
)_NP
1M
-15
Fig. 42-5
343
PROXIMITY DETECTOR
NOTE
IC1 IS CA3240
Ql IS 2N3819
02,4 ARE BC184L
OJ IS BD140
01
01 IS PHOTODIODE
02 IS 1N4148
ZDl IS-2V7 400mW ZENER
LED1 IS Jmm RED LED
LED2 IS IS INFRA-RED LED
--t5 TO 35V
RB
R3
12k
1R5
OUTPUT
R7
Q3
lOOk
C2-
100u
+
C3
10n
LEDZ
02
02
Dl
A6
lMO
ZDl
C5
R9
47n
3M3
PAl
10k
RIO
470k
ov
SEE TEXT
INFRA-REO TRANSMITTER
I
I
PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER
COMPARATOR
Fig. 42-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a means of detecting
the presence of anything by the reflection of
infra-red light and provides a direct digital output of object detection. By the use of modulation and high power bursts of infra-red at a very
low duty cyde, a detection range of over a foot
is achieved. Works on the principle oftransmit-
344
43
Instrumentation Amplifiers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Instrumentation Amplifier
Triple Op-Amp Instrumentation Amplifier
Differential Input Instrumentation Amplifier
with High CMRR
Instrumentation Amplifier with High CMRR
Level-Shifting Isolation Amplifier
Variable Gain, Differential-lnputlnstrumentation Amplifier
Instrumentation Amplifier
Low Signal Level, High Impedance Instrumentation Amplifier
Chopper Channel Amplifier
Battery Powered Buffer Amplifier for Standard Cell
Bridge Transducer Amplifier
Instrumentation Amplifier
Isolation Amplifier for Medical Telemetrv
345
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
Fig. 43-1
r
I
I
I
--------,
I
~~--~
I
I
GAIN
(1
':'1) I
Rz
4
__R )
\ R3
L- ~o.,;:r.!.,?r::!!'.!L _j
Circuit Notes
346
The HA-4620/5604 is suited for tliis application. The optional circuitry makes use of the
fourth amplifier section as a shield driver which
enhances the ac common mode rejection by
nullifying the effects oLcapacitance-to-ground
mismatch between input conductors.
A6
20kll
"'"
Fig. 432
"'"'"
VCS ~ 0.08mV
TCVOS O.]j..Vf C
NOISE 0.5JlVPP
RIN 100G!l
liN l.OnA
R3
2kH
>--0---oOUTPUT
.,
9kl!
~) !!
R3
1'14
GAIN ~ 100
GAIN LIN 0.002%
SLEW RATE" 2.5VI!lsec
-PSRR 112d8
RS
"'"
IF~
R7
"""
Ws
R6t
100 k
0.1%
R1
45 k
1%
INPUTS
R1 ~ R4
R2' R5
R6 ~ R7
t MATCHING DETERMINES CMRR
R3
10 k
1o/c
A
R4
45 k
~R6(1 ~
R2
2 R1)
R3
1%
R5'
10 k
0.1%
R7t
100 k
0.1%
Fig. 433
347
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
WITH HIGH COMMON MODE REJECTION
R2
10 k!!
39 !!
R1
R6
100 k!!
47 k!!
>"--+--1>--
R1
INPUTS
270 !l
R3
10 k!l
R3 = R4
AI
R4
47 k!l
39 !!
ro
OUTPUT
= R6 = 10 R3
R6
Ga-in= R7
RS
10 k!!
R7
100 k!l
Fig. 43-4
"
INPUT
>--o
OUTPUT
Fig. 43-5
Circuit Notes
The 2N4341 JFET is used as a level shifter between two op amps operated at different
power supply voltages. The JFET is ideally
348
VARIABLE GAIN,
DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
RJ
"'
IlK
Ill
-e.nr.
'"
~-'------~.-OUTPUT
...
TO
....
R2
..."'
''"
I.I'K
1.1"
Fig. 43-6
lMG
GAtfl ADJUST
Av11 .... RI
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
vee+
10 kn,
1Dkn
0.1%
0.1%
Fig. 43-7
Vee+
;>----~~~-----.-.--ooUTPUT
100kn
Vee+
vcc1Dkn
10 kn
0.1%
0.1%
vee-
349
1M fi
lOOK 0
Fig. 43-8
+1.3V
-10V
100KU
1Mn
IMPEDANCE CONVERTER
Fig. 43-9
350
"'
+ STANDARD
OUTPUT
CELL
"'
42.2k
+
I
11
9V
....L
"'
"'
3.6k
2k
Fig. 43-10
VrH>Vour
Circuit Notes
This circuit has negligible loading and disconnects the cell for low supply voltage or
overload on output. The indicator diode extinguishes as disconnect circuitry is activated.
,. ,
"'
+vs
......
"NOTE
Thermal compan1alion
transducer (non-active)
... ..
......
250kll
Tonodu~:;~..mp
AF
..l
VS
]~ IH,.~ ~-~1
-15 +15
*o~.l147f"1f"":l"-12f..lJ7((1f.l)fRJiiiF]
.l
JC = NE/SE5512
Fig. 43-11
351
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
Rser
IBJAS"' -40 nA
750 Kn
113 +
L-144 -
VtN
.,
.,
75 Kn
75 Ku
75 Kn
Vour
-1/3
1.5 Kn
L144 +
__L
D.Q 1.6VP-P
-75 Kn
"'
75 Kn
75 Kn
I BIAS= -40 nA
(GNOor
VosNUlLI
Po,.13S,w
Fig. 43-12
Circuit Notes
Fig. 43-H
352
-.
"'
"'"~
......
""
..
..
"'
""
.....
"
t.IIF
""
-...
tt
current zero
gain
voltage balance
t de CMRR
**acCMRR
Fig. 43-14
Circuit Notes
This circuit includes input guarding, cable bootstrapping, and bias current com pen
sation. Differential bandwidth is reduced by C1 which also makes common-mode rejection less dependent on matching of input amplifiers.
'
10k
100 k
10 k
Vo=-10Vt
100 k
NUll
ADJUST
Fig. 43-15
353
HIGH IMPEDANCE
DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
INSTRUMENTATION
AMPLIFIER (TWO OP AMP DESIGN)
"
..."
OUTPUT
VQUT
IF_!!!~
R1
"~
THEN Av
~)
R3
"
AJ
;Q.006%
Fig. 43-16
Fig. 43-19
HIGH SPEED
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
"
100kn
1kO
,,
,,
lk~!
1Ole ~ l
,,
1 kO
VQUT
100kn
'OOTE:
REJECTION.
Fig. 43-20
Fig. 43-17
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT
OUTI'UT
Fig. 43-18
354
Fig. 43-21
HIGH STABILITY
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
$EN$ lNG
JU~,'_'o_'_ _..,'y"-.---~~",._-.--~~',.__,
,,
l!NE RESISTANCE
n
DATA
GUARD
2
Eos vos R
;,R'
,,
ll.lfUIENCE
IIIOlES
"'-AND lie. AAE <I'll 1o.-J*C
IU AND 1M AilE <1%. <toppmi"C
AS, Ill, 117, AIAAE 4 YATCHED NETWORK,
0.01%, :Z,W..rC TRACKING TC.
"'
"""
REFERENCE
JUNCTION
"
-15V
Fig. 43-22
Fig. 43-24
HIGH STABILITY
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
+1SV
"'
"
-t&V
.,
.,
SENSING
JVUCTtON
<o
REFERENCE
JUNCTION
vou,
+tSV
"
"
Fig. 43-23
-uv
Vour
= R3
R
rL'- "' + ]
R1
<lV, v- +2V
s: V1111 Common-Modes
V+
Fig. 43-25
355
44
Light Activated Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Pulse Generation by Interrupting a Light
Beam
Optical Communication System
Four Quadrant Photo-Conductive Detector
Amplifier
Precision Photodiode Comparator
Automatic Night Light
Receiver for 50 kHz FM Optional
Transmitter
Photodiode Amplifier
Optical Schmitt Trigger
356
PRODUCT
(141
LIGHT
SOURCE
.CR ~
~
w
>
z
Rext = 15 k.n
Vee
,.....J!l
Tll81
Ch
""'..cr
RL =-100
1111
SN74121
ex
151
121
v 171
Rx/Cx
141 A2
(14)
111
A1
(10)
161
II
1\
OUTPUT
SN7414
GND
171
-..!.
Fig. 44-l
Circuit Notes
This circuit puts out a pulse when an object on the conveyor belt blocks the light
source. The light source keeps the phototransistor turned on. This produces a high-logiclevel voltage at the Schmitt-trigger inverter
357
.-----;--~+10v.
47K
>------4f--+--H
Audio
input
lK
LED
2N2222
or similar
"-'
lOK
10!1
(B!
lOOK
10K
lOK
lK
~~~ROlli lOK
.,.
Solar
cell
lK
Circuit Notes
The simple modulator stage will accommodate most common LEDs. By adjusting the
potentiometer, the bias of the transistor is
varied until the LED is at its half output point.
Then, audio will cause it to vary above and
Fig. 44-2
358
!MEG
.....
....
.001~
1IIEO
.05'11.
1K
XAXIS
......
1 MEG ":'
+10Y
-==
0~0
+
DC
NIA.L
NE5514
"'t
111EO
!MEG
.....
....
Y.(XJT
1K C.,
.OS'llo
,.
J_
VAXIS
1K
C>--'\N'v--0
+15
50K
-15
v
IQ(ACnvE) ;
Fig. 44-3
S~A
~(--~+L)~~~(+~~+L)__ I
- (-.-)
(+.-)
PHASING
Circuit Notes
Use this circuit to sense four quadrant motion of a light source. By proper summing
of the signals from the X andY axes, four quadrant output may be fed to an X-Y plotter,
oscilloscope, or computer for simulation. IC = NE/SE5514
I
359
3.9 kH
Fig. 44-4
2N3708
Circuit Notes
Rl sets the comparison leveL At comparison, the photodiode has less than 5 mV
across it, decreasingdark current by an order of magnitude. IC = LM 111/211/311.
lAmp
CI06B
Fuse
Fig. 44-5
IN5059
Circuit Note"
During daylight hours, the L14B photo-Darlington OEDEC registered as 2N5777
through 2N5780) shunts all gate current to ground. At night, ~the Ll4B effectively
provides a high resistance, diverting the current into the gate of the C106B and turning
on the lamp.
360
,..
4,7K
100
...,,,
T""
22M
L14GZ
4701(
--'"'-'---'V-+
2N
.,.
lOOK
...,,
5999
2N5998
4.7K
PHOTOOETECTOR
i
i
0.47
-
DEMODULATOR
AMPLIF"IEA
Fig. 44-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit consists of a Ll4G2 detector, two stages of gain, and a FM demodulator.
Better sensitivity can be obtained using more stages of stabilized gain with AGC.
PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER
C1
100 !I
10,000
R2"
RS"
1 Mll
1 kl!
GAIN
1;000
100
R3"
INPUT
100 k!l
10
CALJBRATE
A7
200 ll
FPT 102 OR CB
\\.
JUNCTION OF FPT 100
' - - - OUTPUT TO
C2
220 pF
C3
100 pF
15V
R6"
10 k! l
RANGE
SELECT
A8*
R9*
9.1 kll
2 k!l
RECORDER
R14*
100 !I
R10
"':" 510 ll
Fig. 44-7
361
~~
~
~/:
-....;::.
......
ORP T?.
,. -
.{
555
I12V re lay
TIMER
--
Fig. 44-8
Circuit Notes
This circuit shows a 555 with its trigger
Circuit can be used in other applications where
a high input impedance and low output impedand threshold inputs connected together used
to energize a relay when the light level on a
ance -are required with the minimum compophotoconductive cell falls below a preset value.
nent count.
ADJUSTABLE LIGHT DETECTION SWITCH
~A~/D
""'
S'/f/ICk
.z.1r~""" ~
S/Af/AI()
Fig. 44-9
IU
/ill
IDDJ(
"'""
Circuit Notes
362
..
!I
01
II
Cl"
5000
r--u
: TOCCL :
.,
""""'
'
'
~-~------~
'
~.
D2
R2
Fig. 44-10
56 0
RJ
---
211)0
Rl
DUPlEX CONVENIENCE
RECEPTACLE ON BACK
OF CASE
270 K
I I
If DESIREU.
Circuit -Notes
OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
5v
DATA
INI'tll
Circuit Notes
.....__
lED
-z......._
IN914
l-N914
Fig. 44-ll
3&3
IN5059
1ek n
I WATT
115V, 60Hz
Fig. 44-12
lOOk
Circuit Notes
Whenthe light incident on the LASCR is interrupted, the voltage at the anode to the
2N4990 unilateral switch goes positive on the next positive cycle of the power which in
tum triggers the switch and the C230 SCR when the switching voltage of the unilateral
switch is reached. This will cause the load to be energized for as long as light is not
incident on the LASCR.
OPTICAL RECEIVER
Circuit Notes
The MFODllOO PIN diode reqmres
shielding from emi.
2k
lk
Fig. 44-13
364
LOAD
ro
lOA
h----,
Fig. 44-14
Circuit Notes
v8 +
~v
.,
n
7
Circuit Notes
TTL FAN..;OUT!
Fig. 44-15
365
---c-roCONTROLLED
C
.,
01
NE
R3
Rl
- . CIRCUIT
PCI
R2
117V-AC
Fig. 44-16
Circuit Notes
01
111451
1r
R3tt
-r-
~- ~.
.
' ~
""
1.
-&
AI
'li
1....
~
"".f'!' ..
-
LM11~
..
"'
366
I'
~
.".
ID.2~
k. ~
._
M3111 ........
.,
1
.IGI~
..
Ret
1.
1 IIIA~IouTSiA
I M,.A:s;IDSSihA
t fCMiw ICIIi lriill
tW.IMttrtrilll
c.,,.~
.,. WhiMI
f '*(50- 2V 1N )KHz
Fig. 44-18
LED 56
+-f'v+"\r-
L---~L---_.--~
____._____.___--o-25VOC
Circuit Notes
Fig. 44-19
01
Rt
2110lo
RJ*
tOk
11-
provid11 hytUrnil
367
45
Light Controls
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the :iources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Light Dimmers
Remote Control for Lamp or Appliance
High Power Control for Sensitive Contacts
Complementary Lighting Control
Floodlamp Power Control
Hysteresis-Free Phase Control Circuit
Low Cost Lamp Dimmer
Zero Point Switch
800 W Triac Light Dimmer
Full-Wave SCR.Control
860 W Limited Range Low Cost Precision
Light Control
368
LIGHT DIMMERS
T28008
OR
T28000
03202U
9ZC!I-26235
(a)
light-dimmer circuit.
Singletime~constant
Parts List
120-Volt,
60-Hz
tiometer,
0.5 watt
Operation
-=
Ct, C2
0.1 JLF, 200 V
Lt
100 p.H
Rt
fu
=
=
ohms, 0.5
= 3300
light control,
megohm,
0.25
watt
paten-
T28008
Rl
OR
T28000
120 V AC
R2
OR
1 watt
so-Hz
Ce
0.05 #F. 400 V
Lt ::::: 200 ttH
Rt
4700 ohms, 0.5 watt
R2 ::::: light --control, potentiometer, 0.25 megohm,
c,
c3
LAMP
o3zozu
=
92CS-262H
Parts List
120-VoZt,
60-Hz
Operation
Co
&
==
tiometer,
0.1
megohm,
60-Hz
Operation
0.5 watt
240-Volt,
Ct
c,
= 0.1
= 0.05 p.F,~F.400400V V
=
=
C:1
0.1 JJ.F, 100 V
Lt
100 JJ.H
Rt :::: 7500 -ohms, 2 watts
Fig. 45-1
Circuit-Notes
369
LOAD RECEPTACLE
SOO~TS MAX
"FILAMENT"
/TRANSFORMER
120=j;~'~------fO~t~.~-----sd\~~JP------------~~~_r~~----------,
"3 AG"
FUSE
6 3'1/
10
. - - - - - - - ' -"
Tl
-,{11120V
GE -XI2
TRIA;..-
b.
l!~
Rl
SO OHMS
2WATTS
.LOW VOLTAGE"
''BELl' WIRE
\
Sl)
NOTE.
MOUNT GE- Xf2 ON A
3"X 3''x ltt6" COPPER OR
ALUMINUM COOUNG FIN.
REMOTE
SWITCH
Fig. 45-2
Circuit
The circuit uses the primary current cif a
small6.3 volt filament transformer to actuate a
triac and energize the load. When switch Sl, in
the six-volt secondary, of the transformer is
open, a small "magnetizing" current flows
through the primary winding. This magnetizing
current may he large enough to trigger the
triac. Therefore, a shunting resistor, Rl, is
required to prevent such triggering. Rl, is ad-
370
Notes
justed for the highest resistance that will not
cause the:triac to trigger with Sl open. When
single-pole remote switch, Sl, closes, the secondary of the transformer is shorted and a high
current flows through the 120-volt primary.
This triggers the triac and energizes the load.
When the triac conducts, current through the
primary stops and thus prevents burning out
the transformer.
R1
3K
CS-1
1--....--r-...J'f"'
R2
AD114
28 VAC
SUPPLY
RGK
1K
1K
R1
4.7K
CS-1
AD114
28 VAC
SUPPLY
ACTUATING
CONTACT
R1
28 V A-C
SUPPLY
ACTUATING
CONTACT
Fig. 45-3
Circuit Notes
371
TYPICAL 6AMP
BRIDGE
o,
o, o,
120 v
60 Hz
NOTE: C1 IS NON-POLARlZED
L,
L,
-150W
c,
RG,
VOLTS
ACROSS
L,
VOLTS
Fig~
R,
o,
47 k!2
1N4003
4.7 kil
RoL
4.7 kn
:buD [\
vI
''
''
.i
'
;~~Ns8~,V~LTAGE- -0 -- ----d
ACROSS
150W
0.47 ,uF
200V
''
f1.
I
11 ( \
1
(I
45-4
C-ircuit Notes
372
diac. It controls the brightness of lamp L1 directly. Whenever SCRl is not on, a small current flows through L1, D1, and Rl, permitting
SCR2 to fire. When SCRl turns on, current
flow ceases through Dl and Rl; the energy
stored in Cl produces a negative spike that
turns SCR2 off.
rI
LAMP
240V
Fig. 45-5
A.C.
01
Circuit
When setting up photographic floodlamps,
it is sometimes desirable to operate the lamps
at lower power levels until actually ready to
take the photograph. The circuit allows the
02
Notes
lamps to operate on half cycle power when the
switch is open, and full power, when the switch
is closed. The diodes Dl and D2 should have a
400 volt PIV rating at 5 amps.
L.OAD
4.7k
4.7k 1\.
01
115VAC
0-500K
.22JIFd
SBS 02
100
SBS 2N4992
01,02-GE 6RS5GCIL.AJ I
-COMMON CATHODE
.n.
Fig. 45-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit is intended for lamp dimming
(or "snap-on") effect, the capacitor is reset to
and similar applications. It requires only one
approximately 0 volts at the end of every positive half cycle using the gate lead.
RC phase lag network. To avoid the hysteresis
373
"'
~
t2
Fig. 45-7
01
40502
117VAC
Cl
400watts
Q1-RCA 40502 Triac
Rl-50,000-ohm, pot.
R2-15,000-ohm, 2-watt resistor
Circuit Notes
Without a heats ink, Triac Ql handles up to a 400-watt lamp. The neon lamp does not
trip the gate until it conducts so the lamp turns on a medium brilliance. The lamp can then
be backed off to a soft glow.
ZERO-POINT SWITCH
MDA 920-7
0104
R1
Tubo (See Te)(t)
3k
5W
L1
A3
10k~~-----+--~~-01
1W
03
02
05
2N5569
MZ500-
03
105 tO 250 V
AC
Power
Source
23
04
A4
25 k
1W
Sprague
11Z12
Fig. 45-8
374
Load
6.8 k
2W
----,
I
I
I
I
115 VAC
60
H~
I
I
o3
I __ _
L
Q2
04
06
1N4748
22
T1
Sprague
1 1Z12
~~-~.~
r____
I
I
_j
_J,
2N6346
2N5568
MDA-920A-4
Fig. 45-9
Circuit Notes
This circuiLenables a single SCR to provide fullwave control of resistive loads. Resistor R3 should be chosen so that when potentiometer R2 isat its minimum setting,.the current in the load is at the requirea minimum
level. Diodes should have same current and
voltage rating as the SCR.
toon. tiM
Fig. 45-10
375
Ll
Rl
~-------------------.
.,
Lz
(240)
120Y
.,
430W
(860W)
o,
&OHz
z,
L - - - - - - - - - - - - ____ j
o1-G CI22BICI2ZOI
R4 -6100
R5 -tUi,II2W-POT
Dz-GE AI4F
z1-16V ZENER
L 1,Lz-430W INCANDESCENT LAMP
P.C. GE AM
Oz-GE 2N2646
~-OJ,..td,25V
0 1 - GE A<NB(A410)
Fig. 45 . . 11
l/2w,IO% UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
-~~~u::J~
PARANTHESES
Circuit Notes
01
I
I
I OJ
I
Rl
5.1 k
I
I
R3
I
l15 VAC
60Hz
1N4747
I
I
I
20
I
02
376
v
R6
10
1 o4
R5
05
06
1N4001
SPRAGUE
T1
1 1Z12
Fig. 45-12
.,
"'"
a,
ADJUST
BRIGHTNESS
GE NO. 4541
4~7Y .5A
60
220
OI!TI
lOOK
o,
470
181<
Ci
.0047~F
04005
391(
Fig. 45-13
Circuit Notes
diode is used as the emitting device, the irradiance will be in phase with the applied current pulses and will decrease to zero when the
supply currenLis zero.
LOAD
3K
GE
C22B
Fig. 45-14
120VIAC
SWITCH
FOR FULL
POWER
Circuit Notes
The 5AH will trigger when the voltage across the two 0.1 !LF capacitors reaches the
breakdown voltage of the lamp. Control can be obtained full off to 95% of the half wave
RMS output voltage. Full power can be obtained with the addition of the switch across
the SCR.
377
EMERGENCY LIGHT
GE
CI06Y
SCR
240/120
VOLTS AC
)'II
l"i:\
c CR2-GE A40F
GE
1073LAMP
R2-CURRENT LIMITING
AS REQUIRED
Cl
IOOMF*
IBV
R3
IK
Rl
::=:::
12 VOLT BATTERY
100
CRI
GE A14F
0
240/120112.6 VOLT
TRANSFORMER
Fig. 45-15
Circuit
This simple circuit provides battery operated emergency lighting instantaneously upon
failure of the regular ac service. When line
power is restored, the emergency light turns
off and the battery recharges automatically.
The circuit is ideal for use in elevator cars,
corridors and similar places where loss of light
due to power failure would be undesirable.
Completely static in operation, the circuit requires no maintenance. With ac power on,
capacitor Cl charges through rectifier CRl and
resistor Rl to develop a negative voltage at the
378
AL.L. RESISTORS
1/2 WATT
EXCEPT AS
NOTED
Notes
gate of the Cl06Y SCR. By this means, the SCR
is prevented from being triggered, and the
emergency light stays off. At the same time,
the battery is kept fully charged by rectifier
CR2 and resistor R2. Should the ac power fail,
Cl discharges and the SCR is triggered on by
battery power through resistor R3. The SCR
then energizes the emergency light. Reset is
automatic when ac is restored, because the
peak ac line voltage biases the SCRand turns it
off.
.-----r---o
43K
RESET METHODS
150K
X
(a.)
NE-81
!.
RESET
+ 1V
62K
=ON
0 ==OFF
INITIALLY
INPUT
-IV 3 MA-FOR
5 ~ S MAX LOAD
___=v
v___
l1MA
10K
(b.)
2N2926
RESET
Fig. 45-16
COMPLEMENTARY AC POWER SWITCHING
r----------r--
~lVac
#44
R2
Fig. 45-17
3.3K
A3
Circuit
An input signal ofless than 1 rnA and 1 Vis
required to switch on CSl. As long. as this input
.,;ignal is maintained, CS1 will conduct during
each positive half cycle of anode voltage,
thereby energizing load L1 with half-wave
rectified de. L2 remains de-energized, since
the anode of CS1 will not go more positive than
1.5 volts, and voltage divider R2 - R3 cannot
provide enough voltage to trigger CS2. Upon
removal of the input ;;ignal, CS1 will drop out.
L1 will be de-energized, except for a small
amount of ac current through R2 and R3. CS2
1K
Notes
will be triggered on at the beginning of each
positive half-cycle, when CS1 anode voltage
reaches 2 to 3 volts. CS2 will conduct for nearly
the entire positive half-cycle energizing L2. It
should be noted that the 6.3 volt lamps used
will operate at h the rated brilliance because of
the controlled switch half-wave rectifying action.and will extend the operating lamp life by
several orders of magnitude. Should full brilliance be desired, the anode supply voltage
level should be raised to 9 volts ac.
379
LIGHT-LEVELCONTROLLER
tzV
NA71U
HSV.,;
TOROID
""'
TIIANSFOIIHI
TAIAC
Fig. 45-18
SHIFT REGISTER
-----,r-----o+18V
Fig. 45-20
IOK
~-~~~-----o~~~RRU~EDr---------------------1
#330 lAMP
80 MA 14V_
-I
.02
PREVious I
lOOK
lOOK
FA~
~AGE
ohTONEXT
STAGE
SHIR
PULSE
2.2 WATT
INCANDESCENT LAMP DRIVER
~-,~,K~+-~/
ft - i L - - - - - - - - - - '
voo=.t1v
IN 4009
OR IN4154
Fig. 45-19
'"
2.2 w
380
2,2W
f= O.SHz
Circuit Notes
~'"
l'-2 HCCIHCF
40107 8
10M it
Fig. 45-21
O.l.uF
S-3387
46
Light Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on~ page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Linear Light Meter ~Circuit
Logarithmic Light-Meter Circuit
Light Meter
Light Meter
Light Meter
Precision Photodiode Comparator
381
Photodiode
1.000 pf
0501-0
1,000
pf
R typically 10 MH
.__.,.____ ____,____,j
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a low-input-bias op amp
to give a steady de indication of light level. To
reduce circuit sensitivity to light, Rl can be
reduced, but should not be less than 100 K. The
capacitor values in the circuit are chosen to
provide a time constant sufficient to filter
high-frequency light variations that might
arise, for example, from fluorescent lights .
Fig. 46-1
LOGARITHMIC LIGHT-METER CIRCUIT
Battery
Photodiode
0501-0
5.6K!l
Fig. 46-2
Circuit
The meter reading isdirectly~roportiona!
to the logaritlun of the input lightpower. The
logaritlunic circuit behavior arises from the
nonlinear diode pnjunctioncurrent/voltage
relationship. The diode in the amplifier output
382
Notes
prevents output voltage from becoming negative (thereby pegging the meter), which may
happen at low lightlevels due to amplifier bias
currents. Rl adjusts the meter full-scale deflection, enabling the meter to be calibrated.
LIGHT METER
"'
/ lrf1 ~
,pj, tr#
NO 1 _
"
"
"
"
".{&.
~ f& ~ .~- ,111 f-111. ~f& ~ f& # .~: ~: ~- ~
..."'
"
... '"...
lMHl&
,-
L...J'
"
"
"
,.
"
"
"
"
"
"
lMlltli
. 1".
"
"
""
'"'
,. .,.
'"
"" ...' '"
'"' ...
'
'-
MQQ(
'
'"
. ..
I'
.,
...
J:.N
:r
...
rr:
.=..111
-<.<_
."'..
..
. "'
"""'
1h: 1%;
__
'
Fg.
i 46,3
UolJMIII
.,
~..
I I
'..., ., ...
r'F
.,
LIGHT METER
.-...- ...- - - . - - - + l.tv::;v~zv
Fl!
'"
...
R3
Fig. 46-4
ZERO
Dl
..
-Z.M:
383
LIGHT METER
"
UIU,f
.."'
a
"'
Fig. 46-5
..
,..."
01"4..-
,,,..,_,_..,
111
tu.-
"'
"'
,-
""
A
V1 -0 0 IJN"' 100 nA
f V1-0.24VOitN"'10pA
""'"
...
M1001tNs10pA
M1zlaOIIN""1mA
Circuit Notes
This light meter has an eight-decade range. -Bias current compensation can give
input current resolution of better than 2 pA over 15 C to 55 C.
PRECISION PHOTODIODE COMPARATOR
IV
AI
J.lk
"
"'
.,.
"'
384
Fig. 46-6
47
Liquid Level Detectors
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sour~es section he ginning on page 730. The
figure numher contained in the hox of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Level Sensor for Cryogenic Fluids
Fluid Level Controller
High Level Warning Device
Liquid Level Control
Liquid Level Detector Latching
385
v
2 ~s.1K
47
IN3016A-t,--+JJO
2N3406
'-'""a-c=uR""R"'E;:;N:;:T,.5- 1OK
~sET
1K
Fig. 47-1
GOLD-PLATED
PLATINUM WIRE
[0.4-MIL (0.01-mm)
DIAMETER]
I
I
40
I
I
II 3.9V
I
10M
I ...
.__-_- - - _
I
I
Circuit Notes
The sensor circuit is adaptable to different liquids and sensors. The constantcurrent source drives current through the sensing probe and a fixed resistor. The
voltage-comparator circuits interpret the voltage drops to tell whether the probe is
immersed in liquid and whether there is current in the probe.
386
FLIP-FLOP
OUTPUT
SV
!~ o~''Y"'+4~
::U~OD;D~UT~L~,;T:[i_~2:iJ{i~j
TRANSPARENT CONTAINER
10kO
FLUID
PUMP
INLET
Fig. 47-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be used Jo maintain fluid between two levels. Variations on this
control circuit can be made to keep something that moves within certain boundary
conditions.
HIGH LEVEL WARNING DEVICE
'"
r:'~:::~~
,ROTECTION
411
lk
IIUISTOII
Fig. 47-3
oJH~ning 1
387
.,
Tl
63K
1151/
60Hz
100
.,
101/
Rl
AC
IM
Q3
"
a,
lOOK
Cl03
..[_
"='
Fig. 47-4
.,
~-------------OR SC50
SCSI
IK
.,
--HIGH LEVEL
--LOW LEVEL
Circuit
Use this circuit to keep the fluid level of a
liquid between two fixed points. Two modes,
for filling or emptying are possible by simple
reversing the contact connections of Kl. The
loads can be either electric motors or solenoid
operated valves, operating from ac power.
Liquid level detection is accomplished by two
Notes
metaL probes, one measuring the high level and
the other the low leveL An inversion of the
logic (keeping the container filled) can be accomplished by replacing the normally open
contact on the gate of Q3 with a normally closed
contact.
1N4148
2N3906
SCR
'----;G;'CI/
.----..J
Probes
388
Circuit Notes
Alarm is actuated when liquid level is
above the probes and remains activated even if
the level drops below the probes. This latching
action lets you know that the pre-set level has
been reached or exceedea sometime in the
past.
Fig. 47-5
Rt tOOk
r-----~~~~----1------~
IC107
01
SPEAKER
15-IO<l
Fig. 47-6
C1
0.01
-Yo
Circuit Notes
T1 "FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
120J..
6QN
6.3V
TO
12.6V
II
120 v
TRIAC
Fig. 47-7
100
10
Circuit Notes
The circuit applies power to the load until the water conducts through the probe, and
bypasses gate current from the low current SCR. This gives an isolated low voltage
probe to satisfy safety requirements.
389
FLOOD.ALARM
Rl
3.3M!l
Circuit Notes
The alarm is built around two audio oscillators, each using two NAND gates. The detection oscillator is gated on by a pair of remote
probes. One of the probes is connected to the
battery supply, the other to the input of one of
the gates. When water flows between the
probes, the detection oscillator is gated on.
The alarm oscillator is gated on by the output of
the oetection oscillator. The values given produce an audio tone of about 3000Hz. The detection oscillator gates this audio tone at a rate of
about 3 Hz. The result is a unique pulsating
note. Use any 8 ohm speaker to sound the
alarm. The 2N3904 can be replaced by any
similar NPN transistor. The circuit will work
from any six to 12-volt supply.
To Pin 14-ol4011
+9v.
Fig. 47-8
rtJr---+1 ToPin7of4011
q +3 to +12v.
I (determined by the voltage the relay requir"l
3.3K!!
11114148
B
2N2222
J.JKS!
Circuit Notes
When liquid level reaches both probes,
alarm is turned on. When water level recedes it
goes off.
2Nl222
Probes
Fig. 47-9
390
""
0.001.iiF
14
t .._... lf:
...
1Z
Vee
TIMING
osg~~PAU~OFIr.L..-CA_P_. ...&..,
Fig. 47-10
FILTER
GROUND
"
391
48
Logic Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Light Activated Logic Circuits
Programmable Gate
Negative to Positive Supply Logic Level
Shifter
OR Gate
392
OR Gate
Large Fan-In AND Gate
AND Gate
R-S Flip-Flop
AND Gate
SUPPLY
LI4H
OR
L 148
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
Fig. 48-1
L14H
OR
L 148
(d) OR Circuli
(c) OR'Circult
D.C. SUPPLY
INPUT TO LASCR 1
LA-SCR(
TURNS ON LOAD 1
INPUT TO _LASCR'z
TURNS ON- LOAD 2
RESETS LASCR,-
MAKE R_LC2.
IOO~s
(e) Flip-Flop
Circuit Notes
These circuits illustrate some of the common logic functions that can be implemented.
393
PROGRAMMABLE GATE
Fig. 48-2
FUNCTION
INPUTS
INPUT
0 0
OUTPUT
0
, 0
0
'-------------------- ------- j ~==t:==i~~t~~l=~=~J:~~CTION
00
.
~O~B.:a3~30s ~~NCTIOH
Circuit Notes
This gate converts an AND gate or an OR gate by applying a logic '1' on the function
input. The logic design uses 8 two-input NAND gates. The number of gates may be
reduced by replacing the 5 NAND gates enclosed by the dotted line with a two-input
exclusive-OR, such as the TTL 7486.
"
394
BIPOLAR
LO.GIC
HEME NT
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit provides for level
shifting from any logic function (such asMOS)
operating from minus to ground supply to any
logic level (such as TTL) operating from a plus
to ground supply. The 2N5639 provides a low
r"' <ON> and fast switching times.
Fig. 48-3
AND GATE
OR GATE
""
1 A e8 eC
Fig. 48-7
OR GATE
RS FLIP-FLOP
v+
200 k
vee
3.0k
vee
100 k
1001
-100 k
c:
_""",._.J
100k
IC
~:r
"0'' "1"
Fig. 48-5
= MC3301
RESET SET
Fig. 48-8
AND GATE
....
31.011:
39 k
"'
v::r
.....
01
-,~
100k
A
DZ
"'
AU DIODES 1Nt14
Fig. 48-6
3.0 k
YourACD
v;::r
100 k
100k
"::"
"0" "1"
Fig. 48-9
395
49
Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
FET Curve Tracer
Digital Weight Scale
Low Cost pH Meter
pH Probe Amplifier/Temperature
Compensator
Capacitance Meter
Zener Tester
Transistor Sorter/Tester
Go/No-Go Diode Tester
Diode Tester
Peak Level Indicator
396
"
1 mAIV
"'
5 mA/V
tok
to
VERTICAl
HORIZONTAl
0.5Vfmt
'"
0.1
~F
A1-A4- LM324
01-02- 1N914
02'
03'
150k
92PU01(P37)
- 92PU51(P77)
15V
...
'"
"
D2
...
,.
'"
"
0.002 ~f
':"
"
...
'"
-ll1w NPN.-PNP
-15V
Fig. 49-l
Circuit Notes
The circuit displays drain current versus gate voltage for both P and N-channel
JFETS at a constant dniin voltge.
397
,I
1~,,
'
IL,
LM)4Q
'
ctoao
L/oL/o, .C/o
BECKMAN
RESISTOR PACK
1993-RlK
.,.
._
'
'
1\'h
J L
~1. " ~
RAD7
":'"IV
T::
'
'
'"
DS8916
GNO
- ..+
'
h.l.o
r;-
0.41
l'
'
'
IDDUl
""'
""" -=-,
R1 - '-,
llli.<F:
,~f:
II Dill
1.!...
,---
_]9111)
MMJ4COl
"
'""
IG"F
"'1'
~~
.."illi ...
A0Dl101
>
: ~ :!:
21
.::',.."'"'""
<
"'
"''
",,,
nuL ul2eln
-- .
II 11 11182021
I; "
' "
J.Sk
2SG pf:
"
ll~ll
2 ~ 3 0i:;0
.. o;; "
14JilJI2 11 jiB I
"
0
0
I I'
............
>
z
0
0
>
IJ<F:
:f: '"'
IOG~l:
-::" IC TURN
WEIGHT
SENSING
ElEMENT
Notes:
1. R1. C1 defines POWER ON display blanking interval. R2. C2 defines display ON time.
2. All Vee connections-should use a single Vee point and all ground/analog ground connections should use a single
ground/analog ground--point.
3.
t=S-10sec
t?l10sec
system converging
conversion complete
display ENABLE
display blanked
wait for new POWER UP cycle
Fig. 49-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit employs a potentiometer as the weight sensing element. An object
placed upon the scale displaces the potentiometer wiper, an amount proportional to its
weight. Conversion of the wiper voltage to digital information is performed, decoded,
and interfaced to the numeric display.
398
-15V
30K
30K
STANDARDIZE
- 15V o---J\I'V\,---- + 15 V
10KTOTUAN
499
300
1K
20K
2K
ICL8007AC
Fig. 49-3
100mV/pH
>--+-o
I
ADJUST POSN 3
.001pF
2K
POL YSTYAENE
1K
FOR-~ 295.6mV
Circuit Notes
With guaranteed 1 pA input bias, the ICL 8007A is ideal as a pH meter or long term
sample and hold.
pH PROBE AMPLIFIER/TEMPERATURE COMPENSATOR
~OpF**
--
-3
470k
pH4--~---~~~
470k
PROBE.::-; Al
INPUT
~ 1/4 LF444 2
-15V
L....------1
**Polystyrene
- Film resistor type RNSOC
To calibrate. insert
probe in pH ::;: 7
solution Set "temp" dial
to -solution temperature,
then, set "calibrate" dial
so output read 7V.
Typ~cal
probe ::;;:
Ingold Electrodes
#46535
Fig. 49-4
A2
0.1
1/4 LF444
.----------+----4~---...J
A3
1/4 LF444
B
tOk*
A4
1/4LF444
2.67k*
46.4k*
1k
TEMP
(CALIBRATE
0'C-100'CI
pH OUT
OV-1DV~
10k*
1.5k
CALIBRATE
2.67k*
~ pH-10 pH
~15V
399
CAPACITANCE METER
15V
l.._..L_~
l
I
I
117vAcl
60Hz
I
50K
I,
5K
...---.....
Circuit Notes
..T
Fig. 49-5
ZENER TESTER
+30V
NOTE'
IC1 IS 741
Rl
41i7
Fig. 49-6
TEST
ZENER
Cir.:uit
This circuit provides a low cost and reliable method of testing zener diodes. RV1 can
be calibrated in volts, so that when LED 1 just
lights, tbe voltage on pins 2 and 3 are nearly
equal. Hence, the zener voltage can be read
400
~
LE01
ov
Notes
directly from the setting of RVl. The supply
need only be as high a value as the zener itself.
For a more accurate measurement, a precision
pot could be added and calibrated.
TRANSISTOR SORTER/TESTER
8
"(}
LS1
R1
12K
C2
0.1
005
R2
400 n CT TO
4-0R en
11 MEG
OSC. AOJ
Fig. 49-7
R3
10K
GAIN TEST
S1 1
BT1
3- Vdc
-, 1-'1+'-----'
Circuit Notes
This tester checks transistor for polarity (PNP-or NPN). An audible signal will give
an indication of gain. Tester can also be used as a GO/NO GO tester to match unmarked
devices.
r--IIM-{)0-,
pilot lamps
~------~La~m~p~B~~
Fig. 49-8
diode under
test
Circuit Notes
If lamp A orB is illuminated, the diode is serviceable. If both Ught, the diode is short
circuited. If neither light, -tliode is an open circuit.
401
DIODE TESTER
LP1
GE48
01
,---,x1,_4r~+-~~1----
ox
DIODE
UNDER
TEST
R00 52
120V
Fig. 49-9
Parts list
01, 02-HEP R0052
LP1, LP2--GE 48 lamp
X1-120V to 6.3V, transformer, Lafayette 33P80508
Circuit Notes
The circuit tests whether or not a diode is open, shorted, orfunctioning correctly. If
lamp A lights, the diode under test is functional. When lamp B is lit, the diode is good but
connected backwards. When both lamps are lit, the diode is shorted, and it is open if
neither lamp is lit.
NOTE
01,02 are BC109C
LED1 i~ TIL209
+9V
R12
51 0R
2k2
01 JS 1N914
16V
ov
Fig. 49-10
ov
Circuit Notes
The LED is normally lit, but it will be briefly extinguished if the input exceeds a
preset (by RVl) level. A possible application is to monitor the output voltage across a
loudspeaker; the LED will flicker with large signals.
402
41
M1~
AUDIO
J=
~ ':' C1 -
R2
AMP
80
5 J.<F15V
~R3U
33 K
3900~
3
J'?
LED
Fig. 49-11
555
5
>R4
~-~ 10 K
.~
RS -
.F
~
R1
Circuit Notes
Loudness detector consists of a 555 IC wired as a Schmitt trigger. The output
changes state-from high to low-whenever the input crosses a certain voltage. That
threshold voltage is established by the setting of R4.
..v
Vee
..
"
~~
M
"
er J,
0.033 "'
SINI WAVI
CONVERTER
I
1.1 Kll
1 KO
'
e1 !:1p.FC2
'
.!:- 4.11r.fl
!: 0.47"'
t>l
i5SC
ose
10
R1
1
'"
FILTER
"'
11
-NE55li!O
VAlli!
SYNCHfiONOUS
DEMODULATOR
1
NO
r-----,
LVDT
TEl
VRI;j
GNO
I*._
-+
.J
'
tOOK_/
LOW PA$$
-vec
f-- ~
~
liAS CKT
.-471'F
"
OFFST
10K
+Vee
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
'
I--OV
-Vee
.471'11'
I-*
F1g. 49-12
NULL
403
N,
LVOT
Fig. 49-13
10K!!
1"4 M.F.
s'vNc
PHASE ADJ.
+ IOV
10KI!
1"4 M.F.
47KO
'
"NOTE:
THERMISTOR 24011 + 0.1%/"C
L.-~"~'~'~----"-'iPLACEMENT
VIBRATION METER
'
80 mV
110 mV
220
mv
320 mV
mv
440
8
9
63Q mV
890mV
1.25-v
"
404
160m'l
Fig. 49-14
SENSITIVE RFVOLTMETER
(!PROBE
MPF102
2N3819
2N5459
lo.oo11J.F
DISC CERAMIC
R1
4.7M
IN914
100k
1M
SWI
ZERO-
COAX
L..__ .... 2k
1M
TRIM
igv
--'--
'T'10k
Fig. 49-15
Circuit Notes
This circuit measures RF voltages beyond
unit can be calibrated by connecting the input
200 MHz and up to about 5 V. The diode should
to a known level of RF voltage, such as a cali
be mounted in a remote probe, close to the
brated signal generator, and setting the calib
probe tip. Sensitivity is excellent and voltages
rate control.
less than 1 V peak can be easily measured. The
MINIMUM COMPONENT TACHOMETER
Vee
VARIABLE
RELUCTANCE
MAGNETIC
PICK UP
L--t
+Vour
Fig. 49-16
405
PHASE METER
'
Your
10 !l
''7
Your
</>..
2r
Fig. 49-17
PRECISION CALIBRATION STANDARD
}
-=-.ev
'
I,
'" '
REF-111
,..
"0
111.000
22k
""
-
RV 1 ZENER
100k_UNDER
TEST
Fig. 49-18
Circuit Notes
An external power supply that gives a voltage higher than the highest expected rating of
the zener diodes to be tested is required.
Potentiometer RVl is adjusted until the meter
reading stabilizes. This reading is the zener
diode's breakdown voltage.
406
.-
VAvG~
VAv_o
VouT. PEAK
_,_lm
.......
Fig. 49-19
50
Metal Detectors
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Micropower Metal Detector
407
v
161 kHz
27 k.Q
so pf
36 pF
tOmH
FREQUENCY
ADJUSTMENT
TO 161kHz
Fig. 50-1
3-18
I 100U1
'--------1 f160 pF
36 pF
50 pF
SEARCH COIL
(AWG 18, 140 TURNS, -6-IN. DIAMETER!
Circuit Notes
This battery-powered metal detector uses four exclusive-OR gates contained in the
4030 CMOS integrated circuit. The gates are wired as a twin-oscillators and a search coil
serves as the inductance element in one ofthe oscillators. When the coil is brought near
metal, the resultant change in its effective inductance changes the oscillator's frequency.
Gates A1 and A2 form the two oscillators which are tuned to 160 and ~161 kilohertz
respectively. The pulses produced by each oscillator are mixed in A3, its output contains
sum and difference frequencies at 1 and 321 kHz. The 321 kHz signal is filtered out bythe
10 kHz low-pass filter at A4, leaving the 1 kHz signal to be amplified for the crystal
headset connected at the output. The device's sensitivity is sufficient to detect coinsized objects a foot away.
408
,J
~
~
'I
L1
SEARCH
COIL
C2~
I
::
f: C1
01
GE-5
~b
e,:Y
'----+
R2
> C3 ='=
>
R1
Fig. 50-2
PARTS LIST FOR
LO-P ARTS TREASURE LOCATOR
81 -9-Vdc transistor battery
C~ -365-pF trimmer or variable capacitor
C2-100-pF, 100-V silver mica capacitor
Circuit Notes
Locator uses a transistor radio as the detector. With the radio tuned to a weak station,
adjust Cl so the locator oscillator beats against
the received signal. When the search head passes over metal, the inductance of Ll changes
thereby changing the locator oscillator's frequency and changing the beat tone in the radio.
409
51
Metronomes
The
~sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Accentuated Beat Metronome
410
01
2k2
IN4004
"
'"
An
"'
'--v
_ISI/2
BAT TEAV
RATE
?J.JJ~
I
'
'"
K:
555
;~~!
'
7
HS
15k
5~!:>
"
nn
'
r- '
"
_,
'
"
'"
'
'
h/';)
SPEAJ(ER
1100
C3
16V~
ov
BATTERY
16
4017
7 10 1
500A
l I
",,.
-RV2
IC3
r-'
L,
'
"v
I
I
..
"'
'
"'
"'
6 9 11
..lLj
~-
SWl
1/
08
OFF
Fig. 51-1
Circuit Notes
411
Rl
250K
R3
510Q
BEATS
PER
MIN
Q2
2N5306
SW2
Cit
lO~F
I
I
SOUND
ONLY
Dl
C2
SOUND &
SIGHT D2
SIGHT ONLY
Q3
2N2'126
10 ~F
R5
220Q
]"
1
SWI
1ST -321
WHT
BLK
Fig. 51-2
Circuit Notes
412
MICRO METRONOME
10Mll
Eit
10Mll
C TAB ON
CASE
Fig. 51-3
+9 V - - - - T O PIN 14 OF 4001
J,,----
TO PIN 7 OF 4001
Circuit Notes
413
52
Miscellaneous Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained inthe box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Intercom
Musical Organ
Laser Diode Pulser
Capacitance. Multiplier
Simulated Inductor
Active Inductor
Positive Input/Negative Output Charge
Pump
Shift Register Driver
Tape Recorder
Negative-Edge Differentiator
Stylus Organ
Positive-Edge Differentiator
Four Channel Data Acquisition System
Triac Trigger
Precision Rectifiers
Voltage Control Resistor
Fast Inverter Circuit
Inverse Scaler
5.0 V Square Wave Calibrator
Low Drift Integrator and Low-Leakage
Guarded Reset
Differentiator with High Common Mode
Noise Rejection
414
INTERCOM
Fig. 52-1
t
,.~~
'
'''
'L--------------------------~
.
'
.. H ITAII~1n """
-~-ni.IIMI
Circuit Notes
The circuit provides a minimum component intercom. With switch Sl in the talk position, the speaker of the master station acts as
the microphone with the aid of step-up transformer Tl. A turns ratio of 25 and a device gain
MUSICAL ORGAN
470\!
"'"
.------,~
1 k~,
SN7&477
1.5kl!
Fig. 52-2
"-----~~~-o~o..~,-.t~-L___ !;!!!~~---l
415
08
~:-NON
INDUCTIVE
12W
lASER DIODE
RCA SG2002
Fig. 52-3
JL-
Circuit Notes
This drive is capable of driving the laser diode with 10 ampere, 20 ns pulses. For a
0.1% duty cycle, the repetition rate will be 50 kHz. A complementary emitter-follower is
used as a driver. Switching speed is determined by the fr of the~ bipolar transistors used
and the impedance of the drive source.
CAPACITANCE MULTIPLIER
AJ
Cefl ""-A,
Cl
As= A3
Fig. 52-4
AJ
1M
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be used to simulate large capacitances using small value components. With the values shown and C = 10 !LF, an effective capacitance of 10,000 J.LF was
obtained. The Q available is limited by the effective series resistance. So Rl should be as
large as practical.
416
SIMULATED INDUCTOR
Circuit Notes
With a constant current excitation, the
voltage dropped across an inductance increases with frequency. Thus, an active device
whose output increases with frequency can be
characterized as an inductance. The circuit
yields such a response with the effective inductance being equal to: L = R1R2C. The Q ofthis
inductance depends upon Rl being equal to R2.
At the same time, however, the positive and
negative feedback paths of the amplifier are
equal leading to the distinct possibility of instability at high frequencies. Rl should, therefore, always be slightly smaller than R2 to
assure stable operation.
Fig. 52-5
ACTIVE INDUCTOR
.,
ICI ., .P-UF01
100~.
,_
Q-------4----o1::~.,----t---------~~~F02
10M~:
Fig. 52-6
1 1 OF 5 pF TH..E UPPER
100(~
AT f 0.159Hl
Circuit Notes
An active inductor is realized with an eight-lead IC, two carbon resistors, and a
small capacitor. A commercial inductor of 50 henries may occupy up to five cubic inches.
417
02
Circuit Notes
A simple means of generating a low-power
voltage supply of O[lposite polarity from the
main supply. Self oscillating driver produces
pulses at a repetition frequency of 100 kHz.
When the VMOS device is off, capacitor C is
charged to the positive supply. When the
VMOS transistor switches on, C delivers a
negative voltage through the series diode to
the output. The zener serves as a dissipative
regulator.
:;::o' ,,
.....o,- r-
lOOn
1N414B' ~
1:.::
TRANSFORMER:
~NOlANA GENERAL CORE F626-12-02
26 TURNS NO. 28 WIRE TRIFILAR WOUND
Fig. 52-7
IN1692
16V
+------+------------r----,
lK
lOK
fNPLIT
SHIFT
P.ULSE
~100H
L__ __ ,
1~
Jl..,_\1\'v---,-ft:
tv/ )
nso
TO
,,
INTERRUPTED
1--c=...,-,-;----<> + TO REGISTER
~ IN~~J9
tN4154 -...:;
2N2714
=F-2
I-Ll
r-"
IK
500 .uS
.n.
SHtf-r~LINE TO REGISTER
Circuit Notes
A 16 V power supply can be synthesized as
shown using IN1692 rectifiers. A shift pulse
input saturates the 2N2714 depriving the Darlington combination (2N2714 and 2N2868) of
418
TAPE RECORDER
~h
,,.
"'
""')
~
~
..It'
-D~
'"
l~f
0~
"
" ....
..... ~
tir...... "
Ur1
.t +',,
'
"'
t,. .,"
...
f~
...
,.
or.,F
"
. :1.,
,..
'
E+-o
OMo'f
. ,~F
O.ft
o- 1-
lllll..
lf ""1,
/
"
;;:::r::.u..,F
.IX
-...,
,.
uk
~~-~M
'"
All-t<ho~roce'llm"'o
Fig. 52-9
Circuit Notes
Complete record/playbackcassette tape machine amplifier. Two of the transistors
act as signal amplifiers, with the third used for automatic level control during the record
mode.
NEGATIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR
0.001 Ji.F
"
'""
~Vin
h0.0021lF
...~
Fig. 52-10
,,
150k
lC = MC3301
419
STYLUS ORGAN
RV1
220k
VIBRATO
'R1
18k
R4
18k
RV2
470k
R3
DEPTH 1Bk
IC1
+9V
IC2
C1
.ov
RV41 1
47k
Fig. 52-11
PRESETS
Circuit
IC2 is an audio frequency oscillator. Its
frequency is primarily controlled by the resistance between pins 2 and 7. RV4-ll control the
oscillator frequency and by touching a stylus
(connected via limiting resistor R5 to pin 2) to
each preset, different notes can be played. !Cl
is a low frequency oscillator (approximately
Notes
3-10Hz). the frequency of which is variable by
RVl. The output of this oscillator is connected
through depth control RV2 and limiting resistor R3 to the voltage control input of the audio
frequency oscillator. Thus a vibrato effect occurs.
100 k
>--<>--- vo
420
Fig. 52-12
Fig. 52-13
fiiOTE
TRIAC TRIGGER
J.,
"
',,
,.
iZ:
COM
75
"
0.016~F
17
lo
Fig. 52-14
5
PROVIDES 40mA: 10,..sPULSES AT ABOUT 8kHz.
TRIAC IJATE MAY-&E PULSE TRANSFORMER
(ISOLATED IF DESIRED!.
LM3000
I'
I'
I'
421
PRECISION RECTIFIERS
() HALF WAVE
Fig. 52-15
1~
Rea., Rs+Rit~
....
FOR Av
RF
-t Reo,.
J.lkH
Rp- Rea
Fig. 52-17
INVERSE SCALER
~t~~ri Tut
r>':,Q_ul
fuT\R
A.NAl(l(,UE
OUTPUT
ZN42'j(
Fig. 52-18
422
"'
Circuit Notes
Zk
Fig. 52-19
-~.-----.><( CALIBRATE
LM136-5.0
Fig. 52-20
'----~-i-<> RESET
!NEGATIVE PULSE I
OUT
DIGITAL
..
';
TRANSMI~IONISOLATOR
V =SOV
v~
"T'
'
=--
s -V
(: ;:'"'--::;1 ~~
liS
A6
1k
FCOI20
-R3
"'
100
FROM
T-TL
GATE
R2
so k
C1
F:o.
"F
I
+.........
111 ~
3 ,:.;.:.-;
TT L
OUTPUT
R4
..
-Fig. 52C22
423
53
Mixers and Multiplexers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Differential Mux/Demux System
Eight Channel Mux/Demux System
Doubly Balanced Mixer
Common-Source Mixer
100 MHz Mixer
Multiplexer/Mixer
424
--,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
",...
lol
"
0
Vl
><
Vl
>
;l
~
'
"
"...<....,...
i
~
lol
~
>
;l
z
~
lol
t:
....
Q
I'
>
~
~
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
"0
_j
....."'
..
'
lo:
425
-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,, I
I
.-_ J
,f
I
s
,f
I
t:
I
J
/;
I
II
I
0
I
,f
I
I
I
1
,
~
fo
i
~
~
'
I
I
I
~~
v
426
I
_j
DOUBLY BALANCED
MIXER (BROADBAND INPUTS,
9.0 MHz TUNEDOUTPUT)
Input !rom
local (bcill1101
(70 MHJ)
'"
BVd<
!HO)pF
!I-301JIF
100
IF
QDOI ~F
9.DMtb
Hf IIOPUT
O.II0211F
-..~~~~OUTPUT
L:""""""'-+... -~Esd,-=
...
Outp~l
(JUMHr)
~L" ~QII
Ll
90-480pF
Fig. 53-3
Fig. 53-5
COMMONSOURCE MIXER
MULTIPLEXER/MIXER
>of
"
L 1 - 1.4"1on,;22en...,..,oiOMew!Qdtol3
l t - l.&"lon1: 22..,....... <IOMcoupl.,! "> L3
L3 -1.75"1-;otl&~
-Prim~. 13T; d2enomtl, cl-woundon 1/4"
form;, 1,.H
S.OOI!Ciary, 3T ;--<~22 '"'mel, ciON wound prlmii'Y
C l C z. C 3 , C 4 , - 0:8 IO 12pF; Jol>lnson ll'P'! 2950
Tt
Fig. 53-4
Fig. 53-6
427
Olfff~~;~~ o-"'11\.,fv-~-------,
PJII4Jg2
IP~ll
OIFFERE~J;~~
'"
o-"",..___-l'-1>--------,
"'
"'
i~V
ADUITIO!<AL
C"A~~H~
Fig. 53-7
Circuit Notes
This design allows high frequency signal handling and~high toggle rates simultaneously. Toggle rates up~to 1 MHz and MHz signals are possible with this circuit.
428
54
Modulation Monitors
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Modulation Monitor
CB Modulation Monitor
429
MODULATION MONITOR
100Kll
1Kll
D2
10Kll
VOLUME
10Kll
NOTE:
D1 AND 02: GERMANIUM
DIODES SUCH AS IN34.
Fig. 54-1
Circuit Notes
TO
"TRANSCEIVER
TO
ANTENNA
Cl
Rl
0!
Fig. 54-2
Circuit Notes
430
CB MODULATION MONITOR
R3
r----"'VV\;r----.
D1
NO ! . C : A \ _
N.C.,....~
C2
ii
':~
II
...
.:.;.,
R1
I
C1==
RF INPUT
R4
R2
>
C3=;::
D2
...
PARTS LIST
c1-500pF, 100-Vdc capaci1or
C2-101'F, 10-Vdc electrolytic capacitor
C3-200pF, 100-Vdc capacitor
C4-300-pF, 100-Vdc capacitor
p1, D2, D3-1N60
M1-01 mA DC high-speed meter
R1 , R4-1 000-ohm, 'h-watt resistor
R2-1000-ohm pot
R3-910-ohm, 'hwatt resistor, 5%
51-Spdt spring-return switch
MOD.
=~C4
Fig. 54-3
Circuit Notes
Connect this circuit to a transceiver with a coaxial Tconnector in the transmission
line. Key the transmitter (unmodulated), set Slto CAL, and adjust R2 for a full scale
reading. Return Sl to MOD position. The meter will read % modulation with 10%
accuracy.
431
55
Modulators
The sources ofthe following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730.The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
TV Modulator
TV Modulator
Pulse-Position Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator
RF Modulator
Linear Pulse-Width Modulator
Balanced Modulator
432
Video Modulator
Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator
AM Modulator
TV Modulator Using a Motorola MC1374
Pulse-Width Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator
VHF Modulator
TV MODULATOR
+ vcc::::12V
+
+
R1
470
D1
MPN3401
7
C7
C1
0.001:r
-=
C15
0.001
0.22 ,u.H
C2
56
L1
L4
0 Output
R9
+
C3
1201:
C4
50
R4
6.8 k
L2
-:-
C14::::1::
0.01-=-
560
U1
MC1374
02
R5
3.3 k
14
R8
2.2 k
,.
C1~
R12
C5
0.001
1N914
0 Video tn
10~f
180 k
R13
30 k
,.
R11
220
Audio In
C6
11'F
-:-
Fig. 55-l
Circuit Notes
The FM oscillator/modulator is a
voltage-controlled oscillator, which exhibits a
nearly linear output frequency versus input
voltage characteristic for a wide deviation. It
provides a good FM source with a few inexpen-
433
TV MODULATOR
+5-12
II DC
R1
&son
c5
GROUND
C4
.005
L1
~.005
R2
8.2K
C1
4-23pF
C2
10pF
R3
4.7K
R7
330.11
D2
VIDEO
DIODE
VIDEO INPUT
R5
82!1
D1
VIDEO
DIODE
<Z>
R&
1K
FERRITE
BEAD
MODULATED
RF OUTPUT
RB
75.11
F. BLECHMAN 1978
Fig. 55-2
Circuit Notes
434
PULSE-POSITION MODULATOR
VcciSVtolSVJ
,.,
,.,~I
.,
vee
RESET
OUTPUT 131
...ill TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
MODULATION
INPUT;~ ~~NTROL
OLTAGE
IS. Note-A I
THRESHOLD
P-
,.,
Fig. 55-3
GND
l{1)
cf
the
Circuit Notes
The threshold voltage, and thereby the time delay, of a free-running oscillator is
shown modulated with a triangular-wave modulation signal; however, any modulating
wave-shape could be used.
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
+ V cc (5 to 15 Vl
4(10)
AL
Reset
Vee
Discharge
Output
Output
AA
14
5t9)
1113)
1/2-MC3556
Threshold
i/2-MC3456
2112)
control
Trigger
Clock
Input
3(11)
6(8)
Fig. 55-4
Modulatio n
Input
Gnd
-'Circuit Notes
~If the
~Pulse
435
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
150
'
I<
13
5.0 k
'
1~1
I-'
QpAmp1
'
Ou;put
P~l ..s
i--'
At
L_------~------~
PuiMWdll'l
Vnt
~vsn
'\ITL
~Vs(1-
+ A2/R1l +vee
A2/A1) +VEE
Oll<:ollator f'requn-cy
4R~~A2
D.C.
V"8
y
ttl.-- .
~ oV
11001
IC = MC3405
Fig. 55-5
RF MODULATOR
+9VOI..TS
C6
+0
~--r---~-~~H~~~~~A~NTENNA
Fig. 55-6
r
ALL RESISTORS 'OR ,WATI
GAIN
VIDEO
INPUT
Circuit Notes
Capacitors C1, C3, C5, and C6 should be dipped mica. C4 and C7 are-compression or
piston trimmer types. R6 is PC-board mount trimpot. L1 is 6 turns of No. 14 enameled
wire, % inch J.D. by % inch long, tapped at 1 tum from top.
436
LINEAR PULSE-WIDTH-MODULATOR
VIDEO MODULATOR
I - - - -r-------"""1-~------------..-'.:....-,
'"
~"
21U<
lllll
~-,
"~
K SIGNAl
'"N'
'
~HOp~
, -I---
I---
"-'
UlATIOOI
/>t-~lo,
,_ ./
27kn
L __ _
ll
Fig. 55-7
WI~
OIAMETEFI S TEXT
Fig. 55-9
BALANCED MODULATOR
(+12 Vdc SINGLE SUPPLY)
MODULATOR
&V
FINE FIIEOUENCV
ADJUSTMENT
'"
12Vd'
MODUlATING
"0 I
INPUT
IO.Hr
~f
GSB
OUTPUT
CARAIER
.~'~"'-!--'
lUI.
NUU
Fig. 55-8
'00
"
"
Fig. 55-10
437
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
vee
v to 15 V)
l5
,.,r-- ,.,
CLOCK
INPUT
-'-?1
,,
vee
RESET
OUTPUT 131
TRIGGER
OUTPUT
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
MODULATION
CONTROL
INPUT ~
VOLTAGE
!See Note A)
THRESHOLD
"'
,.,
--J,,
GNO
11
Fig. 55-ll
Circuit Notes
The monostable circuit is triggered by a continuous input pulse train and the
threshold voltage is modulated by a control signal. The resultant effect is a modulation of
the output pulse width, as shown. A sine-wave modulation signal is illustrated, but any
wave-shape could be used.
AM MODULATOR
u.
II
.,.!,.
vee
"
2-9
OI#F
':'
'
Re
? ,, ,l-
1k
3.9 k
MC1596G
MC 1496G
NPUT
Vs
Fig. 55-12
9
MO OULATING
ISO
ISO
5I
II
10
CARRIER ADJUST
438
10 k
6.8 k
II
':'
J 9k
eA RRIER....,
INPUT
Vd<
-vcO.l,.F
SIGN-Al
11
VEE
-8 Vdc
-~
-Vo
MODULATED
OUTPOT -
;;J;, .001 u
'"
T
MC1374
Fig. 55-13
"'
''"
"'
"'"
"
"...j------~--~"'t--
'----'
"'
L1
4 I urns 122 ga enamel wire, 114" dia. close wound air core
L2
AUDIO IN
''"
"le core
l3.L4
Circuit Notes
This one-chip modulator requires ~some outboard circuitry and a shielded box.
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
R1
R2
~:~~ --'~~~'~"-t--------_;'~ooN'~"-,
~15-Y
-15 V
,----f-- Your
R3
10 kll
C1
1e 2..-A2Ct
,
,
0.47 "F
1r. 2rR1 C1
"'
-2w R2 C2
100 k!l
100 !!
Fig. 55-14
lc
01
&.2
02
1.2
< In <
funity gain
439
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
Vcc5.0V-14V
4
A1table
f.,
,,.
'"
[i_
MC1465
r---6---
'? .
'
ewM
'
'
"'
1.5 k
OutP
MC1422
't 'i
'
.l....J
a'
C>
Note 1
il.Ol ioF
!-
Modulation
MSS10 00
c.,
'"
"' 0.002 c
~
22
"'
MPSA70
;;
Input
Is \.lied 11 pin 5.
2. See waveform
. . . .
'
..
-----------
-------------------Hor.
O.!S m/Div.
Fig. rr5-15
VHF MODULATOR
li.ZV
l "'
IO.ooF
6
OZ
!:14
33COI'
II':
t--+L
440
"" OUTPUT
r----.~~~t--llr-1--t+-,--t-cl-1~~:::::~:
'T'IOOpF
th
33pF
110011
Fig. 55-16
.56
441
RAIN ALARM
TO
NOTE:
SENSOR
IC1 IS 4011
TRACK
..v
01 IS 8C108
Q21S BFY!il
R3
.,.
R2
'""'
R1'
T
=~TTERv-!
I
C1
'"
"'
820k
R5
3001<
..,
l3.5mml
SEE TEXT
Fig. 56-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses four NAND gates of a oscillator will be disabled until the control
4011 package. In each oscillator, while one gate input is taken high. Any moisture bridging the
is configured as a straightforward inverter, the sensor track will so enable the output which is a
other has one input that can act as a control square wave at about 10 Hz. This in tum will
input. Oscillator action is inhibited if this input gate on and off the 500 Hz oscillator formed by
is held low. The first oscillator (!Cla and !Clb) !Clc and !Cld. This latter oscillator drives the
has this input tied low via a high value resistor loudspeaker via R6, the Darlington pair formed
(Rl) that acts as a sensitivity control. Thus this .by Ql and Q2, and resistor R7.
MOISTURE DETECTOR
100KO
HORN
RADIO
SHACK
273-049
MOISTURE
DETECTOR
10KO
SCR
RADIO
SHACK
276-1067
Circuit Notes
The detector is made of fine wires spaced
about one or two inches apart. When the area
between a pair of wires becomes moistened,
the hom will sound. To tum it off, de power
must be disconnected.
1KO
Fig. 56-2
442
_.j MOISTURE
I
LEVEL
100.
fuldrcutt ........
R3
SOOk
LIN
.,100'
lOti
~70R
C2
"'
!~02
.,.
-l
r-j_
T
-
16V
1 6V
4M7
47k
NOTE
IC1 is 4011
PUMP
01 is BC21o4
021S 80131
MOTOR
RV2
lOOk
LIN
Fig. 56-3
Circuit Notes
TO SENSOR
D1
1A
BELL
Fig. 56-4
R1
2k2
T
1
SCRA
SOV 1A
C1
10n
R3
1k
BELL
PUSH
51
Circuit
With Sl open tbe circuit functions as a
doorbell. With Sl closed, rain falling on the
sensor will tum on Ql, triggering Q2 and the
thyristor and activating the bell, R4 provides
the holding for the thyristor while Dl prevents
3V
....L..
NOTE
01, 02 are 2N3706
01 is 1N4001
Notes
443
57
Motor Controls
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Motor Speed Control
Plug-In Speed Control for Tools or
Appliances
Motor Speed Control with.Feedback
Direction and Speed Control for SeriesWound Motors
High-Torque Motor Speed Control
Motor Speed Control
Constant Current Motor Drive Circuit
Ac Motor Power Brake
Universal-Motor Speed Control with
Load-Dependent Feedback
De Motor Speed/Direction Control Circuit
Servo Motor Amplifier
444
d,
!IV 0:1:
'"
..,.,
~
U
..
'
lvREF
SI'EED
ADJUST
,.
'~
YIN
'"
'I
,,
NCo-+-IDSC
_J
I-cl+
I--
me
11
[ 'I
-* (-)))
'" "'"'
...
YARIAIL
PICKU,
'l
0, oi,RI:f'
I!U1<f
tf' t II-
COW
,.
L(t..,~--r----",
75Dpf
CH~=I2
..~
1=f'' 1 1
"'
... ...
r''''1 1
H-'
"'
"
Fig. 57-1
Circuit Notes
,.
LM2!MI7
,,-1--
,.
"
I--
LM:t524
cAl
"
I l"r
H~
LRfuo I
This circuit is a regulating series de motor speed control using the LM3524 for the
control and drive for the motor and the LM2907 as a speed sensor for the feedback
network.
_J
Fl
SCRI
Rl
2500
5W
R4 IK
CAl
GE-504A
CR3
120 VAC
GE -XI4
R2
500
I SPEED
CONTROL)
REDUCED FULL
Cl
2MFD
50V
OUTP~T
R3
200
(TRIMMER)
SOCKET
FOR MOTOR
PLUG
COMPONENT~~L~IG~H~T.~D~U~T~Y~~~H~E~AV~I~ER~O~U~TY=-SCRI
Fl
UNIVERSAL
MOTOR
3 AMP MAX
5 AMP MAX
GE- XI
GE-C30B
3 AMP
5AMP
Fig. 57-2
Circuit Notes
Drills
Sewing Machines
Saber saws
Portable band saws
Food mixers
Food blenders
446
Fans
Lathes
Vibrators
Movie projectors
Sanders
R1
18 k
2W
06
1 N4001
R4
C2
1N751A
5.1
100
2N6346
05
115 VAC
60Hz
R6
Q2
JJon
50 k
10)J.F
C3
C1
T1
SPRAGUE
11 Z12
Motor
8
NbMINAL AS VALUE;$
RS
Motor Rating
(Ampere$)
t
.....
Fig. 57-3
OHMS
Watts
0.67
10
6.5
0.32
is
AS=-
IM
IM =Max. Rated
Motor Current (RMS)
AS
See Table
(4)
MR504
or~MDA 3504
AC
FIELD
LINE
Rl
20 k:>-o......,
5W
Tl
R2, 4.7 k
+f]l
51J.F
sw
75
Q5
2N5062
05
1N5262
ARMATURE
(2)
T2
R3
1 k
SPRAGUE
11Z13
Fig. 57-4
Circuit Notes
448
for conduction, or SCRs Ql and Q4 for conduction. Since the armature current is always in
the same direction, the field current reverses
in relation to the armature current, thus reversing the direction of rotation of the motor. A
pulse circuit is used to drive the SCRs through
either transformer Tl or T2. The pulse required to fire the SCR is obtained from the
energy stored in capacitor Cl.
MR1032A
115 VAC
o1
1N4003
D4
.--------i---'1N4001
R1
15K/2W
MZ500- 12
Ds
Fig. 57-5
Circuit Notes
A bridge circuit consisting of two SCRs
and two silicon rectifiers furnishes full-wave
power to the motor. Diodes, D3 and D5, supply
de to the trigger circuit through dropping resistors, Rl. Phase delay of SCR firing is obtained
by charging C2 thruugh resistors R3 and R4
from the voltage level established by the zener
diode, DS. When C2 charges to the firing voltage of the unijunction transistor, the UJT fires,
~.where
current (rms).
449
IOOk.ll.
GE
C228
25kJ1
II&V
60HZ
IN50&9
"'
IN5059
SERIES WOUND
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Fig. 57-6
Circuit Notes
Switching action of the 2N4990 allows smaller capacitors to be used while achieving
reliable thyristor triggering.
CONSTANT CURRENT MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT
2N30U
y+
"'
RSIAS
"'
.001-"F
1115
I-
c,
ICLI063
01
o.n
@SW
..
.,
Fig. 57-7
Circuit Notes
This minimum.device circuit can be used to drive de motors where there is some
likelihood of stalling or lock up; if the motor locks, the current drive remains constant and
the system does not destroy itself.
450
AC MOTOR BRAKE
HEAT
ON l>
Sl (SPRING
SINK~ OFF---co-, RETURN)
I I
117 ....
VAC
, oc y
~'.)
Po!;.'
.1
TO POWER
TOOL MOTOR
Circuit Notes
A shot of direct current will instantly stop
any ac power tool motor. Switch Sl is a
center-off, one side spring return. With Sl on,
ac will be fed to the motor and tbe motor will
run. To brake the motor, simply press Sl down
and a quick shot of de will instantly stop it. The
switch returns to the center off position when
released. This Power Brake can only be used
with ac motors; it will not brake universal
(ac-dc) motors. A heat sink must be provided
for the diode.
Fig. 57-8
R!
47K
IW
R2
20K(2W)
SPEED
ADJUST
AI4B
, Cl
y~c~~~B
I IK
I :.:
IOp.F 2p.F
IOV
Sl
o----1
FULL SPEED
POSN.
Fig. 57-9
MIXER, OR SIMILAR
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Al48
Circuit
Simple half-wave motor speed control is
effective for use with small universal (ac/dc)
motors. Maximum current capability 2.0 amps
RMS. Because speed-dependent feedback is
provided, the control gives excellent torque
Notes
characteristics to the motor, even at low rotational speeds. Norrnal operation at maximum
speed can be achieved by closing switch Sl,
thus bypassing the SCR.
451
S~/Oirection
Control
_j
...
50'
1N4001
3.3 k
560
3.3 k
.
. 0>i
~k>(_
....
'001 "F
"
"c
J.Q k
1C
L~
H~;~4
~~;~
I
'
I'~
"
3.9 k
I'~
20
1N4001
f<>
SRT60181
I'
or Equiv
'
1N4001
or ECJUiv
TN914
-Or Equiv
G:(;:
390pF
or Equiv
1N4001
~ckagea
totel).
Fig. 57-10
R2
v+
0.1""
v+
1-:!-
R1
Rsc
YIN
CASE
3
Rsc
Skg
Fig. 57-ll
452
v-
0.01"F
0.1~
f
v-
Circuit Notes
p%.
Fig. 57-12
Cbcuit Notes
Universal motors and shaded-pole induction motors can be easily controlled with a
full-wave Triac speed controller. Ql combines
both the triac and diac trigger diodes in the
same case. The motor used for the load must be
12 14Vdc
2N3055
12 volt
12 w.att
t---F:o-;0,-:;R::;,W"'AR~O
REVERSE
SWITCH
TO
TRACKS
Fig. 57-13
Circuit
Virtually any NPN small signal transistor
may be used in place of the BC 108 shown.
Likewise any suitable NPN power transistor
can be used in place ofthe 2N3055. The output
transistor must be mounted on a suitable heatsink. Short circuit protection may be provided
Notes
by wiring a 12 volt 12 watt bulb in series with
the output. This will glow in event of a short
circuit and thus effectively current-limit the
output, it also acts as a visual short-circuit
alarm.
453
INDUCTION-MOTOR CONTROL
M
120 II AC
OR
~----------...------,
75K
100
2W
1/2
240 v AC
""\.., 60Hz
~2CS-26324
120VAC, 60Hz
240VAC, 60Hz
0.2211F. 200V
T2100B
0.22J1F. 400V
T2700D
D3202U
Fig. 57-14
Circuit
This single time-constartt circuit can be
used as proportional speed control for induction motors such as shaded pole or permanent
split-capacitor motors when the load is fixed.
Notes
The circuit is best suited to applications which
require speed control in the medium to fullpower range.
2N:.~~
+
Motm
!4
13
10
11
) "'t
Fig. 57-15
40118
!2
;:u
2
rU
4
"
.o1!~to
.05
~~
,E
7~
$
1N4148
f- 1N4148
k-
rf1MO
Circuit
The circuit uses a 4011 CMOS NAND
gate, a pair of diodes and an NPN power transister to provide a variable duty-cycle de
source. Adjusting the speed control varies the
average voltage applied to the motor. The peak
454
Notes
voltage, however, is not changed. This pulse
power is effective at very low speeds, constantly kicking the motor along. At higher
speeds, tbe motor behaves in a nearly normal
manner.
--,
CR2
GE-504A
Sl
20V
60 ~z
--.
GE-504A
150K
TIME
R2
IK
ADJUST
3.3K
SPEED
ADJUST
SCR I
"4
IOOf.liFD
200V
~+
C2
01
MFD
50V
C3
~OD
G~~~04AGEM~~
I MEG
Cl
GEXI
CR5 Y
GE504A \7
~R3
Rl
SCR 2
2W
OFF
CRI
=u=
R5
3.3K
ON
I
I
R6
150
'
:~:NEON
I
I
! LAMP
I (OPTIONAL)
'
UNIVERSAL
w
D
~4
GE-5MA
L.
.J
LO AD
I
I
I
Fig. 57-16
__ j
Circuit Notes
When the time delay expires, SCRl conducts and removes the gate signal from SCR2,
which stopsthe motor. Both the time delay and
motor speed are adjustable by potentiometers
R2 and R3. If heavier motor loads are antici-
FUSE 2A
.,,
_,
3 AMP STUD ICA. 50V
Fig. 57-17
l"et.
-~
-1'*'F
12V
.....
1NI14
Cireuit Notes
Low voltage speed control gives~very good starting torque and excellent speed
-regulation. A reversing switch may be incorporated in the leads to the motor.
455
(4)
MP.504 or MDA3504
02
AC
LtNE
01
03
R1
FIELD
+~
Fig. 57-18
C1
05
05
2N5062
1 N5262
T1
R3
1-k
T2
~circuit
Notes
the field current is unidirectionalimt armature
current is reversible; consequently the motor's
direction of rotation is reversible. Potentiometer Rl controls the speed.
"
0.1~.<F
.,
C4
j
I
Q
C5
2100
CJ
O.D4,uf*
456
Fig. 57-19
.,
RJ
"'
"'
-:r "'
C7
lOOk
DC SERVO AMPLIFIER
50 k
5 k
+15
10 "F
Fig. 57-20
SIZE 8 OR 9 12 Vdc
SERVOMOTOR
-15
"'
C!*+
AC
line
01
~...........,..-"4/
R3
Voltage
SCR
R1
R2
Ra
C1
C2
D1
SPEED
ADJUST
C2
LINE
VOLTAG
~J~1~G
02
0
MACHINE,OR
SIMILAR
UNIVERSAL
D2
MOTOR
~----+-----~
..-
(MAX. CURRENT
1.5 AMP.)
SCR
120V
47K
IOK
IK
IJLF, 50V
O.li'F, 50V
IN5059
IN5059
C106BI
240V
lOOK
20K
lK
li'F, IOOV
ti.IJLF, 50V
IN5060
IN5060
C106Dl
Fig. 57-21
Circuit
The resistor capacitor network Rl-R2-Cl
provides a ramp-type reference voltage
superimposed on top of a de voltage adjustable
with the speed-setting potentiometer R2. This
reference voltage appearing at the wiper of R2
is balanced against the residual counter emf of
the motor through the SCR gate. As the motor
slows down due to heavy loading, its counter
emf falls, and the reference ramp triggers the
Notes
SCR earlier in the ac cycle. More voltage is
thereby applied to the motor causing it to pick
up speed again. Performance with the Cl06
SCR is particularly good because the low trigger current requirements of this device allow
use of a flat top reference voltage, which provides good feedback gain and close speed regulation.
457
Fl
"'
02
TO DRILL
R2
01
equiv.J
Fl-3-A ~slo:~-bto" fuse
Rl-2500-ohm, 5-watt resistor
Fig. 57-22
Circuit Notes
As the speed of an electric drill is dereduced. The extra gate voltage c~auses the
creased by loading, its torque also drops. A
SCR to conduct over a larger angle and more
compensating speed control like this one puts
current is driven intn the drill, even as speed
the oomph back into the motor. When the drill
falls under load. The SCR should he mounted in
slows down, a back voltage developed across
'4-in. thick block of aluminum or copper at least
the motnr-in series with the SCR cathode and
l-in. square. If the circuit is used for extended
gate-decreases. The SCR gate voltage thereperiods use a 2 inch square piece.
fore increases relatively as the back voltage is
AC SERVO AMPLIFIER-BRIDGE TYPE
5 k
YIN
50 k
o---ilf---.,v..--...---.....'/'y-----
1.5 H
un
"'
458
Fig. 57-23
58
Multi vibrators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Monostable Circuit
Astable Multivibrator
Astable Oscillator
Digitally Controlled Astable Multivibrator
Dual Astable Multivibrator
LUT Monostable
Monostable Multivibrator with Input
Lock-Out
TTL Monostable
Monostable Circuit
One-Shot Multivibrator
Monostable Multivibrator
Bistable Multivibrator
100kHz Free-Running Multivibrator
459
MONOSTABLE CIRCUIT
~A' t.l kU
C Q_OlF
RlHi!
Soo~-11
Vcci5Vto15Vl
II
1
11 I
IIBI
~RL
~Vee
RESET
,..J& TRIGGER
OUTPUT
INPUT
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
J~TVOllAGE
RA
131
t-
OUTPUT
t--
171
OVT~UT
VOLT AGE
(6) CONTROL
0.01.,F
~=
II
11
THRESHOLD 181
GNO
~~"
VOLTAGE
1/
CAPi!TOi VOL
/I
"'
:2
"
10-1
0..
10-2
"-
"
10-3
10-4
10- 5
~--~~--~L---~----~-----"
0~001
0.01
0.1
10
100
C-Capacitance-11-F
-OUTPUT- PULSE WIDTH vs CAPACITANCE
Fig. 58-1
Circuit Notes
460
ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
~,.-~u
AI! Oil
Vee 16 v to 15 VI
(4Jl
.,
(8)
vee
RESET
!loo ........
OUTPUT 131
L.m TRIGGER
--
rAl
o I"'
''"'
OUTPUT
SE555/NE555
lm
DtSCHARGE
CONTROL
;..ili VOlTAGE
Of'EN
IS.. NOMA
THRESHOLD
II
~---
., 1--
GNO
1111
OtiTI'UT
/\
.,
VOl UGl
/\
~i'TOi VO~Trl
g' 100~-_;~
;;
,
0
a:
u.
.!.
0.1
L__
0.001
_L_ _L__---l>._
0.01
01
_j"-----.-:J
10
100
C~Capacitancf'--JJ.F
Fig. 58-2
Circuit Notes
The capacitor C will charge through RA and R., and then discharge through R. only.
The duty cycle may he controlled by the values of RA and R..
461
ASTABLE OSCILLATOR
vw
Circuit Notes
1/4 C04095B
1'"
voo
~:
~~~JiJii
POWER .4ll'j
ON
"I
'2
Fig. 58-3
"
11tn
DICJITAL -vtS
111110 . . . . . . .,
I'"'"'
llt:IIT
Ycc
~---'j DIICitAAGf
"
_ I
ssa
t----'1
OUT~
~L:ec
TIIIQCJ!II
CONTIICI.
r-
FOR LINEAR MODE
Fig. 58-4
462
DUALASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
-+
Thrnh-
ol~
14
10k
1N914
L_
t--
10k
1N914 "
Output
C1
0.001
0.001
'
G"d
( Output
TrlgiiJr
Thresh-
R2
old
12
Output
TriiJOer
+ "'i'
Co""o:
Voltage
1/2 MC3556
OischG
10~
+15
1/2 MC3556
13
i io;""'l
Control
11
Voluge
pc2
'T'
'
"""
0.91
f (R1+R 2 ) C for C1 C2
Fig. 58-5
Circuit Notes
UJT MONOSTABLE
Jl
270fl
+ 15V
22 kfl
Qj
9.8
2N4125
Fig. 58-6
2N4851
Q2
_JL
2N4123
Q3
463
~""
lo~~~~
' ,,
""
10M
1.0M
Fig. 58-7
240 k
62k
':"
TTL MONOSTABLE
l
'
'
0:
:::::1}~
.!:
...
'11.,,
4-7K
'
'
_l [__J::.C
-I l
'
Fig. 58-8
MONOSTABLE CIRCUIT
I>UICH.OA(I(
51150~ 12!51
----------------,
I
I
1CO~TRC!L
VOL U.OE
'"
JL
lf.
'"'""
, -i""
________ j '
~T-t.tAC
464
Fig. 58-9
BISTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
ONE-SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR
..
..l
o-
"'
lOOk
A~15V
V+:::rL
Fig. 58-10
'
100 k
,_~.,..._-I
Fig. 58-12
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
V
Ill
20h
1.0M
'"
PW
=I"'E:
t,
lms-
v HV
R:i
1 Oh
RJ
""
v
0
lo
SQUAIIE
v.
>'++WAVE
OUTPUl"
0.001 F
1.0M
1N914
'"
"
"'
TTlm
Fig. 58-11
OTLI~nnut
ol two
Fig. 58.13
465
59
Noise Generators
The~ sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Audio Noise Generator
Pink Noise Generator
Noise Generator
Wideband Noise Generator
466
+15-30V
R2
R8
5k6
5k6
Rl
-PINK
56k
r-~--t--~---+:+;-111
C3
25~f
-25V
Q2
Cl
..
C7
R4
1M
N06E
Fig. 59-1
RJ
39k
03
25"F
25V
01 -03 ARE TYPE BC108
Circuit -Notes
467
.1 ~F
1M
r"""'W""-~'f-o
AUDIO OUTPUT
Fig. 59-2
1M
10011
Circuit Notes
simulate pink noise ~more closely. The audio
A reverse-biased pn junction of a 2N2712
output may be connected to high-impedance
transistor is used as a noise generator. The
earphones or to a driver amplifier for speaker
second 2N2712 is an audio amplifier. The 0.005
listening.
i<F capacitor across the amplifier output removes some high-frequency components to
NOISE GENERATOR
+15V
VOUT
1M
01
NPN
RANDOM NOISE
10k
Fig. 59-3
Circuit Notes
The zener breakdown of a transistorjunction is usea as a noise generator. The breakdown mechanism is random and this voltage
has a high source impedance. By using the op
amp as a high input impedance, high ac gain
468
OUTPUT
IOK
--
IN21
son
9V
Fig. 59-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit will produce wide band ri noise. It uses a reverse-biased diode and has a
low-impedance output. Can be used to align receivers for optimum periormance.
+12 Vdc
C5
0.1 p.F
A6
8.2K
R4
A1
68K
A2
6.8K
10K
AS
330K
OUTPUT
R7
C1
5600
3.3
p.F;;;
m
Fig. 59-5
Circuit Notes
The zener diode is an avalanche rectifier in the reverse bias mode connected to-the
input circuit ofa wide band ri amplifier. The noise is amplified and applied to the cascade
wideband amplifier, transistors Q2 and Q3.
469
60
Oscilloscope Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Oscilloscope Converter Provides FourChannel Displays
Add-On Triggered Sweep
10.7 MHz Sweep Generator
470
O.OT~
~.
13 12 11
C1
A1
5k!l
A2
1 k!l
-:'-::-1 f-l
1
(3)4
(1)-c.t.j
1
(2)
~1L::.-:]
2 M!l
INSTAU
MENTS
SN7473
13t--1,
+1r
12~ 15 pF
OUTPUT
["'~
73)----~
TEXAS
DECODE
CONTROL
2M!!
15
-2Mfi
2 Mn
16
....:.::::
:~~
"l
(4)
~5vL
-t
CHANNEL
INPUTr
Alp Flop
__!!: (2)
HA2405
2 M!l
11
10
9
T OSCOPE
INPUT
2 Mn
2Mn
2 M!l
~.
SOOkfi~
(1)
5ooknc_
(3)
500
~CENTERING
~~CONTROL
~--- I/
k!!(
(4)
Fig. 60-1
So/
soo ul?
Circuit Notes
The monolithic quad operational amplifier
nel selection signals. All channels have cenprovides an inexpensive way to increase disteringcontrols for nulling offset voltage. A
play capability of a standard oscilloscope. Binegative-going scope gate signal selects the
nary inputs drive the IC op amp; a dual flip-flop
next channel after each trace. The circuit operdivides the scope's gate output to obtain chanates out to 5 MHz.
471
FROM
VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER
+Vee
1 M!1
SIGNETICS NE555
100 kH
SENSITIVITY
ADJUST
mkn
J{lkn
Fig. 60-2
+Vee
Circuit Notes
The circuit's input op amp triggers the timer, setting its flip-flop and cutting off its
discharge transistor so that capacitor C can charge. When the capacitor voltage reaches
the timer's control voltage (0.33Vcc), the flip-flop resets and the transistor conducts,
discharging the capacitor.
10.7 MHz SWEEP GENERATOR
FROM CRO
.OR ANALYZER
IK
Ll
IOOpF
4.7K
BAI63
Fig. 603
rOI
Circuit Notes
This circuit is used to observe the r~esponse of an if amp or a filter. It can be used
with an oscilloscope or, for more dynamic range, with a spectrum analyzer.
472
5V1 ZENER
330k
Fig. 60-4
>--1~-0 StNE
100k
SET AMPLITUDE
270k
COSINE
f\1\;
XY SCOPE
DISPLAY
Circuit Notes
The circuit is that of a quadrature sioe and cosine Dscillator. To generate circular
displays, connect the two outputs to the X and Y inputs.
TO
TRANSMITTER
OUTPUT
L1
TO VERTICAL
PLATES OF
OSCILLOSCOPE
Fig. 60-5
Circuit Notes
473
OSCILLOSCOPE MONITOR
"'
To
.I
Robot~
OUtput "
"""
Mooo~"'
output
'
I
""'~-----------0.'
Ono'mchCRT
4.7M
:n
120v.~.c.
O.tmF
ICPI-
Fig. 60-6
COSSOR
4.7M
'""'
1N4007
&itillltube
l pin Loctol
wcket.
+350v.d.c
""'
~
..
40mF
"""'
500v.
""'
1N4007
1N4007
"'"
-1S0v.d.c
p.,_, tnnsfor""'' St.orn:or PC8<103,
70<1'111, 250-0-250 with filomtnt
6.lv., 21.
.", rl
I
Fl\llo
-~.::.-
AB
!Ok
"
"'
.."
'"
+~Vm+l~V
-~
T"-~-'--+''
l'l?
IOk
" : "
"
'"
"'~"' "i'
~H..-~--...-l-t---t---+--'
t...-_
INPUT I
-tOn
r-
"'
8C417
IU
lot
IJ<II'Ul 2
Fig. 60-7
"'
... ,...
i.--.
10.
SkG
c" _j
~--~~~
-
..
...
101<
OUTPUT
00
II \lib
474
"'
'"'
-5\lto-l~V
Circuit Notes
The basis ofthe beam~splitter is a 555 timer connected as an astable multivibrator.
Signals at the two inputs are alternately displayed on the oscilloscope with a clear
separation between them. The output is controlled by the tandem potentiometer RVla/b
which also varies the amplitude of the traces.
61
Phase Sequence
and Phase Shift Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Phase Sequence Indicator
Single Transistor Phase Shifter
0 to 180 Phase Shifter
475
Circuit Notes
Simple, portable phase-sequence indicator determines the proper phase rotation in
polyphase circuits. Major components are two
neon lamps, two resistors, and a capacitor. In
operation, the leg voltages are unbalanced, so
that the lamp with the maximum voltage-or
proper phase sequence-lights. Table shows
typical component values for various circuit
frequencies.
R1
l2 OFF
l2 PHASE ROTATION: BAC
L1 OFF
l2 -ON
Fig. 61-1
SINGLE TRANSISTOR PHASE SHIFTER
+10V
47k
2.2k
2.5k
2.2k
22k
Fig. 61-2
Circuit Notes
476
phase. Adjusting Rl provides the sum of various proportions of these and hence a continuously variable phase shift is provided. The cir
cuit operates well in the 600Hz to 4kHz range.
OUnouT
IINT0111t
OHM MIN.
U>ADI
.,
I'0"'-7.15mW
~-~
R2"' R1/S
Fig. 61-3
Y-IN
Rt
Fig. 61-5
I
PHASE SHIIT CIRCUITS
'"
2N4304 Of
2N3123
(a)
Ull
Ull.
...
-o
v"!~t--..J
(b)
D
...
Fig. 61-6
Circuit Notes
477
62
Photography
Related Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Automatic Contrast Meter
Darkroom Timer
Photo Stop Action
Sound Light-Flash Trigger
Sound Activated Strobe Trip
478
NOTE:
IC1,4 ARE CA3140
IC2 IS 1 L084
ICJ IS t0668
ICS IS !..M3914
01 IS AN'V PHOTOOIODE
D2-5ARE 1N4148
ZDl IS JV9 ZENER ,
LEDl-10 ARE 3mrn REO LEOS
w
j!
.,.
"
"
""'
..
~~
!!
A
; "''"'
'"' '",
' - '"
...
~
...
~~tr=
""
,.....
C3
I I"'""I
47k
'.~"'
,"'
MEASURE/RECORD
'"
'
J1
Ti'""
"'"
I v
~~ ~~~
Fig. 62-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit arrangement consists of a
voltage peaks in the followers also form part of
photo-amplifier which feeds a voltage derived
sample and hold circuits which are then
from varying light levels in an enlarger to a pair
switched to hold after the measurement. Their
outputs represent the maximum and ininiriunil
of peak detectors. One follows the peak posi
tive voltage and the other the peak negative
values of light intensity. A differential amplifier
voltage. The capacitors used for storing the
then computes the ratio ofthese values, and the
result is displayed on an LED bargraph meter.
11"'
9V
'""'
DARKROOM TIMER
'"
,.
"'"~
~
'"'
lt__
''
MOO
..'' ..'
''
,I
~
f--'o 'Fi"fSET
'"f~
____.:=----d
sea
"
TBASE
,.,
"
TIMl
ISEOI
MEM NO I
S0 g 311
11
I I
~''
'
I I
II
4--G.JIN.
COMMON
CATHODE
lED$
'" ' "'
I SEC''
_ULN
'0 IS''
""'
-{)o-t-----
SET I
CLEAA
'"
ANCE
...
"'
'"
SAFE LICHT
~'
4X4MATAI~
o;EY9QARQ
MOO"'"
r-~"""
I 'i= v
~ ,j
~ '"
I f f VAC
.,
Fig. 62-2
Circuit
The darkroom timer/controller uses few
external components: a display, a digit driver,
keyboard, and output switching devices. A
4-digit common-cathode LED display is desirable for dark room environments. The time
base is provided by shaping up the 50/60 Hz ac
line. A DPDT switch (S1) is used to select a
resolution of .1 or 1 seconds andJo simultane-
480
Notes
ously move the decimal point. Timer/
controller has two switched ac outlets, one for
the enlarger and one for the safe light. They are
the complements of each other in that the safe
light is on when the enlarger is not active and is
off when the enlarger is printing. The buzzer is
of the self-contained oscillator variety and operates with de drive.
~~~
C1
.01
"0"
1000
"1 "1--vvv---'o/
A1 1M
4017
1M
Additional SCR
firing circuits
Trigger
input
RESET
100K
-L
+-----<1
100K
C>---0 +S-15v.
Reset pushbutton
switch
Fig. 62-3
Circuit
This circuit gives multiple "stop-action"
photographic effects like showing a bouncing
ball in up to nine locations in a single photograph. The circuit will automatically fire the
bulbs sequentially with the time between each
firing variable. The circuit is functionally complete except for the actual firing system. In
many cases, a simple SCR will work, as shown.
The firing can be initiated in one of two ways. A
Notes
trigger pulse can be applied to the trigger input
tenninal through a capacitor, or can operate the
unit as a slave. "Light from a. camera-mounted
flash will activate the circuitthrough its built-in
photocell pickup. The time period between
each successive flash is determined by Cl and
Rl, which is variable. After firing the circuit, it
must be reset by momentarily depressing the
reset button.
481
SW1
~Vl
....-: 2M
~
"'
LOR1
3.31<.
"'10k
R4
C2
0.0047
INPUT
-A~Ok
t&..+-
"
+
,F II
......._,
iC1
LM30::---
2
RS
C1
4.7k
"-"ltv'
/4
....
R1
01
1k
Q 01
\.!)
R7
13k
2NJ':l05
C4
..
o.~F
1~114
R3
J_3k
3.3k
RB
1~~
<
TO FLASH
GUN
C3
4,7"F
/,
~V2
SDk
R9
1Jk
.SCR1
~C10601
R10
13k
ov
C10601
-c::J)1N914
Fig. 62-4
Circuit
Sound input to the microphone triggers
the IC monostable circuit which subsequently
triggers an SCR, and hence the flash, after a
482
Notes
time delay. This delay is adjustable-by varying the monostable on-time-from from 5 milliseconds to 200 milliseconds.
MIC
R2
Rl
MINI-AMP
MODULE
01
SCRI
TO STROBE
LIGHT
SYNC JACK
'
GND
-=
Fig. 62-5
Circuit
Take strobe-flash pictures the instant a
pin pricks a balloon, a hammer breaks a lamp
bulb or a bullet leaves a gun. Use a transistor
amplifier of 1-watt rilting or less. (It must have
an output transformer.) The amplifier is terminated with a resistor on its highest output im-
Notes
pedance, preferably 16 olnns. To test, darken
room lights, open camera shutter, and break a
lamp bulb with a hammer. The sound of the
hammer striking the lamp will trigger the flash,
and the picture will have been taken at that
instant.
LSV
Cl06
R1
22k
-
Circuit Notes
In photography, a separate flash, triggered
by the light of a master flash light, is often
required to provide more light, fill-in shadows
etc. The sensitivity of this circuit depends on
the proximity of the master flash and the value
of R1. Increasing R1 gives increased sensitivity.
flash lead
Fig. 62-6
483
01
LASCR
TO SYNC
TERMINALS
"'
Fig. 62-7
r-------~~--~~--------.+9
cos
f;EL.l
2N3055
22K
3.3
K
IC = LM339
+ 6.8
j.{f
1sv
'"
MEG
,.h.ANTALU
Fig. 62-8
1
Circuit Notes
Strobe light meter catches the peak of flash intensity and holds it long enough to
give a reading. The reset button must be pressea before each measurement.
484
SHUTTER TESTER
Fig. 62-9
..
...
I t---40
Circuit Notes
Shutter speed tester combines frequency counter, crystal oscillator, and phototransistor-operated gate generator. Oscillator pulses are counted as long as the shutter
is open. Reset is automatic at the instant the shutter opens.
PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMER
"
Fig. 62-10
485
63
Power Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on ~Page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Extended Range VU Meter (Dot Mode)
Audio Power Meter
~Audio
Power Meter
Power Meter (1 kW ull Scale)
486
~-
~....
':!&
.....
~ ~
~ r,
~
.....
~
-
p.
...... I
'.
......
.tF'fl
'~......
p.
>h
.....
!.f'il
'
'7
,,
~ ~
'
~.
'
.I
1=----4---r ~
w~
~-~
-~
-~
oo
;;
.f
~
~
0~
;J=-it
. ...
'7 ~....
_.,.-_,
..-,
'
';.
"
-~
Jf-il
~f'il
p.
487
...
Ulll"
-:!::- F/~
-r~ F' F'~~11
/,~ ~ ~11
f~
"
'
"
..
,,
,.
uw
"
"
lMlt1S
,.
,-
' ""
L....J'
...
"''
lZV TO ZOV
11
lr,-;j
"'"' .f'..
"
,,.
"
"
"
"" '"
'"'
' '"'
MODE
I!_
!'
Fig. 63-2
'""
f--
"
"
LOIIDBI'U.KEII
Vt
"
otmur
AMFUFIER
.,.
...
"'"'
lm,.danc.
811
18k
16D
30k
12V
sen
I .
,, tn ....
ROM
A UDIO
tNIIt4
an
STEM1
Vee
lkfi
ANALOG
;: ::::"'
,,
IN
"x
"''f
INPU'i
TL502
1-----.
""f
33k0
lALLI
RxtiCxt
30.22
eZ2
ex,
GND
"
SEGMENT
GND
TIU07
I
Fig. 633
488
?({)"
j
r-- -:
e,
.,
'
Tlst1
2.2kll
ose
<lND
.... ;:[
""
"'''
CD"' I
LAMP TEST
INPUT
OUT
Vee
1N914
COMF
2.2k0
02
01 02
...
"'"
R1
0.001 g
(COPPER)
:!:"
.i5~F
}.
J.
COMPlEX
LOAD
"
. :...Cv
".
,,.
R3
,__,
20112 ZERO
";l
......,,
tV
\_ ~LM394
......
t-01
~ !l- 1N4U04
."'
111
HOT
I
..L.
Fig. 63-4
.~
I
~-~
-'""
'
1N4001
Circuit Notes
,...,
', ~
,f.,o~l
'
";;~
4 ,' Shield
I
C1
.
I
rr-
l1
Input
150nl ~
"~
-;,;
,'~
I
;:..
~'
Output
f50nl
l1
~C1590
5.6k
Fig. 635
6
,~
8
+12 \ldc
0.001 Jtf
V1 IAGC)
L 1 "' J-Turns, 120 AWG Wir1, 5/16" Dia.,
5/8" long
C1,C2,C3 '"llJO) pf
C4,. (1-10) pF
3/4'" long
489
64
Power Supplies (Fixed)
The sources ofthe following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Switching Regulator Operating at 200 kHz
5 V, 0.5 A Power Supply
3 W Switching Regulator Application Circuit
Regulated Split Supplies from a Single
Supply
Switching Step-Down Regulator
Single-Ended Regulator
50 V Push-Pull Switched Mode Converter
5 V/0.5 A Buck Converter
50 V Feed Forward Switch Mode
Converter
Traveller's Shaver Adapter
100 Vrms Voltage Regulator
Transistor Increases Zener Rating
Dual Polarity Power Supply
5.0 V/6:0 A, 25 kHz Switching Regulator
with Separate Ultra-Stable Reference
Mobile Voltage Regulator
490
'
2_5 11H
28V
00
" !
Mallory
o,
D,
'
i2!'Fl
c, '
1 "F
~18V
o,
THF"22F35
!!!
IN914
680!1
1N!)2421l
c,
R,
390
o,
1M5828
Q_l"F
HlOOO
"
R,
5V
lllli'F
10kl1
1N914
..f J.
"
o,,J
""
lc,
R,
~,,
'
R,
R,
1.8kH
JOOHI:
/~
o,
2'N4400
c,
330 pF
>---
c,
1N5231
I":'
"
1.2 kH
~\
o,
Fig. 64-l
"
1.1 k(l
"" o,~A
R,
-......
R.,
1N914 .,..
R,
Bl kn
>8V
6V
1NS2348
R,.
0.005
0.01
Vour
5Vat-10A
' '
~Vknlcs-C,z
6V 5V
Mallory THF120F10
6-120 11F capaLO!Of$
on parallel
2N4400
Circuit Notes
oscillator nmning at 200 kHz) is fed through a
This circuit provides a regulated de with
level-shifting circuit to the base of bipolar
less than 100 mV of ripple for microprocessor
transistor Q2. This transistor is part of a
applications. Necessary operating voltages are
bootstrap circuit necessary to turn the power
taken from the bleeder resistor network conMOSFET full on in totem-pole MOSFET arnected across the nnregulated 28 V supply. The
rays.
output of the LM710 comparator (actually an
'"
~1100!-JF
3J_ lQV
o,
o,
ZN423
Rz
620
1-&k.RJ
----.!!.~
"
ZNt..2'-IT
]II
'
fL.
6
lOV
:'!:
75pf
ZTX101!
zs170.o 2
2200))F~
-/1
'1
. c1
JJk
R1
Fig. 64-2
R4
JJO
/?' 2 N 3055
fr 2
~
"'
"s
.;wan
oK5
Circuit Notes
current circuit is achieved by Tr1 and R5. This
The circuit is essentially a constant
simple
circuit has the following performance
source modified by the feedback components
characteristics:
Output noise and ripple (full
R2 and R3 to give a constant voltage output.
The output of the ZN424E need only hez.volts
load) = 1 mV mrs. Load regulation (0 to 0.5 A)
above the negative rail, by placing the load in
= 0.1 %. Temperature coefficient= 100
ppm/C. Current limit = 0.65 A.
the collector of the output transistor Tr2. The
491
:11
"' '
Vee-=-
o.o2;::k
200 v
t_+-ovo2oovo15mA
__!______Y a
IN4937
1
~2N4401
500 JI.F
IN5897A
Tt
'
02
~N6495
T t - FERAOXCUBE Pot Cor
2.7
.f2213P-L00387 (6 mil
Np- 8 Turnt 11'22 AWG
Ng- SO Tur.,tl28 AWG
I(
~p)
Fig. 64-3
.J,:
SENSE
ICL7683
GND
Your
-VsET
"':""IV
.......! v
""~
c...
'
CAP-
100pF
,----.!
,.,
Fig. 64-4
,,
- ;\:; c'
'
ICL7680
3
OND
v-
+,...,..
'"
"'
'
. P~..,,T
==,,.,,,
CAP+
""'
,..,,;
~ ==,.,,,I
GND
viN
.
.,
; :;:c
rVm
VouT
ICL7884
SENSE
.I.
""'
sv
Circuit Notes
The oscillation frequency of the ICL 7660 is reduced by the external oscillator
capacitor, so that it inverts the battery voltage more efficientiy.
492
I
I
,,
,,
"
ISU!U liNEI
1-'
.,
UNREGUlATED
OC INPUT
SEINE 555
1-.
1-'
~5
SEINE
1-~
'
+-
I-
Fig. 64-5
Nc,
'"
REGULATED
,,
,,
DC OUTPUT
SINGLE-ENDED REGULATOR
~-~
+ttV
.1
" -~
"
o-o--
--
'
: ::hl
"' .
C.
YII(F
... ,..._
".... ""
-l
lti.C* COIF.
.....
-
..
Fig. 64-6
"",.
0.1!1
Circuit Notes
In this conventional single-ended regulator circuit, the two outputs of the :SG 1524
are connected in parallel for effective 0-90%
duty-cycle modulation. The use of an output
inductor requires an RC phase compensation
network for loop stability.
493
. ,:H'"
TO"""
-+15V
--
T tSOV
-t 15V
41K
c,
2N3638
BYW30500
BYW30
COM
BYW30
BYW30500
Fig. 64-7
""
;-------,----~";,'W'-----,------1----o
V:f;~~ T18V
"'
0.0022j;:F
$%MYLAR
~,..-----ij 1---.----"
"'
Hh
,,.,
HH
0.47,F
1 CERAMIC
-='
i a~"""
UT!'F
CERAMIC
~--~--!-----,
O.t"F
__I CERAMIC
2!1
""'
+8.2V
!-"'~":""'-'r-----(!i)o ~~~
8.2K
e.&mH
AABOOS
o.oot,F
470,.FI18V
CERAMIC
'"
,.,
L1 29T i1'20 wire
Ferroxcube 2616 (3CB) core
494
Fig.64-8
115V AC
sn.aoHz
+ 160\t
RAB040
+160V
''"
.01~F
CERAMIC
1'-FAFIADAY SHIELD
' .001~F
- 0.25fl
I
: CEFIAMIC
'
'
-'
"
o.oo,.F
~CERAMIC
Fig. 64-9
C1 1fi,IF
350V.-wttg
11CM115V
tciD HOI
D1 and D2
IV 127 or simillr
Fig. 64-10
TO 240V
SHAVER
Circuit Notes
Many countries have 115 volts mains
supplies. This can be a problem if your electric
shaver is designed for 220/240 volts only. This
simple rectifier voltage doubler enables motor
driven 240 volt shavers to be operated at full
speed from a 115 volt supply. As the output
voltage is de, the circuit can only be used to
drive small ac/de motors. It cannot be used, for
example, to operate vibrator-type shavers; or
radios unless the latter are ac/dc operated.
495
D1
1N4003
R4
1so n.
1W
R1
12 k
2W
115 Vac
60Hz
+
Q2
.2N6346
Fig. 64-ll
D4
1N4001
D5
1N4003
+
Q1
MCR1906-4 C3 Load
R5 1 I'F
1 k 200V
2W
S1
D3
1N4003
D2
1N4003
R2
10 k
C1
10 I'F
5V
C2
2 I'F
200 v
D6
1N4372
+~IN~IV~r-~----~~o~U~T
+IN~~~J\~t-----------~----~+~O~T
330!2
Fig. 6412
Circuit Notes
496
Once the zener starts conducting, a bias voltage develops across the resistor (330 0 to 1
K), turning on the transistor. The output voltage is 0.7 V greater than the zener voltage.
R1
+15
ZD1
1000,F
Fig. 64-13
0
ZD2
-15
ZD 1 and ZD 2 = 15V ZENER DIODES-BZX70 Cf5
Circuit Notes
'<10~o+301n
-~
>000 '
sov
-;-
1201-<H
2N5879
0 0'"'
sov
" ~
~f IN3889
-;- Ceramoc
,.
,
,
MC1404U5
TRIM
"
t-.
6
IOi<
Ceramic
Motorola
1-<1
Oo~olletor
0.0051-<Ff
6.8 V
TL4~CN
f..
(Opt)
Am~u
0.01 ,..F
(Low ESR)
"
/_:l""-" !!.!.,
f/
S0001.1F
"0
Pulse Wodth
Modulator
+6.00ut
200 mA to 6.0
100 k
+l-.::r:
'
"
,'
f'"
I
'
I' I" ~~
0.001 1'-f
,,
Fig. 64-14
497
This simple mobile voltage regulator circuit may save your two meter or CB transceiver if the voltage regulator fails. The
2N3055 should be heat sinked if current drawn
by the rig is in excess of 2 A on transmit. This
circuit will do little under normal operating
conditions. but could save expensive equipment if the vehicle's electrical system loses
regulation.
+UN!!ULA!ED
Fig. 64-l5
NEGATIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR
POSITIVE FWATINGREGULATOR
v,
v,
.....
"'
V< f--f---'-1
1N2071
~~CL_
"
I!!
,,
TYPICAl PERFORMANCE
A..,_ Output V<lltogoo
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
1!-loled Oulput Voltaogt
15\/
lmV
lmV
Fig. 64-16
+SOY
16mV
20m\/
Fig. 64-18
v,.
v,
"
VfiEF
.,
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
L.-1
TYPK;AL PERFORMANCE
flltulll-.1 Output
Fig. 64-17
498
Volgg~
<'i~V
10 mV
80mV
Fig. 64-19
~IIOtion
l-Ilt IOO..,AJ
IOOV
:JI)
mV
20mV
Lilli II
'"
'" ,Vour
"
"
T''P'
...
VouT
'"
"""
TYPICAl PERFORMANCE
Rll"latMiOupul Voltago
Lone ReguiMion 1-.1 VIN 3VI
Load RIIIUiotio" (.lit. 100 mAl
-l!)V
1 mV
2 mV
Fig. 64-23
Fig. 64-20
-15 V NEGATIVE REGULATOR
61101
=lmH
IN4001
,,
2(41
MC1123
!MCI723C)
(1218
v;n,-4-----+:::0-
100pf
+lOV
(6) 4
MC1123
(MC1723C)
Vo-ISV
2N30U
IIIEcilli'l
Vin-20V
Fig. 64-24
Fig. 64-21
SLOW TURN-ON15 V REGULATOR
15 V/1 A REGULATOR
WITH REMOTE SENSE
0.33
{~~~"~r,~-,.'~111
'"
"'
~OUT
AIIJ
VoUT
lOV
"
tl
1k
*O.I.f
5%
lMU98
"
"
,,.
+15'1
"'
"'
"
Fig. 64-22
'"'
Fig. 64-25
499
Fig. 64-26
GND
Ciruit Notes
1n
5.0 v
5 w MJE310 OR EQUIV
>OVe-.f""""'w.-,C"'),------.-~
'"
+ 0 3.!1 A
10
%W
~1011F
20
LM109K
LM109K
o.22,.FT
~
Fig. 6427
500
3 CASE
3 CASE
Tig. 64-28
11SV
A.C
Fig. 64-29
/1/V
ILooM
MYLAR
-=-
I
I
-- -J
01 "'2N3638
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
4.3 V
Vz IN3824
or IK!uiv
vee
vovzO.SVdc
NOTE 1 R is used to bi11tht zen11
NOTE 2 tf ttlr Z~nrr TC ispositillt,lnd ti!UIItn
magnitude to \he neptive TC of thr input
10
'
IC = MC3401
Fig. 64-30
501
01
--AD+tW ~
01
AD162
+VOUT
-VOUT
R2
1~ao
Y2W
V IN
-13.5
VIN
+13.5
02
BC108
ZD1
ZD1
02
BC258
FUSE
FUSE
500 mA
500 mA
ZD1
VOLTAGE
400mW
R1
6V
6V2
6800
7.SV
7VS
3900
9V
9V1
2200
Fig. 64-31
Circuit Notes
against overload or short-circuits. The current
These short -circuit protected regulators
cannot exceed 330 rnA. Under normal operatgive 6, 7.5, and 9 V from an automobile battery
ing conditions the voltage across R2 does not
supply of 13.5 V nominal; however, they will
function just as well if connected to a smoothed
rise above the 500 mV necessary to tum Q2 on
de output from a transformer/rectifier circuit.
and the circuit behaves as if there was only Ql
present. If excessive current is drawn, Q2
Two types are shown for both positive and
turns on and cuts off Ql, protecting the regnegative ground systems. The power transisulating transistor. The table gives the values of
tors can be mounted on the heatsink without a
Rl for different zener voltages.
mica insulating spacer thus allowing for greater
cooling efficiency. Both circuits are protected
Fig. 64-32
Load and line reguiat1on 0 01% temperature stability:,: 0 2%
t Determine~ Zener cur rem
ttSolld tantall.ll"l
502
...
.,
2.~1)
116V
"~
"
"
O.KmH~
I!IU407
W'
,,.
""
--"
"'
2K!!
-:-
M7~F
CERAMIC
"'
/111/
"'"
"
'"
%> ..
0.002,.f
JMYL.AFI
'
"
"''
'""
..""
"
U<O
Fig. 64.33
503
65
Power Supplies (Variable)
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Dual Output Bench Power Supply
Power Supply with Adjustable Current
Limit and Output Voltage
Adjustable Output Regulator
10 rnA Negative-Voltage from a Positive
Source
Regulated Voltage Divider
Variable Zener Diode
12 V To 9, 7.5 or6 V Converter
5 A Constant Voltage/Constant Current
Regulator
Power Pack for -Battery-Powered Calculators, Radios, or Cassette Players
504
+-4r------4r----------4r----------,
IIUVat
~A\l~IN,UT
Fig. 65-1
,,.
Fig. 65-2
-10V
OUTPUT ~ANGE
O<v 0 .,;;;25V
OoiO 10 ..; 1.2A
a,
2N5640
-10
505
Input
-I
-
MC78M06C
Output
I
I
0 1
10'
v0 .
"'
Circuit Notes
The addition of an operational amplifier
allows adjustment to higher or intermediate
values while retaining regulation characteristics. The minimum voltage obtainable with this
arrangement is 2.0 volts greater than the regulator voltage.
o v to
V1N
20 v
Vo;;o20V
Fig. 65-3
Fig. 65-4
506
OUTPUT
BATTERY
OR
R2
REGULATED
INPUT
RV1
25ml
220!t
2W
>--t
2W
Fig. 65-5
Circuit Notes
R2 5k
BC107
"'
680Sl
Fig. 65-6
507
12 V TO 9, 7.5 or 6 V CONVERTER
Circuit Notes
2N30S5
+
R1
12V NOMINAL
FROM CAR BATTERY
V. OUT
Fig. 65-7
.."'
Fig. 65-8
D1
03
111451
LED*
CS
n,F
RS
llllll
""'
R7
<M
-SVTO
ISV
tSolid tan-talum
*Lights io constant current mode
508
"
VOlT All
AOJOSl'
T1 112
~~~~~--------~~l~N
01
IC1
OUT
+V
COM
Fig. 65-9
C1
C2
1000
220n
02
ov
NOTES:
IC1 IS 7805
01,2 ARE 1N4001
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives a regulated output of voltage and although this IC (the 7805) is nor
between 5 V and 15 Vdc, adjusted and set by a rnallyused ina fixed-voltage (5 Vdc) supply it is
preset resistor. Current output up to about 350 for a variable output voltage.
rnA. An integrated circuit regulates the output
Fig. 65-10
lM317l
ADJ
R8
1.1
R6
lk.
02
1N4001
100
Tl.O .
LM3298
R7
C1
cz
Tl.Ouf
R4
ZOk
VOlTAGE
SW
AOJUST
-:1:-
509
.~h
l"'
LIIIIU
-----~:;--~;J~~~~,~~----~
yllff
Your
,,
0 TO 30 V REGULATOR
REGULATED
OUTPUT
CL
cs~-----t
"'
-TOll
IC = ,.,.A723
Fig. 65-11
Fig. 65-13
0 TO 22 V REGULATOR
10 A REGULATOR
lM331
'-<
-- ;::o.t.,f
~{,
/
..
~t-LMHl
J,.. 1.2\1
"
_,.,'"
.. R1 ...240n, R2
Fig. 65-12
510
"Mirllmum load-H)() mA
Fig. 65-14
UV"
~IN
..._ 2tiV Q-
~t~C~M~":...r'---r-~~~-lr1'""'
!..L
l
Ill
!Gk
C!
-,-
_!:..._
12mA
'f"(-IIVrOzt\1)
NEED NOT I ( RUilltAT0
A,- UIIOII
C, - l"f OPTIONAl - IMI'IIOVU fii"U IIEJftl!OM, NOISl, AND TRANSIENT IIUPOII$1
'""'h
,,
1-.....--'1~""--..-~~ REGULATED
OUTPUT
. . 'r::r- ,
OC
csl---_.
v-
LOW VOLTAGE
REGULATOR (V- = 2 TO 7 V)
-r-
YIIEF
COMPinv
lc_-l~-'
,,
c,
IOGpf
R ~ R,___
3
':.f
lor m1nomum
temper~lura
ard1
A1 ~ ~2
vour=f"REF)(
--~]
l
R1 + R2
Fig. 65-16
Fig. 65-17
511
-2-
+VIN
R1
tM
LIN
>
<
LM380
>
lC
15u :;;~
16V
Fig. 65-18
14
VOUT
ov
15u :; ~
16V
-Ve
-VIN
Circuit
This circuit utilizes the quasicomplementary output stage of the popular
LM380 audio power !C. The device is internally biased so that with no input the output is
held midway between the supply rails. Rl,
which should be initially set to mid-travel, is
used to nullify any inbalance in the output.
Regulation of Vout depends upon the circuit
feeding the LM380, but positive and negative
Notes
outputs will track accurately irrespective of
input regulation and unbalanced loads. The
free-air dissipation is a little over 1 watt, and so
extra cooling may be required. The device is
fully protected and will go into thermal shutdown if its rated dissipation is exceeded. Current limiting occurs if the output current exceeds 1.3 A. The input voltage should not exceed 20 V.
INPUT ...-
-<>-1
lM109
..
1--<o--...2
3 CASE
A!
300
L __ _ _, .
r
512
OUTPUT
1%
Az
1k
Fig. 65-19
"
'"
1.0M
AI MC1741CP1
Tl
W1=30Tutnsoi#26AWO
~ Tu<no ot #20 AWC
W:l ~ 3 Tu<no of 11'26 AWG
W4 12 Tuno of 1'26 AWG
W:Z
'
TYPICAL PERfORMANCE
~'out!
"-
1v 0
w.,,.
5 v t 5'11.1
5 V Rippl Component 50 mV
A1
= MC3380P
(120Hz2D~Hz)
Pout2 600 mW
(V.o 12 V! 10%)
Pou!J: 3 mW
1v 0 -J v
'o"''
Fig. 65-20
6.0 A VARIABLE OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATOR
Fig. 65-21
"'
'"
umJ
""fOU
1
O!VIr.!SI~
fARAHH
$11'-IDU~TAllllo'
513
66
Power Supply
Protection Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Electronic Crowbar for Ac or De Lines
Power Protection Circuit
Simple Crowbar
Overvoltage Protection with Automatic
Reset
514
Puh To
R1
To"~
10 k
l1
'--
Supply Voltage
AC or DC
/~
/~
-.---+-{'*:
j'f'h..,'i--1
j' \f.----'
R 2 :;..,_s_e_t_P_o_in_t_A_d.:.j
-1 k
R3
0.1
l'i...J)
To Electdcel 0
Electronic Equipment
Triac
M~1
~F;o~
Fig. 66-1
1 k
Circuit Notes
"
lOA
IOOV
-+-....
~12vl ..l_
5A
FAST BLO
j--~-i:;:.~-----r---
+121/
L.=:f],
';i
ISV
lA !160ll
IOOOll
...,
?~~tv
REPEATER
CIRCUITRY
L./
Fig. 66-2
Circuit
To safeguard portable, emergency power
repeaters from reverse or excessive voltage,
Dl prevents incorrect polarity damage, and
zener voltage determines the maximum vol-
Notes
515
SIMPLE CROWBAR
100R
2N3702
SCR~
sov-
..
~ ;!1
;
4k7
'
4V7
"
400mW J
1k
e
1
FUSE
REGUlATOR
CIRCIJIT
I
:
Fig. 66-3
~Circuit
516
Notes
I
I
I
I
TRIGGER CIRCUIT
!I
: "'
"'
I
I
I
I
I
I
R8
150
1W
010
lL
~t'1N4747
20V
~ Ql
04
1NS159
5k
25
R6
10 k
'"
02
MPS6581
fv
\:.YI
I
R4
20 n
I
07;?
1N5314
AS
06
02
-:~CS
r ~ 40 " '
I
I
MOA9;r
03
I
I
06
rC1
O.Q1 " '
R10
1k
I
I
_..[:;:_ C2
o.4f.1F
2N.5060
15V
200 V
04
2N6346
09
1N4003
012
1N4003
~o;;;c
1 uF
200
I
I
R9
2W
011
1 N4001
A
Q3
_
4
~~
1N4003
2N6239
~.~ I
1N759
12V
01
LJ
I
I
I
C3
T:2f.1F
1.2k
7W
115 VAC
0 "'
..d;.
R7
I
I
2W
R1
15k
2W
ZERO-POINT SWITCH
1k
Load
I
I
I
I
I
I
~Two
Diodes In Parallel
Fig. 66-4
3701
FROI<o! PS.U
101
"
O>
TO SUIT
01
ac 101" '
(c.g.80t32)
UNDER POVI!:R
Fig. 66-5
1NJ704
"'
330R
220R
Circuit Notes
Zener diode zDl senses the supply, and
should the supply rise above 6 V, Ql will turn
on. In turn, Q2 conducts clamping the rail. Subsequent events depend on the source supply. It
will either shut down, _go into current limit or
blow its supply fuse. None ofthese will damage
517
+1ZV
REGULATOR
L
~ ZD1 13
SCR 1
10!l
BT108 OR ~---'\"rv'VV----1
SIMILAR
-
1,F~!!!
~ 100!l
Fig. 66-6
Circuit Notes
5 VCROWBAR
v---------1~------~t---------
LMll&-5.0
:: 100
SENSITIVE GAH
}~ SCR
r----+----'
__ ,.... 0.01 ,F
~ 200
....L
Fig. 66-7
518
67
Probes
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Snurces section.
Logic Probe Yields Three Discrete States
Signal Injector/Tracer
Injector/Tracer
CMOS Logic Probe
RF Probe for VOM
100 K Megohm DC Probe
519
,,0
Rl
R4
<1K
I/4W
1/4/N
Rl
4 1K
INPUT
I/4W
f~)
C>----"WV---f--1
\.~
RC
0/
2N2222
MINICt..IPS
Fig. 67-1
Circuit Notes
520
SIGNAL INJECTOR/TRACER
SK1
PROBE OUT
A4
1k
lC 1 CD4001 AE
Fig. 67-2
R6
470k
SK2
IN
r ~gu
AB
470k
..,..:.~ j.......J\,/\/1/'....
11
A9
500R
SK3
EAR
10ul15v
Circuit Notes
521
INJECTOR/TRACER
--
TO 'X'
PST
RT
2k7
R2
150k
R3
150k
R4
2k7
+9V
01
BC108
R5
C3
220n
f--osKT
OUTPUT
SK'
47k
R6,
CT
4n7
~sks
C2
4n7
ov
INJECTOR
Fig. 67-3
SK4
~~
S-K3
LTO'X'
ov
TRACER
The- circuit diagrams for both parts of the injector/ tracer. Note that SK4 is used to
apply power tc the amplifier section.
Circuit Notes
The unit has a separate amplifier and oscillator section allowing them to he used separately if need be. The injector is a multivibrator
running at 1 kHz, with R5 and R6 dividing down
522
.,
......
,L
4001 TOP VIEW
'0" t
-:::.
'-'
'PULSING'
....
R2
2M2
PROBE
03
~
TIL209
IC1 .. 4001
PIN 14 lS +V
I .J '
.,.....
~:
,.c._
R3
"'
~I
01
t1
TIL209
:
'HIGH'
j'
r:; I
=~~
"'
r.
'LOW'
TH.20SI
"'
-Vo
Fig. 67-4
Circuit Notes
The logic probe can indicate four input
states, as follows: floating input-all LEDs off;
logic 0 input-D2 switched on (D3 will briefly
flash on); logic 1 input-DLswitched on; puis-
Cl
Dl +
--1
Rf
INPUT
"'
.l:"~~OED CAlLE
tC:--r-TOVOM
~
Fig. 67-5
Circuit Notes
This probe makes possible relative measurements of rf voltages to 200 MHz on a
20,000 ohms-per-volt multimeter. Rf voltage must not exceed the breakdown rating of
the 1N4149-approximately 100 V.
523
,_...__--<:>+
6
TO MUl TIMETER
.,-gv
__.__
I
9V
Fig. 67-6
I'
~ R1
~22M
Circuit Notes
M.
Fig. 67-7
47kfl
0.22f1Fd TANTALUM
Circuit Notes
When the probe is in contact with a TTL low (0) the probe emits a low note. With a
TTL high (1). a high note is emitted. Power is supplied by the circuit under test.
524
LOGIC PROBE
+5
'"'
"'
06
PROBE 2.7k
270U
1N914
T"JI/
'"
+5Vk
'"
GREEN
f"""---- --1
CIRCUIT TO ADJUST
'
THRESHOLDS
PROBE
't
Fig. 67-8
LED
l-------~
ov
Circuit Notes
Transistors Ql and Q2 form a buffer, providing the probe with a reasonable input impedance. Q3 and Q4 form a level detecting circuit.
As the voltage across the base-emitter junction
of the Q3 rises above 0.6 V the transistorturns
on thus turning on Q4 and lighting the red
(high) LED. Q5 and Q6 perform the same func-
Circuit Notes
'
II/LED
~-----~,.__
: ::1
Fig. 67-9
525
LOGIC PROBE
"
IIIIPUT
1%
!Jo..
.1.
'"
d
""~'
'
"
'"
WJ,
'"
~'
""
""
..
1J
Fig. 67-10
""L'~'
mil
22K
MPSAI~
-
Circuit Notes
-z'
..;::
LE02
~E01
Fig. 67-11
270R
"~
,.,
CLIP TO
IC 5V
~
'""
_G "'E''"
~
CLIP TO
IC OV
..ooo
'"
Circuit Notes
If the probe is connected to logic 0, Q1 will be turned on lighting Dl. Atlogic 1, Q2
will be turned on lighting D2. For Ql and Q2 any NPN or PNP transistors will do.
Similarly, D1 and D2 can be any LEDs.
526
+
4.7k,
PROBE
"
+6V
Circuit Notes
2N3819
.:L____j!---.fTO AUDIO
2N545it.......-... r--:1~
AMP
f.._ J--l
O.OtliF
'-
o.~~F
s;;;;t--t
.~
......
_ '25F
...
.
':"
ct-.
A~OA91
AUDIO
RF
2.2fo'l
1k
SLIDE
SWITCH
Fig. 67-12
A----,
"'
R1
1-SOH
INPUT
3kn
l~
'Gf'- 'G2'
(PROBE)
,.:..
,.....,_
r ...!
RJ
san
200
Fig. 67-13
.,7"-~
R4
Gl, G2. G3 = SN7400
n
RS
100
COMMON
ANODE
IV
Circuit Notes
527
68
Pulse Generators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Pulse Generator
Single Op Amp Oscillator
Programmable Pulse Generator
Unijunction Transistor Pulse Generators
Pulse Generator
Pulse Generator
Free-Running Oscillator
Pulse Generator with 25% Duty Cycle
Pulse Generator
555 Timer Oscillator
528
PULSE GENERATOR
+10
Circuit Notes
,,
~,,
IN914.,:
'
561( <!
f" IN914
,,
'
16~
5601( !'
,,
O.DDl
'
-lDDII:"
'
~ "
1/4 L161
~
,,
1001(
R5 x R4(ef0
R4(actual) =
R5- R4(ef0
~
Fig- 68-1
tOOk
c
tOOoT
l7fT7
10k
SWI
1N914
'--VIIv--*--'
Fig- 68-2
PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR
Circuit Notes
t-----<i'"_n__
""
""
"'.
10oo!Vol1
,.,s .. v llt011
Fig- 68-3
529
.,
.,
,,
'
., T
0
Fig. 68-4
.,
,,
'
IREO
,,,
,,,
'"
PULSE GENERATOR
"
"'
Output is TTL compatible
Duty cycle _is adjusted by Rt
Frequency is adjusted by C
Fig. 68-5
,,'"JLJL
"
I= 1 MHz
Duty cycle= 20%
PULSE GENERATOR
R1
01
1NI14
11k
1.0M
....
"'
100.
Fig. 68-6
D2
1Nt14
1.0M
1.0 M
530
PULSE GENERATOR
FREE-RUNNING OSCILLATOR
15
v
1 kll
20 kll
15
,...----~..!.ft~
'
OUTPUT
I
>-OUTPUT
,!2-1.~
1' +
.n
2 k!l"
1Kn(MINI
-HiV
181!.!!
88kO
30 k!t
1f1f
JU1
15V
DUTY
n._n_c:_
CYLCE
ADJUST
I ,, I ,, I
c~ao.to-6t
F<djusts
T1
r,
Fig. 68-7
PULSE GENERATOR
WITH 25% DUTY CYCLE
Fig. 68-9
''"
[,+
~.+~
1..
"='"='
'
Llo!S55
u-,
oo--
'
'
'h
'
'
oo1"FT
'
1.44
f =
(A.-.+ 2 Aa) C
Ro
duty =
cycle
RA + 2 Re
Fig. 68-8
Fig. 68-10
531
....
REFERENCE
PIN 1 IC2
REFERENCE
PIN 6IC2
ClOCK
1-
,,
f----"nl-rl-
CLOCK
tO
l50.SC
'"
ISUPPL V l5C .,,o,
lisen
250K'
10M<!
"
Fig. 68-11
Circuit Notes
Two,phase clock generator uses two Ll6ls to generate pulses of adjustable widths
andphase relationships. Ramp generator feeds two variable window comparators formed
by IC2A-IC,s and JC,c-IC2o respectively.
532
69
Radiation Detectors
~The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Dosage~Rate Meter
Wideband Radiation Monitor
Gamma Ray Pulse Integrator
533
DOSAGE-RATE METER
200 k!l
100 k!l
+15
GAIN
ADJUST
Fig. 69-1
10
....-'iii
2:.
"
0
4
2
0
200
400
600
BOO 1000
Circuit Notes
534
that the output voltage is 1% of incident radiation intensity in rads per minute; therefore
voltage can be displayed on 3.. digit DVM for
direct reading of dosage rate. Output voltage
from the monitor is linearly proportional to
radiation intensity at the diode.
~------------------,----------,
lil~F
-,
,--+-1
-:?-
4.3
200 n
4.3
sso
k!l
2 Mn
2N22l",-.;-l- - - - - - ,
I
I
2-Mn
611 nF
v,
IM!l
PHOTOOtOOE
BPDP-30,
I
I
I
/.
sso kn
100 pf
51 kn
47 kn
10m
f ~'-- _J
33nfor1~F
(SEE TEXT)
$1
~-l.
Fig. 69-2
Circuit Notes
~integrates
535
Fig. 69-3
02 2N4&4
COLLECTOR
LLECTOA
EARPHONE
Ct
BASE
022
VI
"2J-.vou
., .
;=r-.1.5VOLTS
.~~ '$.~.
536
2.2meg
EMITIER
Fig. 69-4
GEIGER COUNTER
RV1
1k
T1
240V-9-0-9
: ~~
+
~~~
..
.,,
v)
1 ~~
SOOn
oov
,.....:!" ooe
. ...
' '"a,
\!!
NOTE:
011S2N2926
01&2 ARE BV100
C4
c~ ~
=~~.
12V
'"'"+
GEIGER TUBE
CV2249
:;p;:
C5
SOOn
600V
01
SW1
SPST
::.,...,
lin
- c:lHODE
ci:...
RZ
1M
CRYSTAL
EAAPIEC E
~
-IV
Fig. 69-5
Circuit
The Geiger tube needs a high voltage sup
ply which consists of Ql and its associated
components. The transformer is connected in
reverse; the secondary is connected as a
Hartley oscillator, and Rl provides base bias.
Notes
Dl, D2, C4, and C5 comprise a voltage doubler.
RVl should be set so that each click heard is
nice and clean because over a certain voltage
range all that will be heard is a continuous buzz.
t150V
rARTIClE '\..,.
-......
Fig. 69-6
L-+--D-15V
537
70
Ramp Generators
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Staircase Generator
Linear Voltage Ramp Generator
538
STAIRCASE GENERATOR
. -,..,
IIUET
ov--'
L..
"
4.1t
~~m
uv
CLOCK
:::n.n_ o-----1"'"""+.,....":!!.......
- -:'
"
Fig. 70-l
"
'""
Q.DipFT
Fll
4.7k
"
INII14
__
..
"
*JUDpf
"::"'
50k....,., 1VStep
9 VC<C
2N4403
"'
Fig. 70-2
Circuit Notes
In the monostable mode, the resistor can be replaced by a constant current source to
provide a linear ramp voltage. The capacitor still charges from 0 to 2/3 Vee. The linear
ramp time is given by the following equation:
= ---,RE,.---
Vee
.t=---
539
"'
022pFt~
II
'':f-----''f-~
16
"
,s
lk -
A2
JlflJL-+-1----1
'""''
0'
F~~
I ~.k
,ov
1M
3 ::::.---..----.-- lM
~=~Ft
lk RAMP OUT
l :1
CLOC. INM
~~
.,.h.
_SV
Fig. 70-3
5061
'"
"
_,.,
y..:
~:~~; o-1
RESH
INPUT
:~:rL
LFlt8
A2*
I
)o'---+-4-o()OIHPUT
Fig. 70-4
--~eft*
RAMP
t.V
540
'~
~~113
r I.ZV
1.2V
"' - - l!.T
m2)(Ch)
71
Receivers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Clock Radio
AM/FM Clock Radio
AM Radio
FM Stereo Demodulation ~ystem
Analog Receiver
FM Radio
Simple LF Converter
CMOS Line Receiver
Squelch Circuit for AM or FM
VLF Converter
541
CLOCKRADfO
'"
"'""
SUPPLY
""'
I
ZENER
ICM7223VF
TYPICAL AUTO CLOCk/RADIO
APPLICATION
t.
15V
t--------"~--4.,r,oo;;-;..-
~ !
!RADIO
,..,....----"
0
!''"""
1 A~,~:~:~;cJ::t~=tA="+'="=;::::=t---10~
r-----+----~:~~~~~~_L!-+--trJOL20pF
I
0
..
""
INDIC.
,.
""
l"
"
I I
"
(,
"
I{;M7223 VF
"
"
:!~ ~~~~t~~ENT
'-
'----
"'
I I
' ''
'
'
r-rov
' '' ' ' '' ' '' ' ' ' '
'
' '
A
,...,
0151'-
'' '' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '' ''
' 'I 'I ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' I '
I
I
I '--------+--___j
BRIGHT!
20kfl
542
T OFF
RADIO
r-lll
TRANSOIJCER
.~l
"'"
ON
RADIO
OISI'lAY BRIGHTNESS
Nlh31E5
NR~61F
NA461ES
.. ~hr=t=;!';
NR461ES
;~-M::. ,
- ~u.,H i qH
j ..
n~
-...,.
~, ~
"I
:!'"
Ll SWGI22,N~&.-n.Dilo .......
1.2 SWGI22,frt4T,O,.._
L3 SWGI22,IriU,O.lmm
L6
~::G
~
L4
L5
l1
T1-T3
" . :,r-::<>
~.o;___::,
Fig. 71-2
Bandwidth:
................ '
...~::~
T4
::,r-::<>
EE
T5
'"'""'
17
"" ::,r-:"
ffi:~
.,.__,:: . "
:;.._7::
.~::E
.
T6
..
.,
"'
...~---
JP
maximum sensitivity:
10DpY/M
:IBOjiV/M
e
e
.....
...
-28dB
TS
'" .,
~.:G:
>lli<Otc-"lOW<
20#V
800KHil'
180KHz
.I
S#V
.....
I'
MG#ai,N2llT,Dlmm LO.ls.u+
~r
MT:I'(,L~.Cl$1:100
tOo. , , _ , , . .
FM
.;.~..,
TCI<OoVHC-\-
rm tone frequency:
:zOO
!IOOoi.w
70Hz -12KHz
0.8'0
""""'
AM RADIO
650,.H 0"
250
Fig. 71-3
~~~~~~....--,.---------------------+-------,
':"CIIMPDSITE,.__r;
INPUT...,.,_.
AI
.HK
C6
l,f
...
lllllmA
STEREO
""
"'
ADJUST
TOP VIEW
Fig. 71-4
544
~~~~~---------------r----------------~~----------------1
v~
-~
r---
:-
h
0.01,#
,.
1M
1....
Fig. 71-5
...
....
... ""
FM RADIO
0~20.10.1MHl
"tl.5-3.0~<H
""5POLE FllT5R,
TRW 125579 OR EDUIV
IO.l"f
""
0.1 JJF
TO.OII'F
0.1 ,.F
Fig. 71-6
545
SIMPLE LF CONVERTER
" f---8
i:OFIT PIECE
~F
COAX TO RECEIVER
TERMINALS
'"
Fig. 71-7
'"
50 0K
8c LOOPSTICK
L-:--..--:-::---@
;}J
TO OUTSIDE
WIRE ANTENNA
Circuit Notes
Circuit Notes
,,
lOOK!!
546
"'
1 ME011
Fig. 71-8
w0
=-27rf
A3C4
Calculate:
>
5 T;n
"
Squelch
ThFeehold Adj
..,
0 =Quality Factor
"
W 0 =Break Frequency
Fig. 71-9
Acl"'- R;
VLF CONVERTER
....
.003
I
Fig. 71-10
"""'
"'"
j o_r
+tV
OFC
IMH
30l
Circuit Notes
kHz crystal, 3500 kHz on the receiver dial
This converter uses a low-pass filter incorresponds to zero kHz; 3600 to 100 kHz;
stead of the usual tuned circuit so the only
3700 to 200 kHz, etc. (At 3500 khz on the
tuning required is with the receiver. The dualreceiver all one can hear is the converter osgate MOSFET and FET used in the mixer and
cillator, and VLF signals start to come in about
oscillator aren't critical. Any crystal having a
20 kHz higher.)
frequency compatible with the receiver tuning
range may be used. For example, with a 3500
547
72
Resistance and
Continuity Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Linear Scale Ohmmeter
Ohmmeter
Low Parts Count Ratiometric Resistance
Measurement
Bridge Circuit
548
'"
ON-OFF
Circuit Notes
This circuit is designed to provide accurate measurement and a linear resistance .scale
at the high end. The circuit has four ranges.
Another meter with a current range of 10 p.A to
10 rnA and sensitivity of 10,000 ohms per volt
is needed for setting up.
""'
"11155
"
~901<
TO IIIUO
52 RANGES.
...
a
OIK
0-IOK
OIOOK
OIIIIEG
VR6
SET 2ERO
d" .
3\1-=.
470D.
LINEAR
'--------'-----"'
b-e e
IC 107
Fig. 72-1
8C214L
LEAD-OUTS
LEAD-OUTS
OHMMETER
9~
2.7K
IK
(standard resistor,
see text)
Rx
Unknown
3v.
1N54
HEP R134
Fig. 72-2
2.7K
HEP Z0206
Zener
0-1mA
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a linear reading scale, requires no calibration, and requires no zero
adjustment. It may be made multirange by switching in different standard resistors.
549
,,,.NDA<D
COD """A'
ANALOG
COMMON
Displayed Reading =
~., x 1000
""""'""
Fig. 72-3
+9~c
22 kfi
~
'
V2W
>
~R1
8
7
NE555
TIMER
R,
-~~2
kn
Y2W
10
Fig. 72-4
500:8 n
LED'"
,::::
DIAL LIGHT
521-9200
Circuit Notes
This low-current audio continuity tester indicates the unknown resistance value by
the frequency of audio tone. A high tone indicates a low resistance, and a tone oi a few
pulses per second indicates a resistance as high as 30 megohms.
550
'~"~'
a1
VISUAL
INDICATOR
(LED)
430
a
PROBES
3
100K
6 2.2K
741
4.7K
sy
5.1 v
sa
0.5WATI
SPEAKER
ZENER
DIODE
11>1751
1 4
2N491B
81
4.7K
100K
UNIJUNCTION
TRANSISTOR
1K
Fig. 72-5
1OK POTENTIOMETER
(FOR SETIJNG THRESHOLD)
NOTE: ALL RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
Circuit Notes
SPEAKER
Fig. 72-6
Ia
"
I'
I'
I'
TEST PROBES
LM3909
~~'"'
I'
1'
::f:
0.1
+
'v
Circuit Notes
Differences between sborts, coils, and a
few ohms of resitance can be heard.
551
0
9V
'"
I
rvi"'
'"
RV7
31i3
'"
'"
lOOk
7M
\...."
~ZD1
~r-tv "'
10M
~ ~5V6
r;
'"
ov
< '"
<
LL
v
NOTE
IC1 IS 741
01 IS 2N3704
-01 is 1N34A
"'
Fig. 72-7
"'+
." rr
07,
'"
02 IS 1N914
MliS 1m,._
02,
Circuit Notes
sembled, .a 10 K precision resistor is placed in
One preset resistor is used for all the
ranges, simplifying the setting up. Diode
the test position, R,; the meteris set to the lOK
clamping is included to prevent damage to the
range and RVl is adjusted for full scale deflecmeter if the unknown resistor is higher than the
tion.
range selected. When the meter has been as-
BRIDGE CIRCUIT
4.7
'~'R2
!OK
1.5v.
or sn
Rl
!OK
0-100/JA
........
Rx
Fig. 72-8
Unknown
Circuit Notes
For measurement of resistances from about 5 ohms down to about 1/10 ohm.
552
73
RF Amplifiers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz Push-Pull Linear
Amplifier
140 W (PEP) Amateur Radio Linear
Amplifier (230 MHz)
160 W (PEP) Broadband Linear Amplifier
80 W (PEP) Broadband/Linear Amplifier
Single-Device, 80 W, 50 Ohm VHF
Amplifier
600 W RF Power Amplifier
Wideband UHF Amplifier with HighPerformance FETs
10 MHz .Coaxial Line Driver
VHF Preamplifier
Shortwave FET Booster
Low-Noise 30 MHz Preamplifier
Low-Noise Broadband Amplifier
Two-Meter 10 Watt Power Amplifier
Two-Stage 60 MHz IF Amplifier
28 V Wideband Amplifier
200 MHz Cascode Amplifier
135-175 MHz Amplifier
200 MHz Cascode Amplifier
100 MHz and 400 MHz Neutralized Common Source Amplifier
Ultra High Frequency Amplifier
UHF Amplifier Inverting Gain of 2 with
Lag-Lead Compensation
Transistorized Q- Multi pi ie do rUse with
!Fs in the 1400kHz Range
60 MHz Amplifier
30 MHz Amplfier
Two Meter Amplifier, 5 W Output
80 MHz Cascode Amplifier
200 MHz Neutralized Common Source
Amplifier
450 MHz Common-Source Amplifier
553
C9
:J;:
RFC1
AFC2
"'
RFCS
C21J
RFC4
C22I
Tl & T2 - B:ohn. I,Jnbalanc&d 10
Balan~ad
RG 58, 1 ~ 2.s
C>9
+ 28
R1-1~,112W
-R2-
ton.
112
"'
AS- s.IS n, 1 w
R6- 2.7 U, 114 W
Zl & Z3
Micronr~p-
200 mils,
I~
C23l
C24I
u
Filtar
"
C3
RF O"t
1.8"
01
020304-
2NSI92
2N5194
MAF309
MAF309
D l - 1N4001
Fig. 73-1
Circuit Notes
This 100 watt linear amplifier may be constructed using two MRF309 transistors in
push-pul!, requiring only 16 watts drive from
420 to 450 MHz. Operating from a 28 volt
supply, eight dB of power gain is achieved
along with excellent practical performance
554
featuring: maximum input SWR of 2:1, harmonic suppression more than-63 dB below
100 watts output, efficiency greater than 40%,
circuit stability with a 3:1 collector mismatch at
all phase angles.
AFoutrPr-<7
RFC1
--
13.6 Vdc
C4
R4
C22
~C2
C10
Cl
Rl
R2
R3
C3
R7
Dl
Kl
f'-f--....--o +
C1
33 pF Dipped Mica
C2
C3
18 pF Dipped Mica
13.6 Vdc
.lJJFErie
= 10 pF 35 Vdc. Electrolytic
11JF Tantalum
.001 JJ.F Erie Disc
330 pF Dipped Mica
=
R7
RFC1
D1
D2
01,02
03,4
T1, T2
C20
C21
C10
C22
K1
"'ton 1/2W-Resistor
100
1/4 W Resistor
1N4001
1N4997
2N4401
MRF4S4
16: 1 Transformers
910 pf Dipped Mica
1100 pF Dipped Mica
24 pF-Dipped Mica
500 J..IF 3 Vdc Electrolytic
Potter- & Brumfield
KT11A 12 Vdc Relay or Equivalent
Fig. 73-2
Circuit Notes
This inexpensive, easy to construct amplifier uses two MRF454 devices. Specified
at 80 W power output with 5 W of input drive, 30 MHz, and 12.5 Vdc.
555
R6
C2
L1
At
C19
*
rlf---'>-------1
R12
~C22
01
C5
C23
C6
C7
cs
R11
Cl
T2
PARTS LIST
R3 -820 H, 1 WwireW
R4- 35 n, 5 WwireW
AS, R6- Two 150 n, 1/2 W c~rbon in patalle!
"A7, R8- 10 .n, 1/2-W carbon
R9, R11 -1 k,1/2Wcarbon
R10- 1 k, 112 W potentiometer
R 12 - 0.85 !1 (6 5.1 H or 4 3,3 .1! 1/4 W resistors in
divided equally between both emitter leads)
Fig. 73-3
556
L1 -
e~ch
01 -- 2N6370
02, 03- 2N594-2
04- 2N5190
01 -
1 N4001
02
1N4997
RB
L5
c"
A
T4
C5
c"
C22
02
C20
C13
~12.5V
C19 -lOpF 15 V
C21, C22 -two 0.065 JAF my Iars in parallel.
C23 - 330 pF mica
C24- 39 pF mica
C25 - 680 pF mica
C26- .01 IJ.F ceramic
R1, R6, R7- 10 H, 1/2W carbon.
R2- 51 n. 1/2 W carbon
A3- 240 n, 1 wire W
A4, R5 - 18 n, 1 W carbon
RS, R9 - 27 n, 2 W carbon
R10- 33 n, 6WwireW
C19
01 - 2N6367
02, 03 --2N6368
D1-1N4001
D2- 1 N4997
Fig. 73-4
557
13.5 Vdc
.___]C.._c'_,_JS
....c-"'3'--~0 _
Ll
L2
L3
L4
C11
AF In
Cl
MRF245
C2
C5
C4
C6
C7
L1
L2
L3
L4, L5
L6
L7
LS
CS
1.2
3.5
4.0
0.3
2.7
0.8
3.0
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
C9
em
em
em
em
em
em
em
Airl
Airl
Airl
Aid
A-irl
Airl
Airl
C10
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Fig. 73-5
Circuit Notes
The amplifier uses a single MRF245 and provides 80 W with 9.4 dB gain across the
143 to 156 MHz band.
558
All
R15
n-
Cl8
Bias
R7
R6
12
11
R4
R18
3 Ra
4
IC1
R9
ctsJ+----ov"
05
C12-not used
At-As-to kn trimpot
REi-1.0 k0/1.0W
R7-to n
RS-2.0 kO
R9,R21-R24-10 kO.
01-04-IN4148
05-28 V zener. IN5362 or equivalent
Rto-a.2.kn
R11-R14-100 fl
R15-R18-1.0 0
Ct-not used
C2-820 pF ceramic chip
C3-C6, C13,Ct4-0.1 ~F ceramic
C7-C10-0.1 f'F ceramic chip
T1-T3-see
te~t
01-04-MRFtSO
IC1-MC1723CP
All resistors are O.SW carbon or metal film
unless otherw'1se designated.
Fig. 73-6
Circuit Notes
linearity requirements. The bias for each device is independently adjustable; therefore, no
matching is required for the gate threshold
voltages.
559
RFC,
c,c,_c,.c.. sapF
c,,c,
=500pF
c,.c,.. c~
Oo, Oo 0,
~,;
lOOOpF
Solooonox U310
l 1 V,
120nHy
L1.l,.L 0,
=l22~Hv
AFC 1,AFC,
R,, 'I)
v"-
+2011
Fig. 73-7
~2.2nHy
~ ~~~!
r.~
rc;_2_:v
B.W 10MHz
Vo :!:2V
t 0 40mA
3<
"
COAXIAL
1000
,,,;::!:: ~
""1
=~
r
. ..~
""
'--<
Fig. 73-8
VHF PREAMPLIFIER
,--,--,--v'"':vv-:6;;v _
,.,
~v
"
""";":.~!i;"-1
"""'
,;w
'"
CircuitNotes
This simple circuit gives 15 dB gain and
can be mounted on Lin 'PCB. Coil data is given
for 85 to 95 MHz. For other frequencies modify
coil as required.
"'22 s.w.g.
v. In fanner
iron core
Fig. 73-9
560
9VOC
ANT
R2
c
R3
TO RECEIVER
Rl
3L-_.__.___
PARTS LIST FOR
SWi!S FET BOOSTER
Circuit Notes
r---14-----<>
...
,.
RFC2
/OJJH
+10 llf}C
22
"""
"
04
''"""'
"'"
"""
--7
o~J;'
'"'"
""
'AS
roJ-F
Fig. 73-11
Circuit Notes
Low-noise preamplifier has a noise figure of1.1 dB at 30 MHz and 3 dB bandwidth of
10 MHz. Gain is 19 dB. Total current drain with a+ 10 volt supply is 13 mA..All resistors
are V watt carbon; bypass capacitors are 50-volt ceramics.
561
Fig. 73-12
Circuit Notes
The amplifier provides 10 dB of gain from
10-600 MHz and has ~a 1.5-to-1 match at 50
ohms. The BFR91 has a 1.5 dB noise figures at
500 MHz. The circuit requires 13.5 Vdc at
about 13 rnA. Keep the leads on the 150 pF
emitter bypass capacitor as short as possible.
The 16 nH coil is 2.5 turns of #26 enamel wire
on the shank of a #40 drill. The 93 nH inductor
is 10 turns of the same material.
,.
F!
Circuit
This 10-watt, 144-MHz power amplifier
uses a TRW PT5757 transistor. Ll is 4 turns of
no. 20 enameled, 3/32" ID; L2 is 10 turns of
no. 20 enameled, 3/32" !D. Transformer T1 is
562
".""
04./TPVT
Fig. 73-13
Notes
a 4:1 transmission-line transformer made from
a 3" length of twisted pair of no. 20 enameled
wire.
'"
.....
S.H
(110~
1500) 24 pF
200pH
UlO)pF
t;:..:.:.J:+__J
0.002 pF
pf
Fr r->
T2: Primii'V Willd1111 ~ 10 Tum&, 122 AWG Wn, lf4" 10 Aif Core
S.tond.ry Wil!di111 2 TurN, 122 AWG Wir.,
COiflitilnt ol Cou~Jiint "" 1.0
Tl' Pl'irn.ry Windilll M 15 Turl'll, 122 AWG Wif1, 1/4' 10 A.r Core
S.C:onchiry Wllldint 4 Turn'- 122 AWG Wir~.
Cafilicitnt at Couplllll .. l.IJ
Fig. 73-14
Vos
Vos28V
t 00 1.25A
$ftoD
0.530"~
~ ......
~:.:. =I
Vos
1001"fll
FERROXCUBE
IOKn
II
V K200/09/3B
om.,F
BALUN CORE
Fig. 73-15
=
40 x s1 n
I~
1/2 W RESISTORS
r~NC~P
12.5 fl: TOTAL)
oan
.,
.,
Parts List
.,
.. ,,I .,
.,
563
Circuit Notes
This 200 MHz JFET cascode circuit features low cross-modulation, large signal handling ability, no neutralization, and AGC controlled by biasing the upper cascade JFET. The
only special requirement of this circuit is that
lnss of the upper unit must be greater than that
of the lower unit.
-..:-.. 'i';;,
tNrUT
-1"l
AGC range 59 dB
power gain 17 dB
Fig. 73-16
;
~
'
c,
~trotA
BUSW!ME
ON
IOOil!'
t"-
OIA
C6
wi ~~1
~
-=-
'
'
vos
t2.5V
t00 -a.sA
Pouret75MH
''
''
,,
"
'
'"
Parts List
.,.
.,,
INPUT IH LOSS
J<IB.135MI1<
20 d~ " 115 ..,H<
"'
."111</DIV
fAEOUEI'IICY IMI1<1
'"
Fig. 73-17
564
+-.,H"'-(O)ouT,UI
4GC ~AIIGt U II
'OiftA GAIN fiji
!loF
":'
l1 01-HvCEIITERTAP
u~ OJ""ylAP't."'FROMGROU-0
ircuit Notes
This 200 MHz JFET cascode circuit features low cross-modulation, large signal handling ability, no neutralization, JUld AGC controlled by biasing the uppercascodeJFET. The
only special requirement of this circuit is that
loss of the upper unit must be greater than that
of the lower unit.
Fig. 73-18
Fig. 73-19
OI'FSH
'"
''"
., c--..y.----o
-
"
"
"
1$\1
Fig, 73-20
"'
-
111 : 751/ 5 ... CANON
R2 "' 75!/ s... CAMOit
IIJ = 75\/ 5 ... CA. .ON
A3M5 .. CAI'I80ft
565
UHF AMPLIFIER WITH INVERTING GAIN OF 2 AND LAG-LEAD COMPENSATION (GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 350 MHz)
....
1k!!
"'
NOTE
RFC3T ft26 tlus wirt on Ftrro~<:ube VK200 08138
wldttltnd thrttde<l cort
Fig. 73-21
TRANSISTORIZED QMULTIPLIER
FOR USE WITH IFS IN THE 1400kHz RANGE
,....
RFC
f~
...
IZCH:SO
Fig. 73-22
566
60 MHz AMPLIFIER
I
I
I
I
Ll
1Too~ 2)AW6W~t
on$/lr P Form.
Tl
S/I"Lon1
Fig. 73-23
11-JOipF
::u~,
--tlf-.........-11-0-
+lZVIII:
Lll2liii',.IUAWGWW.TIio!CO...
IT3Hi MiiH .._. ar Ell!"iol
Fig. 73-24
,.~, ~~~~n~
'"
I'IFC
-:
-:;-
Parts List
L1, 60nHy4T1122.AWGclosewound0.125.1.D.
L2. 54 nHy 3112T *22 AWG close wound0.125-to.
-::-
Fig. 73-25
80 MHz CASCODE AMPLIFIER
J JOpF
_J
3-JOpF
o.~M
O.l ... H
Fig. 7326
567
. 7pF
7;
,,
1-!0pF
NF T~ l.&dl
G" Typ lldl
L1
\los u&v
VosO
Fig. 73-27
i-
c.
IN520(~
~l
,,
v.,
[Cf ~
,,
'
"-
,,
~'
AFC 1
T-
,,
2N53117
1_ '~
t,,
~'
~-
II!FC~
v,
v,
NF Typ 2.8cl8
Fig. 73-28
568
74
RF Oscillators
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
500 MHz Oscillator
Low Distortion Oscillator
400 MHz Oscillator
2 MHz Oscillator
569
__,.,. ,. .~.--,'--~r~
.
.
dlL
---t--;
I.~
IHOTE
RFC
liOOM~OUTI'UT
-~tOiln
1)
Nott: 2 turns No. 16 AWG wire, 3/Binch 00, 1114 inch long.
Not. 2: 9 turns No. 22 AWG wire, 3/16 Inch 00, 1/2 Inch long.
~l
-v
'"
Fig. 74-1
,.
<~1iue1
C1 a 700pf
L1 .. 1.3J.!H
C2=75pf
v 0 o"' 1sv
lo 1 mA
+-..,';;'t..'....,., ..
20 MHZ oscillator perform1nc1
Low distortion 20 MHz osc
2nd h1rmonic - 60 dB
3rd harmonic> -70 dB
Fig. 74-2
Circuit Notes
570
400 MHzOSCILLATOR
1.0 MHz OSCILLATOR
12.5V
]::-,-------------,
Parts List
L1-8 turns 6 22 closewound on 1/4" diameter
L2-112 inch "'16 wire
LJ-11nch"16wire
Fig. 74-5
Fig. 74-3
2 MHz OSCILLATOR
HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
+6.2V
+V__gc
#
C1
10k
601201'H
2N2222
c!OUTPUT
Fig. 74-4
Fig. 74-6
Circuit Notes
Circuit Notes
Resonant frequency is \12 7T
vLlCl.
571
COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
+Vee
Circuit Notes
When calculating its resonant frequency,
use C1C2/Cl +C2 for the total capacitance of
the L-C circuit.
1
R
~
11
II
0UTPUT
II
II
Fig. 74-7
L
RF OSCILLATOR
II
SK3007
__.----(TYPICAL)
PNP TRANSISTOR
Circuit Notes
This rf oscillator is useful up to 30 MHz.
An SK 3007 PNP transistor is recommended.
(\_ ./)11---__.__---.
470-1000.11
'Y
1o-12K
3V
572
lol
;;;f'I'F
::;~
UP TO
30MHz
L..........,.L_,-C CIRCUIT
Fig. 74-8
75
Remote Control Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Radio Control Receiver/Decoder
Carrier Operated Relay
Remote Control Servo System
Tone-Actuated Relay
Radio Control Motor Speed Controller
Remote On-Off Switch
573
R1
20
TOMOTORSo-~~vv-~------t-----------------~----------~--------~
AND LOADS
:+----,--....
c1 r.:-.0:::1
6V:
T C5
100 ,.F
2 ;1
D1
(DIGITAL OUTPUTS)
C10
0.01
.d
5~
MIX IN
LO
V+
CHA
CHB
(COLLECTOR) (COLLECTOR)
LM1872
AGC
16
17
C7
0.01-:f"
~-~Y~ C,
R3
200
R2
470k
R3 - Mixer decoupling
C1 - LO bypass: optional
C2 - LO tank; C2 = 22 pF 72 MHz
C3 - Ant. input tank; C3
= 24 pF@ 72 MHz
C4 - V81 As bypass
CS - Motor decoupling
C6 - Sync timer; C6
'=6
1 JLF
= 160 pF 72 MHz
L1 - LO coil
Toko' I Ok typa (KENC) 4T; 0.2 I'H
574
= 'SYNC
O. R , C6 + 0.5 J.LF
7 2
CS-AGC
C9 - IF bypass; optional
J1..
(ANALOG OUTPUTS)
100k
Rl -Motor decoupling
R2 - Sync timer; R2 =
J1..
R2
Fig. 751
SYNC
13
f:
T1 3
IF OUT GND
15
14
CHA
(EMITIER) CH 8
CH 2
CH 1 (EMITIER)
72 MHz
8
To Output of Board
4
3
'"
C1
5
To Input of Board
R2
I
_L
v
vD
r--.0'
C2
"'
01
lr
K1
01-1N4001
Q1 - 2N4401
K l - NF2-12 V (Arrow-M)
or Equivalent
'---
A1 -1.0kll
R2- 470 kn
L - - - - - - - - - - - - - ( ) 1 3 . 6 Vdc
Fig. 75-2
REMOTE CONTROL SERVO SYSTEM
'"
~N4S1
'"
SERVO MOTOR
"'
Fig. 75-3
575
TONE-ACTUATED RELAY
100mv
(volts RMS)
Circuit Notes
The circuit is built around the LM567 tone
decoder IC that requires about 100 millivolts at
its operating frequency. The frequency is set
by a 10 K variable resistor and can be between
700 and 1500 Hz. When a tone at the set fre
quency is present, the 567's output goes low to
energize a relay through a 2N3906 PNP trans-
, l-'o"-u':,...-'..,"v'.,..'-1
LM567
'
'
4.1K.U
10K!.l
istor.
4.7KH
?.N3906
Relay up to
50ma.
1N4001
Fig. 75-4
+5 to +9v.
~Ul
-;, >
\
17
~~
<C
~>_:.-'\/VI/'--JVL.Jy..__,._._____.__..,,
t--'~"f"'..,__/_.=~_,.:,_]~_--~M--:_..,JI
i ~g.,,
EXPANDlO
PULS( OUT
ov
""
576
Fig. 75-5
LOAD RECEPTACLE
500WATTS MAX
This~circuit provides power control without running line-voltage switch leads. The
primary of a 6-volt filament transformer is connected between the gate and one of the main
terminals of a triac. The secondary is connected to the remote switch through ordinary
low-voltage line. With switch open, transformer blocks gate current, prevents the triac
from firing and applying power to the equipment. Closing the switch short-circuits the
secondary, causing the transformer to saturate
and trigger the triac.
"'
Fig. 75-6
~N/OFF
1 Mn
PUSH
BUTTON
AGC
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
...
1K
-::-
POWER TO
TV SET
-::-
Fig. 75-7
577
76
Safety and Security Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Tarry Light
Ground Tester
Ground-Fault Interrupter
Single Source Emergency Lighting System
578
TARRY LIGHT
AC LOAD
RECEPTACLE
111l
AC
666
'T'i''i'
Dl
Jl
,---''
r o1
'
SW}I'
''
''
._
' ___
OJ
04
---
BUILT-IN
-- i NEON LAMP
AND RESISTOR
y
~'
I
'
'
'
?S
NC
SW1/,
yNo
R1
06
110 K
Rl
RJ 1100 Q
4700 Q
IVD
Fig. 76-l
R4
lmeq
Circuit Notes
579
GROUND TESTER
CB1
r-f~~
~~-_j--~~G~0R~N~':,~-1~t-----~S~0~1~--
117V
60Hz _1
u+
BRASS
WHT
R2
h'VV__.
R1
47kll
NE1
SILVER
NE 2 47kll
o---------------._----~
Parts list
B2-DPDT Swifch
CB1-10A fuse or circuit breaker
801-Radio Shack 61-2760, 3 terminal socket
R1, R2, A3-47kn,- V2W
NE 1, NE2, NE3-GE NE-2
S1-SPDT, Lafayette 34P0238V
Fig. 76-2
Circuit Notes
GROUND-FAULT INTERRUPTER
(120Hz NEUTRAL TRANSFORMER APPROACH)
SENSE
COil
G~D/NEUTRAl
COIL
LD.. D{
KDT
IIEUTAAL
.--1-.. 1
r----.
o--~~---i-----<>.-;,i""b-----1
--
ZIMI.I
M'1
M'1
ttiGII~
COlt
CIRCUIT
BRfAI(EFI
'-"'"' : =
A.---:-:____.
V
,. .
...,.
____! TIMING
CAf
r~+---1--t---'l' ICA
TIIUIGER
_!
-
==~~Hi1
LMII&I
Of.WP
OUTI'UT
~U\/41110V
;:~~~;
I!___
"'T"
+IN J
llsn
..L,
- j
!H 'F
4
Vee
}""
GNO
::;::0.81
:.;:. ~.OyF
lTANT
Fig. 76-3
580
c,
AI4F
r
R 1 /l
CR2
CIQ6Yl
AI4F
IM~oUT
6.3\1
S0-60
HERTZ
6.3\1
CR3
AI4F
I '---+-i>f----l
r,
150
,.
+
~
-=-
6VOLT
BATTERY
Fig. 76-4
Circuit Notes
This emergency lighting system maintains a 6 volt battery at full charge and
switches automatically from the ac supply to the battery.
II RELAY
SIGMA
RESET
BUTTON
SILICON
BfUDGE
TYPE IIF
.1
>OV
PRV
Circuit Notes
If the power fails, the radio alarm goes on.
No loud siren, bell, or whistle. Even if the
power is restored, the alarm stays on until
RESET button is pushed.
tt:E
115\IAC
112A
COMMON GROUND
OF RADIO ONLY
Fig. 76-5
24n
+
.:_ 3V
2.4M
2.4M
PROBE
TIP
1M
Circuit Notes
Insert the probe tip into either terminal of
an ac outlet and hold the probe body against
anything that the circuit ground is connected
to. The LED will glow when the hot terminal
is touched. Two 2.4 M resistors are used in the
probe tip for safety (redundancy) reasons.
METAL
PROBE
BOOY
Fig. 76-6
581
R'
470KO
4011
1MO
6
2Mn
+9v.~
A
n
100K
Rese1
10KH
R1
33KO
..........
100KH
Fig. 76-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit indicates that a power outage occured for 1, 10, 100, and 500 seconds
with the values given for R* and c. After a power failure, the circuit can be reset by
pushing the Reset button.
POWER FAILURE ALARM
~QOmA
.200PIV
10.ooon
BUZ ZE: R
OR
l/2 W
SONAL ERT
l
117V
~""'"
30oo-~ooon
ev BuZZER
RELAY
Circuit Notes
While the power is on, the relay is held
open, but when the power fails the buzzercircuit contacts close.
582
Fig. 76-8
100K
Disable switches
1K
~
52
01
5K
5K
S3
02
~
5K
03
5K
04
08
07
All diodes
06
= 1N4148
05
100K
100K
100K
55
010
10K
Fig. 76-9
Circuit Notes
Switches Sl through S5 must be operated in rapid sequence to operate the lock.
They can be any numbers on a 10-button switch pad. If an incorrect button is pushed,
alarm sounds and the circuit is disabled for two minutes.
583
77
Sample and Hold Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Peak Detect and Hold
Low Drift Sample and Hold
JFET Sample and Hold
High Speed Sample and Hold Amplifier
High Speed Sample and Hold
High Speed Sample and Hold
584
RESET
PEAK DETECT
HIGH IMPEDANCE
BUFFER
AND HOLD
INPUT
TO NEXT STA.GE
Q1
RESET
~~
INPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 77.1
Circuit Notes
585
Circuit Notes
INPUT
1""""'1
....J
r-15V (SAMPlE!
15V (HOlD)
LJ
Fig. 77-2
Fig. 77-3
Circuit Notes
>-...<>
586
OUTPUT
The logic voltage is applied simultaneously to the sample and hold JFETs. By
matching input impedance and feedback resistance and capacitance, errors due tor'''""' ofthe
JFETs are minimized.
, ..
~ANAlOG
1
T;::,,
CH
~..
1
+15V
0 - - - - - , - - - - - - -,_--;------,
LOGIC
ON
I
'
"' ~'
OUTPUT
SAMPLE +1SV
HOLD -7V
":' GFIOUND
....
.,,
1N914
-15V
0-------+-----------__j
Fig. 77-4
HIGH SPEED SAMPLE AND HOLD
,.,,
"n
)1:.:.1 ~t--o
...
""
!'"'''
OUTPUT
y-
LOGIC
COtmiOL
Fig. 77-5
587
1k
Fig. 77-6
-15
":"'
-15
Circuit Notes
Fig. 77-7
OUTPUT
'='
588
l.t~F
,.
*Polycarbonate dielectric
Circuit Notes
DIFFERENTIAL HOLD
OUTPUT
~ Vs WHEN IN
HOLO MODE
I
I
....L.
Vs-=T
- (Vs VcM)
WHEN IN
SAMPLE MODE
..n..
r
I
I
I
NC
_..J.,
I VcM l
',./
I
Fig. 77-8
-'-
1N457
~3
1M
1%
15
"'f
v
R2
2M
100 k
OFFSET
ADJUST
-15
2
R4
1k
1%
YtN
Notes
For lower gains, the !J.A 108 must be frequency compensated
100
Use :::>:: A pF from comp 2 to ground
v
Fig. 77-9
589
coG' '"
m>-------+
0----1--v
'"
"
Fig. 77-10
"
6y closong the loop through A2 the Your accuracy wtll be determoned untquely by
A1 No Vos adtust requort!d tor A2
T A can be estomated by same consoderattons as prevoously b\.11. t>ecau~~e of the
lddell on propagatoon delay tn the leedbac~ loop IA2t the overshoot 15 not
neglogoble
Overall system slower than fast samp"' and hold.
~1. Cc: addotional compensation
Use LF356 for
.J. FilS! Hltlmg tome
J. Low vos
Fig. 77-11
VQUT
590
Fig. 77-12
78
Schmitt Triggers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Schmitt Trigger Without Hysteresis
Schmitt Trigger with Programmable
Hysteresis
591
3.3k
3.3k
2N3643
Circuit Notes
2.4k
INPUT
1Bk
=
IN747
Fig. 78-1
'(V-)- (V+)MUST
NOT-BE GREATER
THAN SV
VlN
Z OUT= 4k7
+5V
HYSTERESIS LEVELS
=4K7
lA
6
VOUT
R1
100k
R3
33k
R2
4k7
-15V lA
Fig. 78-2
-15V
Circuit Notes
CA 3088 is used as a versatile Schmitt trigger. The size of the hysteresis levels is
determined by lA that flows out of the amplifier's output and through R2. Increasing lA
increases hysteresis and vice versa. The positive and negative hysteresis levels are
symmetrical about 0 V.
592
>-----<1--<1
VQH1t14.2V
""'
'""""'
'""
-15V
Fig. 78-3
Circuit Notes
SCHMITT TRIGGER
""L.r
Outpu~
Input
Upper TrltiKJer
Point Contr1
Fig. 78-4
Circuit Notes
Tbe lower trigger point is fixed at% Vee, but the upper trigger point is adjustable by
means of Pin 5 from \-3 Vee to slightly less than Vee. The Schmitt trigger will operate with
input frequencies up to 50 kHz.
593
79
Smoke and Flame Detectors
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Photoelectric Smoke Detector (NonLatching)
1.9 V Battery Operated Ionization Type
Smoke Detector
594
SMOKE CHAMBER
r-1
I
100,..F
=r
,K
1 IR
NOTEl
9V
.___~IL=E~O~I~----------t-----+--1
T
I
:NOT~
I
2
r-_.____1f--1
BATTER
DISABLE
ALARI\o1
./_
-----0"
r-:1
15~~---r-~2~N3~7~04:...
l--
4
5
SD2
,.-
son
-4:-
13r
12
2Mn
-
,...---.
2
0.05uF
LOW
It-:J..
"
11
10-
r~----..J
OPTIONAL
LED
Fig. 79-1
INDICATOR
22Mn
30K
~~
PIEZOELECTRIC HORN
CATT -101FB
Circuit
The LED predriver output pulses an extemal transistor which in tum. switches on the
infrared light emitting diode at a very low duty
cycle. The desired IR LED pulse period is
determined by the value of the external timing
resistor. The Smoke Sensitivity is adjustable
through a trimmer resistor which varies the IR
Notes
LED pulse width. The light sensing element is
a silicon photovoltaic cell which is held at near
zero bias to minimize leakage currents. The
circuit can detect signals as low as 1 mV and
generate an alarm. The IR LED pulse repetition rate increases when smoke is detected.
595
...."
"
Fig. 79-2
~~~~
BIASAIIIO
AEBIILATOII
'
I'
.." '
~!%..
'-
'
..."
~..,;;;- "
AMIEII
4.7M
w
COMMON
ALARMS
,"
AS
'"
2M
13
12
.r-
120V.u;;
c2=!'
F11r
AlO 100
:::f:-10;<1
14
1'-
111
10
I
BIAS AND
REGULATOR
I'
'
"'
CLAIAEX
CL-7905 .,..
596
'
'" r--
r--
10M
"'
510k
A,.~
fi
CLAIREX
CL-7905
A3
8.2
.,..
'AS
"" ~
AS
''" '"
Fig. 79-3
- .~::*
tsuPPL y
TDCD-011
ALAIIMI
...."
...."
"'"
lidly'\
IIOIIN
:::
'!~
lllpF_;;
"
In
"
LMIIOI
LDWIATTiiiY
OlTECTOII
AND DICILLATOII
'"
'
."
'
~.iet
!~"~
\..._
pq
'
~H
ItA$ AND
flUULATDII
11
"*'
"='
',Ill
~~
j
13
J'
"""
'
I~~:-
~ ::-"
;;;
"411~f
'
"
MIEII
UM
w
COMMON
ALARMS
LED 1
N~O
~;J
Cl
" =:'.101'1
14
13
~7
12
I'
AI
"~t
JD
CLAi~x
CL-7905
596
'
All
3.9M
CD;
R,
CLAIREX
CL-7905
BS
"
I
R5
'" "''"
R2
1:-:-::-
,(
"'
f--
'
\c
IM
S10k
10M_
HORN
--rh
~~OV,r;
p:'
"
D<J
10
]n
BIAS AND
REGULATOR
'
"
6.6k
100 I'F-:-
LM1601
LOWBATIERY
DETECTOR
AND OSCILLA
TOR REF
01
y,
" cz;
"'"
Fig. 79-2
Fig. 79-3
80
Sound Effect Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Voltage-Controlled Amplifier or Tremolo Circuit
Music Synthesizer
Preprogrammed Single-Chip Microcontrollerior
Musical Organ
Musical Envelope Generator and Modulator
Stereo Reverb System
Four Channel
597
~12V
1k
+lOV
""
'"''Lf
5.6k
'"
11
Fig. 80-1
"OPTIONAL
TREMOLO
INPUT
'"
SIGNAL
2.1k
"TREMOlOFREQ. .;
1
-~
-
h!R + 10k)-c
1601-llASSHOWN
Circuit Notes
598
MUSIC SYNTHESIZER
,,....!!.
G2
T.' 1,
RESET
Do
UPPER!
o,
LOWER
-1I~
02
03
:t
D3
INO
444lEYAL
IN,
OSCILLAT
;--1-
CKI
IN2
_.1
CKO
IN3
L7
CKI
CKO
1M
2MH
6-31pF
-4:-' -4:-'
--SI
GO
21
28
27
26
25
>'%
,.
)'
>' >' >'
,. y
)'
)'
>'
,.
)'
>' >' >'
c
19
10
>'
>'
'h
Fig. 80-2
20
16
)'
)'
SKIFT
""'>'
PLAY
>'
~c~
SPEAKER
CKBCKO
,.'FI 200pFI
--m~~c
PIEZOCERAMIC
TRANSDUCER
Circuit Notes
Three modes of operation are available in the music synthesizer mode: play a note,
play one of four stored tunes, or record a tune for subsequent replay.
599
PREPROGRAMMED SINGLE-CHIP
MICROCONTROLLER FOR MUSICAL ORGAN
"'"
"
..
" .."
""
""
..
"n
llt$.4141
"
"
"'
., "
-5 LJ
UM
-:::>
COP421-HGZ
"'
,,
"
r:.Nl 1
SIC 11
."'
LOO
"'1:~
:~ }
"'
"
F)
'="
":"
...
Fig. 80-3
Circuit
Twenty-five musical keys and 25 LEDs
are provided to denote F to F" with half notes in
between. Memory can store a played tune.
There are ten pre programmed tunes (each has
an average of 55 notes) masked in the chip. Any
600
Notes
tune can be recalled by depressing the Tune
Button followed by the corresponding Sharp
Key. In learn mode, the player can learn the ten
preprogrammed tunes.
47k
+10V
L..fGArE
o;;l-LillL]""
-t-
ON . r Ut
;F
Fig. 80-4
GATE
47k
03
NPN
10k
47k
1k
TONE
INPUT
nJL
10V
OUTPUT ENVELOPE
Circuit Notes
chopper. A musical tone in the form of a
When a gate voltage is applied, Ql is
squarewave is connected to the base of Q3.
turned on and capacitor C is charged via the
This turns the transistor on or off and thus the
attackpot in series with the 1-K resistor varyenvelope is chopped up at regular intervals, the
ing this pot, attact time constant_ A fast attack
intervals being determined by the pitch of the
gives a percussive sound, a slow attack the
squarewave. The resultant waveform has the
affect of "backward"' sounds. When the gate
amplitude of the envelope and the harmonic
voltage returns to its off state, Q2 is turned on
structure of the squarewave. IC2 buffers the
and capacitor is discharged via decay pot to
signal and Dl ensures that the envelope dies
ground. The envelope is buffered by !Cl and
away at the end of a note.
applied to Q3, which is used as a transistor
601
"'
lc.,
T'U1
,,"
,"'..
~L
,.,...
,."'
,,
no
I&I,F
""
'"'
IOpf
,,
2.2M
t~r:~.. :~+j~
..
r~ ,.~,+lf
~
lEfT
'
____fo
-!~
~~'T,f'o----t-------t----i--,
'tID, 1l,1l
lM378
tM387
-= '""
Rlh
,,
0.12
Ci
ID.,
I-=
,, l.........,.w---if----
UIS"
R3
1111
='
I L ____ _J
ACCUTRO!IICS
4&B2CIA
,,
,...
""'
>.--c>-.--l
REVERB
C2
llll~f
DRIVER AMPLIFIER
.,
"' '"'
J3..~
..
.....,
At
2211<
""
"" '"'
"'
"
C7
IOpF
~
RECOVERY AMPlifiER
""'
li,...C1J
ra.o1
MutiNG AMPLIFIER
Fig. 80-5
Circuit Notes
The LM378 dual power amplifier is used as the spring driver. The recovery
amplifier is a low noise dual preamplifier. Mixing of the delayed signal with the original is
done with another LM387 used in an inverting summing configuration.
LEFT
IN
NOTE
IC1,2 OUAD OP-AMP
IC3 DUAL OP-A.MP
All re:!>IStOr:!> 100k
RIGHT
IN
Fig. 80-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit will synthesize two rear channels for quadraphonic sound when fed with a
stereo signal. The rear output for the left channel, is a combination of the left channel input
603
AT
+15
~Vee
Reset
14
14
AA
Vee
13 Ois<:l'lerge
Triggr
5 Output
Tri11er
10
Reset
1/2 MC3556
1/2 MC3556
Olscherge
Thr...-
e1-; ~hold
Ond
0.01
~F;;;
8 Trigger
r:+
~
trol
~Control
Out-
P"'
"
12 Thr"hold
;
7
C2
0.01 l<lF;
Gnd
Gnd
f -
t1.1ATC1
1.44
(RA + 2A 8 )--C
Fig. 80-7
Circuit
The first timer is used as a monostable and
determines the tone duration when triggered
by a positive pulse at pin 6. The second timer is
Notes
enabled by the high output of the monostable. It
is connected as an astable and determines the
frequency of the tone.
c"
..
~ ,~
VIN
.1'
__ft_
,c,
II
;/'
PULSE FROM A
RHVTH~ GENERATOR
VOUT~
~
<
100k
for
Jss X 1000X c
Fig. 80-8
"'
>
SET
0
220R
nln
Circuit Notes
The circuit is that of a multiple feedback stant. Highfrequencyresonance s resemble
bandpass filter. A short click (pulse), makes it chimes, lower frequencies sound like claves or
ring with a frequency which is its natural reso- bongos. Several circuits, all with different
nance frequency. Oscillations die away expo- tuning, driven by pulses from a rhythm
nentially and closely resemble many naturally generator can produce an interesting pattern of
occuring percussive or plucked sounds. The sounds.
higher the Q the longer the decay time con-
604
4.., ,
10k
1K
9v
9V
1/P
10M
1K
1K
"'
1k
2 Signal
-+-
Diodes
1M
ov
.._
ATTACK
DfcAY
20k
2M
''
r>DDC>
e
OUTPUT O
ov
AFTER MODULATION
Fig. 80-9
Circuit Notes
This waveshape generator is basically a shows an add-on circuit which should be used if
a low impedance output is required. Some of
slow running oscillator with variable attack and
the output waveforms that can be produced are
decay. A variable amplitude (high impedance)
output is available via the 2M potentiometer. B shown in C.
390kU
330kl!
180kU
471<.11
't
I
21
11
11
11
11
1~
14
13
12
11
10
SN74UH
1:23411
71t1011121314
1214517
Fig. 80-10
605
'" ""
...
,,,
,.
~
OUT
ILEFT
m
R!CDVfRY
,.,
DL~VJ
IMV!RTER
14V
IV
"
"'Hr-Y!,!Y,--+
1ft
lillpF
1061*-=-
.:;n~~.s
,.
1111X!RS
,. "" 1
11D
11Dk
l.fl
'"'
t;o
MOt
OUT
-lfti~HT
Fig. 80-11
Circuit Notes
The system can he used to synthesize a stereo effect from a monaural source such as
AM radio or FM-mono broadcast, or it can he added to an existing stereo (or quad)
system where it produces an exciting "opening up" special effect that is truly impressive.
Fig, 80-12
Circuit Notes
The one shot and decay functions could he added to make an ideal phasor gun sound.
606
'
DUAY)
81
Sound (Audio)
Operated Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Voice Activated Switch and Amplifier
Audio Operated Relay
Sound-Modulated Light Source
Audio-Controlled Lamp
Sound Activated Relay
Sound Operated Two-Way Switch
607
D. I llf
MIC
....
,..
IN~ f-t---'i
Rsn
UM
1N914
lOOk
Rsn
10
'"'
1.3M
Fig. 81-1
AUDIO OPERATED RELAY
0
Fig. 81-2
NE 555
AUDIO
INPUT
:or
)---l
,,,
Circuit Notes
Q 1 and Q2 are general purpose transistors. The 10 K input pot is adjusted to a point
just short of where Q1 turns on as indicated by
K pulling in. K is any 5 V reed relay. With the
values shown for R (100 K) and C (47 p.F),
608
timing values from .05 to slightly over 5 seconds can be achieved. B shows the addition of a
22 K series resistor to the 10 K input pot if a 12
V supply is used. A suitable _12 V reed relay
must be used at K.
1N4001
5-12Vac
6-12V
AMP
BULB
OUT
PUT
Circuit Notes
Fig. 81-3
AUDIO-CONTROLLED LAMP
LAMP
120 V AC
SCR
GE C6U
AUDIOo---vvv--'~ C106Y
INPUT
1V o-------~~------~
120V
1K
TRIAC
Fig. 81-4
R1
100
NOTE: T1 IS A 6.3V, 1A. "FILAMENT"TRANSFORMER. ADJUST
R1 FOR MAXIMUM RESISTANCE THAT WILL NOT TURN
ON LAMP WITH ZERO INPUT.
-
Circuit Notes
This is an on-off control with isolated, low produced with audio input is similar to a provoltage input. Since the switching action is
portional control circuit. If the input signal to
very rapid, compared with the response time of the SCR consists of phase-controlled pulses,
the lamp and the response of the eye, the effect
full wave control of the lamp load is obtained.
609
1K
R2'
1001<
v.
C3
1~
01
D3
1N914
1N4007
R3
220
Fig. 81-5
01
2N2222
RS
25K
'SEE TEXT
Circuit
The device remains dormat (in an off condition) until some sound causes it to tum on.
The input stage is a 741 operational amplifier
connected as a noninverting follower audio
amplifier. Gain is approximately 100. To in-
Notes
'"
4.7k
47k
02
CrTROL
...,.,_.
SENSITIVITY
Vee PIN 14
--,
QPIN8
I_
BC108
CLOCK
PIN&
PIN 12
"'
BFYSI
L---~----~----~L-----~------._------------~--------------4---o~
Fig. 81-6
Circuit Notes
610
82
Square Wave Oscillators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
RIC Oscillator
1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator
TTL Oscillator
Square Wave Oscillator
Adjustable TTL Clock
Square Wave Oscillator
Oscillator/Clock Generator
CMOS Oscillator
Free-Running Square-Wave Oscillator
Precision Squares
Square Wave Oscillator
0.5 Hz Square-Wave Oscillator
Simple Triangle/Square Wave Oscillator
Squarewave Oscillator
611
R/C OSCILLATOR
fa -
2 C[0.41 RP
,,
+ O.?OR1]
,Rp~~
R1 + R2
,,
+c
L_~
a. If R1 ~ R2 ~ R1, f
.,
L1
= 0.55/RC
420 pF, R2
~50
c. f ~ 120 kHz, C
R1 ~ 27.3 k ll
220 pF. R2
k ll
5 k ll
Fig. 82-l
l kHz SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
L2
1.0
II
Is
]7
ro-
0.6
SYMMETRY
~
0.2 "F:
+=
OUT
0.8
f-..
i
LM3909
0.0
Y' I'
I'
~l.SV
0.2
2K
-.;,.
1m
2m
Fig. 82-2
612
TTL OSCILLATOR
I
l
"
"'"'
""' ,,"
"''"
"''
c'
-~
/
I ~
/
0001 "'"
"
[;>-
Fig. 82-3
Circuit Notes
TTL inverter stages, Ul and U2, are cross-connected with a crystal Yl. A resistor
in each stage biases the normally digital gates into a region where they operate as
amplifiers. Inverter stage U3 is used as a buffer.
SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
Oaclllator Frequency for Various Capacitor Values
"'
'
10'
........
I'
~
I
w
tJ
10'
"c
104
1 k!!
10'
.._r--..
~
~
620 0
......... ....
I
"A73~
~ii/
10
I I.
'
--MEASURED
CALCULATED~ ~
ruJ '
f--T--1
I ~ 1/T
I'"'
II
I
1
100
,_,
~
I
i
I '...........
~
2(R1
R2)CLn[AY ....!!!.!!__-1]
R1 + R2
i i1
1.0 k
10 k
FREQUENCY -
i
100 k
1M
10M
Hz
Fig. 82-4
613
c,
tis 7405
10~F
+5V
+
R1
1 kH
Fig. 82-5
OUTPUT
-4-20Hz
C2
R2
R3
so 11 F
2.5kn
2.2kn
Circuit Notes
Symmetry of the square-wave output is
quency limit is set by capacitor C2. With the
maintained by connecting the right side of R2
components shown, the frequency of oscillathrough resistor R3 to the output of the third
lion can be varied by R2 from about 4 to 20
amplifier stage. This changes the charging curhertz. Other frequency ranges can be obtained
rent to the capacitors in proportion to the setby changing the values of Cl and R3, which
ling of frequency-adjusting potentiometer R2.
control the upper limit of oscillation, or C2,
Thus, a duty cycle of 50% is constant over the
which limits the low-frequency end.
entire range of oscillation. The lower freSQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
+10 II
0.1
~F
0.01
~F
100Kn
"'
300Ku
i"
~ 0.001 ~F
'
100 pf
.,
300Kn
,1
"'"
f - FFIEOUENCY (Hz)
Fig. 82-6
c1
Circuit Notes
This generator is operable to over 100kHz. The low frequency limit is determined
by Cl. Frequency is constant for supply voltages down to +5 V.
614
OSCILLATOR/CLOCK GENERATOR
,.
!~91 ~
Circuit Notes
.,
~'
UOK
f.'r
1501(
ILJ'
lloHA ..t
.-~;A;.;.
.. -
UOil
...
'
f~Dll'jr,
'"
Fig. 82-7
This self-starting fixed frequency asciilator circuit gives excellent frequency stability. Rl and Cl comprise the frequency determining network while R2 provides theregenerative feedback. Diode Dl enhances the
stability by compensating for the difference
between VoH and Vs..,.,,.Jn applications where a
precision clock generator up to 100 kHz is
required, such as in automatic test equipment,
Cl may be replaced by a crystal.
CMOS OSCILLATOR
Circuit Notes
~ ~CO<O"
Varying the 100 K pot changes the discharge rate of Cr and hence the frequency. A
square wave output is generated. The
maximum frequencyusing CMOS is limited to
2 MHz.
fU"L
""
"'" h
FREQUENCY
POT
220p,c,.
220k
Fig. 82-8
FREE-RUNNING
SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
PRECISION SQUARER
.."'
'"
,,
I MI!
0.001
'" =
...
...
jJf
'"
'"
MC3302
COMPTA
"'
Rl!
,,
r-
"'leu=_
rq~
Nlll
l,.J11
"
1111m
"
---
"
"
lUll'
'
OUTPUT
-.,
... ....
"
1N91'
~"
VII
'Solodllnltllml.
"'
]f::'..
'/ '
'
Fig. 82-9
V'UII
IS..F'
.....
lNlllr ..."'
"
1~1122
I~PUT
"'
'"
Fig. 82-10
615
'"'
100 k
+15
330 k
Cf, 3.3pF
330 k
330 k
,, ___
T1 T2 0.69 RC
1 ..
..!..:.!._
C!~FI
R2R3R
Fig. 82-11
R 1 ., R2//A3//A4
3.3 kfl:
9.1 kfl:
2.,.. RF CF
Fig. 82-12
12V
100n
47k
Fig. 82-13
15k
IV\
15k Rr
Circuit Notes
By making Rr variable it is possible to alter the operating frequency over a 100 to 1
range. Versatile triangle/square-wave oscillator has a possible frequency range of0.1 Hz
to 100kHz.
SQUAREWAVE OSCILLATOR
r'
1001<!!
t '""
~--
~f-_._'-1
!186!cH
1001<!!
Fig. 82-14
616
83
Stereo Balance Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section heginning on page 730. The
figure numher contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Stereo Balance Meter
Stereo Balancer
617
r----------r----,---r---------------r--~r----o~
11V
.,.
I
,.
....
1C1
"I
+ ('
--..
i.ED1
UOa'
UD:II
DOIIItMANT
IIIGMT
DOIIItMANT
""".
Fig. 83-1
...
f-~
+ocz~
~CJ..-->--L-~>--4
...
.,,
Dllf'LAY
...
:,
-GfiiEENLED3
"'~
NOTE:
IC1,2.3ARE741
ALL LEDS ARE 0.2'' Ofll SQUARE
Circuit Notes
618
.
...
,
STEREO BALANCER
R2'
R2'
~
vvv
LEFT
CHANNEL
R1
D1_ fLED
'V
D2 ..
LED
R1
>
>
RIGHT
CHANNEL
Fig. 832
rR3
10000
rt7
BALANCE
'VALUE DEPENDS
ON THE POWER LEVEL
Circuit
This circuit will allow you to set the gain
of two stereo channels to the same level. The
signal across the two channel-load resistors is
sampled by resistors R2. (Values of these resistors will depend upon the power level.) For
most 20 milliampere LED, use approximately
2.5 K per watt. (For a 10-watt system use a
25,000 ohm resistor.) To set up, short the two
inputs and connect them to one channel of a
power amplifier. Apply a signal and adjust R3
Notes
until both LEDs glow at the same brightness
level. The balancer is ready for use. Connect
the inputs of the stereo balancer across the
output of the power amplifier, and then turn up
either the independent volume controls, or the
balance control until both LEDs glow at the
same level. To use this circuit in-line with
loudspeakers, disconnect hath Rls, and use the
speakers as the load.
RIGHT
LEFT
IS> I
liS>
PARTS LIST FOR
STEREO BALANCE METER
01, 02-Silicon rectifier rated 100
PIV at any low current
M 1-Zero-center DC mA meter (see
text)
R1, R2-1000-ohm, .!-watt resistor,
5% or 1%
...,
~
01
Rl
IK
R2
1K
~-0-lmA
02
Fig. 83-3
Ml
Circuit Notes
Play any stereo disc or tape and then set the amplifier to mono. Adjust left and right
channel balance until meter Ml indicates zero; then the left and right output level are
identical.
619
84
Switches
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
DTL-TTL Controlled Buffered Analog
Switch
High Toggle Rate High Frequency Analog
Switch
620
A~ALOG
lrfPUT
'
r---------,
'
'
Fig. 84-1
IAJAl06
I INPUT
on
: ,
IIIP\H
'
CONTROL
'
11191(
,.
I
'
L.---------...l
0$7808
VOLTAGE
TRANSLATOR
ADDITIONAL STA6ES
IF REQUIRED
Circuit Notes
Fig. 84-2
Circuit Notes
Commutator circuit provides low impedance gate drive to the PN4091 analog switch
for both on and off drive conditions. This circuit
also approaches the ideal gate drive conditions
621
Fig. 84-3
TOGGlt
Dlllvt
- - - TO .IIOOITIOIAL
---IIIIIILTirltiSTAGU
Rs - scaling re5istors
Circuit Notes
The NPD5566 monolithic dual is used in a
differential multiplex application where R,,<oN>
should be closely matched. Since R,,,oN> for the
monolithic dual tracks at better than 1% over
wide temperature ranges (-25 C to+ 125C),
Fig. 84-4
IIV
Circuit Notes
The 2N4391 provides a low ON resistance of 30 ohm and a high OFF impedance ( <
0.2 pF) when off. With proper layout and an ideal switch, the performance stated above
can be readily achieved.
622
''
AI4B
,.
'"'"
1!!5\1
!50/&0HI
Al48
Al48
CI03B
TRIAC
''
"'"
"
,.
TRIGGER
"
Fig. 84-5
TWO-CHANNEL SWITCH
"'
Gain
"A" INPUT
.,_....,
~0.02%
1 t0.2%
z,N
1010n
BW
o.1 MHz
"'400 kHz
Crosstalk
-90dB
-90d8
o:;:6mV
:s: 75 mv
47 kn
@1kHz
"A"'SELEI:T
Offset
,_. L..
"I" SELECT
Fig. 84-6
10 A, 25 Vdc SOLID STATE RELAYS
0.05
CONTACTS
330
044
H2
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Fig. 84-7
623
85
Telephone Related Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Portable Tone Generator
Tone Dial Decoder
Telephone Status Monitor Using an OpTelephone Relay
toisolator
Telephone-Controlled Tape Starter (TCTS)
Telephone Tone Ringer
Telephone Line Powered Repertory Dialer
F.C.C. Approved Telephone Tone Ringer
Telephone Off-Hook Indicator
Telephone or Extension Tone Ringer
Telephone Handset Tone Dial Encoder
Telephone Line Monitor
Low Line Loading Ring Detector
Tone Dial Generator
Phone Auto Answer and Ring Indicator
Tone Dial Encoder
Autopatch Telephone Phone Line Interface
Tone Dial Sequence Decoder
Telephone Ringer Uses Piezoelectric DeRemote Ring Extender Switch
vice
Electronic Phone Bell
624
lo.l D1
~:02
I. 0.0022;. F
II
,..~:D3
, , 0.02"" F
Lc ~ :=:;
1
16
r-2
15
0)
COM
'---
0
0
0
.-.
1ROW1
ROW2
ROW3
COL2
ICM
13
7206A
i-'
h
h
h
10f-'
"
2.2Kn
-v
]~
P-ill
19 v
; ~5o,F
4.7K!l
:.;; ~D4
----;:-
y'
,b
IO:l
.:! ~D5
12 i-'
STANDARD TELEPHONE
KEYBOARD
COL1
14
r.
[
4 X 3 KEYBOARD
2 CONTACTS
PER KEY
--,
r-3
'--
r-5
v
,..,.
h
i-'
(470~l
FOR
6 VOLT SUPPLY)
-1
COLJ
COL4
D 8 [] D
D [] G c:J
D c:J c:J G
D c:J D G
ROW4
I - - - - - F U L L KEYBOARD-----
Fig. 85-1
625
+----......----------C:=::l
PHONELliNFEt--------------------------------------------t_T_E-LE~P=H~O--N_Ej
SET
+6
+6
v
470
MCT-2
LED
TIL209
33 kfl
.,.
2N3390
1N4154
RINGING
+6
1N4154
10kfl
DIFFERENTIATOR
100 kfl
1N4154
0.47 1-'rONE-SHOT
1/4CD401 1
1 M!!
0.47 1-<F
L__---111-------'
Fig. 85-2
Circuit Notes
626
j"C
180 k
1f:\J
4.7 k 1.0 ~F
Tip
"
"
RC
,!,
Ac 1
RF
AC2
RS 6
'~ 1 0 ~F
+ lOV
Ring
1.8k
AI
RO
Piezo Sound
Element
MC340121: C = lOOOpF
MC340122: C = 500 pF
MC34012-3: C = 2000 pF
Fig. 853
Circuit Notes
This is a complete telephone bell replacement circuit with minimum external
components with on-chip diode bridge and transient protection and direct drive for
piewelectric transducers.
V1250 VRMS
'"
l.OpF
47!1
,,
,----'!'
13 k!!
,,
,,
"v
5.1
,,
160 k!!
ML8205
R3
5 3!HJ k!'
Fig. 85-4
10 k!!
"
0.0027pF
,,
"
220!!
,,
0.22
~f
1300!!
ll[}nJ
I!!SPEAKEII
627
"
H!'
To-1
',,"
R
cs
rI
I
-----
'
----~
3
: ' ~c,
Rsl
(Ml8205)
0.22Jif
"'
Ml8204
,,
191 k ll:t1%
,,
0068
,, .
T ,, "
,,
10 k!!
VOL
~f
,,
5%
510'!
165kll1%
15pF
35V
11
0.47 JJF5%
I
I
I
,,
15 k<O'
I
I
~~~~
1300''
8!
Fig. 85-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses ML8204/ML8205 devices. With the components shown, the
output frequency chops between 512 Hz (nu) and 640 Hz (flu) at a 10 Hz (a) rate.
TELEPHONE LINE MONITOR
"''
------i-l"'"
''
TELCO:
'
......-'c'
SPOT
. .,____
"
"
"
"
S.IV
ZEN[ II
'"
'"
IOOV
...
I/2W
'17Q_..F
2:50V
r--,
1200.0.
114W
"
'"
Zl2~~ "'"
22f'F
250V
Fig. 85-6
IOO"F
"'
1/"1'1
'"
/" .:
100
114W
IN4148
"
IO..,F
02
IN41.8
'"
.." ~
_O~F
Circuit Notes
Using rectified audio as a power supply, this monitor will send the telephone line
audio into an 8 ohm speaker.
628
"
'
r----.
4
7
'
8
'
6
"!!!!!!!'
MHI
L ___r~ M!C~~O~E J
r-----------~
.: ~-::~-:e~~ ~11
,----,!
2
Ji iii1UTM45
10..
:~ ..~
.-----!
!~'~:~
"
.-----t '
--- ...
ll
TO OliVE SPt:AK1'1
Fig. 85-7
- - - - - - - - - - - ___________ J
II!
~!Ho~i!!HP3---I"
...
"
Circuit Notes
The circuit requires a minimwn of parts and uses a low cost standard 3.579545-MHz
television color-burst crystal. The speaker can be eliminated and the output fed directly
into the microphone input of a transmitter.
+12\1
.,.
"
"
"'"
3.3-
- .,
'"
' ':-J
'
' ' ._____
' ~'r
'
""'
.2.2.
"
2.4.
..
4.3-
'"
"'
L.-
'
.h
'"
""'
"""'
lOD47
l"'''
c= -
'"l~=
'
'
.h..."'
HIGH
10HS
"'
"'"
,.(..._
I
'
ll
...,
m'
"~
+12V
.~" I
..."""'
'
"''"
~--
;!,'
:;
..'" ..
"'
,-'
...
,___,
;!,
+12V
112
0.05
.. ~---1t------oTliiO-l'OM:OUTPUT
.....,,
""'
"""'
m'
'
Fig. 85-8
Circuit Notes
Tone dial encoder with automatic PTT control uses the 555 timers.
629
+5Vdc
7805
27
At
470k
51k
U3A
2
TT 1
CK
15
3
U2A
7474
U1
CK
7432
5
14
6
10 p.F
U38
5
TT2)-----------------_J
7432
7
TT3)------------------------------'
TT 4 )-------------------------------'
Fig. 85-9
Circuit Notes
The circuit takes active low inputs from a Touch Tone decoder and reacts to a
proper sequence of digits. The proper sequence is determined by which Touch Tone
digits the user connects to the sequence decoder inputs TTl, TT2, TT3, and TT4.
REMOTE RING EXTENDER SWITCH
m,.~'~-~-,
u'J~,
,ro
3.6K
IOM
',,
""
Circuit Notes
The circuit can operate lamps and buzzers
from the 120 V, 60 Hz power line while main
taining positive isolation between the telephone line and the power line. Use of the isolated tab triac simplifies heat sinking by re
moving the constraint of isolating the triac heat
sink from the chassis.
Fig. 85-10
630
TELEPHONE RELAY
Pin 7
470 Kl!
1N4001
R1
1"1
Connect across
phone line
2M!l
~--4-1-N~40-01_-J-1~
1 "'
NOTE
L-....-J
7402
o
7421
Circuit Notes
c.
O.tOmld
c,
c,
Fig. 85-11
Co
201( ohm
1 .Omld
~v
2.2mld 6V
250 "F 6V
Fig. 85-12
631
R3
33 K
D1
.-----t--loll--'----o +
1N645
R1
TO
TELEPHONE
LINE
2N4954
(2)
270K
TO TAPE RECORDER
REMOTE CONTROL
JACK
R2
R4
+ o-'f"E-...JIN\,-~
1.5 K
C1
L - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - - - TO TAPE RECORDER
.22 ,.F
MICROPHONE
L-------------------+INPUTJACK
Fig. 85-13
Circuit Notes
632
......
OFF-HOOK P'llwt:K
ff--- OOTI'UTDR
IH~LPIILH
Sl'~AE
....,
110 G1
MO
...,.
D!
""
"
"""
"
.,
"
..."'
Gz
83
01
f-
.....I
vee
flfiTtCill
LCD OISfUl
ss~-
" ;....__
"'~~
f--
CKI~~
f-
-~ *
'"'
IN!
Jl
f-- "
DSt
"
f.
11115452
Fig. 85-14
... "
lEYIIIUD
IN3
r"""
USC MMS4S2
l ...
G~D
oa a, a: 113
cK _____
ftEIET
COPI!OC
...I
DirA_____
vja
a;o
..
AU3R!R1
MM531lD
IOI'TIONALI
,!,I
MUTE
TO~
'"'
Circuit Notes
"""
.,,
INf>UT FROM
PHONE LINES
"""
IN914 I <I)
!BATTERY
MAY BE
5-15VOLTSI
Fig. 85-15
Circuit Notes
The LED flickers when the phone is ringing or being dialed. It glows steadily when
the phone is off the hook.
633
.02Z,F
@
~ @ 0
G)
4 X 3 MATRIX
KEYBOARD
(ONE CONTACT
PER KEYI
"'
Z.7K
,,
AJ
"'
2.2K
Fig. 85-16
Circuit Notes
than 1 volt negative with respect to the negative supply V-. The circuit operates over the
supply voltage range from 3.5 volts to 15 volts.
TELEPHONE
LINE
40VRMS
20Hz
HIIBX522
-----./-'......---<> +-1 mA
Fig. 85-17
75K
22M
Circuit Notes
Low line current loading is provided by the H11BX522 photo darlington optocoupler, which provides a 1 rnA output from a 0.5 rnA input.
634
DISCONNECT LINE
Circuit Notes
Jt
J2
4.n
CLOCK COUNTER TO
AUTOMATICALLY
ANSWER PHONE
WILL WARBLE OSCILLATOR TO
INDICATE PHONE IS RINGING
(FOR REVERSE PATCH USE)
k = 1,000 M = 1.000.000
RING
AUDIO
0 47
------It-~~
OUT
R2
0 05
Fig. 85-18
LEVE'rh10k,};
10 J.<F
rll-''-r-~..,..~
:t--"'V\~TO TOUCH-\,
TONE
DECODER
12 Vdc
'
'
~-,r-,
"'"
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides for the
receiver-to-phoneline and phone
line-to-transmitter link, with
both using an op amp for gain.
LINE
SEIZE
GROUND FOR
PHONE LINE
CONNECT
~
PROVIDES AUDIO
DIRECTION -SWITCHING
kootOOO
Moot.OOOOOO
Fig. 85-19
635
Fig. 85-20
'
C2
z.z ... F
16-35V
_,.
1.5V
..."
' "w
VOLTAGES
TYPICAL
Circait Notes
The electronic bell needs no power supto store. !fit has two leads, connect the red lead
ply. Most of the resistors are not critical, alto the collector and the black lead to the emitthough C2, R2, and R3 work best at the values
ter of Ql. If a third (blue) lead is present,
connect it to the base of Ql.
given. Leaving out Rl will make the unit ring
louder. The piezo buzzer may vary from store
ELECTRONIC PHONE BELL
'"
+~15V
"'
500K
.
"'"
"'
"
oo,.f
ro,.f
Fig. 85-21
Circuit Notes
636
86
Temperature Controls
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Boiler Control
Heater Control
Two-Wire Remote AC Electronic
Thermostat
Three-Wire Electronic Thermostat
Temperature-Sensitive Heater Control
Temperature Controller
Single-Setpoint Temperature Controller
Temperature Controller
Temperature Control
Temperature Controller
Temperature Controller
Portable Calibrator
637
BOILER CONTROL
TO BOILER
+V
THI
+V
+V
RY1
R3
Fig. 86-1
R1
Circuit Notes
638
HEATER CONTROL
"
, ~F
v'
"
4.1k
"
"
1m
Circuit Notes
"'
UIJJSZ
"
lJDk
"'
uv
'""'
"
"'"'
TEM,SH
IIS"tl
solid tantalum
I myla<
~ close thermal coupling between ser~sor and oven shell
os
Fig. 86-2
recommended
~,
11l40DZ
f--
NSL~Q ~ ~
Uk
k2N290S
.
~II
26VAt
COUAOL
liiANSf!liiMEII
BDH1
sn'
m
Ok
,,.~
zuo
~;
II
S.t.R.I.
J-4:'"
2111nM
UM
IN4SII
"
,.
Fig. 86-3
tRIIUl
LIIIJIIlt
"
~ 1N4i7
"~
"
lS2ll
Xl.li
REMOTE
,.
~
..;
, 1N4S1
TEMP
~-~
..
f'""'
...
~
'"
Suio<>u<dur6-15Whutwo
""' wtll pnH atol 1 U f to SO F IOlbn! ,.,.._Tho trom '"'''"' l!IHllo) solt<10d to broov JlrF
639
"'
IU~
"'
'""
Fig. 86-4
ZN5llll4
TD110~Ac
"'
... r:'t
I
12 k
1W
'LTJ'
I
I
t----,
02
1115 VAC
60Hz
, __j
2N6346
04
@ l
I
'-----r
.. L
,T . .
I
I
I
I
. __ _ _ _ _ _. __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . . _ - _ _ _ _. __ _j
Fig. 86-5
640
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
ZEROPOINT SWITCH
CONTROL CIRCUIT
01
1N4003
R1
R4"
20 k
C3
2F
200
7W
R2
470
3k
04
2N63415
150
1W
115 \lAC
60Hz
1.2 k
5W
R3
330 k
C1
40 JlF
50 v
01
2N4870
04
05
1N4003
1N4001
AS"
82 k
Q2
2N3906
08
1N4003
03
1N4003
+ C4
03
2N6239
1 F
200
R10
1k
v
Heater
Load
2W
Fig. 86-6
-,
....,
I
I i~~~:T
I
.J
,,
"
0.1%
Fig. 86-7
,,
'""",,
1.23V
Circuit Notes
The AD590 produces a temperature-dependent voltage across R (C is for filtering
noise). Setting R2 produces a scale-zero voltage. For the Celsius scale, make R = 1 K
and Vrero = 0.273 volts. For Fahrenheit, R = 1.8 K and Vrero = 0.460 volts.
641
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
~OUTPUT
l"
"']I
01
C1
25JJF
"
IN4001
D3
1N4001
+
R6
12k
24 v0 c
50 111A
RELAY
R4
,..
02
lOOk
20"C
R2
"0.11'f 10M
"'
2
Fig. 86-8
1N457
R1
Z lX5&00/
LX5700
SET
60"C
TEMP
Rl
'"
*For low co5t applications, an
LM3911 can be used
Circuit Notes
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
LM33S
5V~O\I
Fig. 86-9
...
642
"
TEMPEATURE CONTROLLER
VI12YTOl2VI
------,
~ "'
21KU
------
~
~
~ EUMENT
f'
L
---,
...' .,
HAT!NG
ISHMlHll
R~0-02
'":
~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~~~,~
'
'~1
('
' '
'
'
I
I
I
I
r-.Jo...I'.A---
"'
l.:ll.fl
1.,
~..
c--o2 v-
"
UK!l
~"
I
I
I
'
' :,~
Fig. 86-10
l.ftll:!)
~ ~~
"'
2.211.!1
f"
~TU
2 7Kl'
'
-~~~~~~
'
'
OF80"C
Circuit Notes
Temperature control is achieved using the
perature drops below a setpoint temperature
REF-02 +5 V Reference/Thermometer and a determined by the ratio of Rl to R2. The circuit
CMP-02 Precision Low Input Current Com- also provides adjustable hysteresis and single
supply operation.
parator. The CMP-02 turns on a heating element driver (Ql) whenever the present ternTEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
Fig. 86-11
643
PORTABLE CALIBRATOR
l.lk
1%
12V TO
:.=-
~ ~1
21111k
LM112
1IY-
;r
v--
0UTPUT
I DV
..
Fig. 86-12
+
Ilk
] TEMPERATURE
STABILIZER
...":
u&v~
LM1H
1%
~
~
"' E+-
TRIM
-w.n'll tinM11 MeiMIIs, i"lermitttnt OPftllien don not llepatl~ IO"'ttiWI niiMiity.
644
.i
87
Temperature Sensors
sources of the following circuits~ are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
The
Linear Temperature-to-Frequency
Transconducer
Temperature Meter
Four-Channel Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Integrated Circuit Temperature Sensor
PrecisionTemperatureTransducer with
Remote Sensor
Centigrade Calibrated Thermocouple
Thermometer
!LP Controlled Digital Thermometer
Isolated Temperature Sensor
Digital Thermometer
Variable Offset Thermometer
Differential Thermometer
Basic Digital Thermometer, Kelvin Scale
Basic Digital Thermometer, Kelvin Scale
with Zero Adjust
Thermocouple Amplifier
Optical Pyrometer
Remote Temperature Sensing
Simple Differential Temperature Sensor
Differential Temperature Sensor
Centigrade Thermometer
Meter Thermometer with Trinrmed Output
Kelvin Thermometer with Ground Referred
Output
Lower Power Thermometer
0 F-50 F Thermometer
Temperature-to-Frequency Converter
0 C-100 C Thermometer
Ground Referred Fahrenheit Thermometer
Ground Referred Centigrade Thermometer
Ground Referred Centigrade Thermometer
Temperature Sensor
Positive Temperature Coefficient Resistor
Temperature Sensor
Basic Digital Thermometer
Fahrenheit Thermometer
645
+18-36V
R7
11<0
>
~.
NOTE:
IC11S LM331
IC21S 741
.....
_,>
....
PR1
R1
R2
1...
....
nJ,'
70R
R3
>_
ICZ
}Q'2N3906
..._101
~
"4k7
Fig. 87-1
~1
""'
,..
~ ~01
:?-
...
>
5V<I
OUT
1...
nfn
Circuit Notes
646
TEMPERATURE METER
SW1
:a--
~C1
<:</OFF
J:10u
r----.--..-----l10
R2
<
>100k
<
11
">
~TH1
<
<Rv1
':>0!;.,:.--'1'--~ 8
<
10k
LIN
.?'RV2
< R1
<47k
j>
IC1
14
~~
4WRv
13
AR~
~7bRv
:~
~:a:
<;. 10k
.~
~E;:
,!.,.
1
L E~
&
.......
HOT
WARM
"T"
I 9V
I
Fig. 87-2
___j__
COLD
NOTE
IC1 ~ TCA965
LED1-3 are TIL209
LIN
Circuit Notes
647
+16\1
"'
'"
Fig. 87-3
~
"
"~
-1511
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
r------------.------------------.------------------------.---------o+&VO~TS
""
>--'----~Ot,jTPUT
DESIGN EQUATIONS
~VaE~
'~"
IF
(~)
LN
1011~\/BEI
GNO
Fig. 87-4
648
Fig. 87-5
.,.,
RESISTOR VALUES
TCVour SLOPE {S)
10m\f/'C
100mVI'C
10mV/'F
TEMPERATURE
-5!5'Cto
-55'C to
+125"C
-67'F to
-0.87V to
RANGE
r----+---1-~~~~
-16V
+~7'C
-0.55V to
+1.25V
-5.5V to
+12.5V
+2.57V
ZERO SCALE
OV@O'C
OV@O'C
OV@O'F
R8 ( :t 1% resistor)
9.09k0
15kO
7.5k0
Rb 1 ( ~ o/o resistor)
1.5k0
1.82k{}
1.21k(l
Rbp (Potentiometer)
'UP TO 10 FEET OF SHIELDED
._CONDUCTOR CAlli
+125'C
OUTPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE
Rc ( :t 1% resistor)
200n
soon
200n
5.11k0
S4.5kn
8.25kO
For 125'C operation, the op amp output must be able to swing to + 12.5V,
lrwrease V 1111 to +18V from + 15V if this is a problem.
Fig. 87-6
649
11121:
ZM~
.---..-4~.;"iil.--.-~.;."iil.----.--.p-"'"";..... "'
.__..Y"iil.---~::.
....
-11iV
Fig. 87-7
SENSOR
SAMPLE
AND HOLD
MULTIPLEXOR
DIGITAL READOUT
BIAS CIRCUIT
[>
SD
5002
IC = NE/SE5514
CKT
CKT
2 CKT 4
1
3
Fig. 87-8
650
___r-""1_
SAMPlE
HOLD
AID
I I
L=~~:J.,,..
"'
-ffi'i"\.._4151--IIIIIJ
l.f
510
111114
...
Fig. 87-9
DIGITAL THERMOMETER
560
+~V
1
41
Is
Fig. 87-10
555 ~
OUTPUT
'~ r IN914
(2)
SENSOR
Circuit Notes
The sensor consists of two seriesconoected 1N914s, part of the circuit of a 555
multivibrator. Wired as shown, the output
pulse rate is proportional to the temperature of
the diodes. This output is fed to a simple
frequency-counting circuit.
651
...
'"
t~OSii~
FOR
l'lfC
":'
,.
~ .
~
-15: ~
,...vre
r--
IMtf
...
'
v..
zuo':
U13ltl
'-------''<~ ~ "~.-+--.....,~t-,_,
Fig. 87-11
ll'--::-:,..~
liTURIIS
T
p:t
r Adjust for
IIIDtf
:.'Hill..
at 100c
:j:Ouwut reads dofference between temperature and dial setting
of lOT pot
DIFFERENTIAL THERMOMETER
"
liD.
-------+
ourPur-----"""1r----~w....
.. "
"
'---1:-__ r- ~f~
lr.l1t11
0.001
Fig. 87-12
""...J'
"'
'"
~ouDOI
Ou10UI
')
..
--R-,-- lf,-1 11
(,,.
'"'''""!
l~o;
!D.~
....f. .
-
652
100
L__.~ ZERO
----.-;j TRill!
'"''"'"""''""''moodon<O
rno D 01 '" ~ ..,,,. ...,.,,."'" '"'n ol
"'
"'
-I!V
v w VI
,.
,,...
l ....,
''" ~
....
2.2811!!
....
REFlO
ICL71oe
~ 307
COM
IN HI
'"""'
Circuit Notes
The Kelvin scale version reads from 0 to
1999 K theoretically, and from 223 K to 473
K actually. The 2.26 K resistor brings the
input within the ICL7106 VcM range: two
general-purpose silicon diodes or an LED may
be subsitu ted.
INLO
~
_(
~-
Fig. 87-13
ICL~.o;t-'
1.235V
121110
jl
ZERO
...
,....
I
""" r:,:<:.,,J--,
!-OJ
Fig. 87-14
HI
SkO ~ REF LO
7 '"" ,.
ADJ
1kii,0.1%
' - - - l i N HI
+--------jiNLO
____,
~ ...._307
Circuit Notes
This circuit allows zero adjustment as
well as slope adjustment. The ICL8069 brings
the input within the common-mode range,
while the 5 K pots trim any offset at 218 K
(-55 C), and set scale factor.
653
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
C>
""',,
v'
"'"
IS Voc:l
511 kil
SENSOR
5.1k
.....
c'
100pF
;=~forbesiCMA
R3"
511 kO
"'
R2
'\
'"'"
Rt = R4
510 0
= R5
....- /
GP,=~+(2~1)
10k
4.3k
loti
DC GAINS
1000
BANDWIDTH .,. DC TO 540 Hz
EQUIVALENT INPLIT NOISE = 0.24 ~tVrms
1M
..,.,
"lll(llcates 1'1> matallilm resistors recommended for
temperature stability.
on~
Fig. 87-17
Fig. 87-15
SIMPLE DIFFERENTIAL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OPTICAL PYROMETER
SOURCE
lll'llSS
~ ~ !UTOf
'
01
02
.-----15V
.,tt
1!k
"""
..,.
a
,".
Fig. 87-16
654
::~('"'
rt.._..............
tc.....-ho4Sioo,nSS . .
ILI1S~st
Fig. 87-18
1!k
DIFFERENTIAL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
,."'
'"
'
J.Ok
12~
Ilk
'"
OUTPUT
IOOmvrc
Fig.
87~19
Fig. 87-22
lflllli
CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER
'"
"'
...
1.JTO
uv>
8k HI
mt
LMU!:]i;....-+~'"'
100 pf
I fo~
,..
Adjo"
Fig. 87-20
Fig. 87-23
METER THERMOMETER
WITH TRIMMED OUTPUT
0 F-50 F THERMOMETER
,.
'"
,,.
+
OUTPUT
LMJ911
lfiPUT
""
""
L.
""
""'
fCohlnolu T0
""
Fig. 87-24
Calibration
Fig. 87-21
2.
Remo~e
655
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
,- 8
r----s
f-
f>
A A A-
.~"
~R3
01 is 1N914
~ 10\c
01 IS ZTX300
0215 ZTXSOO
ICliS 4007
14
'-- 10
390-5
+9V
NOTE
) R4
> 10k
'
IC1
<
12
: ;: 2o5
L~
R2
4k7
Fig. 87-25
Fo,.t
2M2
4
02
; ; ,"o"o,
~ l'
~
01
A-
','O,v
,r
-
Fo1
ov
Circuit Notes
.....0-1001JA
GROUND REFERRED
FAHRENHEIT THERMOMETER
'"
...
.."
' "'l
~'
-:
" ~M385-1.2
~
r:J~
,-
:- :i
..
5
:-1.6VIt
"
~J
at 1 "AI"K
1n
centrgrade
Fig. 87-27
......
OI.IWUT
IQal 16V;;;2.4 mA
656
...
1Jaa113V;;;50Q~A
Fig. 87-26
LMlH--:
"
Cllibration
2
'"
"
"'
...
"
"
.vr'
GROUND REFERRED
CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
JOOk!!
160kH
...
T+
INPUT
lMJ911
OUTPUT
,..
-15V
.... :"'
u !.~
J~
"
100h
7'
1N4141
OUT'"!
-15Y
"~
Ilk
.,
11fiEF
COMMON
3
IOikr-o:
"
~ ~
.,.
ZERO
wl
FACTOR
,.,,~
TSC7106A
POSITIVE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR COEFFICIENT
RESISTOR
,.
SCAU
"'
..,...
v;N
Fig. 87-30
GROUND REFERRED
CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER
~~MJJ5
"IN
VFs20V
Fig. 87.28
v.
vREF
'J;-
so1 "'"
Mlkl!
.,
'-SENSOR
50kn
.,.
JOOkH
'""
'
11
G.k
15V
0- OUTPUT
160 k!!
56 k!'
tomvrc
~~
v'
.,
1N914
20
VIN
k~!
.,~
':"'
b,07%/
'
"'
.,
vtN
.,
TSC7106A
vRu
20 k!!
JUt
,.
VfiEF
COMMON
-lSV
Fig. 87-29
Fig. 87-31
657
..
, lr-'"'"'--1
/'-:::t'B
::J . ',,
-COMMON
IIHO
Fig. 87-32
Circuit Notes
FAHRENHEIT THERMOMETER
"'
...
Fig. 87-33
658
88
Timers
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
figure numhe;contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Thumbwheel Programmable Interval Timer
Sequential Timer
Sequential Timer
Sequential UJT Timer Circuit
Time-Delayed Relay
0.1 to 90 Second Timer
Sequential Timing
Solid-State Timerfor Industrial Applica
tions
659
m TCHES
,.,
00
01
f-'--
-o
-0""
tJ
TIME 2
05
'"~ "'
'
'
'--
TIME 1
{]
' "'"
li'F
''
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
____1!
_,.----"
START
SEG
:::t:
50160 Hz
'
''
'
Vs~
I
I
: :
._ -
OJONCH
LEOS
TBASE
~'
TRIG
WDSS
0'
"":r
"n '"'
~0'
"'
" '"
00
tS oNO
~tMt
ToM1
ALARM
'" ,
"' r---
02 J]
'oo
J-'"
"
"
"
ULN200;?
_,
,--
25
~r-
lkJ-
"''
r-----
-"
OVTPUT 1
.,
-~-<>.
L~UIPUT1
.,
Fig. 88-l
Circuit Notes
660
SEQUENTIAL TIMER
vee
'"
Ill
vee
RESET
121
OUTPUT
TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
,I!L CONTROL
VOLTAGE
,,
I ~;
THRES.
GND
::;
HOlD
]111
Ill
Vee
RESET
.,,~. ~
ll
w.
~
141
33kn
!31
121
OUTPUT
TAIGGEA
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
131
!4)j
33 kn
_1\ ~
,,
0.001
w.
j!8)
vee
RESET
II
TRIGGER
OUTPUT
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
...!!!. VOLTAGE
c
131
CONTROL
,[CONTROl
VOLTAGE
::;c.
O.O
THAES. ~
HOLD
GND
";T
1(1)
:;::
[:;co
:;
,, ::;
.,!.
CA10,.F
AAtOOkn
THAfS-
GND
HOLD
f!!!.
;
!UJ
[:;cc
Cc
14.7 ~tf
Rc 100 kn
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT 8
OUTPUT C
See
F_i~ure 24
OUTPUT A
lwA
>
>
lwB!"""~
I
OUTPUT B
'?
Fig. 88-2
>
OUTPUTC
~we-
,...._t=O
I
t- T1me-1
s/d1v
Circuit Notes
Many applications, such as computers, require signals for initializing conditions during
start-up. Other applications such as test
equipment require activation of test signals in
sequence. SE555/NE555 circuits may be con-
661
SEQUENTIAL TIMER
101(
.,
.,
,,.,...
,.,..
10
-101(
-14
...
IIIII'UT
"''
o--ft--'----1
1------<>ouwur2
Circuit Notes
By utilizing both halves of a dual timer it is
possible to obtain sequential timing. By connecting the output of the first half to the input of
the second half via a .001 JLF coupling capacitor
sequential timing may be obtained. Delay l1 is
determined by the first half and b by the second
half delay. The first half of the timer is started
by momentarily connecting pin 6 to ground.
When it is turned out (determined by
l.lRlCl), the second half begins. Its duration
is determined by 1.1R2C2.
Fig. 88-3
~F
1+24 v
C1
1 kO
1k0
10k
10 k
100
27
STAGE 1
UJT
= 2N4853
SCR
= 2N5061
TRANSISTORS= 2N4125
Fig. 88-4
662
STAGE 2
STAGE 3
TURN OFF
CIRCUIT
RELAY
12!50K
IK
"COIL
"RESET'
(-r---
'---'
OPOT
Al48
100 ,.,.F
Cl
GE
Al48
120VRMS
Fig. 88-5
SO CPS
f.~CI068
\Jf')
SCR
AI 4 U
IM
Circuit Notes
This simple timing circuit can delay an output switching function from .01 seconds
to about 1 minute. The SCR is triggered by only a few microamps from the timing
network R1-C1 to energize the output relay.
SEQUENTIAL TIMING
...
VC(.
START
'"'
OUTPUTS
':."1>~1---<,t-4-71!-+---<~>~ll-..,<~ ll
>330
>-~
I"F ' ,.-,::oBI
..=..tzv c . . r JA D!:iK
'l:: 82
:; '"'
!""
'"
'
'"
..,
..
".. :F~50-!
LL: ...
1 t"' t"'
'~' ~c,
B22N2646
f--*f-<(..-'B'2-IJ'"'"
GE BlACK HAWK
7!iF3R5A224
Fig. 88-6
Circuit Notes
The timer interval starts when power is
applied to circuit and terminates when voltage
is applied to load. 2N2646 is used in oscillator
which pulses base 2 of D5K. This reduces the
effective 1 of D5K and allows a much larger
timing resistor and smaller timing capacitor to
be used than would otherwise be possible.
'
"
'" '"
'
130K-
'"'
...
OUTPUT 1
OVIPUT 2
Fig. 88-7
Circuit Notes
By utilizing both halves ofthe dual timerit
is possible to obtain sequential timing. By connecting the output of the first half to the input of
the second half via a .001 ~-tF coupling
capacitor, sequential timing may be obtained.
Delay b is determined by the first half and 12 by
the second half delay. The first half of the timer
is started by momentarily connecting pin 6 to
grouod. When it is timed out (determined by
1.1R1Cl) the second half begins. Its time duration is determined by 1.1R2C2.
663
,.
"'
,
. ..
I IO<>,.f
50V~C
120VACt
y,~m6
.,
..
"'
,,
lo't,
"
Fig. 88-8
v 011 M eov
"
T A -:MC to
r o.SA
VR 60V
02
or :zoo,.,..
+eo"C
2.211: TO
.,
"0
"])01
390K
IK
2W
IOOMEG
2N491
Fig. 88-9
C9F,C12F
Cl
.I TO
z,..t
OR C40F
"
.05
Circuit Notes
664
"
'"
"
",0,
oo
'"" "'
"'
' '
IQVW
IOVW
'
TIL209
BCI07
""
"oo
' "
""
".ot_..F
"' '
Circut Notes
The IC functions as an af multivibrator which
is controlled by the external transistor. SlA/B is
the on-off toggle switch.
"'
04
IOOpF
'"
",,,
cD
'"
,a:A,e
76~
555[T0P)
Fig. 88-10
12S4
ON/OFF CONTROLLER
IN4004
'"
,,
'"
IN4004
TBASE
'
RESET
I"'
" "
"
O>
HOURS
CONTINOUS
OPERATION
0"
WD-~~
OH
" '"
ONB HRS
TIM I
" '"'
" "'
IS
T1~008
INO
1--1
OFF:!O HRS
~
'"
TIM2-
NC
HAS
L__ _,,_, 00
1"'4148
T2020 HRS
Fig. 88-11
Circuit Notes
The ac line-operated on/off controller is a fered by a transistor to supply gate current to a
simple, reliable solid-state alternative to a mo- triac which switches the output load. When
tive driven cam switch. Time 1 and time 2 are power is applied to the circuit, the output load
programmed by diodes to be 8 hours and 20 is switched on for 8 hours then off for 20 hours
hours respectively. The T!Ml output is buf- repeatedly.
665
TIMING CIRCUIT
RESET
.--~-----i'----r--o
TIME
1K
c
~~
+ 100V
de
100K
+
10K
R~
TO 10MEG
2W
soon
IN4148 '-
Circuit Notes
Load current starts approximately 0.5 RC
after the switch is thrown.
~"'
TO 50'/; l\
3N85 \i ':;)
>
100K ~
100K
Fig. 88-12
SIMPLE TIMER
Fig. 88-13
Circuit
Press Sl. The 100 !LF electrolytic
capacitorrapidly charges up at about 0. 7 V. The
transistor will be forward biased, and collector
current will flow operating the relay. Release
Sl. The capacitor will begin to discharge via
the 33 K resistor at the base ofthe transistor.
When the voltage across the capacitor gets
down to half a volt or so, the transistor base will
no longer be forward biased, collector current
666
Notes
will cease, and the relay will drop out. The
capacitor will continue to discharge via the 47
K resistor. With the values shown, the relay
will remain operated for about eight seconds.
Long times are possible with lower values of
capacitance by substituting a Darlington pair
for the 2N2926. In this case, increase the two
resitor values into the megohm range.
+15
v"o--.--",~"..,'~-l_~~'-"-,._",..'_:_
r'-:rlf::<.~" -<>_j
c:
Cleer
_15
"'
Fig. 88-14
"""
R~
Polycerbonet or
Polystyrene CepiJCitor
Design
E~emple:
Vf11QV
CHF
A3R4144M
Fl.620k
R52k
R1R2-1k
741 TIMER
+6-35V
'>
>
>
R1
4k&
'>
>
>
R3
t---+---+2-1~
IC1
7
6
Fig. 88-15
0/P
';> R2
'>
>4k7
R4
~
ov
Circuit Notes
Rl and R2 hold the inverting input at half tive line potential. If reverse polarity operation
supply voltage. R4 applies feedback to increase is required, simply transpose R3 and C. R3 and
the input impedance at pin 3. Pin 3, the nonin- C can be any values. Time delays from a fracverting input, is connected to the junction of R3 tion of a second to several hours can be oband C. After the switch is opened, C charges via tained by judicious selection. The time
R3. When the capacitor has charged sufficiently delay-independent of supply voltage-is
for the potential at pin 3 to exceed that at pin 2 0. 7CR seconds where C is in farads.
the output abruptly changes from 0 V to posi-
667
TIMER
Circuit Notes
;;-----..
T
""
"
"
':'.._
220,.,
"..J
'
R2
@)I.".,.,, I '"
,j.
Fig. 88-16
>OK
.J " ""''
[E)"
' _!:F}-
''"''"
NPN
(-
WASHER TIMER
LENGTH Of CYCL IS 5WtTC1i PROGRAMMABLE
DELICATE
HEAVILY
fABRICS
SOILED
Fig. 88-17
"'
"
'
"
,_
3 -oZOMOTOR
CIRCUITRY
'
'
~L EVH
TOWATER
SWITCH
.. _L'~
~
'
'"
'
Fig. 88-18
'"
r
668
-~
'
'
r--
4.7K
~~
'=
RElAY
'"
COIL
-~
I
I
I
I
..!..
T
I
I
89
Tone Controls
The sources of the following circuits are contained in1he Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Stereo Phonograph Amplifier with Bass
Tone Control
Equalizer
Three-Channe!Tone Control
IC Preamplifier with Tone Control
Amplifier with Bass Boost
Active Bass and Treble Tone Control with
Buffer
669
IOD~fr
"
-o.n,F
""
510~
""
v,
...
fp}r ,.
-::-
I
I
I
STEREO
CERAMIC
CARTRIDGE
'"
...
ft
--
"
,..
CUT
~-
lOOk ":"
BOOST
""
D.lhF
"
+
riOO,F
~
~
65
p..t-
"
MAXIMUM
BOOST
~ ESPONSE
--~
~ TONE_f'.
CONTROL FLAT
---i-Y
" l.l fA
'
1--..l-----_--.L
'+'--t-+
MAKIMUM
25
:::
>
"
CUT
~ -+-' -+-RESPONS:
t "-"t-...+-~
'
20
~0
n lk
FREQUENCY IH)
670
'''"'
51t IOk 20
Fig. 89-1
2.7!!
I T''"'
51Dk
.I
...
TO.l/.JF ':'
"
'1
2.7~!
.,.
I
I
I
50D,f
I!!
':'
EQUALIZER
""
R825k
R72.4k Rl240k
to
23Hz
50Hz
72 Hot
108Hz
158Hz
238Hz
290Hz
350Hz
425Hz
508
"'
721Hz
1082Hz
1588Hz
2382Hz
2904Hz
3502Hz
4253Hz
5068Hz
7216Hz
10827 Hz
15880 Hz
23820 Hz
..
C5
co
. t~F
.47p.F
.047p.F
.33~otF
.033~o~F
.022p.F
.015p.F
.tp.F
.Otp.F
.082p.F .00821LF
.068~o~F .006a,.F
.056p.F .0056p.F
.047p.F .0047/JF
.033p.F .0033p.F
.022p.F .0022p.F
.22p.F
15,uF
.015~F
.Ot_uF
.0082/.IF
.0068/.IF
.0058/.IF
.0047/.IF
0033/.IF
.0022/.IF
.0015~F
.001_uF
820pF
680pF
580pF
470pF
330pF
220pF
.0015~o~F 150pF
100pF
.OOt~o~F
......."' -....
...... -
---
" .....
""" ......
COIIIPONI!NT V.UUU
Rl50k
A75.1k All10k
to
25Hz
36Hz
54 Hz
79Hz
119Hz
145Hz
175Hz
212Hz
253Hz
380Hz
541Hz
794Hz
1191Hz
1452Hz
1751Hz
2126Hz
2534Hz
3609Hz
5413Hz
7940Hz
11910 Hz
14524 Hz
17514 Hz
21267Hz
Rl100k
R710k Rl1meg
co
co
to
.47~F
.047p.F
.33,.,.F
.22p.F
.033,uF
12Hz
18Hz
27Hz
39Hz
59 Hz
12Hz
87Hz
106Hz
126Hz
180Hz
210Hz
397Hz
595Hz
726Hz
675Hz
1063Hz
1267Hz
180.4 Hz
2706Hz
3970Hz
5965Hz
7262Hz
8757Hz
10633 Hz
12670 Hz
18045 Hz
.15/lF
.022p.F
.016,uF
.tp.F
.01p.F
.082p.F .0082p.F
.OBB.uF .0068p.F
.05B~o~F
.047,uF
.033p.F
-D22p.F
.Ot5.uF
.01-JLF
.0082_uF
.00681-1F
.0066_uF
.0047~F
.0033/.IF
.0022_uF
.0016_uF
.001~o~F
820pF
880pF
560pF
.0056p.F
.0047p.F
.0033/lF
.0022p.F
.0015.uF
.001~F
820pF
680pF
580pF
470pF
330pF
220pF
160pF
100pF
82pF
....
56pF
co
co
.47p.F
.047~
.33,uF
.033#'
.22~o~F
.02211F
.15p.F .016JLF
.Otp.F
.tjtF
.082/lF .0082p.F
.068~JF
.0088p.F
.056p.F
.047p.F
.033p.F
.022/lF
.0056p.F
1.1t
I!I!.TAILI!
"" -
(poi)HITAI~I
ll!fTAIILI.
""
~
~
IDTQI.I
HI!TAILI!
.0047.uF
.0033,11F
.0022p.F
.015.uF .0015_uF
.01~F
.001#
.0082.uF 820pF
.00681-1F BaOpF
.0056/.IF 6aOpF
.00-47/.IF 470pF
.0033_uF 330pF
.0022~F 220pF
.0016/.IF 160pF
.0011-1F 100pF
820pF
82pF
880pF
88pf
560pF
56pF
470pF
.47pF
330pF
33pF
Fig. 89-2
671
"'""
"'
-----------------~--------------------------r---~
0~
SW1a
+9V
C347n
R410k
RS 10k
.-rv~~~~V\/V~~rv~~~
BASS
R7 10k
C4 4n7
R9 3k9
R63k9
MID
R3 lOOk
RV2 lOOk lin+
SKl
C5 22n
~I
I[+ R1100k
R61k8
..
RV3 500k lin
ovnD'"
R11 270A
'
HIGH
Cl 4u7
ov
')
C64n7
~~lSK2
CS 4u7
ov
IC1,2"'741
SW1b
Fig. 89-3
-9V
o----0
Circuit Notes
25
TREBL..:::
TA = 25C
See Fi ure 30
10
0
0
-~
--
vee= 15 v
15
"I
11..:.:~1
II IIIII
MAX BASS
20
0.
<(
I
'
I
-5
!1,
Fig. 89-4
'
I,;
"0 -10
>
' I
'
-15
:MIN_-
-20
i~r,w
MIN BASS
-25
20
40
100 200400
1k
2k 4k
10k 20k
f-Frequency-Hz
220kll
0.00376t~F
0.003$lf
10kll
O.OliJF
27 kil
3.3 Hl
,,,
"on
MON
MIN
vee+
0.01$lf
100kll
TREBLE
MAX
MAX
OUTPUT
O.OliJF
INPUT
O.OOJ~o~F
VeeBALANCE
ooon
47krl
'""
47 jlf
50,,
75j~F
'
...
"
F+T...
""''
'":1.
..1
r-~~--r<-r~-r
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Fig. 89-5
~ IGk 20k
fAEOUENtV Ui>l
':"'
':'
673
BASS
100~
""
""
0.05"
+16\!
0.06
""
OUPtiCATE fOR RIGHT CHANNEL
,,
'"
T o.oos
soo
l.6k
3.6k
LEFT
DOT
-=-
TREBLE
'"
'"
.,.
.,
-15'J
t'
_,.
_,.
_,.
oo
"
1Dk
"
lOOk
Fig. 89-6
fREQUENCY IH<l
o-1,,'
'
;
..
O.D15
"'
,..
0.033
"..
,,
,..
"'"
_,.
~
oo
(lOGl
_,.
-30
"
"'
"
r-f'+Jlf-Ht',,IHUT
II
-oni
I I
FI~~L CUr
~LW_LLW_LLW~UL
IDHI
lO(IIb
lkH1
10UII
IGDkH1
Fig. 89-7
'"'
"
50" II
t lho.
...
'"'
FEEDBP.CK
,.,
~'
T
674
"
Fig. 89-8
Ub1
(IRUH
~our-uT
Fig. 89-9
Circuit Notes
The circuit is based on an inverting op amp
using discrete transistors to overcome poor
slew rate, fairly high distortion, and high noise
problems. The output stage is driven by a constant current source, biased by a green LED to
provide temperature compensation. With the
controls flat, the unit provides unity gain so the
0.1
100kn
1""
0.06p.F
~F
~n
1,F
Fig. 89-10
10kn
50kn
100kn
0.002ji.F
2.7 kn
100
kn
210n
+
-=
20p.F
0.003 j.l~
0.001 ,..F
10kn
100kn
son
0.02~F OJ,
675
Fig. 89-11
>-<1-<lOUTPUT
Circuit Notes
The 2N5458 JFET provides the function of a high input impedance and low noise
characteristics to buffer an op amp feedback tone control circuit.
THREE-BAND ACTIVE TONE CONTROL
10k
9V
100k
1000oF
O.Q1 ~F
10uF
+
100k
t-----+-"'0"'"!!!:',11-+-,
+
I
1000 oF
2.2 M
EXIST,_G
VOL~~
I
BC109
INPUT
676
I
I
I
Fig. 89-12
BOOST .. CUT
lASS
IN O-r
'"
~ISV
MIDRANGE
Uk
J.lk
1.8k
1.1k
TREBLE
.,.
......
>.!-oaur
."
z
"
~
_,
-10
-15
_,.
"
... .
IOk
lOOk
FREQUENCY (HJI
Non1: Allcontrolsflat.
Fig. 89-13
Circuit Notes
677
90
Transmitters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Wireless AM Microphone
27 MHz and 49 MHz RF Oscillator/
Transmitter
678
WIRELESS AM MICROPHONE
679
2 Turns
Ts
L1
3 Turns
1 Turn
MILL.EA 14611
5.4 pF
6.2 pF
1.15tl
3.78ll
,,
"
MILLER lf9338.10
C1
1000 pF
220 pF
C2
660pF
20 ,,
24k
47 pF
C3
R10
6 Turns
Tp
c,
'"
48MHz
27MHz
Component
_,.
33 pF
_,
47k
.,
J\
I'/ ~
;--31
/
yi~.,-....----,
,, 1..
L1
MDOE CRYSTAL
c::::::l"
, :'1
"
I WillE
TWO FOOT 8.W DIAMETER
IOUIV.t.LEIIIT CIRCUIT
''
't~
11 -1GkHr
~f
fe
Envelope of Transmitted
Spectrum for Circuit
Fig. 90-2
Circuit Notes
The modulator and oscillator consist of two NPN transistors. The base of the
modulator transistor is driven by a bidirectional current source with the voltage range for
tbe high condition limited by a saturating PNP collector to the pin 4 VREG voltage and low
condition limited by a saturating NPN collector in series with a diode to ground. The
crystal oscillator/transmitter transistor is configured to oscillate in a class C mode.
Because third overtone crystals are used for 27 MHz or 49 MHz applications a tuned
collector load must be used to guarantee operation at the correct frequency.
"""
I
ANTENNA
"
'"
Circuit Notes
Tl is a low impedance output transformer
5000-8 ohms.
TAPPED
LOOP$TIClC
tiROAOCAST
llANO TYPE)
'"
Fig. 90-3
680
Crystal~
"'
" 1rd-Y.6BM8
1mH
RFC
L2
365pF
.01
I
-
#20e.
#28e.
#20e.
#20e .
#20e.
L2'" lOT
#25e .
fl
L2 wind on bottom of
L1 in the $lime dire<:tiOI'I
..._KEY
1K
350
lOw.
1%" dia.
1mF
r--
1000 PIV
RFC
160- L1 82T
L2 30T
80- L1 = 40T
L2=15T
40- L1 15T
K
2.5mH
10K
1w.
1mH
RFC
22K
1w.
.01
003
Transformer
':::~
22K
.00>
1J
365pF
3 ---
~~
""
..6BM~~ 7
50pF
Plug in ooils
2kV
j
1N4007
180K
.,!.To receiver
~~,,
filament
~
1K
1w
40mF
<OmF
"""'
"""'
~-
""
.r:--arotef1na
onput
-l/
-----.o Antenna
TIIA ..Sr
Switch
120v.a.c.
Fig. 90-4
SIMPLE FM TRANSMITTER
'\17
19 '"--....
'"
330!(
~" ll
''.
"'
15oF
r----2N7~
,_,
2N::?
\t::
"
"
''"
\t::
4700
"
Fig. 90-5
5of
r-
"
"
Circuit Notes
This transmitter can be tuned to the FM broadcast band, 2 meters,-<Jr other VHF
bands by changing C5 and Ll. The values given for C5 and Ll will place the frequency
somewhere in the FM broadcast band. Ll is 4 turns of lf20 enameled wire airwound, v,
inch in diameter, 5mm long and center-tapped. The microphone is an electret type and
the antenna is 18 inches of any type of wire. Keep all leads as short as possible to
minimize stray capacitance. The range of the transmitter is several hundred yards.
681
91
Ultrasonics
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Ultrasonic Switch
Ultrasonic Bug-Chaser
682
ULTRASONIC SWITCH
NOTES:
VOLTAGES MEASUREOWITH NO INPUT
SIGNAL USING A VOL TMETEA WITH
10 MEG OHM I_"'~UT II
,.........
~
116\f
.......
".
R91f A
C4 IS USI:O INSTEAD
MONOSTABLE ACTIOI
;REQUIRED.
receiver.
Circuit diagram of
"'~
\.!:
~
"
1 "'
""'
"'
~~:
.,
"'
-
~--
..'j>~
'-'!"~
-,;......
,r-~
}~~~7
" "'~
""
95~
_.r.
CG!v--.._
.
)Tff
-
."
"'
~0--
..
..-J:v.._,
O"""'_r
"'
r-
...
.:
"" .
01\f_.)
""
"
"
"
""
.lllf
..
"~
w
:.;
"N
NOTE:
VOLTAGES MEASURED USING
A VOLTMETER WITH 10 MEG
OHM INPUT IMPEDANCE.
~_)
Fig. 91-1
"'
1001<
-- -
~~~)._
"
"
oN
$':~
~
.,"'
M
Circuit Notes
gJ
..
..L..co
,_..,..,
111
~113
'"'
"'"
ULTRASONIC BUG-CHASER
I ~~""
""J
~liOHz
"'
' "'
FUSE
12:.5V
300m A
11s 213-lln
'
Fig. 91-2
3.!1" PIEZO
SUPEI't MOAN
IIS.<I0-1311
Circuit Notes
MOSQUITO-REPELUNG CIRCUIT
A1
+3 TO 9V
220 H
SK
555
VOLUME
Fig. 91-3
100 JJ.F
10 v
Circuit Notes
684
+V
R1
1.8K
R3
R2
15K
r:
22
SPEAKER
~
,kc3
TOOl
+V
4 13 12
,,fw
C4
To'
J'
I"'
IC1
556
1
+V
31.' 15
6-f
+V
R6
R4
100K
R5
1K
:r I~g~
;:K
.Q1
16V
'--
+V
W)~'
~ 2N2907
.
Fig. 91-4
Q~:
LED
.,-{ l
'
D1 IN4001
JO
+V (9-12 Vdc)
D3
IN4001
f\N4001
D2
IN4001
+V
81 T
: C5
:.J...
16V
912V~
~ "470/
16 v
C5
D4
J_
'
.b
Circuit Notes
45,000 Hz. The 25-65 kHz sweep is accomplished by coupling the voltage across C2
(the timing capacitor for the first half of the
556) via Ql to the control voltage terminal (pin
11) of the second half of the 556. The device
that radiates the ultrasonic sound is a piew
tweeter.
.IJI(IIt
1MII-VEZ
~
... ~
'""' =~
'"
TRANSOUtER
,.t.~ ~~
"::~!lOT
SW11tG
~:
"f:
UT
OJ~
11
""),
01
.4
=::HIII1
vee, nv
Fig. 91-5
~1001tF
"'
685
92
Video Amplifiers
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section~beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
The
686
RJ
R4
""'
.J,
c5
+18Vdc
R5
C7
C1
lnp
--"'
--
"'
Output
~;
4
45M
Auo<iliary Vide
91
R5
"7\>
r- ~
1-
MC1350
R1
5
r-
C4
C2
'f 'f
R2
-:: AGC
OfC5
'---
R7
MC1330
CB
'
~~
~
Primary Video
And Sound Output
1
AFTIOutput
RB
~J
g ffi-f3:-l p 11
Turns:?-Ll
L2
Turns
C1 -0.001 JJF
C2 =- 0.002 JJF
C3 = 0.002 /-IF
C4- 0.002 JJF
C5"' 0.002 JJF
C6 ,. See Table
C7"' 0.1 f.lF
Al,. son
R2 = 5 k
R3=470S1
R4=220.11
R5 ~ 22 n
-4
L3 w-ound with 11'26 AWG tinned nylon
acetate wire tuned by distorting winding
fC omponent VI'""
T bl
R6=3.3kS1
Compontnt
36MHz
-46 MHz
58MHz
R83.9kH
CB
24pF
10pF
All Resistors
1/4-W .10%
CB
18 pF
C10
LJ
33 pF
15 pF
12 pF
33pF
10 Turn
R7=3.9kS1
12 Turns
10 pF
18 p~
10"Turnl
Fig. 92-1
Circuit
The circuit has a typical voltage gain of 84
dB and a typical AGC range of 80 dB. It gives
very small changes in bandpass shape, usually
less than 1 dB tilt for 60 dB compression.
There are no shielded sections. The detector
Notes
uses a single tuned circuit (L3 and ClO). Coupiing between the two integrated circuits is
achieved by a double tuned transformer (Ll and
L2).
687
TELEVISION IF AMPLIFIER
AND DETECTOR USING AN MC1330 AND AN MC1352
v'
12 Vdc
"
RF AGC
To Tuner
v'
~;':'
r-
n-:- _,
2
R6
;-----10V
R3
tc6
AGC Input
5o
o Tob'o'
RS
tea
'0
" "
-'J'
C'
,.
C2
.~
C3
F R4
7
R7
"
,,~l'~
I'<
MC1352
-f"'
18V
18 Vdc
i}c5
AF AGC
R2
FC4
RS
A uJCHiary
Video
Output
-;;
--
ary Video
AoO
Soun d Output
c'o
I 'fC9
l~J
"'0
MC1330
7.7
~~
'
R9
Af<
0 utput
,..
"
r,.1..1
~ ~16 _i
Dl~;v:;ID
All windings #30 AWG tinned nylon IIC811118 wire v
tun111d with high permiablllty slug1. Coil Craft
L1
#4786 differential transformer,
Pin 6
Voltage
V1deo
Polarity
Negativ.,.
Sync
::Y
0
Posotive
Adj.
.0-8.0 Vdo:-
Going
Sync.
Nom 4.5 v
~---
Fig. 92-2
688
L~
'"
Tuml
Turns
<'YVV'
I_It~
I
,.
SH Table II
TABLE I
,--;-c----
Going
C10" 62 pF
C11 (SHTable Ill
-3"
TABLE II
Pin 10
Voltage
R4
Component
C7
C9
c"
C3
36MHz
24 pF
18 pf
33 pf
45 MHz
58MH:~:
15 pF
10pF
tOpF
18 pF
10 Turns
12 pf
33 , ,
12 Turns 10 Turn
0
Rpb
Nom 2.0 V
:Jl
(Sn TeMt)
R2~3.9kfl
R3
(Se~
Text)
R4 {See Table I)
3.9 I<
A10"' 3.9 kO
R114.7kU
Rt .. 5o n
R5 .. 220 k.ll
R6,.220!l
R7"' 22 n
R8 ~ 3.3 kfl
R9 3.9 krl
Cl 0.001
~iF
C20.1 ,.,_F
C3"' 0.251'f
C50.1,uF
C6"' 0.1 ~o~F
C7"' ISH T111ble II)
C80.1~o~F
..
.,
Circuit Notes
A wide band high gain configuration using
two SL550s connected in series. The first
stage is connected in conunon emitter configuration, the second stage is a common base
circuit. Stable gains of up to 65 dB can be
achieved by the proper choice of Rl and R2.
The bandwidth is 5 to 130 MHz, with a noise
figure only marginally greater than the 2.0 dB
specified for a single stage circuit.
Fig 92-3
39.
"'
5.11.
,,
Fig. 92-4
s..
Jiolt I IINit Jl,and Cl, Pom lo (pqolllat ,~,...,..,(,.oti.., an'~' MCI:U!tP Dolo &.nl
""Sn lniJ<II O.. rlood Sec:uan altho 01S11Jn Choraolonlll" Pogo 3. ond Gonorol lnlarmo"an. P"'l" 5 ~"'" 6
689
DET~CTOR
_,,
l1
""
"d
I
" 12 ylU
13
2
T"-ir-0........:"---"-.1..--'-'-"-.:...'
,
N~UT ~~~~
ll.l~f
_:_
MC1357
MCU16
.... '"' 2
'zM
ro '--:o--.--,..,----.-.Jr.__
..
;;r0111F
aA
s
O.l"F;;:f'
+---!-'__,R.,.2~-t.._Jt!S tJ
~o_,~.,F
14
,~~,'
r-1-
100 k
=4--:
Rl
""""''I
5k
;:I~ 01 $1F
VOLUME
!Optoonal) ~ _
Typit~l
Performance:
2 WamOutput
2% OoJtortion
250 11V S.nsiti~ity 13 rt8 Lim.)
Cl 120 pf
L1 14 11H
A120Hl
Q~
30
Fig. 92-5
IF AMPLIFIER
-TYPICAL APPLICATION OF MC1341P VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER
1nd MC1330 LOWLI!VIL VID!O DI!TE:CTOR CIRCUIT
+18 Vdc
'"
,,
'"
,..
~J
~,---
-,Et . .
r;gl_1
r:IL+s
TUAtiS
Fig. 92-6
690
'"o-r
.
Circuit Notes
o--_,_---th
2NS41S IP51J)
'"
Fig. 92-7
"'
"
K '"""""
VIN
2Ni485
0-.--+1-,''5&1 R2
""
...
""
L-.,
Fig. 92-8
r---Vour
"
Circuit Notes
This compound series-feedback circuit provides high input impedance and stable,
wide-band gain for general purpose video amplifier applications.
691
,.
Fig. 92-9
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
,,
0.001
1.0 .uF
5.6 k
VI (AGC) o-~w~-o--!
1.0 .uf
,,,
'
;;>-:=--:--< Your
T50pF*
BW"' tMHz
l.O,uF
O.OOl,uF +12Vdc
692
GAIN= 40dB
0.001 .uF
Fig. 92-10
IC = HA2620
2.2KH
~-..--,
Fig. 92-11
-93
Voltage and
Current Sources and References
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Bilateral Current Source
0 V to 20 V Power Reference
Programmable Voltage Source
Bilateral Current Source
Noninverting Bipolar Current Source
Voltage Reference
Low Voltage Adjustable Reference Supply
Voltage Reference
Low Power Regulator Reference
High Stability Voltage Reference
3 V Reference
5 V Reference
Zenerless Precision Millivolt Source
10 V Reference
Precision Reference Square Wave Voltage
Reference
693
'------;-------~---1 '!\
~~
Fig. 93-1
0 V TO 20 V POWER REFERENCE
25VT040 v
..
. ,
, 120 "
.IV
A~
,....! ':'--.,
"'
lM108A ~
,,J_
"
' ~-(''
'"'
......
......
l M11S
Fig. 93-2
'"
MYLAR--
=f'"''
'"
OV TO 20V
lA
1k
-4:-SV
r
Fig. 93-3
tASE
.f'""'l 0_ I ~ F
VH
1Cho~~c~~~"'
VE
694
LOW VOLTAGE
ADJUSTABLE REFERENCE SUPPLY
Rl
Uk
"
"""
INPUT
v-s.ov
!iiD
"
"'"
0.1"
0.1%
.9.51<!1
o.t%
.,,
"
0.1%
"
V'
1001<!)
0.1%
AlVIN
our" RTRSAlRRS
Rl A2
Fig. 93-4
Fig. 93-7
"Sohd IOnlolum
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
NONINVERTING
BIPOLAR CURRENT SOURCE
,,
,,
!Ok~!
"'
101<!"
vee
E(o2VI
IOI<H"
"MATCHED SO
IL-
THAT~:~
~5 -~
Fig. 93-8
COMPLIANCE OF ABOVE CIRCUIT L>VL)IS 8V WHEN
Fig. 93-5
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
"
"'
Fig. 93-6
"
"'
Fig. 93-9
Yo=fi1~ R2
Vo~Ycc
Circuit Notes
This simple reference circuit provides a
stable voltage reference almost totally free of
supply voltage hash. Typical power supply rejection exceeds 100 dB.
695
HIGH STABILITY
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
ZENERLESS PRECISION
MILLIVOLT SOURCE
"
~ 2mA
+l!IV
~lfN
. '
~
r~:
"
"
::; ~ !~t57~
.tlv ..
RtT;~
R ~
2
Sppml C
10 -Vz
1 , to-3
R3 .......:fl.._
1 to--J
"
.}
"'="
Fig. 93-10
'.
'
AVCl 1.11
-~
Fig. 93-13
3 V REFERENCE
+7.6V 110%1
10 V REFERENCE
+7.15V
2
'"
~ t5V
'
"'vour
...
JIU.QZHJ
vorl +l.OV
"
r-
RH-01
~J
"'
13.3k{l
+111V
t ..
"""
!-'---<>
'"
1/2 Ol'.oii:IC
IIM<!l
L-
K:.15V(!IOII.l
'11a 01'-ux~e AZ /
.. rv "'
2.1111n
.}
-UV 11011ol
Fig. 93-ll
5 V REFERENCE
l:"v
v,.
v,
""
TRIM
f'--<>
Fig. 93-12
696
K:
~v
,_.
.........
...v'
~,STAIIUlUI
101.!!
'----~"
+!IV
101<!!
'"
Fig. 93-14
PRECISION REFERENCE SQUARE
WAVE VOLTAGE REFERENCE
FIH-02
o-->
-15V
l.llkn
-IOV
'"'
Vol-1 -a.ov
LMI.
-OV
-I
*
Fig. 93-15
,.
~,...~,
~ 11417
. .,
+'f
ITO-ltv
IGU.-IIEWA'tl
Olll'UT
INVERTING BIPOLAR
CURRENT SOURCE (HIGH SPEED)
PRECISION REFERENCE
MICROPOWER 10 V REFERENCE
'"
MATCHED SO
THAT~~ :~
Fig. 93-16
Fig. 93-17
R1
LOAD
1k2
Fig. 93-18
02
L---~---------------t
2NJOSS
Z01
5V6
R2
5k6
'""
r,
~3 ~R4
56R
lW
SR6
10W OV
Circuit Notes
Q2s emitter at the same potential as the noninverting input. The current flowing into the load
therefore is defined solely by the resistor
selected by Sl. With the values employed here,
a preset current of 10 rnA, 100 rnA or 1 A can be
selected. Q2 should be mounted on a suitable
heats ink.
697
2.1\1
...
'"
Fig. 93-19
.,
.,
.,
R6==::~;
V2
Fig. 93-20
...
15V
TEIIIPlRATUflt
STAIIliZER
U5V
... ~--'!
1aTUI'Itol
OUTPUT
ADJUST
-11iV
Fig. 93..21
698
'
.
TEM~EAo\TURE
STAIIliUA'''';
6tsV
.I
..2. r_:.....,
LMUJU.
...
.. . l.
"
)~.("I
'"'
r;;
'
Mn.1i.--
llllll'lll
,.
=r
M19SK
OV TO MIV
llA TO lA
"
Fig. 93-22
15VTOlDV--..----..-------------,
..
1%RGULATED
TEMniiATUAE
STABiliZR
...'"
,.
6.!15V
"
G. I%
Fig. 93-23
699
94
VoltageControlled Oscillators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Linear Voltage Controlled Oscillator
10 Hz to 10kHz Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Precision Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Voltage Controlled Oscillator
700
HIGH
~~
FREQUENcY ---:;
SYMMETRY
['~.N753A
"'"
~(1.2V)
Uk!l
Ukn
""
1MU
1,000p,
L-~1
-~
VtN
1kfl
~""'
,UNCTION GENERATOR
10kn
OFFSET
'
"
11
"''"
nn '----- c-..:..-
ICL8031
10
"'"
'"'
"''"
LOW
...
,I'll!QUINCY
SYMMETRY
L~
-I
SINE-W
OUTPUT
1"\..,
741
Fig. 94-1
_c
I;Y
15V
10011:1\
w~INE-WAVE
DISTORTION
15V
Circuit Notes
."
u .. v---11'1
u ... ~":~:
-"2
---<~>----+--...:,;"~'~--.--'!
'"
Ad;..!for""'"'_l,..rt
_,.,,-v..,i.lmV
'"'"'"'" ..PK'"'"""2e,F.
liloormu10 f..,.uncy
kM
..."'
.....
"
.
,.,,
Fig. 94-2
."'
.."" ..""
701
100k
o-JII'vv
,__..-;~15V
VoN
-;.,......
+15V
100k
5k1
.2
,AA
,..:
-15V
Fig. 94-3
3
.~o
15-vJVvVVv~)~--_j~~~~~7_____________J
o4
RC4151
OUTPUT
1n r
U U
&......_____
5k1
'" *
v;,;
nfn
~.
liNEARITY 0.05%
RESPONSE TIME 10~sec
FREQUENCY 0-+ 10kH;r
~ 10k
>
mn
+15V
Circuit Notes
RC 4151 precision voltage-to-frequency converter generates a pulse train output
linearly proportional to the input voltage.
Vee s.o v- 14 v
Circuit Notes
'
10'
VCO Input
(Input
Rantc~
to Vccl
>--<>---1
1/3
Vee
MC1422
--;
L_,----,---,-.J
2
'
"'
Output
,. ' "'
Fig. 94-4
702
1/1/1
VVI
R4
Json
Fig. 94-5
OUTPUT
WAVEFORM AT
BASE 2 OF 02
r-r-1
Circuit Notes
With the component values shown, the oscillator has a frequency of 8kHz. When an
input signal is applied to the base of Ql the current flowing through Ql is varied, thus
varying the time required to charge Cl. Due to the phase inversion in Ql the direction of
output frequency change is 180 degrees out of phase with the input signal. The output
may be used to trigger a bistable flip-flop.
'
Ut~F
+IIY
,."'
Fig. 94-6
."
f
Vc (R8+R71
[8VpuRBR1]C
..
,.
"
':'
,O::;_Vc:5:30V,10H:r~f:5:10kHz
703
,.
,.
'"
FIIEQU(~Y
COioiTRO~
VOL TAG~
INPUT
+250mVoc
Fig. 94-7
:s Vc :s +SOVoc
100Hz :S 10 :S 1001cHz
'""'
Fig. 94-8
28pf
VIN-t
,,.--4C6V R1
=DM7414
:S MHz operation
T2L ouput
704
hyatereal~~o,
typ IV
Fig. 94-9
95
Voltage-to-Frequency
Converters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
10 Hz to 10 kHz Voltage/Frequency Converter
Voltage-to-Frequency Converter
Voltage-to-Frequency Converter
V/F Conversion, Positive Input Voltage
Ultraprecision V/F Converter
705
~-------- ----v~'--- - - - - - - - - - ,
I
6 GND
-
10
3"' DELAY
lcOMP
11
IN
'I
-2.SV
I AMP
-SV
7 VREF
800pf
0-l==~~~j''~ou~,~==~::~~~~~~~
CtNT
!INPUT
IB
,,
'"
CREF
200pf
~::
12pF
v,. _ _...,Vv_.__..__~,f"''",.--._~O-U>V . .
:r:+--'l',..",..'~r-'-2~0~F~F~SE~'---I-SV
L_____
101(
1BIAS _ _ _
v~----------J
1
Rat AS
1001(
J;>s TVP
AMF
0"
1. To adjun fmin set VtN- 10mV and 11djust tt'le SDK offset for 10Hz out.
2. To adjust fmax sat VtN lOV and adjust AtN or VREF for 10KHz out.
3. To increase fouTMAX to 100KHz etlen;t~ CA-eF to 15pF and CtNT to 75pF
4. For high performance epplications use high stabilitY components for RtN CAEF VAEF (metal
film retiators and glass fllm capacitors). Also separate the output ground (Pin 91 from the inPut ground (Pin 6).
Output Waveforms
Fig. 95-1
706
VOLTAGE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Circuit Notes
..
'
Fig. 95-2
VOLTAGE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
..
'"
FREQUENCY
FD333
00>
50 kHz MAX
'------<oo
%&0-1C
"
10 k
10 k
Fig. 95-3
"}---------,
..
V/F CONVERSION,
POSITIVE INPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 95-4
.
AOVFC32
707
,,
3.
,..
~
.,
"'
"' ~
"3 ~
~
ITJIIMI
..
"
u.n
...
lMlJIA
~
;._~
"
'"
"
'
OUTPUT
,,
u~
~~
Fig. 95-5
,~
',~
4.7nf
101k"
-l,h
.. ,'='
o.oe~
stALE
FACTOR
.... J
0V TO -IOV
"
tz.n
'
4lllltNOM
,,
OffS~~o'
' '
3~~
.-'_,,
four
~.~-'-
2. 09V Rt
R-fCT
*Stable co mponents with lOW tempco: see tell!
Cy is Tefl on or Polystyrene
All diode s 1N457, 1N484, or F0333 (low-j,eskage silicon)
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of better thao 0.02% error and 0.003% nonlinearity for a
20C range about room temperature.
"
.-------1
''
.:r".. :
OFFSET
A.OJUST
-t&V
708
_J
Fig. 95-6
''"'
96
Voltmeters
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of eaeh circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
3-% Digit DVM, Four Decade, 0.4 V, 4
V, 40 V, and 400 V Full Scale
Automatic Nulling DVM
3-~ Digit True RMS AC Voltmeter
3-~ Digit DVM Common Anode Display
DVM Auto-Calibrate Circuit
FET Voltmeter
709
Auto~ ~ccf'-"++tt-f1~~
~cc
~4--t---'
~
!
~
710
Vflf.
~c
~ "" I "''
+' I. ,'
'
m " "".
1'-
rr---"':.,...:_~
["
C_fkn
'""'0 .,
!Ole[!
C11200p' MICA
C312Cijl'
C41-.F
ALL RESISTOIII tR, 0.12& WATT
lftT.\l FILM UNLIIS NOTED
~--------------------------------~~~~~====:j==~------------1-----~==~-,
~1
. z
lllliF{U
Fig. 96-2
711
IN4148
200 mV
v,N
9 M:~
..,~TSC7106A
2V
900
k~:
90
~~~:
200
"
VREF
COMMON
0.01
""
VfiEF
J2 ANALOO
10 k'!
COM
"
"'
hJ~r~~~~1:E~E
"
vjN
30
v,N
26
Fig. 96-3
3. DIGIT DVM (200.0 mV) COMMON ANODE DISPLAY
,,
"'"
1r'"
+I
-I.
MAN""
~'
'
'
'I
-,, I=
'
MANq10
r<ao
,'I
MAN4610
r<.
''I
MAN4810
~g
Az~
...,~
"'
'I
r<MP~lJ
'"
""
. .,
4.3Ku L
MPSA13
,--
...
'
~ ''
I
p-;::
d ""
'
OH
"
'
0.01 "F
O.OOH"F
~
::r-
7~1 0
10f--
-12~ r -~1
"
IOKu
a, I~
...._... +
+12\1
712
'
115DK!l
.,
D<"
o.~!F:
folATIOI>IAL
Fig. 96-4
'"
t LDUIA U
~ 7
'
12K ll
,,
.f(t.022~F
"",. 1-
LDIIO
,,
'
'""
10K ll
"
'
'
"
'
r-:
r
....
I '*'
,,
.." f--
''
MPS..t.13
"'
........
-,,
"
., ~
"
1--:
1-+.1
l-1 I= Cl 11:'~-- l-1 R
~
H
I= 7.
H&,
,,
0.00112 ~F
' '
REF OlEJ
'~"
101<!)
-15V
"
Fig. 96-5
O~C20
'
''
''
PUSI-1 TO
CAliBRATE
FET VOLTMETER
,.
,.
..
..
..,~
"'
"'
.
,.
'"'
...
...
'"
..
"
..
...
'"
Circuit
This FETVM replaces the function of the
VTVM while at the same time ridding the instrument of the usual line cord. In addition,
drift rates are far superior to vacuum tube cir-
Fig. 96-6
Notes
cuits allowing a 0.5 volt full scale range which
is impractical with most vacuum tubes. The
low-leakage, low-noise 2N4340 is an ideal device for this application.
713
... '"
~"
~"
_,.
_,
~"
Tl: U VAC
-x2.Z
_,
~"
_,.
C~IITUI
UPPED
..
..
_,
'
HI
'
\f lEO
..
ItO It
LMlll&
Lllllll!
..."'
."
"'
'"
'"'
.~
111111111
'
'
MOOE
'
.."'
"'"
"'"""'-O.t..:lat
1 ~lull 113 too 3 dl dotftlronce !>111-n
LED 111 on<ILEO 112
"
113 ,R~
,OI!ollo
~~~8
Fig. 96-7
.-----_,.....".___ ,.
.."
T.,
II "
11M
WcDFF
~~.,0 ~~
l_ o-;t
fVOK
Tu
I
..L
'"
"
"
"
"
1x tcate calibrate
714
'
..
!hoY
IGQooV
,.
'"
- - ., ....
"
RAI&E
t 3x lute caHbrata
"'
'"
"
"
..~
"
X4LE
o"
,.,.,
!.~ ...
Fig. 96-8
..
Circuit Notes
"
'"
..
..........
\10
Ill
Fig. 96-9
""'
Fig. 96-11
715
BAC.PlAN{
~c.'"''
'<39~
.
.
=
SfGMHHS
fOR POS
SIGN
4030
J:m I
0
l:401ll
I
I
I C1 C/CI C/
I.Ll.l:::t.l 1./:::t
SEGMHITS
F0ROIGIT5
' ~= ~' ~: ~:
:':
::':'
:':S
.. .. .. ..
~
o,
.,
s~o---
8~
~)i'
~?
"
"
., .,
"
" " '
g
"'t-
"
"oo
OF412
r- ""
D 4 D3 t> 2 D 1 ho6 1 8 2 AJ
''
S\GNIOR.'LPR
r4013J
SIOIU
"'
t>4t>3o 2 o 1 6aS1S18J
"'
GNO
I ~1 il
"'"
.. .. ~
::~:
. l'
" "'
''
"'
~ ;'
-tr
*---<> ""
dl v
lt>l2tl
H!QGNO~
--o>"
Vss
l0111A
"oo
INPLJT
V0lTA<iE
Fig. 96-12
'
I I
"'
0001-F
BollSBI
'"11f
..
CRllG
VRH
'
~~
~v
J-1:'cs;1.
..
\IV
1'1
. . . .v
Fig. 96-13
.
716
...
97
Waveform and
Function Generators
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Low Cost Adjustable Function Generator
DAC Controlled Function Generator
Programmed Function Generator
100-kHz Quadrature Oscillator
Strobe-Tone Burst Generator
Low Cost High Frequency Generator
Tone-Burst Oscillator and Decoder
Triangle and Square Waveform Generator
10 kHz Oscillator
50 kHz Oscillator
Variable Audio Oscillator, 20Hz to 20kHz
Gated Oscillator
Exponential Digitally-Controlled Oscillator
Function Generator
Clock Source
Precision Oscillator with 20 ns Switching
Oscillator with Quadrature Output
Wide Range Variable Oscillator
Frequency Divider and -staircase Generator
Precision Oscillator to Switch 100 rnA
Loads
717
v"
V2 1N5236V
....
i,
v,
s,
o,
~
1N4148
R/100
.,.
(A)
v,
(V)
v, I
lv,
v,r
v,
Vzll
-v,W
-,
(B)
(C)
Fig. 97-1
Circuit Notes
This low -cost operational-amplifier circuit (A) generates four different functions with
adjustable periods. For the components shown
here, the period of the output waveforms is
given by T =4RC and T =2RC. With switch Sl
718
+15
AMPliTUDE
'"
+15
SYMMEtRY/
TRIM
"'
-15V
WAVESKAI'E/
TRIM
>-+-<>'V
SIN WAVE
OUTI'UT
"
..
+1$
"
....
DAC0130
A o louu
ONDGND
SQUAll WAVE
'"'""
and R1 "'JR2
Fig. 97-2
719
"ou
"~
""
"
AEF-02
VAOJ
" "
fULL
'"
2.5K
SCAlE
'"
~ "'"
;;td
..q
Trr
AEFII
' '"
""
><~~
DA.C 20
"'1
"
:;;'
'"""
SVMMfHIY
'"
'"
"''
"
.
"
. 'j
~rt '
"
'"
LF CAL
"
'
'
"
./.
CUT
''"
"'~
oo
SYMMTRY
'"
oo
"
'"
'""
1000 pF
-J;'"
AHI I
~"'
,.
"'
,.'
'
oo
"'
'
~Nf
'"
'"
DISTORTION
SWITC><
6CO SWITCH
V -15V
Fig. 97-3
6sin wt
18 kn !See Note Al
1N4148
.--+41---..-~w.~--o -15
18 pF
18 pf
""
88.4 kn
L--~~---~~~----Q+15V
1N4148
18 kn (See Note A)
=
88.4 kn
Note A:
Fig. 97-4
720
t15V
"'
Circuit Notes
ICL8038
!l1Nt14
11
10.
~~
fIN114
STROBE
2N4382
[_
-111V
'""
OFF
V"
ON
5V(+10V)
-1 5V(-10V}
Fig. 97-5
r-----~R2Y-----------------------------Eo,~
AMPLITUDE ADJUST
I~ 4R;C3t::)
2
~Vz
(Eo)pp
~ 2V~~)
IC =HA2650/26555
Fig. 97-6
721
TRAt.ISIIIIT
~VOLTS"-")
Tone-burst oscillator.
Fig. 97-7
Circuit Notes
A tone burst sent at the beginning of each transmission is decoded (at receiver) by a
PLL causing output from pin 3 of logic gate to turn on carrier-operated switch (COS).
'
2lillpf
Fig. 97-8
v2UVJL.f
"
h:: 1 MHz
"
"Ooo-"'Yo4--"""'"'
__.,.
722
10kHz OSCILLATOR
+1!5V
o.ekn
Circuit Notes
~.OipF
IOO..uH
OUTPUT
47fl
The capacitor charges until switching voltage is reached. When SUS switches on, the
inductor causes current to ring. When the current thru SUS drops below the holding current,
the device turns off and the cycle repeats.
Fig. 97-9
50 kHz OSCILLATOR
VARIABLE AUDIO
OSCILLATOR, 20Hz TO 20kHz
+10V
1
+V 'IOVOLTS
[~~~LE
a-
....
.1,.,
R
100
,.
Uk
"'
CUJT
./1
"""
Bl
B2
'
G-E
D5K
Kn
'"
FREQUENCY
...
15M.-:
;-
ICL8038
"
:
11
.0047~F
12
2--
""'
~DISTORTION
?.
10011
tOY
Fig. 97-ll
Fig. 97-10
Circuit Notes
A 50 kHz circuit is possible because of the
more nearly ideal characteristics of the D5K.
Circuit Notes
To obtain a 1000:1 Sweep Range, the voltage across external resistors RA and RB must
decrease to nearly zero. This requires that the
highest voltage on control pin 8 exceed the
voltage at the top of RA and R. by a few hundred
millivolts. The circuit achieves this by using a
diode to lower the effective supply voltage on
the 8038. The large resistor on pin 5 helps
reduce duty cycle variations with sweep.
723
GATED OSCILLATOR
GATE OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY
vee
_._RCTIMI CONSTANT
v,.
:v
''
~--Ot---
~.
tw'
'
OUTPUT
..
''
~
_____ ,:
,
"
STRO~~
STROBE
VccSV
s +lSGC
''
~ ~
o.o
o.
0.2
2.0
RC TIME CONSTANT !l<il
"
0.0
Fig. 97-12
EXPONENTIAL DIGITALLY-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
I'"
'""
''"
2N3906
+!iV IV+!
"'
. :.:.n
"'
'-"
"~
.
..
IQI-)t
"'"
m. f.f,f.f.Y,
'
CHORD
SELECT
tot+lloH
'
V+
Vt.C
lfJc~l+
LOWER LIMIT""
~V
1~-PIN
DIP
":'
NETWOR~
-~~
BOURNS #411'1HIQ1-103S
~~~
'"A"'
f-.- T ---!
10
j"
U
L oJ~
a
~ '"
~.01"~
4
LL
-15V
CMP-02
----~
>---'-1~(1'.
........ ~
17
UPPER LIMIT ., 0V
IQ(+)
+C1CICII1111&MI/D. 14
-1004+ 11
VREr DAC-711CX AI
l~
V-
' ~
~MP.(I;I
"'
S~LECT
6" 6.
CURRENT MIRROR
DIQITAL INPUTS
12 -
"
~n
I"'"'
~n
~n
<1%
...... 2N3908
"r:J
IReF"
"
'""
'-w.,j
ov
-6V
___s-u
.l
000
OUT
LIL
-'-"''"
f---- T ----1
T
lA I"
j~j ~ 2Je~
WHERE
NORMALIZED DIGITAL INPUT
Fig. 97-13
Circuit Notes
724
"
FUNCTION GENERATOR
Fig. 97-14
'\.- OUTPUT
OUTPUT
IC
= HA-2620
CLOCK SOURCE
+SY
1kll
16kll
S&kll
Circuit Notes
A clock source using LM311 voltage comparator in positive feedback mode to minimize
clock frequency shift problem.
Fig. 97-15
OSCILLATOR WITH
QUADRATURE OUTPUT
PRECISION OSCILLATOR
WITH 20 NS SWITCHING
.,
2
":"
CONNECT I'IN 3
TO 2.1VTO
INVERT OUnliT
f-
c,t l"' *
,.,
Fig. 97-16
Fig. 97-17
725
WIDE RANGE
VARIABLE OSCILLATOR
"" I.~
I ('
'
STAIRCASE
OUTPUT
.,
~"1914
'
~
''"
,..
FJT1100
'"'
'"
~
.,[o-
'
~
.1' "? '"
1
......
T.
-l-
C2
'"
1N914
FREQUENCY DIVIDER
AND STAIRCASE GENERATOR
..
v-
~Nnn
v-
'"
1N914
'
~~---
'" 10 ...... ,
lfl.[o
FREOUf:N CY AOJUST
1N914
YJN
_J,I.-
~
VReF- - -
\r\r'
,
MUST IE IUFFf:RED
FOIIIIL lOll
T in Seconds
v 0 lor FJT 1000
Fig. 97-18
0.31 V
Fig. 97-19
.,
726
, --0.2 V
.J I-
PRECISION OSCILLATOR
TO SWITCH 100 rnA LOADS
Fig. 97-20
9-8
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Zero Crossing Switch
Zero Crossing Detector
Zero Crossing Detector
727
TRIGGER----,
~~.' Dl
R1
100k
02~
;3,~k
.
'
'
) R2
..
LOAD
,~
'--?,
'
I
AC
SCR1
,.. 01
Fig. 98-1
SkU
5011
5011
v ,I
.~
1 kH
10
kl!
kll
-~-,}
728
~ ul.
C=r
*.,.
Total Delay = 30 ns
Input frequency
300 Hz to 3 MHz
Minjmum input voltage 20 mVpk-pk
"A~
100pP
...
""'
OUTPUT
Fig. 98-2
OUTPUT
Fig. 98-3
Vee
"'
"'
"'
IC = MC3405
T111mpc1rature S1msor
Fig. 98-4
ZERO-CROSSING DETECTOR
Vee+
r--
----,
20kH
_,.-+1-4.,_- OUTPUT
I
.,.
VouT
_ _ _ _JI
vee-
Fig. 98-5
Fig. 98-6
V-
729
Sources
Chapter 1
Fig. 1-1: The Build-11 Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1498,
p. 73.
Fig. 1-2: QST. 7/81, p. 28.
Fig. 1-3: Radio Electronics, 10/78, p.
41.
Fig. 14: "73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 122.
Fig. 1-5: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p.
50.
Fig.
1~6:
55.
Chapter 2
Fig. 2-1: Modern Electronics, 3/78, p.
69.
730
Chapter 3
Fig. .1-1: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-119.
Fig. 3-2: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 3-83.
Fig. .1-.1: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11207.
Fig. 3-4. Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 10-99.
Fig. 3-5: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp. Data
Conversion/Acqui$ition Databook,
1980,p. 3-107.
Fig. 3-6: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Tran$istor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29.
Fig. 3-7: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-67.
Fig. 3-8: Reprinted with the permission
Chapter 4
Fig. 4-i: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 7-8.
p. 3-63.
Chapter 5
Fig. 5-1: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semico-nductor Corp. Data
Conversion/Acquisition Databook,
1980, p. 3-22.
Fig.- 5-2: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Tr-ansistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29.
Fig, 5-3: Reprinted with the permissUm
of National Semiconductor Corp. Data
Conversion/Acquisition Databook,
1980,
p.
8-64.
Chapter 6
Fig. 6-1: Electronics Today International, 3/82, p. 66.
Fig. 6-2:101 Electronic Projects, 1977,
!C 23.
Fig. 6-3: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-66.
Fig. 6-4: Electronics Today International, 10/79, p. 93.
Fig. 6-5: No reference.
Fig. 6-6: No reference.
Chapter 7
Fig. 7-1: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Fairchild
Semiconductor Application Note 300.
Fig. 7-2: Ham Radio, 1/78, p. 78.
Fig. 7-3: Courtesy of Mot(Jro/a Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
6-23.
Fig. 7-4: 73Magazine, 12/76, p. 97.
Fig. 7-5: 7.1 Magazine, 7177, p. 34.
Fig. 7-6: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p. AN29-9.
Fig. 7-7: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
P. LB16-l.
Fig. 7-8: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-.'11.
Fig. 7-9: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1-982, p. 10-25.
Fig. -7-10: How to Design/Build Remote Control Devices TAB Book No.
1277, p. 230.
Fig. 7-11: Radio Electronics, 7/83, p.
7.
Fig. 7-12: Electronics Today International, Summer 1982, p. 45.
Fig. 7-13: 73 Magazine, p. 31.
Fig. 7-14: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
11/8.1. Copyright 1983, McGraw Hill
Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 7-15: Electronics Today International, 7/72, p. 84.
Fig. 7-16: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
3-42.
Fig. 7-17: Reprinted with the permission of Natiunal Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, I 982, p. 3-171.
Chapter 8
Fig.8-l: CourtesyofFairchil-dCamera
& Instrument-Corporation, Fairchild
Progress, 11-12/76, p. 26.
Fig. 8-2: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Fairchild
Progress, 5-6177, p. 22.
Fig. 8-3: Reprinted with the permission
731
732
Chapter 11
Fig. 11-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 7-32.
Fig. 11-2: 101 Electronics Projects,
1977,
p. 97.
Chapter 14
Chapter 12
Chapter 15
Fig. 15-1. Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p.
AN146-1.
p. 5-23.
Fig. 15-4: Supertex Data Book, 1983,
p. 5-22.
Fig. 15-5: How To Design/Build Remote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
1277,
p. 287.
p. 289.
p. 290.
Fig. 15-8: How To Design/Build Remote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
1277,
p.
2.91.
Chapter 16
17.
6-123.
16.
p. 91.
Fig. 12-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 78.
Chapter 13
Fig. 13-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/8..1, p.
5-238.
504.
6-17.
69.
6-123.
733
734
Chapter 18
Fig. 18-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5-4.
Fig. 18-2: Reprinted with the pemlission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5-5.
Fig. 18-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5-4.
Chapter 19
Fig. 19-1: Caurtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note AN-417B, p. 5.
Fig. 19-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note AN417B, p. 3.
Fig. 19-3: The Complete Handbook of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibrators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 326.
Fig. 19-4: Electronics Today Inlrnational, 1/76, p. 46.
Fig. -19-5: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
Fig. 19-6. Electronics Today International, 8/83, p. 57.
Fig. 19-7: Ekctronics Today International, 11176, p. 44.
p.
21.
Chapter 20
Fig. 20-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-123.
Fig. 20-2: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
5-289.
Fig. 20-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note AN-71, p. 5.
Chapter 21
Fig. 21-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-123.
Fig. 21-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Datalmvk, 1982, p. 11-30.
Fig. 21-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10112.
Fig. 214: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-30.
Chapter 22
Fig. 22-1: Electronics Today International, 9/75, p. 65.
Fig. 22-2: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 6-13.
Fig. 22-3: Electronic Today International, 8/79, p. 99.
Fig. 224: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-15.
Fig. 22-5: Siliconix incorporated.
MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
p. 6-41.
Fig. 22-6: SignetU:s AnaWg Data Manual, 1982, p. 6-21.
Fig. 22-7: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 6-21.
Chapter 23
Fig. 23-1: Ham Radio 11/78, p. 64.
Fig. 23-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 2,5.
Fig. 23-3: Sigmtics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 11-15.
Fig. 23-4: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 11-10.
Fig. 23-5: SigneticsAnalogData Manual, 1982, p. 16-28.
Fig. 23-6: Signetics Analog Manual,
1982, p. 16-"8.
Chapter 24
Fig. 24-1 :Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 19.
Fig. 24-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc:
Linear Inteiface Integrated Circuits,
1979, p. 7-30.
Chaptei" 25
Fig. 25-1: Radio-Electronics, 2/83, p.
76.
Fig. 25-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
6-98.
Fig. 25-3: Radio-Electronics, 12/78, p.
77.
Fig. 254: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
14-17.
Fig. 2.5-5: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p.
14-17.
Fig. 25-6:-Electronics Today International, 3/78. p. 50.
Fig. 25-7: RCA Corp., Solid State Division, Digital Integrated Circuits Application Note JCAN-6346, p. 5.
Fig. 25-8: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-97.
Fig. 25-9: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
Fig. 25-10: Reprinted with the permissUm of NatUmal Semiconductor Corp.
National Semiconductor, Application
Note LB-25.
Fig. 25-11: Electronics Today International, 9/72, p. 86.
Fig. 25-12: 104 Weekend Electronics
Projects, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 56.
Fig. 25-13: CourtesyofFairchildCamera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-180.
Fig. 25-14: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog SWitch & JC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-9.
Fig. 25-15: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1983, p. 10-100.
Fig. 25-16: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Application Note AN73-6, p.
4.
735
1973, p. 17.
11-55.
205.
Chapter 26
Fig. 26-1: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 8-5.
Fig, 26-2: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 84.
Fig. 26-3: Precision Monolithicsincorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
3-17.
11-54.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Chapter 27
27-I:Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-2: Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-3: Ham Radw, 8/81,
274: Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-5: Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-6: Ham Radio, 6/77,
27-7: Ham Radio, 8/81,
p. 27.
p. 28.
p. 27.
p. 26.
p, 26.
P. 42.
p, 27.
Chapter 28
Fig. 28-1: Reprinted from Electronics,
12/74. p. 105. Copyright 1974, Mc-
Chapter 30
Fig. 30-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
National Semiconductor CMOS
Databook, 1981,
p.
8-44.
p.
6-60.
6-10.
1-21.
6-52.
11-55.
Fig. 26-6: Ferranti, Technical Handbook Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p.
1-25.
736
Chapter 29
Fig. 29-1: Ham Radio, 1/78, p. 94
Fig, 29-2: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook, Third Edition, p. 577.
Fig 2.9-3: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
17-167.
Fig. 30-13: SGS-ATES Databook
Chapter 31
Fig. 31-1: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. Optoelectronics, Second
EditUm, p. 113.
Fig. 31-2: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
13-11.
Fig. 31-3: RePrinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
17-153.
Fig. 31-4: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
13-14.
Fig. 31-5: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databoak. 1982, p.
13-20.
Fig 31-6: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
13-20.
Chapter 32
Fig. 32-1: No reference.
Fig. 32-2: No reference.
Fig. 32-3: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p.
47.
Fig. 32-4: No reference.
Fig. 32-5: The Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367,
p. 480.
Fig. 32-6c The Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367,
p, 114.
Fig. 32-7c The Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367,
p.
114
Chapter 33
Fig. 33-1: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
6-58.
Fig. 33-2: lntersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
3-135.
F-ig. 33-3: Precision MonolithUs Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-114.
Chapter 34
Fig. 34-1: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. GE APPlication Note
201.10.
Fig. 34-2: Electronics Today International. 4/75, p. 42.
Fig. 34-3: Siliconix intorjJorated,
Application Note AN154.
Fig. 34-4: Reprinted wt'th the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-289.
Fig. 34-5: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook, Second Edition, p. 905.
Fig. 34-6: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook, Third Edition, p. 573.
Fig. 34-7: Radio-Electronics, 5/79, p.
84.
737
Chapter 35
Fig. 35-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
649.
Fig. 35-2: The Giant Book Of Electronic Projects, TAB Book No. 1367, p.
Chapter 37
Fig. 37-1: Teledyne Semiconductor
Publication DG-114-87, p. 7.
Fig. 37-2: Siliconix incorporated,
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 7-30.
Fig. 37-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-140.
Fig. .17-4: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 8-257.
Fig. 37-5: Reprinted with permission of
Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Databook, 1982, p. 12-20.
Fig. 37-6: Reprinted with the pennis
sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-143.
Fig. 37-7: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982,_p. 8-257.
Chapter 38
Fig. 38-1: Electronics Today International, 1/77, p. 83.
Fig. 38-2: 101 Electronic Projects,
Chapter 41
Fig. 41-1: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-12.
Fig. 41-2: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 35.
Fig. 41-..1: Electronics Today Internatwnal, 6176, p. 40.
Fig. 41-4: Repn"nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-172.
Fig. 41-5: Courtesy -of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-11.
Fig. 41-6: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 8-14.
Fig. 41-7: Siliconix incorporated,
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1182, p. 6-14.
Fig. 41-8: 73 Magazine.
Fig. 41-9: Reprinted from E4ectronics,
3/7.1,
Chapter 42
Fig. 42-1: Reprinted with the Pirmis
sion of National Semicondw.:tor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-127.
Fig. 42-2: SuPirtex Data Book, 1983,
p. 5-20.
Chapter 39
Fig. 39-1: Modern Electronics, 2178, p.
49.
738
EB-33.
Chapter 36
EB-33.
1975, 1132.
109.
Chapter 40
Fig. 40-1: Reprinted with permission of
Control Engineering, 1301 S. Grove
Ave. Barrington, 11linois 12/73, p. 43.
Fig. 40-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Communications Engineering Bulletin
Chapter 43
45.
Chapter 44
Fig. 44-1: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
TJatabook, 1983, p. 15-13.
Fig. 442: CO, 3/78, p. 72.
Fig. 44-3: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 376.
Fig. 444: Courtesy of Texa..'> Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
207.
Fig. 44-5: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. General Electric Newsktter, Vol. 11. No. 1, p. 5.
Fig. 44-6: Reprinted with permission
from G~neral Electric Semiconductor
Department. Optoelectronics, Second
Edition, p. 112,
Fig. 44-7: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-42.
Fig. 44-8: Electronics Today International, 5177, p. 77.
Fig 44-9: Reprinted/rom Computers &
Electronics, Copyright Ziff-Davis Publishing Company. 4/83, p. 109.
Fig. 44-10: The Build-It Book Of
Electronic Projects, TAB Book No.
1498, p. 42.
Fig. 44-11: Copyright by Computer Design. All rights reserved. Reprinted by
permission. 1/83, p. 77.
Fig. 44-12: Reprinted with permission
from General E kctric Semiconductor
Department. General Electric SCR
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 440.
Fig. 44-13: Copyright by Computer Design. All rights reserved. Reprinted by
permission. 1/83, p. 77.
Fig. 44-14: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook, Third Edition, p. 13714.
Fig. 44-15: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, Linear & Conversion IC
Products, 7/78, p. 7-12.
Fig. 44-16: Electronic Projects, 1977,
p. 82.
Fig, 44-17: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicvnductor Corp.
Linear Datab(}(lk, 1982, p. 3-109.
Fig. 44-18: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. Optoelectronics, Second
Edition, p. 111
Chapter 45
Fig. 45-1: RCA Corporation, RCA
Solid-State Devices Manual, 1975, p.
734.
Fig. 45-2: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. GE Project H5, p. 157.
Fig. 4.5-3: Solid State Products, New
Design Idea, No. 5.
Fig. 454: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
12/74, p. 111. Copyright 1974,
McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 45-5: Electronics Today International, 12172, p. 86.
Fig. 45-6: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semicondudor
Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook. Second Edition, p. 585.
Fig. 45-7: 101 Electronic Projects,
1975.
Fig. 45-8: Courtesy of -Motorola Inc.
Motorola Semiconductor Products.
Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN466), p. 12.
Fig, 45-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Motoria Semiconductor Products Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN466),
p.
5.
p.
6.
739
Chapter 46
Fig. 46-l: Machine Design, 9/80, p.
126.
Chapter 47
Fig. 47-1: NASA T.ch Bri<fs, Spring
1983, p. 249.
Chapter 48
Fig. 48-1: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. General Electric SCR
Manual, St'xth Edition, 1979, p. 438.
Fig. 48-2: Electronics Today International, 1/78, p. 83.
Fig. 48-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29.
Fig. 48-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Unear Integrated Cin:uits, 1979, p.
3-1.18.
p. 5-48.
Chapter 51
8-32.
Chapter 49
Fig. 49-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-49.
Fig. 49-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
National Semiconductor CMOS
Databook, 1981, p. 8-124.
Chapter 52
Fig. 52-1: Reprinted with the Permis
sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application NotR AN69, p. 6.
p.
13.
p. 6-60.
Fig. 52-4: SigJwb"cs Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. T0-99.
Fig. 52-S:SigneticsAnalogDataMan-
72.
55.
tional, 8/73,
Fig. 49-9:303 Dynamic Electronic Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 153.
Fig. 49-10: Electronics Today International, 10/78, p. 97.
Fig. 49-11: Radio-Electronics, 1/80, p.
68.
Fig. 49-12: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1983, p. 9-40.
Fig. 49-13: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1983, _p, 9-38.
Fig. 49-14: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
740
p. 82.
16-157.
MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
p, 6-42.
p.
10-20.
Chapter 53
Fig. 53-1: -Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 4-24.
Fig. 53-2: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 4-23.
Fig. 53-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, I979, p.
6-99.
Fig. 53-4: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. II178.
-Fig. 53-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol.
6, Series B, P- 8-58.
Fig. 53-6: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 4-26.
-Fig. 53-7: Reprinted with the permissifm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databonk, 1982, p. 11-34.
Chapter 54
Fig. 54-1: ModernElectronU:s, 3/78, p.
6.
Chapter 55
Fig. 55-1: Courtesy of MotonJla Inc.
Application Note AN-829.
Fig. 55-2: Radio-Electronics, 8/78. p.
41.
Fig. 55-3: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
288.
AN-198.
6-122.
Fig. 55-16: The Giant Bonk Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367.
Chapter 56
Fig. 56-1: Electronics Today International, 4/78, p. 63.
Fig. 56-2: Modern Electronics, 5/78, p.
6.
Chapter 57
Fig. 57-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10201.
Chapter 58
-Fig. 58-1: Courtesy of Texas 1nstru-
741
5.
Fig. 58-4: Precision Monolithicslncorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-154.
Fig. 58-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 6-136.
Fig. 58-6: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note, AN294.
Fig. 58-7: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-47.
Fig. 58-8: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 22.
Fig. 58-9: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 15-6.
Fig. 58-10: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
8-32.
Fig. 58-11: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-46.
Fig. 58-12: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982. p, 5-46.
Fig. 58-13: RePrinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 5-7.
Chapter 59
Fig. 59-1: Electronics Today International, 4/76, p. 23.
Fig. 59-2: Popular Electronics, 4/75,
p. 87.
Fig. 59-..1: Electronics Today Interna#onal, 4/78, p. 30.
Fig. 59-4: Popular Electronics, 12/76,
p. 28.
Fig. .59-5: The Radio Hobbyist's Handbook, TAB Book No. 1346, p. 256.
Chapter 60
Fig. 60-1: Reprinted from Electronb,
7172, p. 77. Copyright 19i.J, McGraw
Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 60-2: Reprinted from Electronics,
10/73, p. 125. Copyright 1973,
McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 60-3: 73 Magazine, 12/76, p.170.
Fig. 60-4: Electronics Today International, 1978.
Fig. 60-6: Cl.i, 11/83, p, 72.
Fig. 60-7: Electronics Today International, 7177, p. 77.
742
Chapter 61
Fig. 61-1: Machine Design, 7175, p.
39.
Fig. 61-2: Electronics Today International, 4173, p. 89.
Fig. 61-3: Signetics Analog-Data Manual, 1982, p. 16-28.
Fiff. 61-4: Teledyne Semiconductor
Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11207.
Fig. 61-5: Siliconix incorporated,
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-4.
Fig. 61-6: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note 32, p. 8.
Chapter 62
Fig. 62-1: Electronics Today International, 4/82, p, 39.
Fig. 62-2: Western Digital, Components Handbook, 1983, p. 577.
Fig. 62-3: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p.
72.
Fig. 62-4: Canadian Projects Number
1, SJ>rinf< 1978, p. 78.
Fig. 62-5: 101 Electronic Projects,
1977, p. 49.
Fig. 62-6: Electronics Today International, 10/74, p. 67.
Fig. 62-8: 44 Electronics Projects For
The Darkroom, TAB Book No. 1248,
p. 282.
Fig. 62-9: 44 Electronics Projects For
The Darkroom, TAB Book No. 1248,
p. 284.
Fig. 62-10: Signetics 555 Timers,
1973,_p. 23.
Chapter63
Fig. 63-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-205.
Fig. 63-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-191.
Fig. 63-3: Courtesy of Texas lnstru
ments Incorporated. Linear Control
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
374.
Fig. 63-4: Repn'nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note 222.
Fig. 63-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol.
6, Series B, p. 8-58.
Chapter 64
Fig. 64-1: Siliconix incorporated,
MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
p. 6-71.
Fig. 64-2: Ferranti Semiconductors,
Chapter 65
Fig. 65-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 2../3.
Fig. 65-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
4-23.
Chapter 66
Fig. 66-1: No reference.
Fig. 66-2: 73 Magazitw.
Fig. 66-3: Ekctronics Today InternaHanal, 3/77, p. 71.
Chapter 67
p. 49.
p. 5-24.
2-15.
1975, p. 47.
2-16.
198~.
Databook,
142.
Chapter 68
Fig. 68-1: Siliconix incorporated,
Analog Switch & JC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-20.
Fig. 68-2: Electronics Today InternaHanal, 6/79, p. 17.
Chapter 70
Fig. 70-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 7-12.
Fig. 70-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 6-49.
Fig. 70-3: Ferranti. Technical Handbook Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p.
7-13.
Chapter 71
Fig. 71-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
7-83.
Fig. 71-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-67.
Fig. 71-.1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicondudor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-37.
743
Chapter 72
Fig. 72-1: 73 Magazine.
Fig. 72~2: CO, 6178, p. 32.
Fig. 72-3: Teledyne Semicondudor,
Databook, p. 11.
Fig. 724: Reprinted-from Electronics
4176, p. 104. Copyright
, McGraw
Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 72-5: Reprinted by permission from
the Aug. 1981 issue --of Insulation/
Circuits magazine. Copyright 1981,
Lake Publishing Corporation, Libertyville, Illinois, 60048-9989, USA.
Fig. 72-6: Siliconix incorporated,
Application Note AN154.
Fig. 72-7: Electronics Today International, 11/78, p. 68.
Fig. 72-8: CO. 6/78, p.33.
Cbapter73
Fig. 73-1: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Communications Engineering Bulletin
EB~67.
744
p.
5~10.
p.
5-10.
p.
5~6.
Fig. 744: Tlw Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367.
Fig. 74-5: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Chapter 75
Fig. 75-1: Reprt'nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-126.
Fig. 75-2: Courtesy of Matorola Inc.
Communications Engineen'ng Bulletin, EB46.
Fig. 75-3: Signetics Analog Data Manual, p. 556.
Fig. 75-4: Modern Electronics, 7/78, p.
55.
Fig. 75--5: Electronics Today International, 6/79, p. 43.
Fig. 75-6:-Radio-Electronics, 8/69, p.
74.
Fig. 75-7: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 25.
Chapter 76
Fig. 76-1: The Build-It Book Of ElectronicProjects, TABBookNo.1498,p.
20.
Fig. 76-2:30.1 Dynamic Electronic Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 153.
Fig. 76-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-100.
Fig. 76-4: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semicondudor
Department. General Electric SCR
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 225.
Fig. 76-5: '73 Magazine, 9175, p. 105.
Fig. 76-6: HowardS. Leopold.
Fig. 76-7: Modern Electronics, 3/78, p.
50.
Fig. 76-8: 73 Magazine, 6/83, p. 106.
Fig. 76-.9: Modern lectronics, 2/78, p.
50.
Chapter 77
Fig. 77-1: Electronics Today International.
Fig. 77-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor_Databook, 1982, p. 11--30.
Fig. 77-3: Reprinted with the permission of National SemicondUctor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11--31.
Fig. 77--4: P-recision Monolithics bu:orporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
7~18.
Chapter 78
Fig. 78-1: Electronics Today international. 9/72, p_ 86.
FiJ,?. 78-2: Electronics Today international, 1978.
Fig 78-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p. 9-76.
Fig. 78-3: Harris Semiconductor,
Linear & Data Acquisition Products.
1977, p. 2-96.
Fig. 78-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
6-17.
Chapter 79
Fig 79-1: Superlex Data Rook, 1983,
p. 5"26.
Fig. 79-2: Reprinted with the pemlission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p. 9-75.
Fig. 79-::J: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear !Jpplications Handbook, 1982,
p, 9-76.
Chapter 80
Fig. 80-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicunduttor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-40.
Fig. 80-2: Reprinted with the pennission of National Semicondw:tor Corp.
COPS Microcontrollers Datahook,
1982,
p.
9-123.
p. 14.
Chapter Rl
Fig 81-1: Reprinted with the pennission of National Semicondwtor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982. p. 3-204.
Fig. 81-.::!: 73 Magazine, 10177, p. 115.
Fig. 81-3: Electronics Today International, 7!81, p. 75.
Fig. -81-4: Reprinted with permissirm
from General lectn"c Semicondw:tor
Department. GE Application .Vote
200.35, 3/66, p. 14.
FiJ,?. 81-5: 104 Weekend /ectronics
PrOjats, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 64.
Fig 81-6: Electronics Today Tnternational, 1975, p. 72.
Chapter 82
Fig. 82-1: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Datahook, p. 8.
Fig 82-2: Siliconixincorporated. Application Note AN154.
Fig 82-..1: The Complete Handbook of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibrators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 335.
Fig. 82-4: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Liflear
Databook. 1!182, p ..9-28.
Fig. 82-5: Reprinted from Electronics,
'!J77, p. 107. Copyright 19 , McGraw
Hill inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 82-6: Siliconix incorporated.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6'-19.
Fig. 82-7: Harris Semironductor,
Linear & Data Acquisition Products,
1.977, p. 2-96'.
Fig. 82-8: Electronics Today International, 7/78, p. 16.
Fig. 82-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear interface Integrated Circuits, p.
7-30.
Chapter 83
Fig 83-1: Electmnics Today Intenwtiona.l, 7181, p. 72.
Fig. 83-2: 104 Weekend Elel"fronirs
Projects, TAR Rook l-,'o. 14.'16, p. :!.'1:1.
Fig. 83-3: 101 Electronic Projects,
1977, p. 40.
Chapter 84
Fig 84-1: Reprinted with the pennission of l\'ational Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Datahook, l98i-!. p. 11-3:!.
Fig. 84-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semimnductor Corp.
Tmnsistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-..13.
Fif!. 84-3: Repnnted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982. p. Il-28.
Fig. 84-4: Reprinted with the permis
sion of National Semiconrludor Corp.
Transistor TJatabook, 198?, p. 11-29.
Fig. 84-5: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. r;eneral Electric SCR
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 313.
Fig. 84-6: Reprinted with the pemliSsion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 11-10.
Fig. 84-7: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. Optoelectronics, Second
Edition, p. 141.
Chapter 85
Fig. 85-1: IntersillJata Book, 5183, p.
7-48.
Fig. 85-2: Reprinted from Hlectronics,
1 1!75, p. 120. Copyrif{ht 1975,
McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 85-3: Courtesy of Motorola inc.
Fig. 85-4: Mite! fJatahook, p. 2-17.
Fig 86-6: Mite! Databook, p. 2-13.
Fig. 85-6: 73 Magazine. 12/83, p. 115.
Fig 85-7: Ham Radio, . !/77, p. 70.
Fig. 85-8: Ham Radio, 8177, p. 41.
745
Chapter 78
Fig. 78-J: Electronics Today international, 9/72, p. 86.
Fig. 78-2: Electronics Today International, 1978.
.Fig. 78-3: Repn'nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p. .9-76.
Fig. 78-3: Harris Semiconductor,
Linear & Data Acquisition Products,
1977,
p. 2-96.
p,
9-76.
Chapter 80
Fig. 80-1: Reprinted with the pennissiun uf National SemU:ondudor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, P- 4-40.
Fig. 80-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiamdw:tor Corp.
COPS Micrncontrollers Databook,
1982,
p.
9-123.
p.
10-3.
Chapter Rl
Fig 81-1: Repn'nted with the pennission ofNational Sem.imndudor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, P- .1-:::!04.
Fig. 81-.::!: 73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 115.
Fig. 81-3: Electronics Today Intenlfltional, 7/81, p. 75.
Fig. 81-4: Reprinted with permission
from General R lectn"c Semiconductor
TJepartment. GE Application .Vote
200.35, 3/66, p. 14.
FiJ:. 81-5: 104 Weekend Jilectronics
PrOjeds, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 64.
Fig 81-6: E ledronics Toda-y I nternational, 1975, p. 72.
Chapter 82
Fig. 82-1: Teledyne Semiconductor,
-Databook, p. 8.
Fig 82-2: ..Siliconix incorporated. Application Note A1'v'154.
Fig 82-3: The Complete Handbook of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibrators. TAB Book lVo. 1230, p..135.
Fig. 82-4: Courtesy of Fairchild Cantera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p..9--28.
Fig. 82-5: Repn'ntedfrom Electronics,
2177, p. 107. Copyright 19 , McGraw
Hill I-m:. All n"ghts reserved.
Fig. 82-6: Siliconix inwrporated.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-19.
Fig. 82-7: Harris Semiumductor,
Linear & Data Acquisition Products,
1.977, p. 2-96.
Fig. 82-8: Electronics Today lnternatUmal, 7/78, p. 16.
Fig. 82-9: Courtesy of Motorola lm:.
Linear Inteiface Integrated Circuits, p.
7-30.
Chapter 83
Fig. 83-i: E ledmnics Today International, 7!81, p. 72.
Fig. 83-2: 104 Weekend Electronic~
Projects, TAR Rook l\fo. 74,'-16, p. ::!:-1:1.
Fig. 83-3: 101 l:ilectronic Projects,
1977, p. 40.
Chapter 84
Fig. 84-1: Reprinted lJ.Jith the permi.~
sion of National Semiwnductor Corp.
Transistor Datahook, 1982, p. 11-32.
FiR. 84-/!: Reprinted with thr permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-33.
Fig 84-3: Reprinted with thr! permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, P- 11-28.
Fig. 84-4: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor fJatabook, 1982, p. 11-:!9.
Fig. 84-5: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Department. General Electric SC R
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p_ 313.
Fig. 84-6: Reprinted with the pennission of Natt"onal Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion/,tcquisition natabook, 1980, p. 11-10.
Fig. 84-7: Reprinted with permission
from lreneml Rlectric Semiconductor
Department. Optoelectronics, Semnd
Rdition, _p. 141.
Chapter 85
Fig. 85-1: Intersil Data Hook, 5183, p.
7-48.
Fig. 85-:!: Reprinted from l!."lectronics,
11175, p. 120. Copyright 1975,
McGraw Ililllnr. All rights reserved.
Fig. 85-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 85-4: Mite! Databook, p. 2-17.
Fig 85-5: Mite! Databook, p. 2-13.
Fig. 85-6:73 Magazine, 12/83, P- 115.
Fig. 85-7: Ham Radio, .':!/77, p. 70.
Fig. 85-8: Ham Radio, 8177, p. 41.
745
Chapter 87
Databook, p. 12.
7-47,
/0-16,
Chapter 86
p. 13.
p. LB36-2,
Fig. 86-9: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-29.
Fig. 86-10: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-6,
746
p. 101.
60.
5-70,
Chapter 88
5-71.
289.
p. 19.
Fig. 88-8: RCA Corporation, Linear
Integrated Circuits And MOS!FETS,
p. 437.
_Fig. 88-9: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor
Chapter 89
FiK. 89-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-170.
Fig. 89-2: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 3-89.
52.
Fig. 90-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicondudor Corp.
Linear Databnok, 1982, p. 9-108.
Fig. 90-3: 73 Magazine, 6/77, p. 49.
Fig. 90-4: Ci,J, 6/83, p. 46.
Chapter 91
Fig. .91-1: Electronics Today International, 6/78, p. 29.
Chapter 92
Fig. 92-1: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note AN-545A, p. 7.
Fig. 92-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note A.N-545A, p. 12.
Fig. 92-3: Plessey Semiconductors,
Linear IC Handbook, 5/82, p. 129.
Fig. 92-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
5-50.
Chapter 93
130.
747
Chapter 94
Fig. 94-1: IntersilData Book, 5/83, p.
5-238.
Fig. 94-2: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Databook, 1982, p. '5-9.
Fig. 94-3: Electronics Today International, 12/78, p. 20.
Fig. 94-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
6-17.
Fig. 94-5: Electronics Today International, 7/72, p. 84.
Fig. 94-6: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion!Acquisition Databook, /980, p. 3-13.
Fig. 94-7: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 8-14.
Fig. 94-8: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-179.
Fig. 94-9: Reprinted with the ..permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-238.
Chapter 95
Fig. 95-1: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Publication DG-114-87, p. 3.
Fig. 95-2: Siliconix incorporated.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 1-25.
Fig. 95-3: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Ctrporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 7-7.
Fig. 95-4: Reprinted with the permission of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p. 12-19.
Fig. 95-5: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p. D-7.
Fig. 95-6: Reprinted withpermissWn of
Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Databook, 1982, p. 12-20.
Chapter 96
Fig. 96-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
National Semiconductor CMOS
Databook, 1981, p. 3-50.
Fig. 96-2: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981, Full Line Catalog, p.
16-138.
748
Chapter 97
Fig. 97-1: Reprinted from Electronics,
7/83, p. 135. Copyright 1983, McGraw
Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 97-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversi~n!Acquisition Data
book, 1980, p. 8.:33.
Fig. 97-3: Precision Monolithics Incor
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
/6-/73.
Fig. 97-4: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
Circuits Data Book, Second1i'dition, p.
145.
Fig. 97-5: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
5-238.
Fig. 97-6: Harris Semiconductor,
Linear & Data Acquisition Products, p.
2-58.
Chapter 98
Fig. 98-1:-Electronics Today International, 8/78, p. 69.
Fig. 98-2: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-32.
Fig. 98-3: Siliconix incorporated.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-18.
Fig. 984: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
6-123.
Fig. 98-5: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
Circuis Data Book, Second Edition, p.
205.
Fig. 98-6: Siliconix incorporated.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-14.
Index
Numbers preceded by an "I-," "II," and "Ill" are from Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits
Vol. 1., Vol. II, and Vol. Ill respectively.
0/01 percent analog multiplier, 11-392
Il-480
12-bit D/A, variable step size in, 11-181
supply, 11-73
1800Hz notch filter, 11-398
2 MHz-square wave generator TTL
gates in, 11-598
2 to 6 Watt audio amplifier with preamp,
II-451
NF, 11-543
60Hz clock pulse generator, 11-102
600-ohm balanced driver for line signals,
Il-192
A
absolute value amplifier, 1-31
absolute value circuit, precision, 1-37
absolute value full wave rectifier, 11-528
absolute value Norton amplifier, III-11
ac bridge circuit, 11-81
ac flasher, 111-196
ac -linear coupler, analog, 11-412
ac motor
control for, 11-375
three-phase driver for, II-383
two-phase driver for, II-382
ac sequential flasher, 11-238
ac switcher, high-voltage optically coupled,
Ill-408
749
568
adjustable threshold temperature alarm,
Il-644
AGC amplifiers
rf, wideband adjustable, III-545
squelch control, III-33
wide-band, III-15
air conditioner, auto, smart clutch for, III46
air flow detector, 1-235, 11-242
air flow meter (see anemometer)
air-motion detector, III-364
airplane propeller sound effect, 11-592
a1a...TillS (see also detectors; indicators;
sensors), III-3-9
auto burglar, 11-2, 1-3, III-4, 1-7,1-10
auto, single-IC, III-7
blown fuse, 1-10
boat, 1-9
bwglar, Ill-8, III-9
burglar, one-chip, 111-5
camera triggered, III-444
capacitive sensor, III-515
current monitor and, III-338
differential voltage or current, 11-3
digital clock circuit with, III-84
door-ajar, Hall-effect circuit, III-256
750
134
rain, 1-442, 1-443
road ice, 11-57
security, 1-4
self-anning, 1-2
shutoff, automatic, 1-4
signal-reception, receivers, 111-270
smoke, SCR, III-251
solar powered, 1-13
speed, 1-95
Star Trek red alert, 11-577
tamperproof burglar, I -8
temperature, II-643
temperature, light, radiation sensitive,
11-4
timer, 11-674
trouble tone alert, Il-3
varying-frequency warning, 11-579
wailing, 11-572
warbling, 11-573
water level, 1-389
alarm flasher, bar display with, 1-252
alarm shutoff, automatic, 1-4
allophone generator, III-733
alternating flasher, IT-227
alternators
battery-a1temator monitor, automotive,
Ill-63
ambience amplifier, rear speaker, 11-458
ambient light effects, cancellization circuit
for, 11-328
AM demodulator, 11-160
AM integrated receiver, III-535
60 MHz, 1-567
80 MHz cascade, 1-567
BOW PEP broadband/linear, 1-557
100 MHz/400MHz neutralized common
source, 1-565
IOOW PEP 420-450 MHz push-pull, 1554
100 x bUffer, 1-128
135-175 MHz, 1-564
160W PEP broadband, 1-556
200 MHz neutralized common source,
1-568
450 MHz common-source, 1-568
600 W rf power, 1-559
absolute value, I -31
ac servo, bridge type, III-387
AGC, 11-17
AGC, squelch control, III-33
AGC, wide-band, III-15
adjustable gain noninverting, I-91
ambience, rear speaker, 11-458
AM radio power, 1-77
attenuator and, digitally controlled, 1-53
audio, III-32-39
audio, booster, 20 dB, III-35
audio, circuit bridge load drive, III-35
audio, distribution, 1-39, 11-39
audio, low power, ll-454
audio, Q-multiplier, 11-20
audio, signal, IT-41-47
audio, tone control, II-686
auto fade circuit for, IT-42
automatic level control for, 11-20
Av/200, stereo, 1-77
b.Iance, 11-46
balance, loudness control, II-47, Il-395
balancing circuit, inverting, I-33
basic transistor, 1-85
bass tone control, stereo phonograph, 1670
bridge, 1-74
bridge, ac servo, 1-458
bridge, audio. power, 1-81
bridge transducer, III-71, 11-84, 1-351
capactive load, isolation, l-34
cascaded, III-13
chopper, +I- ISV., 111-12
chopper channel, 1-350
chopper stabilized. 11-7
clamp-limiting, active, III-15
color video, 1-34, III-724
common source low power, 11.-.84
complementary-symmetry audio, 1-78
composite, 11-8, Ili-13
constant-bandwidth, III-21
current-shunt, III-21
current collector head, 11-11, 11-295
de servo, 1-457
de to video log, 1-38
detector and, MC1330/MC1352 used
in, television IF, 1-688
differential, III-14, 1-38
differential, input instrumentation, 1-347
differential, two op amp bridge type, 1183
dynamic, ac..coupled, III-17
electrometer, overload protected, ll-155
electronic balanced input microphone, I86
fast, de-stabilized, III-18
fast, summing, 1-36
FET cascade video, 1-691
FET input, ll-7
flat response, 1-92, III-673
forward-current booster, III-17
four quadrant photo-conductive detector, 1-359
gain-controlled, III-34
gate, 1-36
hi-fi compander as, 11-12
hi-fi expandor, 11-13
high-frequency, III-259-265
1-560
high speed current to voltage, 1-35
high speed instrumentation, 1-354high speed sample and hold, 1-587
high stability thermocouple, 1-355
IF, 1-690
infinite sample and hold, 11-558
input/output buffer for analog multiplexers, III-11
instrumentation, III-278-284, 1-346, 1348, 1-349, 1-352, 1-354
ffiverting, Ill-14, 11-41, 1-42
inverting gain of 2, lag-lead compensation, UHF, 1-566
inverting power, 1-79
inverting unity gain, 1-80
isolation rf, 11-54-7
JFET bipolar cascade video, 1-692
level-shifting isolation, 1-348
linear, CMOS inverter in, Il-11
line-operated, III~37
line-type, duplex, telephone, III-616
load line protected, 75W audio, 1-73
logarithmic, II-8
logic (see logic amplifier)
log ratio, 1-42
loudness control. 11-46
low-distortion audio limiter, 11-15
low-level video detector circuit and, 1687
low-noise broadband, 1-562
low-power conunon source, 11-84
low-signallevellhigh impedance instrumentation, I-350
magnetic pickup hone, 1-89
medical telemetry, isolation, 1-352
meter-driver, rf, 1-MHz, 111-54-5
micro-sized, III-36
microphone, III-34, 1~87
monostable usillg, 11-268
noninverting, III-14, 1-32, 1-33, 1-41
noninverting ac power, 1-79
Norton, absolute value, III- 11
751
amplifier (con't.)
tape pi"Yback, 1-92
tape recording, 1-90
telephone, lli-621
thermocouple, lli-14, 1-654
thermocouple, cold junction compensation in, 11-649
transducer, 1-86, III-669-673
transistor headphone, II-43
tremolo circuit or, voltage-controlled, 1598
triple ep amp instrumentation, 1-347
TV audio, 111-39
two-meter lOW power, 1-562
two-stage 60MHz IF, 1-563
two-stage wideband, 1-689
two-wire to four-wire audio converter,
11-14
ultra high frequency, 1-565
ultra high gain audio, 1-87
ultra high Z ac unity gain, 11-7
ultra low leakage preamp, Il-7
unity gam, 1-27
variable gain, differential input instrumentation, l-349
very high impedance instrumentation, 1354
video, 1-692, III-708-712
voice activated switch, 1-608
voltage, differential-to-single-ended, III670
voltage-follower, signal-supply operation
III-20
voltage controlled, 1-31, 1-598
voltage controlled, attenuator for, 11-18
voltage controlled, variable gain, 1-28-29
volume, 11-46
walkman, 11-456
wideband unity gain inverting, 1-35
wide bandwidth, low noise/low drift, 138
752
B
back-biased GaA.s LED light sensor, II321
back EMF PM motor speed control, II
379
balanced input microphone amplifier,
electronic, 1-86
balanced microphone preamp, low noise
transformerless, 1-88
balanced modulator, III-376
balancer, stereo, 1-619
bargraph car voltmeter, 1-99
barricade flasher, 1-299
battery charge/discharge indicator, 1-122
balance amplifier, IIJ-46
loudness control in, 11-395
balance and loudness amplifier, ll-47
balance indicator, bridge circuit, II-82
band reject filter, active, 11-401
bandpass filter, 11-222
-active, III-190, 11-221, II-223
Chebyshev fowth-order, III-191
multiple feedback, 11-224
notch and, 11-223
second-order biquad, III-188
753
62
sensor, quick-deactivating, III-61
splitter, III-66
step-up switching regulator for 6V, 11-78
voltage, 11-79
voltage detector relay in, 11-76
battery-life extender, 9 V, III-62
battery-operated equipment,
automatic shutoff, 111-61
undervoltage indicator for, I-123
battery-operated fiasher, high powered, 11-
229
battery-powered buffer amplifier for
standard cell, 1-351
battery-powered calculators/radios/
cassette players, power pack, 1-509
battery-powered fence charger, II-202
battery-powered light, capacitance operated, l-131
battery-powered warning light, II-320
battery status indicator, 11-77
battery threshold indicator, 1-124
battery voltage indicator, solid state, I-120
battery voltage monitor, 11-79
HTS, precision, 1-122
battery zapper, simple Ni-Cad, 1-116
beacon transmitter, III-683
beep transformer,- III-555, III-566
beeper
back-up, automotive circuits, III-49
repeater, I -19
bell, electronic, 11-33
bell, electronic phone, 1-636
bench top power supply, 11-472
bidirectional intercom-system, III-290
bidirectional proportional motor control,
Il-374
bilateral current source, III-469
binary counter, 11-135
biomedical instrumentation differential
amplifier, III-282
bipolar de-de converter with no inductor,
!I-132
bipolar power supply, 11-475
bipolar voltage reference source, III-774
biquad audio filter, III-185
second-order bandpass, III-188
bird chirp sound effect, III-577, 11-588
blinker (see also flashers), III-193, II-225
fast, 1-306
neon, 1-303
telephone ,II -629
754
buffer
capacitance, low-input, III-498
capacitance, stabilized low-input, III-502
high impedance low capacitance wideband, l-127
high resolution ADC input, 1-127
high speed 6-bit A/D, l-127
high speed single supply ac, 1-127, 1-128
input/output, for analog multiplexers, III-11
stable, high impedance, I -128
unity gain, stable, good speed and high
input impedance, ll6
video, low-distortion, III-712
buffer amplifier
100x, 1-128
10x,l-128
sinewave output, 1-126
single supply ac, 1-126
standard cell battery powered, 11-351
buffered breakout box, 11-120
bug detector, III-365
bug tracer, III-358
bull hom, 11-453
bu<glar alann
auto, ll-2
one-chip, III-5
burst generator, III-72-74, 1186-90
multi, square waveform, II-88
ri, portable, III-73
single timer IC square wave, 1189
single tone, 11-87
strobe tone, II-90
tone, 11-90
tone burst, European repeaters, III-74
burst power control, III-362
bus interface, eight bit uP, 11-114
buzzer
continuous tone 2kHZ, 1-11
gated 2kHz, 1-12
11-219
high-pass, fourth-order, III-191
chime circuit, low-cost, 11-33
chopper amplifier, 11-7, III-12, 1-350
checker
-buzz box continuity and coil,l-551
car battery condition, 1-108
crystal, 1-178, 1-186
zener diode, 1-406
chroma demodulator with RGB matrix,
Ill-716
chug-chug soWld generator, III-576
circuit breaker
12ns, Il-97
ac, III-512
high speed electronic, 11-96
circuit protection circuit, 11-95-99
12ns circuit breaker, 11-97
automatic power down, 11-98
electronic crowbar, 11-99
high speed electronic circuit breaker, Il96
line dropout detector, 11-98
low voltage power discoiUlector, 11-97
overvoltage, 11-96
clamp-on-current probe compensator, 11-
501
clamp-limiting amplifiers, active, III-15
clamping circuit
video signal, III-726
video summing amplifier and, III-710
class-D power amplifier, III-453
clipper, II-394
audio-powered noise, 11-396
clock circuits, III-83-85,11-1Q0-102
60Hz clock pulse generator, 11-102
adjustable TTL, 1-614
comparator, I-156
digital, with alarm, III-84
gas discharge displays, III-12-hour, 1253
oscillator/clock generator, 111-85
phase lock, 20-Mhz to Nubus, III-105
single op amp, III-85
three phase from reference, 11-101
TTL, wide-frequency, III-85
Z80 computer, 11-121
clock generator
oscillator, I-615
precision, I-193
clock pulse generator, 60Hz, ll-102
clock radio, 1-542
AM/FM, 1-543
clock source, I-729
closed loop tachometer feedback control,
11-390
closed-loop tracer, III-356
CMOS circuits
555 astable true rail to rail square wave
generator, 11-596
9-bit, Ill-167
coupler, optical, III-414
crystaJ oscillator, III-134
data acquisition system, 11-117
flasher, III-199
inverter, linear amplifier from, 11-11
mixer, 1-57
optical coupler, III-414
oscillator, III-429, lll-430
progranunable precision timer, III-652
short-pulse generator, m-523
touch switch, 1-137
universal logic probe, 111-499
coaxial cable, five transistor pulse booster
for, 11-191
code-practice oscillator, 1-15, 1-20, 1-22,
11-428 431
coil drivers, current-limiting, III-173
coin flipper circuit, III-244
cold junction compensation, thennocouple
amplifier with, ll-649
color amplifier, video, III-724
color organ, 11-583, 11-584
color video amplifier, 1-34
Colpitts crystal oscillator, 11-147
common-gate amplifiers, rf, 450-MHz, III544
communication system, optical, I-358, II416
combination lock
electronic, 11-196
electronic, three-dial, 11-195
commutator, four-channel, 11-364
compander, hi-fi., 11-12
clock circuit, I-156
comparator, III-86-90, 11-103-112, I-I57
demonstration circuit, 11-109
-diode feedback, 1-150
display and, ll-105
double-ended limit, 11-105, 1-156
dual limit, 1-151
four-channel, III-90
frequency, 11-109
frequency-detecting, III-88
high impedance, 1-157
high input impedance window comparator, 11-108
high-low level comparator with one op
amp, 11-108
latch and, III-88
LED frequency, 11-110
limit, 11-104, 1-156
low power, Jess than 10uV hysteresis,
ll-104
microvolt, dual limit, III-89
755
106
flip-flop inverter, spare, III-103
high speed data acquisition system, 11118
interface, 680x, 650x, 8080 families,
III-98
logic line monitor, III-108
long delay line, logic signals, III-107
microprocessor selected pulse width
control, 11-116
multiple inputs detector, III-102
one-of-eight chaiUlel transmission
756
system, III-100
RGB blue box, III-99
RS-232 dataselector, automatic, III-97
RS-232-to-CMOS line receiver, Ill-102
RS-232C LED circuit, III-103
signal attenuator,--analog,
microprocessor-controlled, III-101
socket debugger, coprocessor, 111-104
speech synthesizer for, III-732
Vpp generator for EPROMs, 11-114
XOR gate up/down counter, III-105
ZSO clock, 11-121
computers
memory saving power supply for, 11-486
power supply watchdog for, Il-494
uninterruptible power supply for, 11-462
constant-bandwidth amplifiers, 111-21
constant-current charging time delay, 11668
constant-current stimulator, III-352
constant-voltage, current limited charger,
1-115
contact switch, 1-136
continuity tester, III-345, II-533, 11-535,
III-538-540
adjustable audible, II-536
cable tester, 111-539
PCB, 11-342, 11-535
continuous-tone 2kHz buzzer, 1-11
contrast meter, 11-447
automatic, l-472
control circuit
de motor speed/direction, 1-452
high Z input, hi-fi tone, 1-676
hysteresis-free phase, 1-373
tone, 1-677
water-level sensing, 1-389
controller, IJI-378-390
860 W limited range low cost precision
light, 1-376
ac servo amplifier, bridge-type, III-387
boiler, l-638
built-in self timer, universal motor, 1-451
de motor speed, 1-454
direction, series-wound motors, 1-448
direction, shunt-wound motors, 1-456
_driver, motor, constant-speed, III-386
driver, motor, de, speed-controlled
reversible, III-388
driver, motor, de, with fixed speed
control, III-387
fan speed, III-382
feedback speed, 1-447
.floodlamp power, 1-373
fluid level. 1-387
full-wave SCR, 1-375
heater, 1-639
high-power, sensitive contacts for, 1~371
10 bit D/ A, 1-238
10Hz to 10kHz voltage/frequency, 1706
12 V to 9, 7.5, or 6 V, 1-508
12-to-16 V, III-747
14-bit binary D/A, 1-237
+50V feed forward switch mode, I-495
+50 V push-pull switched mode, 1-494
100 M!lz, 11-130
100 V/10.25 A switch mode, 1-501
400 V, 60 W push pull de/de, 1-210
ac-to-de, 1-165
analog-to-digital, 111-22-26, III-22
BCD to analog, 1-160
bipolar de to de, no inductor, 11-132
buck/boost, III-113
calculator to stopwatch, 1-153
capacitance to pulse width, 11-126
current to voltage, 1-162, 1-165
current to voltage, grounded bias and
sensor, 11-126
D/A, 11-179-181
de 10kHz frequency/voltage, 1-316
de-de, isolated +15V., IH-115
de-de regolaling, 111-121, 1-211
de-de, step up-step down, III-118
de-to-de, 3-25 V, III-744
digital frequency meter, frequency-tovoltage, I-317
fast logarithmic, 1-169
fast precision AJD, 1-49
fast voltage output D/A, 1-238
fixed power supply, III-470
flyback, 1-211
flyback, voltage, high-efficiency, III-744
frequency, 1-159
frequency-to--voltage, 1-318, III-219-220
high impedance precision rectifier for
ac/dc, 1-164
high speed 3-bit A/D, 1-50
high speed 8-bit D/A, 1-240
high-to-low impedance, 1-41
LCD displlly, 3 112 digit A/D, 1-49
light intensity to frequency, 1-167
low/frequency, III-111
muliplexed BCD to parallel, 1-169
offset binary coding, 10-bit 4 quadrant
multiplying D/A, 1-241
ohms to volts, 1-168
oscilloscope, 1-471
photodiode current to voltage, TI-128
pico ampere 70 voltage with gain, 1-170
PIN photodiode-to-frequency, III-120
polarity, 1-166
positive-to-negative, III-112, III-113
power voltage to current, 1-163
precision 12-bit DID, 1-242
precision peak to peak ac-dc, TI-127
757
758
156
pica ammeter, Il-154, 11-157
six decade range ammeter, 11-153, 11-
156
current monitor, 1-203
Hall-effect circuit, III-255
current monitor/alann, III-338
current readout, rf, 1-22
current sensing, supply rails, 11-153
current sink, precision, 1-206
current source, I-205
bilateral, III-469, 1-694-695
constant, safe, III-472
current, 1-697
inverting bipolar, I-697
noninverting bipolar, 1-695
precision, 1-205
precision,.1mA to 1mA, 1-206
regulator and, variable power supply,
III-490
voltage-controlled, grounded source/
load, III-468
current-limiting coil drivers, III-173
current-shunt amplifiers, Ill-21
current-to-frequency converter, wide
range, 1-164
current-to-voltage amplifier, high speed, I35
current-to-voltage converter, I-162, 1-165
groWlded bias and sensor in, 11-126
photodiode, ll-128
curve tracer, FET, 1-397
CW radio
filter, razor sharp, 11-219
transmitter, lW, III-678
transmitter, 40-M, III-684
transmitter, 902-MHz, III-686
transmitter, QRP, III-690
cyclic AID converter, 11-30
D
darkroom timer, 1-480
darkroom enlarger ti.rner, III-445
data acquisition
CMOS system for, 11~117
four channel, 1-421
high speed system for, II-118
759
760
4:-t'J
dissolver, lamp, solid-state, III-304
distribution circuits, II-35
distribt!tion <~mpli:fier
audio, 11-39, I-39
signal, I-39
divider
binary chain, 1-258
decade frequency, I-259
frequency, III-213-218, -II-254, 1-258
frequency, divide-by-1 1/2, III-216
low frequency, II-25~~
mathematical, one trim, m-:~26
odd-number counter and, III-217
pulse, non-interger prograrrunable, III226, II-511
Dolby B noise reduction circuit
decode mode, III-401
encode mode, III-400
Dolby B/C noise reduction circuit, lll-399
door bell, I-443
rain alarm, I-443
sliding tone, 11-34
door chimes delay, 1-218
door open al<~nn, III-46, 11-284
Hall-effect circuit, III-256
11-191
flash slave, I-483
glow plug, II-52
high impedance meter, 1-265
high speed laser diode, 1-263
instrumentation meter, 11-296
indicator lamp, optically coupled, III-413
lamp, 1-380
l<~mp, short-circuit proof, II-310
LED bar graph, 11-188
line signals, 600-ohm balanced, II-192
line, 50-ohm transmission, 11-192
line, I-262
line, full rail excursions in, 11-190
load, timing threshold and, III-648
low frequency lamp flasher/relay, 1-300
LVDT demodulator and, lli-323-324, 11:{37
meter-driver rf amplifier, 1-MHz, III-545
DVM
3 3/4 digit, 1-711
auto-calibrate circuit, 1-714
automatic nulling, 1-712
common anode display, 3 112 digit, 1713
four 1/2 digit LCD, 1-717
interface and temperature sensor, II- 64 7
dwenmeter
breaker point, 1-102
digital, ill-45
dynamic ac-coupled amplifiers, III-17
E
easy start-up crystal oscillator, III-132
eavesdropper, telephone, wireless, 111-620
edge detector, III-157, 1-226
EEPROM pulse generator, 5V-powered,
ill-99
eight charmel mux/demux system, III-115
F
fail-safe semiconductor alann, III-6
fans, speed controller, automatic, III-382
Fahrenheit thermometer, 1-658
fast and precise sample and hold circuit,
11-556
fast de-stabilized amplifiers, III-18
fault monitor, single-supply, III-495
feedback oscillator, I -67
fence charger, 11-201-203
battery-powered, ll-202
electric, Il-202
solid-state, 11-203
FET dual-trace scope switch, ll-432
FET input amplifier, 11-7
FET probe, III-501
FET voltmeter, III-765, III-770
fiber optics, ill-176-181, ll-204-207
de variable speed motor control via, 11206
half duplex information link, 1-268
high sensitivity, 30nW, 1-270
interlace for, 11-207
LED driver, 50-Mb/s, TII-178
link, III-179, 1-269
low sensitivity, 300nW, 1-271
receiver, 10 MHz, 11-205
receiver, 50-Mb/s, III-181
receiver, digital, III-178
receiver, high sensitivity, 30nw, 1-270
receiver, low-cost, 100-M baud rate,
ill-180
receiver; low sensitivity, 300nW, 1-271
receiver, very high sensitivity, low
speed, 3nW, I-269
repeater, 1-270
transmitter, III-1 77
very high sensitivity, low speed, 3nW, I269
field disturbance sensor/alarm, Jl-507
field strength meter, TII-182-183, 11-208212
1.5- 150 MH,, 1-275
adjustable sensitivity indicator, 1-274
high sensitivity, 11-211
LF or HF, ll-212
low cost microwave, 1~273
rf sniffer, 11-210
sensitive, lli-183, 1-274
761
762
voltage, III-212
forward-current booster, III-17
four-channel conunutator, 11-364
four-channel comparator, III-90
four-channel mixer, 1-60, III-369
four track, II-40
high level, 1-56
four-channel multiplexer, III-394
four -decade variable oscillator, single
control for, 11-424
four-digit (10,000 count) AID converter,
11-25
four-input stereo mixer, 1-55
four-track four-channel mixer, 1140
free running multivibrator, 100kHz, 1465
free-running multivtbrators,
programmable-frequency, III-235
freezer, voltage, III-763
freezer meltdown alarm, 1-13
frequency comparator, 11-109
LED, 11-110
frequency control,
telephone, 11-623
frequency converter, 1-159
frequency counter
frequency counter, III-340, III-768
1.2 GHz, III-129
10-MHz, III-126
100 MHz, period and, 11-136
low-cost,III-124
preamp, III-128
precision, 1-253
tachometer and, 1-310
frequency detector, digital, III~ 158
frequency divider, 11-251 ,.JI-254,
1-258
decade, 1-259
low, II-253
frequency division multiplex stereo
decoder, 11-169
frequency doubler, 1-313
broadband, 1-313
frequency generators, fixed-frequency, III231
frequency indicator, beat, l-336
frequency inverters, variable frequency,
complementary output, III-297
frequency limit detector, 11-177
frequency meter, 11-249-250
audio, 1-311
linear, I-310
low cost, 11-250
power, 11-250
power-line, 1-311
frequency mu1tipliers/dividers, III-213218, 11-251
counter, odd-number, III-217
763
frequency, III-237
basic, III-240
764
G
GaAsFET amplifier, power, with single
supply, U-10
gain block, video, III-712
gain control, automatic, audio, Il-17
gain-controlled stereo amplifier, 11-9, III34
m-
500
guarded input pico ammeter circuit, 11-156
guitar, treble boost for, 11-683
guitar tuner, II-362
gun, laser, visible red and continuous, 111310
H
half-duplex information transmission link,
Ill-679
half-flash analog-to-digital converters, III26
half-wave ac phase controlled circuit, 1-377
half-wave rectifier, 1-230, III-528
fast, 1-228
Hall-effect circuits, III-254-258, 11-282284
-angle of rotation detector, ll-283
compass, 111-258
current monitor, III-255
door open alarm, II-284
security door-ajar alann, III-256
switches using, III-257
halogen lamps, dimmer for, III-300
handitalkies, 1-19
two-meter preamplifier for, 1-19
hands-free telephone, III-605
hands-off intercom, III-291
handset encoder, telephone, ill-613
hannonic generator, 1-24, III-228
HC-based oscillators, III-423
HCU/HTC-based oscillator, III-426
hedlight olmn, Ill-52
headlight delay unit, TII-49, 1-107
headlight dimmer, 11-63
headphones, amplifier for, 11-43
heart rate monitor, 11-348, 11-349
I
IC timer, crystal-stabilized, subhannonic
frequencies for, 11-151
IC-compatible crystal oscillator, 11-145
ice alann, automotive, 11~57
ice formation alann, 11-58
ice warning and lights reminder, I-106
ICOM IC-2A battery charger, 11-65
ignition substitute automotive circuits, III41
ignition system, capacitor discharger, 1103
ignition timing light, 11-60
ignitor, III-362
illumination stabilizer, machine vision, 11306
765
indicators (con't.)
dial pul,.,, III-613
five step voltage level, 1-337
lamp driver, optically coupled, III-413
low battery, 1-124
low-voltage, III-769
on-the-air, III-270
overspeed, 1-108
overvoltage/undervoltage, 1-150
peak level, 1-402
phase sequence, 1-476
receiver signal alarm, III-270
rf-actuated relay, III-270
simulated, l-417
solid state battery voltage, 1-120
stereo reception, III-269
SWR warning, 1-22
telephone off-hook, l-633
ten-step voltage level, 1-335
three step level, 1-336
undervoltage, battery operated equipment, 1-123
visible voltage, I-338
visuaJ modulation, 1-430
visual level, III-269
voitage, III-758-772, III-758
voltage, visible, III-772
voltage-level, 1-718, III-759
zero center, FM receivers, 1-338
in-use indicator, telephone, IT-629
induction heater, uJtrasonic, 120-KHz 500W, III-704
inductor
active, l-417
simulated, Il-199
infinite sample and hold, amplifier for, II558
infrared circuit, III-271-277, 11-288-292
detector of IR, III-276
diode emitter drive, pulsed, 11-292
laser rifle, invisible puJsed, II-291
long-range object detector, III-273
low noise detector for, 11-289
receiver, III-274, 11-292
transmitter, TII-274, III-276, III-277, 11289, 11-290
transmitter, digital, III-275
wireless speaker system, 111-272
infrared detector, low-noise, 11-289
infrared receiver, 11-292
infrared transmitter, II-289, 11-290
injector-tracer, 1-522
single, 11-500
signal, 1-521
input selector
audio, low distortion, 11-38
input-buffered mixer, III-369
766
inverter, III-293-298
de to dcJac, 1-208
fast, l-422
flip-flop, III-103
fluorescent lamp, 8-W, III-306
high-villtage, III-484
low-power, fixed power supplies, III-466
on/off switch, III-594
picture, video circuits, 111-722
power, III-298
power, 12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz,
III-294
power, medium, III-296
powec, MOSFET, III-295
ultrasonic, arc welding, 20KHz, III-700
variable frequency, complementary
output, III-297
voltage, precision, TII-298
inverting amplifier, III-14, 1-41-42
balancing circuit in, 1-33
low power, digitally selectable gain, U333
programmable-gain, III-505
wideband unity gain, 1-35
inverting buffer, active integrator using, 11299
inverting comparator, hysteresis in, 1-154
inverting followers, high-frequency, III-212
inverting power amplifier, 1-79
inverting sample-and-hold, III552
inverting unity gain amplifier, I-80
IR link, remote loudspealr.er via, 1-343
IR receiver, compact, 1-342
IR remote control transmitter/receiver, 1342
IR transmitter, 1-343
IR type data link, 1-341
isulated feedback power supply, III-460
isolation amplifier
capactive load, 1-34
level shifter, 1-348
medical telemetry, 1-352
rl, 11-547
isolation and zero voltage switching logic,
11-415
isolator
digital transmission, II-414
stimulus, III-351
J
JFET ac coupled integrator, III-200
K
Kelvin thermometer, 1-655
zero adjust, 111-661
keyer
L
lamp-control cin::uits, 11-304-312
800 W dinuner, !I-309
audio-controlled, 1-609
automatic light controller for carport, 11308
cross fader, 11-312
dinuner, !I-309
dimmer, de, II-307
dimmer, soft-start, 800-W, III-304
dimmer, triac, III-303, 11-310
dissolver, solid-state, III-304
indicator lamp driver, optically coupled,
ill-413
inverter, fluorescent, 8-W, III-306
lamp lite extender, ITI-302
light modulator, III -302
light-controlled switch, III-314
machine vision illumination stabilizer, ll306
m-
767
554
160 W PEP broadband, l-556
amateur radio, 230 MHz 140-W, ill260
CMOS inverter, 11-11
linear coupler
analog, Il-413
analog ac, 11-412
de, Il-411
linear IC siren, ill-564
linear- optocoupler, instrumentation, ll-417
linear ramp generator, 11-270
linear regulator
fixed power supply, low dropout low
cost, 111-459
radiation-hanlened 125A, Il-468
linear triangle/square 'Have VCO, 11-263
768
M
machine vision, illumination stabilizer for,
II-306
magnetic current lowpower sensor, III341
magnetic phono preamplifier, 1-91
magnetic pickup hone preamplifier,
I-89
magnetometer, 11-341
marker generator, Ill-138
marker light, Ill-317
mathematical circuits, ID-325-327
adder, III-327
divide/multiply, one trim, III-326
subt."'actor, ID-327
measurement/test circuits, TII-328-348,
Il-340
3-in-1 test set, III-330
anemometer/, bot-wire, lli-342
11-344
picoammeter, III-338
pu1se-width, very short, ID-336
QRP SWR bridge, ill-336
resistance ratio detector, ll-342
resistance/continuity meters, m-538540, Ill-538
rf power, wide-range, ID-332
SCR tester, Ill-344
signal strength (S), IU-342
sound-level meter, III-346
stereo power meter, III-331
stud finder, III-339
tachometer, ID-335, III-340
pH, 1-399
phase, 1-406
picoammeter, III-338
power line frequency, 1-311
power, I -489
resistance/continuity, ID-538-540, III538
rf power, 1-16
rf power, wide-range, III-332
rl voltmeter, ID-766
sensitive field strength, 1-274
simple fieid strength, 1-275
signal strength (S), III-342
soil moisture, ID-208
sound level, telephone, ID-614
sound level, III-346
stereo balance, 1-618-619
stereo power, III-331
suppressed zero, 1-716
SWR power, 1-16
tachometer, III-335, III-34-0, III-347
temperature, I -64 7
.thermometers, III-637-643, III-637
tilt meter, III-644-646, III-644
tuned field strength, 1-276
untuned field strength, 1-276
varicap tuned FET DIP, 1-246
vibration, 1-404
voltage, m-758-772, ill-758
voltmeter, ac wide-range, IU-772
voltmeters, digital, 3.S.digit, full-scale
four-decade, III-761
voltmeters, digital, 4.5-digit, Ill-760
voltmeters, high-input resistance, 111768
769
770
two-level, III-392
video, III-1-of-15 cascaded, III-393
wideband differential, 11-428
multipliers, IT-391-392
0101 percent analog, Il-392
analog, 11-392
capacitance, 11-200, 11-416
frequency, III-213-218
mathematica1, one trim, III-326
pulse-width, III-214
resistor, IT-199
multiplying D/A converter, III-168
multiplying pulse width circuit, 11-264
multivibrator
100 kHa free running, 11-485
astable, 111-196, 111-224, Hl-233, III238, 11-269, 1-461, 11-510
astable, digital-control, 11-462
astable, dual, 11-463
astable, programmable-frequency, III237
bistable, 11-465
car battery, 11-106
CB modulation, 11-431
current, 11-203
duty-cycle, III-50-percent, III-584
free-running, programmable-frequency,
III-235
low-frequency, lli-237
low-voltage, 11-123
modulation, 11-430
monostable, III-229, 111-230, III-235,
III-237, 11-465
monostable, input lock-out, 11-464
one-shot, 11=465
oscilloscope, II-4 74
single-supply, 111-232
sound level, 11-403
telephone line, 11-628
wideband radiation, 11-535
music circuits
bagpipes, electronic, III-561
chime generator, II -604
electronic, lli-360
envelope generatorlmodulator, II-601
hold for telephone, 11-623
synthesizer, 11-599
telephone ringer, 11-619
muxldemux system
differential, l-425
eight channel, 11-115,-1-426
N
N-phase motor drive, III-382
NAB preamps
record,--III-673
two-pole, III-673
11-511
noninverting amplifier, III-14, 1-41
adjustable gain, 1-91
comparator with hysteresis in, I-153
high-frequency, 28-dB, III-263
hysteresis in, 1-153
low power, digitally selectable input and
gain, 11-334
771
0
off-line flyback regulator, IJ-481
(llmuneter. l-549
linear, III-540
linear scale, 1-549
ohms-to-volts converter, 1-168
on/off inverter, III-594
on/off switches
touch switch, 11-691
touch, digital, III-663
touch, electronic, III-663
one-chip burglar alarm, III-5
one-chip radar detection circuit, JI-519
one-IC audio generator, 11-569
one-of-eight channel transmission system,
III-100
one-second-1kHz oscillator, Il-423
one-shot function generator, 1-465
digitally controlled, 1-720
precision, III-222
retriggerable, III-238
one-shot timer, 111-654
light-controlled, III-317
voltage-controlled high speed, 11-266
op amp, II-404-406, III-405-406
astable multivibrator, Ill-224
772
o,..,
musical, 1-415
preprogrammed single chip microcontroller for, 1-600
stylus, 1-420
oscillator, 11-420-429, III-420-432
0.5 Hz square wave, 1-616
1 kHz, 11-427
1 MHz FET crystal, II-144
1 MHz to 4MHz CMOS, 1-199
1.0 MHz, 1-571
1kHz square wave, 1-612
2MHz, 11-571
5-V, III-432
10Hz to 10kHz voltage-controlled, 11701
20Hz to 20kHz variable audio, 11-727
50 kHz, l-727
50 MHz to 100 MHz overtone, 1-181
96 MHz crystal, 1-179
400 MHz, I-571
500 MHz, l-570
194
cassette bias, 11-426
clock generator and, III-85, 1-615
CMOS crystal, I-187
CMOS, I-615
code practice, 1-15, 1-20, 1-22, 11-428,
III-431
Colpitts hannonic, 1-189-190
Colpitts, 11-147,1-194,-1-572
crystal-controlled, III-131-140, D-147,
l-180, l-184, l-185,!-195, l-198
crystal-controlled, doubler and, 1-184-
III-585
high-frequency, III-426
high-frequency crystal, 11-148, 1-175
IC-compatible crystal, 11-145
international crystal OF-1 LO, 1-189
international crystal OF-1 HI, 1-197
JFET Pierce crystal, I-198
linear voltage-controlled, I-701
low-distortion, 1-570
low-frequency, 111-428
low-frequency crystal, 11-146, 1-184
low-frequency TTL, 11-595
low-noise crystal, 11-145
Miller, 1-193
neon flasher, two-state, III-200
one-second, 1 kHz, 11-423
one-shot, voltage-controlled high speed,
Il-266
overtone crystal, 11-146, 1-176, 1-180
overtone, crystal switching, 1-183
parallel mode...aperiodic crystal, 1-196
phase shift, 11-66, 1-68
Pierce crystal, 11~144
Pierce harmonic, 11-192, 1-199
Pierce, 1-195
precision voltage-controlled, 1-702
precision, 20 ns switching, 1-729
precision, 100 rnA load switching, 1-730
quadrature, ITI-428
quadrature output, 1..:729
quadrature-output, square-wave generator, ID-585
R/C, l-612
reflection, crystal-controlled, ill-136
158
output amplifiers, four-charutel D/ A,-lll165
output limiter, III-322
output-gating circuit, photomultiplier, 11516
output-stage booster, Ill-452
over/under temperature monitor, dual
output, 11-646
overload protector, speaker, 11-16
oven;peed indicator, I-108
overtone crystal oscillator, 11-146
overvoltage
comparator to detect, 11-107
monitor for, III-762
protection circuit, 11-96, II-496, III-513
undervoltage and, indicator, 1-150
p
pager, pocket-size, III-288
PALINTSC decoder, RGB input, III-717
palette' video' m-720
paruring circuit, two channel, 1-57
paper sheet discriminator, copying
machines, III-339
paper tape reader, 11-414
parallel connections, telephone, III-611
party-line intercom, 11-303
passive bridge, differentiator tunable
notch filter, 11-403
passive mixer, 11-58
passive tone control circuit, II-689
PCB continuity tester, 11-342
peak decibel meter, Ill-348
peak detector, 11-174,11-175,11-434-436
analog, with digital hold, III-153
digital, Ill-160
high-bandwidth, III-161
high-frequency, 11-175
773
774
I-82
power outage light, line.operated, Ill--415
power pack for battery operated devices,
I-509
power protection circuit, 1515
power reference, 0 to 20 V, l-694
power supply, 11-460--486, III--464
5V including momentary backup, 11--464
5V, 0.5A, 1-491
8-amp regulated, mobile equipment
operation, 11--461
lOA regulator, current and thermal
protection, 11-474
12-14V regulated 3A, II-480
90V rms voltage regulator with PUT, 11479
500kHz switching inverter for 12V, 11474
adustable current limit and output
voltage, 1505
arc lamp, 25W, Il-476
arc-jet, starting circuit, III-479
balance indicator, 111494
battery charger and, 14V, 4A, ll-73
bench top, Il-472
bipolar, battery instruments, 11--475
charge pool, III--469
de to de SMPS variable 18V to 30 V out
at 0.2A, II-480
dual output bench, I505
dual polarity, I-497
fault monitor, single-supply, III--495
fixed, III-457-477
fixed pnp regulator, zener diode to
increase voltage output, 11--484
general-purpose, III-465
glitches in, comparator to detect, 11-107
high voltage, III-478-486, II-487-490
high voltage, Geiger counter supply, 11489
high voltage, simple design for, 11--489
high voltage, ultra high voltage generator, 11--488
HV regulator with foldback current
limiting, Il-478
increasing zener diode power rating, 11485
isolated feedback, III--460
low ripple, I-500
low-volts alarm, 11-493
memory save on power-down, 11--486
micropower bandgap reference, 11--470
microprocessor power supply watchdog,
Il-494
microphone, l-88
magnetic phono, I-91, III-673
medica! instrument, 11349
microphone, 11--45
microphone, tone control for, 11-687
NAB tape playback, professional, III-38
NAB, record, III-673
NAB, two-pole, III-673
oscilloscope, III-437
oscilloscope/counter, III-438
phono, 1-91
phono, magnetic, III-37
read-head, automotive circuits, III-44
RIAA, IU-38
RIAA/NAB ~pensation, I-92
stereo, 11-43, 11-45
tape, 1-90
thermocouple instrumentation amplifier,
III-283
tone control, 1-675
tone control, IC, l-673
tone control, mixer, 1-58
transformerless microphone, unbalanced inputs in, 1-88
two meter, handitalkies, 1-19
UHF-TV, III-546
ultra low leakage, 11-7, 1-38
VHF, 1-560
precise audio clipper, 11-394
precise wave generator, 11-274
precision AiD converter, I-49
precision absolute value circuit, I-37
precision amplifier, I-40
digitally programmable input and gain,
Il-335
precision-attenuator, digitally selectable, I52
precision linearized platinum RTD signal
conditioner, 11-639
precision peak to peak ac/dc converter, TI127
precision power booster, I-33
precision process control interface, I-30
precision summing amplifier, 1-36
precision voltage to frequency converter,
ll-131
precision weighted resistor programmable
gain amplifier, 11-9
preregulated high-voltage power supply,
Ill-480
preregulator, tracking, III-492
prescaler probe, amplifying, 650 MHz, 11502
preserved input voltage-to-frequency
converter, III-753
probe, III-4960503, Il-498-504
100 K megaolun de, 1-524
ac hot wire, 1-581
775
probe (con't.)
audible TTL, 1-524
audio-rf signa] tracer, 1-527
capacitance buffer, low-input, 111-498
capacitance buffer, stabilized low-input,
III-502
clamp-oncurrent compensator, 11-501
CMOS logic, 1-523
FET. III-501
general purpose rf detector, 11-500
ground-noise, battery-powered, III-500
logic, I -526
logic, CMOS universal, III-499
logic, digital, III-497
logic, memory-tester, 1-525
microvolt, 11-499
pH, l-399, III-501
prescaler, 650 MHz amplifying, 11-502
rt, III-498, III-502, l-523
single injector-tracer, 11-500
test, 4-220V, III-499
tone, digital IC testing, 11-504
process control interface, I -30
processor, CW signal, l-18
product detector, 1-223
programmable amplifier, 11-334, III-504508
differential-input, programmable gain,
III-507
inverting, programmable-gain, III-505
noninverting, progranunable-gain, III505
precision, digital control, III-506
precision, digitally programmable, III506
variable-gain, wide-range digital control,
III-506
programmable attenuator, III-30, 1-53
programmable counters, low-power widerange, III-126
programmable-frequency sine-wave
oscillators, III-424
progranunable-gain amplifier with selectable input, 1-32
programmable gate, 1-394
programmable multi-tone ringer, 11-634
programmable twin-T bridge filter, 11-221
programmable voltage-controlled frequency synthesizer, 11-265
programmable voltage-controlled timer, 11676
projector
auto-advance for, 11-444
voltage regulator for lamp in, 11-305
proportional temperature controller, III626
protection circuit, III-509-513
circuit breaker, ac, III-512
776
Q
Q-multiplier
audio, 11-20
transistorized, 1-566
QRP CW transmitter, III-690
QRP SWR bridge, Ill-336
quad op amp, simultaneous wavefonn
generator using, 11-259
quadrature oscillator, III-428
square-wave generator, III-585
quartz crystal oscillator, two-gate, III-136
quick-deactivating battery sensor, ITI-61
R
race-car motor/crash sowtd generator, III578
radar detector, 11-518-520
onediip, 11-519
radiation detectors, 11-512-517
alarm, II-4
micropower, 11-513
monitor, wideband, 1-535
photomultiplier output-gating circuit, 11516
pocket-sized Geiger counter, Il514
radiation-hardened 125A linear regulator,
TI-468
radio
AM/FM clock, I-543
automotive, receiver for, 11-525
clock, 1-542
FM. l-542
radio control motor speed controller, 1-576
radio control receiver/decoder, 1-574
radio controller, single SCR, ll-361
radioactive radiation, micropower detector
for, 11-513
rain warning bleeper, 11-244
RAM, non-volatile CMOS, stand-by power
supply, 11-4 77
circuits, lli-44
606
reference
+I- lOY, 1-696
+/-3V, 1-696
+1-SV, 1-696
0 to 20 volt power, 1-694
high stability voltage, 1-696
low power regulator, I-695
precision bipolar output, 1-698
precision dual tracking voltage, 1-698
precision low noise buffered, 1-698
precision micropower 10 V, l--697
precision reference 0 to 20 volt power,
1-699
precision square wave voltage, 1-696
precision standard cell replacement, 1699
roltage, 1-695, ill-773-775
reference clock, three phase clock from,
II-101
reference supply, low voltage adjustable, 1695
reference voltage amplifier, 1-36
reflection osdllator, crystal-controlled, m-
136
refiectometer, 1-16
register, shift, 11-366
register driver, Shift, 1-418
register, shift, 1-380
regulated de to de converter,
regulated power supply
8-arnp, D-461
12 to 14V at 3 A, II-480
+ 15V 1-A, III-462
n-125
777
regulator, (can't.)
switching, low-power, III-490
voltage, 11-484, 1-501
variable power supply, current source
and, Ill-490
voltage, 10V high stability, III-468
voltage, 5-V low-dropout, ill-461
voltage, ac, III-477
voltage, high-voltage, III-485
voltage, negative, III-474
voltage, PUT, 90V nns voltage, 11-479
voltage. single supply, 11-471
voltage, variable, III-491
rejection filter, 1-283
relaxation oscillator, SCR, III-430
relay, 11-529-532
10 A 25Vdc solid state, l-623
ac, optically coupled, 111-418
ac, photon coupler in, 11-412
audio operated, 1-608
capacitance, I-130
canier operated, 1-575
de latching, optically coupled, III-417
de solid-state, normally open/closed,
Ill-412
driver for, delay and controls closure
time with, 11-530
integrated solid state, 11-408
light beam operated on/off, 1-366
light isolated solid state power, 1-365
rf-actuated, 111-270
ringer, telephone, 111-606
solid-state ZVS, antiparallel SCR
output, III-416
solid-state, III-569-570, 111-569
solid-state, ac, III-570
sound actuated, 1-610
telephone, 1-631
time delayed, I-663
tone actuated, 1-576
TR circuit, 11-532
triac, contact protection, 11-531
ultra precise long time delay, 1-219
remote ac electronic thennostat, twowU., l-639
remote amplifier, 1-99
remote control
carrier, current, I-146
lamp or appliance, I-370
servo system, 1-575
transmitter/receiver, IR, 1-342
remote loudspeaker via IR link, 1-343
remote on/off switch, I-577
remote ringer, telephone, III-614
remote sensor, precision temperature
transducer, 1-649
remote telephone monitor, II-626
remote temperature sensing, 11-654
778
meter, 1-16
sidetone oscillator, 1-24
switch, ID-592
wide-range meter, III-332
rf probe, Ill-498, III-502, l-523
rf signal tracer probe, audio, 1-527
rf sniffer, 11-210
rf switch, low-cost, ID-361
rfvoltmeter, 1-405, ID-766
rf-actuated relays, III-270
RGB video amplifier, lli-709
RGB-composite video signa] converter,
Ill-714
RlAA pre amp, III-38
ring counter
20kHz, Il-135
incandescent lamps, 1-301
low cost, 1-301
SCR, Ill-195
variable timing, II-134
ring detector
low line loading, 1-634
telephone, III-619, 11-623
telephone, optically interfaced, III-611
ring extender switch, remote, I-630
ring indicator, telephone auto answer, 1635
S meter, III-342
safe area protection, power amplifier with,
ill-459
safety flare, 11-608
sample and hold, 111-548-553, 11-552-559,
1-590
charge compensated, 11-559
fast and precise, 11-556
filtered, III-550
high accuracy, l-590
high perfonnance, Il-557
high speed amplifier, 1-587
high speed, III-550, 1-587-588, 1-590
infinite, 11-558
inverting, III-552
JFET, 1-586
low drift, 1-586
offset adjustment for, 1-588
three-channel multiplexer with, lll-396
track-and-hold, III-552
track-and-hold, basic, III-549
version II, 11-553
X-1000, I-589
sampling circuit, hour time delay, 11-668
saturated standard cell amplifier, 11-296
sawtooth waves
oscillator modulator, III-373
pulse generator and, III-241
SCA decoder, 11-166, 11-170, I-214
SCA demodulator, III-565, III-150
scale, digital weight, 1-398
scaler, inverse, l-422
scanner, bar codes, 111-363
Schmitt trigger, ill-153, I-593
crystal oscillator, 1-181
programmable hysteresis, 1-592
TIL-compatible, 11-111
without hysteresis, 1-592
scratch filter using LM287, 1-297
SCR circuits
chaser, IH-197
crowbar, 11-496
flasher, III-197
flip flop, II-367
gas/smoke detector, III-251
preregu)ator, ll-482
proximity alarm, 111-517
radio control using, II-361
relaxation flasher, 11-230
relaxation oscillator, III-430
ring counter, III-195
tester, III-344
time delay circuit with, 11-670
triggering series, optically coupled, III411
779
I-596
smoke detector, III-246-253, II-278
gas, I-332
ionization chamber, I-332-333
operated ionization type, 1-596
photoelectric, l-595
sniffer
heat, electronic, III-627
780
rf, Il-210
snooper, FM, III-680
socket debugger, coprocessor, III-104
soil moisture meter, III -208
solar-powered battery charger, 11-71
solar-triggered switch, 111-318
solenoid drivers, III-571-573
12-V latch, III-572
hold-current limiter, III-573
power-consumption limiter, 111-572
solid-state electric fence charger, II-203
solid-state high-voltage supply, remote
adjustable, III-486
solid-state relays, III-569-570, 111-569
ac, JII-570
solid-state stepping switch, 11-612
solid-state switch, line-activated, telephone, II-!-617
sound-activated circuits
decoder, III-145
relay, 1-610
switch, III-580, 11-581, III-600, Ill-601
switch, ac, 11-581
sound generators, 111-559-568, 11-585-593
allophone, III-733
autodrum, 11-591
bagpipes, electronic, III-561
birr! chirp, III-577, Il-588, 1-605
bongos, 11-587
chug-chug, III-576
funk box, 11-593
fuzz box, III-575
race-car motor/crash, III-578
sound effects, III-574-578
steam locomotive whistle, III-568, II- 589
steam train/prop plane, II-592
super, ill-564
train chttffer, II-588
tremolo circuits, III-692-695, III-692
twang-twang, 11-592
unusual fuzz, 11-590
voice circuits, III-729-734, lll-729
waa-waa circuit, 11-590
sound-level
meter, III-346
meter/monitor, telephone, III-614
sound light flash trigger, 1-481
sound modulated light source,--1-609
sound-operated circuits, III-579-580, 11580-584
color organ, 11-583
color organ, basic, 11-584
switch, III-580, IJ-581, 111-600, Ill-601
speech activity detector, telephone, 111615
two way switch, 1-610
voice-operated switch, 111-580
vox box, 11-582
FM, l-544
stereo mixer, four input, 1-55
stereo phonograph amplifer with bass tone
control, l-670
stereo power meter, III-331
stereo preamplifier, 11-43, Il-45
stereo reception indicator, III-269
stereo reverb systems, 1-602, 1-606
gain control in, ll-9
stereo TV decoder,-II-167
stimulator, constant-current, III-352
stimulus isolator, III-351
stop light, garage, ll-53
strain gauge
bridge excitation, III-71
bridge signal conditioner, II-85
instrumentation amplifier, ill-280
strobe circuits, 11-606-610
disco-, 11-610
safety Hare, II-608
simple, 11-607
tone burst generator, II-90
trip switch, sound activated, 1-483
variable strobe, Ill-589-590, Ill-589
stud finder, III-339
subhannonic frequencies, crystalstabilized IC timer for, II-151
subtractor, III-327
successive approximation AiD converter,
ll-24, D-30
summing amplifier, ill-16
video, clamping circuit and, III-710
sun tracker, 111-318
supply rails, current sensing in, 11-153
suppressed-carrier, double-sideband,
modulator, III-377
sweep generator, 10.7 MHz, 1-472
sweep
add-on triggered, 1-472
oscilloscope-triggered, III-438
switched--capacitor analog-to-digital
converters, III-23
switch, II-611-612
ac, sound activated, 11-581
ac power, photoelectric, III-319
ac switcher, high-voltage, optically
coupled, ID-408
-ac-static SPDT, 11-612
adjustable light detection, 1-362
analog, one MOSpower FET, 111-593
CMOS touch, I-137
contact, 1-136
de static, ll-367
debouncer, 111-592
delay, auto courtesy light, III-42
differential analog, 1-622
DTL-TTL controlled buffered analog, I621
FET dual-trace (oscilloscope), 11-432
Hall-effect, Ill-257
high frequency, I-622
high toggle rate, high frequency analog,
I-621
latching, double button touch, 1-138
light operated, III-314, II-320
low current touch, 1-132
on/off inverter, III-594
on/off touch, II~91
photocell memory, ac power control, 1363
photoelectric, U-321
photoelectric, syncluonous, 11-326
proximity, ID-517
push on/off, 11-359
remote on/off, 1-577
remote ring extender, 1-630
rt, low-cost, III-361
wlar-triggered, III-318
solid state stepping, II-612
sonar transducer/,lll-703
sound activated, Ill-580, ll-581, Ill~OO,
III-601
sound operated two way, 1-610
speed, 1-104
switching controller,_lll-383
temperature control, low power zero
voltage, II-640
touch, l-131, I-135-136, III-661-665, ll-692
touchomatic, 11-693
triac zero point, 11-311
triac zero voltage, I -623
two channel, !~23
ultrasonic, 1-683
video, automatic, III-727
video, general purpose, III-725
videO, high-perlormance,-III-728
video/, very high off isolation, III-719
voice-operated, III-580
zero crosSing, 1-732
zero point, 1-373
zero-voltage switching, closed contact
half-wave, 111-412
zero-voltage switching, solid-state,
optically coupled, III-410
781
T
tachometer, 1-100, 1-102, II-175, III-335,
340, 111-595-598
calibrated, ill-598
closed loop, feedback control of, 11-390
digital, 111-45, 11.,;1
frequency counter, 1-310
gasoline engine, 1-94
low-frequency, ID-596
minimum component, 1-405
motor !?_peed control and, II-389
motor speed control using feedback
from, 11-378
optical pick-up, III-34 7
set point, m-47
tamper proof burglar alarm, 1-8
782
m-
scrambler, 11-618
series connection, III-609
sound level meter monitor, III-614
speakerphone, III-608, 11-632
speech activity .detector, III-615, 11-617
speech network, 11-633
status monitor using optoisolator, I -626
switch, solid-state, line-activated, III617
tap, Ul-622
tape starter controlled by, I -632
tone-dialing, III-607
tone ringer for, I-628
tone ringer II, II-631
tone ringer, I-627
tone ringer, II-630
Touchtone generator, III-609
television-related circuits
audio amplifiers for, m-39
automatic tum off for, 1-577
cross-hatch generator, III-724
IF amplifier and detector using MC130/
MC1352, [_,;88
modulator for, 11-433-434, 1-439
sound IF or FM IF amplifier with
quadrature detector, 1-690
stereQ, decoder for, 11-167
transmitter, III-676
TTL oscillator interfaces data for, II-372
UHF preamplifier, III-546
temperature alann, 11-4, 11-643
adjustable threshold, IH44
temperature compensated crystal oscillator, 1-187
temperature control, III-623-628, II-636644, 1~1~3
adjustable threshold alarm for, II-644
alarm for, ll~3
circuit for, II-637
dual-timer chip, liquid level monitor and,
11~3
crystal, 11-151
diode, 1-402
go/no-go diode, 1-401
ground, 1-580
low resistance continuity, 1-551
precision, dual limit, go/no-go, 1-157
shutter, 1-485
transistor, 1-401
TTL logic, 1-527
zener, I-400
text adder, composite-video signal, ill-716
theremins, II-654-656
digital, 11-656
electronic, Il-655
thermal flowmeter, low-rate flow, ID-203
thennally controlled ni-cad battery
clmger, II.j;8
thermally stabilized PIN photod.iode signal
conditioner, II-330
thermocouple circuits
digital thermometer using, IT-658
multiplex, temperature sensor system,
[[[.j;3Q
pre-amp using, III-283
thermometer, centigrade calibrated, 1650
thermocouple amplifier, II-14, I-654
cold junction compensation in, II-649
high stability, 1-355
thermometer, ID-637-643, II-657-662
0-50 degree F, l-656
0-100 degree C, 1-656
adapter for, ID-642
add-on for DMM digital voltmeter, ID-640
basic digital, 1-658
Centigrade, ll.j;48, 11-662
centigrade, l-655
centigrnde, calibrated, 1-650
differential, III-638, 1-652, ll.j;61
digital, 1-651
digital, temperature-reporting, ID-638
digital, thennocouple, 11-658
electronic, 111-639, 11-660
Fahrenheit, 1~658
ground referred Centigrade, 1-657
ground referred Fahrenheit, 1-656
implantable/ingestJ.ble, ill-641
Kelvin scale with zero adjust, 1-653
Kelvin with zero adjust, 11-661
Kelvin, ground referred output, 1-655
linear, ill-642
low power, 1-655
meter, trimmed ouput, 1-655
remote, 11-659
uP controlled digital, 1-650
variable offset, 1-652
thennostat
three wire electronic, 1-640
783
784
cw.
UJT circuits
battery chargers, III ~56
metronome, Il355
monostable cin:uit, bias voltage change
insensitive, 11-268
ultra high gain -audio amplifier, 1-87
ultra high voltage generator, 11-488
ultra high Z ac unity gain amplifier, II-7
D-7, 1-38
ultra low leokage
ultrasonics, III-696-707
arc welding inverter, 20KHz, III-700
induction heater, 120-KHz 500-W, lli704
pest-controller, III~706, 111-707
pest-repeller,l-684, TI-685, III-699
ranging system, Ul-697
receiver, Ill-698, lll-705
sonar transducer/switch, 111-703
switch, 1-683
transceiver, III-702, III-704
transmitter, I -685
undervoltage, monitor for, III-762
unidirectional motion sensor, 11-346
uninterrupt:J.ble power supply, 11462
+ 5V, III-4 77
unity gain amplifier
inverting, 1-80
inverting, wideband, 1-35
ultra high Z ac, D-7
unity gain buffer
stable, with good speed--and high input
impedance, IT-6
unity gain follower, 1-27
unipolar-to-dual supply voltage converter,
III-743
pre-.
m-
69
variable oscillator, IT-421
four-decade, single control for, 11-424
wide range, IT-429
variable power supplies 487-492
adjustable 10-A regulator, Ill-492
regulator!current source, III-490
switching regulator, low-power, III-490
switching, 10Q-KHz multiple-output, III488
tracking preregulator, Ill-492
universai3-30V, Ill-489
variable voltage regulator, III-491
variable sine-wave oscillator, super lowdistortion, III-558
variable shpe compressor/expander, III94
variable timed ring counter, 11-134
wrying frequency warning alann, D-579
vehicle security system, 1-5
versatile battery charger, ll-72
very low frequency generator, IT-64,
VFO, 5 MHz, D-551
VHF crystal oscillator
20-MHz, Ill-138
50-MHz, lll-140
100-MHz, Ill-139
785
786
lli-751
precision, IT-131
preserved input, III-753
wide-range, TII-751, IU-752
voltage-to~pulse duration converter, 11-124
voltmeter
3 1/2 <lig;t, l-712
3 1/2 digital true nns ac, 1-712
5-<tig;t, I!I-760
ic, lli-765
ac, wide-range, III-772
add-on thennometer for, 111-640
bar-graph, II-54
bargraph car, l-99
de, IU-763
de, high-input resistance, 111~762
<tig;tal, lii-4
digital, 3.5~digit, full-scale, four-decade,
I!I-761
FET, I-713, I!I-765, UI-770
high-input resistance, ITI-768
rf, lll-766
sensitive rf, l-405
wide band ac, 1-715
volume amplifier, II-46
volume control, telephone, 11-623
vox box, 11-582
Vpp generator, EPROM, 11-114
VU meter, extended range, 11-487, 1-714
FETs, Ill-264
waa~waa
circuit, 11-590
11-571
alarm using, II-572
wailing siren, III-563
wake~up call, electronic, 11-324
walkman amplifier, 11-456
warblers, III-560-568, 11-571
alarm using, 11-573
generator for, IT-572
tone generator, 11-573
warning, auto lights-on, 11-55
warning alarm, varying frequency, 11-579
warning device
high level, l-387
waiters,
III~560-568,
X
xenon flash t.~r, slave, III-447
XOR gates
complementary signals generator, III226
oscillator, III-429
up/down counter, IU-105
y
yelp oscillator, 11-577
yelping siren, III-562
787
your bookshelf''
-Modem Electronics
book.''
Look for These and Other TAB Books at Your Local Bookstore
To Order Call Toll Free 1-800-822-8158
(in PA. AK, and Canada call 717-794-2191)
Till<
Chcd or
Product No.
Chlu"p: my 0 VISA
Ac:cl. No.
Subtotal
Sipaure:
Quantiry
Price
$ ---------
TOTAL $
Name:
TAB Books catalog free with purchase; otherwise send $1.00 in check
or money order and receive .$ J..OO credit on your next purchase.
Orders outside U.S. must pay with international money order in U.S. dollars.
Cily:
"'""" - - - - - - - - - - - - z;p, - - - -
TAB Guarantee: If for any reason you are not satisfied with the book(5)
you order, simply return it (them) within 13 days and receive a l'ull
refund.
BC